EP 1419 - 1446

E1419 - Hiroshi Longs to Live in the Countryside \ The Sakura Family Enters a Marathon? \
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] Guy
    Attention, everyone!
[00:02] Guy
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to begin!
[00:11] Maruko
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] Narr
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Hiroshi Longs to Live in the Countryside
[01:30] Maruko
    "Hiroshi Longs to Live in the Countryside."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:36] Maruko
    Hey... gimme a snack.
[01:39] Dad
    Don't say that!
[01:41] Mom
    Of course not.
[01:44] Dad
    You could at least think about it!
[01:47] Mom
    You're the one who needs to think about this!
[01:50] Maruko/Dad
    Shock!
[01:51] Mom
    Now, we're done talking about this.
[01:57] Maruko
    Dad, what's wrong?
[01:59] Dad
    Well, I said I wanted to live in the
    countryside, and she got all mad.
[02:05] Maruko
    In the countryside?
[02:06] Dad
    Or maybe in the mountains!
[02:09] Dad
    It'd be so relaxing!
[02:11] Maruko
    Don't tell me we're moving!
[02:14] Dad
    Not right away. Someday.
[02:17] Dad
    Remember how I went to stay at Yama-chan's
    friend's house over the last break?
[02:23] Dad
    It was so pretty...
[02:26] Dad
    There's a river nearby so you
    can fish any time you want,
[02:30] Dad
    and you can wake up listening
    to the birdsongs...
[02:34] Dad
    And at night, gaze up
    into a sky full of stars!
[02:40] Dad
    And there's a big yard where
    you can have barbecues!
[02:44] Maruko
    Barbecues!
[02:45] Dad
    And the bath is a hot spring!
[02:47] Dad
    It felt so good...
[02:49] Maruko
    You had a hot spring in your house?
[02:51] Dad
    He says there's a farm nearby and
    you can go eat fresh ice cream!
[02:56] Maruko
    Ice cream!
[02:58] Maruko
    That sounds great.
[03:01] Dad
    That's what I said!
[03:03] Dad
    But Mom says...
[03:05] Maruko
    I'll be right back.
[03:08] Maruko
    Mom, I heard.
SIGN    Tomorrow's Meal
[03:10] Mom
    Heard what?
[03:12] Maruko
    About moving to the countryside!
[03:15] Maruko
    If you go to the countryside,
    you can have barbecues
[03:17] Maruko
    and take baths in the hot springs,
[03:19] Maruko
    and there's yummy ice cream too.
[03:21] Mom
    Listen to me, Maruko.
[03:23] Mom
    When you live in the country,
    it's hard to even go shopping.
[03:26] Mom
    If you wanted to go to the
    candy store, for instance...
[03:31] Maruko
    The sun will set before I reach town.
[03:34] Mom
    That's what'll happen.
SIGN    Tomorrow's Meal
[03:36] Maruko
    But...
[03:37] Mom
    Now, is your homework done?
[03:43] Maruko
    It sounds great to me.
[03:46] Sis
    But Dad says he wants to move someday, right?
[03:51] Sis
    That's probably a long time from now.
[03:53] Maruko
    Yeah, you're right.
[03:56] Sis
    Are you going to live at home with your
    parents even when you're grown up?
[04:00] Maruko
    I don't know if I'll grow
    up into a proper grown-up.
[04:06] Maruko
    Maybe I'll grow up to be a stupid grown-up!
SIGN    Sake
SIGN    Manga
[04:13] Maruko
    But if that happens,
[04:15] Maruko
    I can live with Mom and Dad and enjoy
    barbecues and hot springs and ice cream!
SIGN    Elementary School
[04:22] Narr
    The next day!
[04:23] Tamae
    Live in the countryside?
[04:26] Maruko
    Yeah. You can do barbecues and there's
    a hot spring, and yummy ice cream.
[04:32] Tamae
    That sounds really fun.
[04:34] Tamae
    But does that mean you're moving, Maru-chan?
[04:37] Maruko
    No, it's not gonna happen for a long time.
[04:41] Maruko
    Once I've grown-up.
[04:44] Tamae
    Huh? Maru-chan, when you grow up,
[04:47] Tamae
    you're going to just play
    in the countryside all day?
[04:50] Tamae
    Sometimes, I can't understand
    what Maru-chan is saying!
SIGN    Sakura
[04:56] Maruko
    Hey Mom, about moving to the countryside...
[05:00] Maruko
    Think about it a little more.
[05:00] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[05:02] Mom
    Again?
[05:03] Sis
    You're still going on about that?
[05:05] Grandpa
    Moving to the countryside?
    What are you talking about?
[05:08] Dad
    It seems like something fun to do someday.
[05:11] Mom
    We couldn't do that. Not our family.
[05:13] Maruko
    Why?
[05:14] Mom
    It's hard to do chores
    when you have a big house.
[05:18] Mom
    I know you won't help.
[05:20] Maruko
    I will when the time comes.
[05:23] Maruko
    W-Why are you looking at me like that?
[05:26] Maruko
    You don't believe me, do you? That's mean!
[05:30] Grandpa
    It's cruel not to believe in Maruko!
[05:33] Maruko
    Grandpa!
[05:36] Grandpa
    Maruko!
[05:38] Mom
    If you want me to believe
    you, then do the cleaning.
[05:42] Maruko
    Come help me, Dad!
[05:44] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[05:45] Dad
    I'm busy with stuff, so I can't.
[05:48] Maruko
    No, that's no fair!
[05:51] Mom
    See? You both try to get each other to do
    it, and in the end, it doesn't get done.
[05:56] Mom
    So there's no way we could
    live in the countryside!
[05:59] Sis
    The phone?
[06:02] Dad
    Yeah. Yeah.
[06:04] Dad
    Really, Yama-chan?
[06:06] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[06:07] Maruko
    What did Yama-chan say?
[06:09] Dad
    He says that somebody in the neighborhood
    where I stayed wants to sell his house.
[06:15] Dad
    He says to come see it if we're interested.
[06:18] Maruko
    I want to go!
[06:19] Grandpa
    Me too!
[06:20] Mom
    There's no point.
[06:22] Sis
    I'm opposed to us moving.
[06:25] Grandma
    Wouldn't it be a bother if we went to
    see it when we didn't intend to buy it?
[06:29] Dad
    He says it's okay to just go look.
[06:32] Maruko
    I want to see it!
[06:33] Grandpa
    Me too! Me too!
[06:35] Dad
    So do I!
[06:38] Dad
    Okay? We'll just be looking.
[06:41] Mom
    Oh, fine.
[06:45] Narr
    And so, on Sunday...
SIGN    Sakura
[06:47] Dad
    Let's go, then!
[06:49] Maruko/Grandpa
    Off we go!
[07:09] Dad
    This is the place!
[07:11] Maruko
    It's wonderful!
[07:13] Grandpa
    Yeah!
[07:15] Dad
    It seems so nice...
[07:19] Wife
    I'm sick of you!
[07:23] Wife
    I've had enough of all this!
[07:26] Man
    Wait!
[07:32] Dad
    Hello, we're the Sakuras.
[07:34] Maruko/Grandpa
    Hello.
[07:36] Man
    Oh, hello.
[07:37] Man
    Welcome.
[07:39] Man
    Come in.
[07:40] Dad
    But was that... your wife?
[07:44] Man
    Oh, yes.
[07:45] Man
    I'm sure she'll be back soon.
[07:48] Man
    Come on inside.
[07:50] Maruko
    It's so warm!
[07:51] Dad
    This fireplace is so nice!
[07:54] Man
    I always wanted to live in
    a house with a fireplace.
[07:57] Man
    If you all end up living here, please use it.
[07:59] Dad
    Oh, about that...
[08:02] Dad
    We haven't decided if we're
    moving. My wife's against it.
[08:08] Man
    I understand.
[08:09] Man
    I think you should make sure you
    discuss it thoroughly with her.
[08:13] Man
    That was my mistake.
[08:17] Dad
    W-What's this about?
[08:19] Maruko
    Things suddenly got really dark.
[08:22] Man
    My wife was opposed to it when I moved here.
[08:25] Man
    But I love fishing...
[08:28] Dad
    Just like me.
[08:31] Man
    I went fishing every day and
    left her to do all the chores.
[08:35] Man
    We fought all the time.
[08:37] Dad
    W-What? Is that what happens
    when you just fish all day?
[08:42] Man
    My wife won't even talk to me
    now, so I'm selling the house.
[08:47] Dad
    P-Please don't say that...
[08:50] Grandpa
    If you want to make up with your wife,
[08:52] Grandpa
    why don't you think about
    things you can do right now?
[08:55] Maruko
    Like the cleaning, right?
[08:58] Grandpa
    If she comes home to a sparkling-clean
    house, it might make her happy!
[09:03] Man
    Oh, yeah...
[09:06] Grandpa
    We'll help, if you want!
[09:09] Man
    Oh, but...
[09:10] Man
    Would you?
[09:26] Maruko
    It's a lot cleaner.
[09:28] Grandpa
    I hope your wife is happy when she sees it.
[09:31] Man
    Yes.
[09:32] Man
    I'm going to apologize for
    how I've behaved, too.
[09:35] Man
    But I don't know if I
    can get her to listen...
[09:38] Maruko
    Okay, why not practice what
    you're going to say with us?
[09:42] Man
    Practice?
[09:44] Maruko
    Yeah. Practice.
[09:46] Maruko
    It'll be easier if one of
    us pretends to be your wife.
[09:49] Dad
    But who'll do that? You, Maruko?
[09:53] Maruko
    I'm a kid. I think Grandpa would be
    better, since he knows a lot about life.
[09:59] Grandpa
    Me? Be his wife?
[10:01] Maruko
    I know you can do it.
[10:04] Grandpa
    Okay, I'll do it, then!
[10:06] Man
    Thank you. Let's try it, then.
[10:09] Dad
    Wait, you're really doing this, Grandpa?
[10:16] Grandpa
    I'm back!
[10:17] Man
    Yoshie, um, I'd like to
    talk about something...
[10:21] Grandpa
    What?
[10:22] Grandpa
    I'm sick of you!
[10:24] Dad
    Why are you being so mean, Grandpa?
[10:27] Grandpa
    I'm imitating how she was
    acting when we got here.
[10:30] Grandpa
    Is that wrong?
[10:32] Man
    No, it's fine!
[10:34] Man
    Continue!
[10:36] Maruko
    Nice work, Grandpa! I'm impressed!
[10:39] Grandpa
    Thanks!
[10:40] Grandpa
    So, what is it?
[10:41] Man
    Um, uh... I know I've made
    you do all the chores...
[10:48] Maruko
    Look her in the eye, mister!
[10:50] Man
    Okay!
[10:52] Man
    Yoshie!
[10:54] Man
    I'm so sorry for everything I've done!
[11:00] Wife
    What are you doing?
[11:10] Maruko
    I'm glad she decided to move back in.
[11:15] Grandpa
    Yeah. I was worried for a bit.
[11:20] Dad
    I'm not sure why we even went, though...
[11:25] Narr
    Maruko and her family went to tour a
    house, and had a surprising experience!
[11:30] Narr
    Hiroshi thought to himself
    that he wouldn't be able to
[11:33] Narr
    move to the countryside after all.
SIGN    The Sakura Family Enters a Marathon?
[11:42] Maruko
    "The Sakura Family Enters a Marathon?"
SIGN    Sakura
[11:48] Maruko
    A marathon?
[11:50] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[11:50] Grandpa
    Yeah. The old folks' association is doing it.
[11:53] Grandpa
    They talked me into doing it by saying
    "Sakura-san, you're so young!"
[12:00] Maruko
    I thought a marathon was like 40 kilometers.
[12:03] Maruko
    If you run that much, everyone in the
    old folks' association will die, right?
[12:07] Grandpa
    No, we're just running one
    kilometer along the riverbank.
[12:10] Maruko
    Oh, that sounds safe.
[12:13] Grandpa
    But even 1 kilometer could kill you
    if you don't practice it first.
[12:18] Grandpa
    So I'm going to practice before the big day.
[12:22] Maruko
    Yeah, that sounds smart.
[12:25] Grandpa
    But it's really cold outside, right?
[12:28] Maruko
    Yeah, it is. It's really cold.
[12:31] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[12:32] Grandpa
    So I want you beside me, cheering me on!
[12:37] Maruko
    Sure. Sounds great.
[12:39] Maruko
    Hey, wait a second.
[12:41] Maruko
    I'm fine with cheering you on, but
    do I have to be right beside you?
[12:45] Grandpa
    If you could, that'd be great.
[12:48] Maruko
    But then I'd have to run!
[12:51] Maruko
    No way! The only marathon I want to
    do is the one we have to do at school.
[12:56] Grandpa
    Aww!
[12:58] Maruko
    Don't worry.
[12:59] Maruko
    No matter where you're running,
    my heart is always with you.
[13:04] Maruko
    So do your best!
[13:08] Grandpa
    Lip-service cheering
[13:09] Grandpa
    I hear it from the sidelines
[13:11] Grandpa
    But I run alone
[13:12] Grandpa
    Tomozou's lonely haiku.
SIGN    Elementary School
[13:16] Narr
    The next day.
[13:17] Hamaji
    My grandpa says he's doing the marathon too.
[13:22] Hamaji
    I ran along the bank with him last night.
[13:26] Hamaji
    It was cold.
[13:27] Maruko
    You're such a good grandson.
[13:29] Maruko
    The most I could do was cheer
    him on from the kotatsu.
[13:33] Hamaji
    Well, I only did it 'cause he promised to
    take me to get some ramen on the way back.
[13:40] Maruko
    It was still great that you did it,
[13:42] Maruko
    even if it was only for the ramen.
[13:48] Grandpa
    Maybe I don't mind practicing
    for the marathon,
[13:50] Grandpa
    if it means you'll give
    me massages like this.
[13:53] Maruko
    I'll do this every day if you want.
[13:56] Grandpa
    Maruko, you're an angel!
[13:59] Maruko
    I won't go outside to cheer you on, though.
SIGN    Sakura
[14:02] Narr
    The next day...
[14:05] Maruko
    Huh? Grandpa, why aren't you practicing?
[14:08] Grandpa
    Well, you see...
[14:10] Maruko
    I know that some people have
    plans and some got hurt,
[14:13] Maruko
    but I still can't believe more
    than half the people quit.
[14:16] Grandpa
    The people who are left might decide not
    to participate on the day of the event.
[14:21] Grandpa
    Maybe I'll be the only one to do it!
SIGN    Sakura
[14:29] Grandpa
    I just got a call from the old folks'
    association, and they said our family can run too!
[14:35] Grandpa
    How about it, Hiroshi? Want to run?
[14:38] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[14:38] Dad
    I'm going to fish for pond
    smelt that day. Sorry.
[14:42] Grandpa
    What? You can fish for pond smelt any day!
[14:46] Dad
    Nah. Even if I wasn't going fishing, I
    still wouldn't want to do a marathon.
[14:53] Grandpa
    Grandma, how about it?
[14:56] Grandma
    I'll pass. I think I'd hurt my knees.
[15:00] Grandpa
    How about you, big sis?
[15:01] Sis
    No. It's too cold.
[15:05] Maruko
    Everybody, it's good that you're
    honest, but it's just 1 kilometer.
[15:10] Maruko
    Why not do it?
[15:12] Sis
    What about you?
[15:14] Maruko
    Well, I'm not doing it, but...
[15:17] Grandpa
    Well, listen, everyone!
[15:19] Maruko
    What? Is there something else?
[15:21] Grandpa
    The old folks' association asked
    the shopping street to help!
[15:27] Dad
    Oh. And?
[15:29] Grandpa
    The sake shop, the clothing shop, the record
    shop, the candy shop, and other shops
[15:35] Grandpa
    have all agreed to give
    prizes for the winners,
[15:37] Grandpa
    and you get prizes for participating, too!
[15:40] Grandpa
    How about that?
[15:41] Maruko
    A participation prize?
[15:43] Dad
    The sake shop, huh? That sounds pretty good.
[15:46] Sis
    But if the record shop's prize is
    just a single record player needle,
[15:51] Sis
    then I don't think I need it.
[15:52] Dad
    True.
[15:54] Dad
    Maybe the sake shop would just
    give you a single bottle-opener.
[15:57] Dad
    Then I don't think I need it.
[15:59] Grandpa
    No... I was sure if I talked about
    prizes, everyone would jump on it!
[16:05] Grandpa
    Oh, of course they said there's
    sake, and a kimono sash clip,
[16:10] Grandpa
    and a pack of candy, and a coupon you
    can trade for your favorite record.
[16:16] Grandpa
    Well? That's pretty good, right?
[16:18] Dad
    Oh, maybe it's worth it, then.
[16:22] Dad
    It's only 1 kilometer.
[16:24] Sis
    Yeah, that's not long at all!
[16:27] Grandma
    Well, maybe I'll try it.
[16:29] Maruko
    Maybe I'll run too.
[16:33] Grandpa
    I just made all that up, though!
[16:37] Grandpa
    If my whole family wins, I'll have to
    pay for it all out of my pension fund!
[16:39] sign
    Sake
[16:43] Grandpa
    Okay, Tomozou, this is what your
    pension fund's for, though!
[16:48] Maruko
    You're not going to run, Mom?
[16:50] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[16:50] Mom
    Hm...
[16:52] Mom
    I'd rather help and cheer
    you all on, instead.
[16:57] Maruko
    You say that, but you really
    just don't want to run.
[17:00] Grandpa
    You don't?
[17:04] Narr
    The next morning...
SIGN    Sakura
[17:13] (Flashback) Young Grandpa
    I'm so late!
[17:17] (Flashback) Girl
    See you!
SIGN    Elementary School
[17:30] Hamaji
    I'm entering the marathon.
[17:32] Maruko
    Me too. There's prizes.
[17:36] Tamae
    If you're running, I'll go cheer you on.
[17:40] Maruko
    Really?
[17:41] Maruko
    Even though it's so cold out...
[17:44] Narr
    That's very different from Maruko,
[17:46] Narr
    who wouldn't leave her
    kotatsu to cheer on Tomozou.
SIGN    Sakura
[17:50] Maruko
    It's so cold. I want to go home.
[17:54] Sis
    The fewer participants, the better prize
    I can get. If you want to quit, do it.
[17:59] Sis
    I've got Hideki waiting for me!
[18:02] Sis
    One, two, Hideki! Three, four, Hideki!
[18:07] Sis
    I win!
[18:09] Grandma
    Let's do our best, too.
[18:12] Maruko
    Yeah.
[18:13] Mom
    I need to find dad's workout clothes,
[18:16] Mom
    and my sweater for when
    I go to cheer them on...
[18:18] Mom
    Oh, this is it.
[18:20] Mom
    Oh no, did it get smaller?
[18:23] Mom
    It's 100% wool, so maybe it's
    when I washed it last year.
[18:29] Mom
    I don't think the clothes got smaller...
SIGN    Sakura
[18:33] Mom
    Maybe I will enter the marathon, too.
[18:36] Maruko
    Oh? What prize won you over?
[18:40] Maruko
    The buns from the candy store?
[18:41] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[18:42] Mom
    No, I just thought it seemed
    fun when I watched you all run.
[18:47] Maruko
    Huh...
[18:48] Maruko
    Isn't your hamburg steak smaller than usual?
[18:52] Mom
    Really? You're imagining it.
[18:54] Sis
    I bet she's on a diet.
[18:56] Dad
    She's on a diet.
[18:58] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[18:59] Maruko
    I get it!
[19:00] Maruko
    Are you on a diet?
[19:03] Maruko
    I bet you are!
[19:11] Dad
    Alright, I'll deliver this to the police
    box and then turn around and go home.
[19:18] Dad
    I'm out of breath 'cause
    I don't run that often.
[19:21] Dad
    If I tripped, I wouldn't be able
    to laugh at grandpa anymore...
[19:29] Dad
    Mr. Policeman! I was at
    the intersection and...
[19:34] Cop
    Are you okay? What happened?
[19:37] Dad
    I found 100 yen.
[19:44] Tamae
    Maru-chan, you were so fast today.
[19:47] Maruko
    Yeah. I think it's because I've
    been running every day lately.
[19:51] Hamaji
    Yeah, it's really different
    when you run every day.
[19:54] Maruko
    You think so too, Hamaji?
[19:56] Hamaji
    I think that even if I forgot something,
    I could go home and get it really fast!
[20:01] Hamaji
    My grandpa's gotten a lot faster
    at bringing me stuff I forgot, too.
[20:07] Tamae
    Wow! This marathon is great!
[20:10] Narr
    Actually, you should be
    careful not to forget things.
[20:15] Maruko
    Hey, I don't see you running, Mom.
[20:19] Maruko
    Are you practicing?
[20:21] Mom
    Yes.
[20:21] Mom
    I am, when I get a chance.
[20:24] Mom
    Like when I got to talking to Takamaru-san
[20:26] Mom
    and had to run because the
    bank was about to close,
[20:30] Mom
    or when I remembered there was another
    stack of newspapers to recycle
[20:35] Mom
    and had to run with it in my arms...
[20:44] Maruko
    When you're running every day,
[20:46] Maruko
    even if you're about to be late, you can
    tell yourself "If I run, I can make it."
[20:50] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[20:50] Dad
    Yeah. My sake tastes better
    when I get exercise.
[20:56] Grandpa
    I feel really happy that I
    can run even in my old age.
[21:01] Grandma
    Yeah.
[21:02] Maruko
    I hope we all win tomorrow.
[21:06] Grandpa
    That's right...
[21:08] Grandpa
    My pension! My pension!
SIGN    Pension
[21:10] Sis
    I have to do my best, for Hideki!
[21:13] Grandpa
    W-Well, you don't have to win, you know!
[21:17] Grandpa
    You can take it easy tomorrow!
[21:19] Maruko
    Don't be silly, Grandpa!
[21:21] Maruko
    The whole Sakura family is
    gonna get 1st through 6th.
[21:25] Grandpa
    Y-You are?
SIGN    Sakura
[21:29] Narr
    And the next day...
[21:31] sign
    Today's Weather
[21:31] Announcer
    The rain that started late last night
    will only get stronger throughout today.
[21:34] [SONG] sign
    Sato Sake Shop
[21:38] Grandpa
    I just got a call. They're canceling it!
[21:42] Grandpa
    They don't think they can postpone. Too bad.
[21:45] Maruko
    Aww, I wanted the prize.
[21:49] Grandma
    Even without the prizes, we have our
    healthy bodies. Isn't that enough?
[21:55] Grandpa
    And my pension will survive!
[21:59] Narr
    Tomozou was sweating even
    though he hadn't run,
[22:03] Narr
    and Maruko was thinking that she'd rather
    have the prizes than a healthy body.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] Maruko
    Tama-chan, you look like
    you're enjoying that book.
[22:18] Maruko
    What kind of book is it?
[22:19] Maruko
    I want to read it, too.
[22:21] Maruko
    I don't have the thing in my house that
    I need to survive, and I'm so bored!
[22:25] Maruko
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:27] Maruko
    "The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV",
SIGN    The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV
SIGN    Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading
[22:29] Maruko
    "Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading."
[22:32] Maruko
    Look forward to it!

E1420 - The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV / Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] TAMAE
    Everyone, over here!
[00:02] TAMAE
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to begin!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR
    Let it begin!
SIGN    The Sakura Family Spends 3 Days Without a TV
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "The Sakura Family Spends
    3 Days Without a TV."
[01:44] MARUKO
    Grandma hit the TV three times,
    but nothing happened.
[01:48] MARUKO
    Usually that does the trick.
[01:51] TOMOZOU
    Just like old folks, maybe TVs
    don't work well when it's cold out.
[01:59] TOMOZOU
    Oh no, TV!
[02:01] TOMOZOU
    Pull yourself together!
[02:02] MARUKO
    Grandpa, you landed the final blow.
[02:05] TOMOZOU
    My fault? Is it my fault?!
[02:08] SUMIRE
    We'll have to take it in for repairs.
[02:11] SAKIKO
    We can't watch TV until it's fixed.
[02:14] MARUKO
    Hold on, Mom!
[02:15] MARUKO
    This is our chance to get a new TV!
[02:18] MARUKO
    Why don't we buy a new one?
[02:20] TOMOZOU
    Ah yes, a new one!
[02:22] TOMOZOU
    Okay! Let's go to the electronics store!
[02:25] SUMIRE
    TVs are expensive, and we can't
    afford to get a new one so easily.
[02:30] SUMIRE
    First, we'll try to repair it!
[02:32] MARUKO
    Boo...
SIGN    Sakura
[02:34] HIROSHI
    Buying a new TV?
[02:37] MARUKO
    Yes. Dad, you want the TV on
    when you drink at night, right?
[02:42] HIROSHI
    It doesn't bother me
    if we don't have a TV.
[02:47] MARUKO
    Huh?! Why?!
[02:49] MARUKO
    What about baseball?
[02:52] HIROSHI
    There's no baseball in the winter.
[02:54] HIROSHI
    If spring arrives and the TV is still broken,
[02:56] HIROSHI
    I'll think about it when
    baseball starts up again.
[03:00] MARUKO
    No, no!
[03:01] MARUKO
    A TV is absolutely necessary for 
    survival, and we need one right away!
[03:06] SAKIKO
    Exactly!
[03:07] SAKIKO
    I'm diligently living my life every day, 
    so I refuse to have a life without Hideki!
[03:13] MARUKO
    We can't wait for the repair.
[03:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa, let's go and buy a TV, okay?
[03:20] TOMOZOU/I
    I got too excited and
    said we'd get a new one,
[03:24] TOMOZOU/I
    but I can't afford it
    with my small pension...
[03:28] TOMOZOU
    L-Let's think about it for a little bit.
[03:32] SUMIRE
    I called the electrician about the TV.
[03:35] SUMIRE
    He says he'll come pick it up tomorrow.
[03:37] SUMIRE
    The repair will take at least
    3 days, at the earliest.
[03:40] MARUKO
    Three days, huh?
[03:42] MARUKO
    Maybe I'll go visit someone's house
    and ask to watch a program?
[03:46] MARUKO
    A comedy show is about to start,
    so could I change the channel?
[03:51] SAKIKO
    Comedy shows and music shows are on
    late at night, so you can't do that.
[03:59] MARUKO
    And it's too cold to go outside.
[04:02] SAKIKO
    Hideki is making an appearance
    on a music show today.
[04:14] SAKIKO
    When I come back from school, the
    TV will be gone, so this is goodbye.
[04:21] MARUKO
    If only it could be fixed today...
[04:24] MARUKO
    TVs are wonderful things, since we can
    watch comedy shows, emotional dramas,
[04:29] MARUKO
    and commercials for new products...
[04:33] SAKIKO
    Yeah, if I can't watch TV,
[04:36] SAKIKO
    I might not be able to keep up
    conversations with my friends at school.
[04:41] SUMIRE
    Come on, you two.
[04:42] SUMIRE
    That's enough, go to school already.
[04:49] TAMAE
    What?!
[04:50] TAMAE
    You don't have a TV for
    three days? That's tough.
[04:55] MARUKO
    How was the music show last night?
[04:58] TAMAE
    My dad was watching something
    else, so I didn't see it.
[05:04] UCHIDA
    I was taking a bath.
[05:07] MARUKO
    Oh man, I was hoping to
    hear the recap from you...
[05:13] FUJIKI
    What's the matter, Sakura?
[05:15] MARUKO
    Fujiki, did you see the
    music show last night?
[05:19] FUJIKI
    Yes, I did.
[05:20] NAGASAWA
    Me too.
[05:22] MARUKO
    You did?!
[05:23] MARUKO
    So, what was it like?
[05:24] MARUKO
    Momoe-chan was on, right?
[05:27] FUJIKI
    Yes.
[05:28] FUJIKI
    And so were Hideki and Tonosama Kings.
[05:30] MARUKO
    What?! Tonosama Kings, too?!
[05:33] MARUKO
    Man... I really wish I could have seen it!
[05:37] NAGASAWA
    Sakura, you didn't watch it?
[05:39] MARUKO
    Our TV broke.
[05:42] FUJIKI
    It doesn't show anything?
[05:44] MARUKO
    Right. It's being repaired right now,
    so I'm without a TV for three days.
[05:50] FUJIKI
    Wow, three days?
[05:52] FUJIKI
    That's rough.
[05:54] FUJIKI
    Hey Nagasawa-kun, you're
    good at Tonosama Kings.
[05:58] FUJIKI
    Why don't you sing it for her?
[06:00] MARUKO/I
    Huh?
[06:01] MARUKO/I
    It's not like I want to listen to
    Nagasawa's rendition of Tonosama Kings...
[06:06] NAGASAWA
    Why should I sing?
[06:09] MARUKO
    Fujiki, he doesn't want to, so...
[06:12] FUJIKI
    Our TV broke before too, and
    parents tend to say stuff like,
[06:17] FUJIKI
    "Go study instead," you know?
[06:20] FUJIKI
    I couldn't relax,
    and it was really tough.
[06:24] MARUKO
    R-Right...
[06:26] FUJIKI
    Nagasawa-kun, please sing for her.
[06:29] MARUKO
    Um, Fujiki, I don't really...
[06:32] FUJIKI
    Sakura, don't be shy.
[06:35] FUJIKI
    Nagasawa-kun's Tonosama Kings is the best.
[06:38] FUJIKI
    If you sing, then this becomes the stage.
[06:42] FUJIKI
    You are a star!
[06:47] NAGASAWA
    I am... a star...
[06:53] MARUKO
    Hey now, Fujiki.
[06:54] MARUKO
    Nagasawa, too...
[06:58] NAGASAWA
    If you insist...
[07:02] NAGASAWA/I
    I promised to stay pure for you
[07:11] NAGASAWA/I
    I'm not ready to give it up for someone else
[07:17] MARUKO
    Nagasawa is a good singer...
[07:20] TAMAE
    Yes, he is...
SIGN    Sakura
[07:25] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[07:28] MARUKO
    Huh? What's this?! A... TV?
[07:32] TOMOZOU
    Yes. You can at least feel its presence.
[07:38] MARUKO
    Grandpa, it's pointless to have
    a box that doesn't show anything.
[07:48] TOMOZOU
    Then...
[07:51] TOMOZOU
    Look, Grandpa is on TV!
[07:55] TOMOZOU
    I am a TV!
[08:04] MARUKO
    I'm bored...
[08:07] SAKIKO
    I know.
[08:09] TOMOZOU
    Ta-da!
[08:11] TOMOZOU
    How about a radio?
[08:13] MARUKO
    Woo, nice.
[08:14] MARUKO
    Let's listen to it!
[08:18] TOMOZOU
    The reception isn't great.
[08:21] TOMOZOU
    Where would be a good spot?
[08:26] MARUKO
    Grandpa, are you okay with this posture?
[08:29] TOMOZOU
    No worries, it's for my family.
[08:33] HIROSHI
    Radio's not bad every now and then.
[08:35] SAKIKO
    I hope they play Hideki.
[08:38] RADIO/I
    We're waiting for your requests for
    songs to play for next week,
[08:41] RADIO/I
    so please mail in some postcards.
[08:44] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[08:44] TOMOZOU
    That's it!
[08:45] TOMOZOU
    Let's mail in some postcards with requests!
[08:48] TOMOZOU
    Then they'll play Hideki or
    Momoe-chan, whatever we want!
[08:53] SAKIKO
    That's only for next week...
[08:58] MARUKO
    There's nothing to do, so I'm going to bed.
[09:03] HIROSHI
    Sounds good.
[09:05] SUMIRE
    I have to do the dishes.
[09:08] SAKIKO
    I'm going to bed too.
[09:16] MARUKO
    My dad yelled at me when I said I
    wanted to watch TV this morning.
[09:21] TAMAE
    If it's that hard for you, you can
    come to my house and watch it.
[09:25] MARUKO
    Thanks, Tama-chan.
[09:27] MARUKO
    But I can't burden you
    with my whole family...
[09:30] TAMAE
    What? You meant your whole family?
SIGN    Sakura
[09:35] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[09:37] TOMOZOU
    Maruko. Yocchan came over with
    a souvenir from his trip.
[09:42] MARUKO
    Oh, Yocchan was here?
[09:45] TOMOZOU
    He said that his friend is getting a
    new TV since they're moving.
[09:50] TOMOZOU
    They might sell their old TV cheap to us.
[09:55] MARUKO
    Wow, really?!
[09:57] TOMOZOU
    I hear it's bigger than ours.
[10:00] MARUKO
    Yes!
[10:02] MARUKO
    Oh...
[10:04] TOMOZOU
    Hm? It's a good deal, huh?
[10:06] MARUKO
    It is a good deal, but if
    our TV gets repaired,
[10:12] MARUKO
    Mom would say, "We don't need two
    TVs," and turn down that offer.
[10:20] TOMOZOU
    I see...
[10:22] TOMOZOU
    But we can't cancel the repair
    order at this point...
[10:27] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Please don't fix our TV, let
    it be completely broken!
[10:32] SAKIKO
    I'm home.
[10:34] SAKIKO
    Huh?! What are you praying for?
[10:40] SAKIKO
    I want it to be repaired, but I
    want to see Hideki on a big screen!
[10:48] SUMIRE
    What are you doing?
[10:50] MARUKO
    You know, for the TV...
[10:54] SUMIRE
    If the repair is impossible or ends up
    delayed, he'll call us.
[11:00] SUMIRE
    But since there's no call yet,
    I assume it's ready tomorrow.
[11:04] MARUKO
    But any minute now, he might call
    to let us know it can't be fixed.
[11:10] MARUKO
    I know! I'll wait for the call by the phone.
[11:19] MARUKO
    Hello, this is the Sakuras!
[11:24] SUMIRE
    It's so nice that it got fixed a day early.
[11:28] TOMOZOU
    The electrician is very skilled...
[11:32] MARUKO
    If he could make the screen bigger,
    that would've been better...
[11:37] SAKIKO
    I know.
[11:40] NARRATOR/I
    Even though the TV they
    missed so much had returned,
[11:44] NARRATOR/I
    they had mixed feelings about it.
[11:53] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Tama-chan Wants to Focus On Her Reading
[11:54] MARUKO
    "Tama-chan Wants to
    Focus On Her Reading."
[12:07] GIRL
    Mom!
[12:10] GIRL
    Mom!
[12:13] HAMAJI
    Puppuku poo!
[12:22] TAMAE/I
    "Anna was finally reunited
    with her long-lost mother."
[12:30] MARUKO
    Man, that's so funny.
[12:32] MARUKO
    I laughed so much, my tummy aches.
[12:35] NOGUCHI
    I know an even funnier story.
[12:38] GIRLS/I
    What is it? Tell us!
[12:46] TAMAE/I
    This isn't good, I can't imagine any of it...
[12:50] MARUKO
    Tama-chan!
[12:52] MARUKO
    Join us.
[12:54] MARUKO
    Noguchi-san's story is funny!
[13:00] TAMAE
    Sure!
[13:02] FUYUTA
    Honami-san.
[13:04] TAMAE
    Fuyuta-san.
[13:05] FUYUTA
    You're reading "The Journey of Anna," right?
[13:08] FUYUTA
    How far have you read?
[13:09] TAMAE
    I'm still in the middle of vol. 1.
[13:12] FUYUTA
    I started reading vol. 2, but
    it's going to be really exciting.
[13:18] TAMAE
    Wow, really?
[13:20] FUYUTA
    Catch up to me quick, Honami-san.
[13:22] FUYUTA
    Then let's talk about it together.
[13:24] TAMAE
    Okay!
[13:25] TAMAE
    I'll hurry home and continue reading!
[13:31] MARUKO
    Hey Tama-chan, do you have plans for today?
[13:34] TAMAE
    Huh?
[13:35] MARUKO
    I found a mole's hole.
[13:37] MARUKO
    Wanna go see it?
[13:40] TAMAE
    Wow, do you think we can see a mole?
[13:41] TAMAE
    I want to go!
[13:43] TAMAE
    I'm home.
[13:47] TAMAE'S MOM
    You're later than usual.
[13:48] TAMAE'S MOM
    Dinner's almost ready.
[13:50] TAMAE
    Okay!
[13:51] TAMAE/I
    I'll read a little before then.
[13:56] TAMAE'S DAD
    Muddy Tamae! Nice shot!
[13:59] TAMAE
    Dad, stop it!
[14:03] TAMAE/I
    I got into a fight with Dad and
    didn't get any time to read...
[14:07] TAMAE/I
    I'll finish dinner quickly so I can go read.
[14:10] TAMAE'S MOM
    Tamae, after you're done with dinner, take
    a bath before the bath water gets cold.
[14:15] TAMAE
    What?
SIGN    Sakura
[14:19] SAKIKO
    Maruko, what's this book?
[14:22] MARUKO
    I borrowed it from Hanawa-kun.
[14:24] SAKIKO
    Don't you have to return it?
[14:26] MARUKO
    I haven't read it yet.
[14:28] SAKIKO
    You haven't read it?
[14:29] SAKIKO
    But it's been sitting here for a while.
[14:32] MARUKO
    Because I don't have time to read.
[14:35] SAKIKO
    Jeez, fine print!
[14:37] MARUKO
    That book has more letters than pictures,
    so I don't feel like reading it.
[14:42] SAKIKO
    Then why did you borrow it?
[14:44] MARUKO
    Because Tama-chan says it's a good read.
[14:47] SAKIKO
    How far did you read?
[14:48] MARUKO
    Um...
[14:49] SAKIKO
    What is it about?
[14:51] MARUKO
    The... main character is
    called... Elizabeth, and...
[14:57] MARUKO
    she's 12, and... a farmer's daughter.
[15:01] SAKIKO
    Oh yeah?
[15:04] SAKIKO
    And?
[15:07] SAKIKO
    Is that all you read?
[15:09] MARUKO
    Tama-chan said she finished it
    in three days. Unbelievable.
[15:13] SAKIKO
    She's more focused, unlike you.
[15:16] SAKIKO
    Tama-chan's smart too, unlike you.
[15:19] MARUKO
    That's none of your business.
[15:20] SAKIKO
    If you won't read it, then give
    it back to Hanawa-kun already.
[15:24] MARUKO
    What?
[15:25] MARUKO
    Who knows what he'll say if
    I return without reading it.
[15:29] SAKIKO
    Then why don't you read it?
[15:32] MARUKO
    Fine. Man...
[15:36] MARUKO
    I get cold when I don't move.
[15:39] MARUKO
    Let's get warmed up.
[15:44] MARUKO
    Ah, so tasty.
[15:47] MARUKO
    Okay then, let's focus on the book...
[15:51] MARUKO
    I'm Elizabeth, 12 years old.
    A daughter of a farmer.
[15:55] MARUKO
    What kind of adventure awaits me?
[15:58] MARUKO
    I'm so excited.
[16:06] TOMOZOU
    I had a little too much to drink...
[16:08] TOMOZOU
    The moon is so pretty tonight.
[16:11] TOMOZOU
    I should tell Maruko about it.
[16:16] TOMOZOU
    Oh? I wonder if this is Maruko's new friend?
[16:20] TOMOZOU
    Reading a book calmly by the window,
    she looks like a noble lady.
[16:25] TOMOZOU
    I should say hello.
[16:29] TOMOZOU
    Um... excuse me?
[16:33] TOMOZOU
    I'm Maruko's grandfather.
[16:35] TOMOZOU
    My name's Sakura Tomozou, 76 years old.
[16:38] TOMOZOU
    Thank you for taking care of Maruko.
[16:43] TOMOZOU
    Um... hello?
[16:51] TOMOZOU
    Maruko?
[16:52] MARUKO
    I'm so full...
[16:55] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[16:57] FUYUTA
    Honami-san, how far did you read?
[17:00] TAMAE
    Fuyuta-san.
[17:02] TAMAE
    Actually, I fell asleep after I took a bath
    last night, so I didn't get to read it.
[17:07] FUYUTA
    I see.
[17:08] TAMAE
    I got to the part where Anna was
    reunited with her mother.
[17:13] FUYUTA
    That person isn't Anna's real mother.
[17:17] TAMAE
    What?! For real?!
[17:20] FUYUTA
    Oh my gosh!
[17:22] FUYUTA
    I shouldn't say anything else!
[17:26] TAMAE/I
    I have to read more today!
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[17:36] HAMAJI
    Take off, take off!
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[17:39] STUDENTS
    So funny!
[17:41] MARUKO
    Take off, take off!
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[17:43] TAMAE
    What?! Maru-chan?!
[17:44] MARUKO
    Take off, take off!
[17:46] HAMAJI
    No, no, this is how you do it.
[17:48] HAMAJI
    Take off, take off!
[17:50] MARUKO
    Take off, take off!
[17:52] HAMAJI
    How could that happen?!
[17:54] MARUKO
    How could that happen?!
[18:02] HAMAJI
    Kin-chan run!
[18:05] HAMAJI
    Take off, take off!
[18:12] NARRATOR/I
    At the next recess...
[18:14] HAMAJI
    Puppuku poo!
[18:15] MARUKO
    Puppuku poo!
[18:17] GUYS
    Good job!
[18:19] TAMAE/I
    I've got to focus on this book...
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[18:24] TAMAE/I
    And then, Anna did...
[18:26] HAMAJI/MARUKO
    Konjac dance!
[18:29] TAMAE/I
    And then, Anna, did...
[18:34] TAMAE/I
    konjac dance!
[18:37] TAMAE
    No!
[18:39] MARUKO
    Konjac dance!
SIGN    Elementary School
[18:44] NARRATOR
    At the next recess...
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[18:57] NOGUCHI
    Here's a funny story.
[18:59] NOGUCHI
    Sadakichi!
[19:00] TAMAE/I
    What?! Noguchi-san is doing rakugo?!
[19:00] NOGUCHI
    What is it, sir?
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[19:03] TAMAE/I
    I want to hear it too!
[19:08] TAMAE
    I couldn't read at all..
[19:11] FUYUTA
    Honami-san, did you finish vol. 1?
[19:13] TAMAE
    Oh, not yet...
[19:15] FUYUTA
    What, you didn't?
[19:19] FUYUTA
    Do you not like the book?
[19:22] TAMAE
    What?! No!
[19:25] TAMAE
    That's not true.
[19:26] TAMAE
    I'll read. I'll go home and read.
[19:29] FUYUTA
    And we'll talk about it. Promise?
[19:32] TAMAE
    Y-Yes, I'll read it.
[19:41] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, are you in a hurry?
[19:43] TAMAE
    Huh? No, not really.
[19:46] MARUKO
    Hey, look!
[19:47] MARUKO
    A bagworm!
[19:49] TAMAE
    Oh yeah, I see it!
[19:52] TAMAE/I
    I don't have time for a detour,
    I need to go home and read.
[19:58] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, after this...
[20:02] MARUKO
    I wanted to play with you,
[20:04] MARUKO
    but I promised my grandpa I'd go
    eat sweet bean soup with him.
[20:09] TAMAE
    Oh, you did?
[20:13] TAMAE/I
    Did I feel... relieved just now?
[20:17] TAMMY/I
    I'm sorry!
[20:18] TAMMY/I
    It's not that I don't want to play with you!
[20:21] TAMMY/I
    I just want to...
[20:24] TAMMY/I
    Read the rest of the book!
[20:28] TAMMY/I
    The book! The book! The book...
[20:34] SIGN
    No entry allowed!
[20:37] TAMAE
    I can finally read more about Anna.
[20:45] TAMAE/I
    Anna reminds me of Tama-chan
    because she's a bit of a clown.
[20:50] TAMAE'S MOM
    Tamae! Maru-chan's on the phone!
[20:53] TAMAE
    What?!
[20:55] MARUKO/I
    Hello, Tama-chan?
[20:56] MARUKO/I
    Listen, my grandpa was...
[20:59] TAMAE
    Really?!
[21:05] TAMAE
    Then what happened?
[21:06] SIGN
    No entry allowed!
SIGN    Elementary school
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[21:14] TAMAE
    I'd like to renew this.
[21:17] LIBRARIAN
    Sure, just a moment.
[21:20] FUYUTA
    Oh, Honami-san.
[21:22] FUYUTA
    Renewing? You haven't finished it?
[21:25] TAMAE
    Fuyuta-san...
[21:27] FUYUTA
    I see. So you don't like it.
[21:30] TAMAE
    Oh no, t-that's not true.
[21:33] FUYUTA
    Oh, Migiwa-san!
[21:35] FUYUTA
    I read that book too!
[21:37] FUYUTA
    Let's talk about it together.
SIGN    Anna's Journey
[21:44] TAMAE/I
    This book is interesting.
[21:46] TAMAE/I
    It is, but...
[21:49] MARUKO
    Oh, Tama-chan.
[21:51] MARUKO
    Let's play!
[21:59] TAMAE
    Sure!
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    Maru-chan may be much more 
    interesting than this book.
[22:05] NARRATOR/I
    That's what Tama-chan thought.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    My sweater is covered in lint
    balls, but lint balls are amazing.
[22:19] MARUKO
    Maybe I'll dedicate my life to lint balls.
[22:22] MARUKO
    Then maybe my luck would go up and
    I may be able to live a happy life.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune,"
    and "Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls."
SIGN    Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune
SIGN    Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls
[22:32] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1421 - Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune \ Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] NAGASAWA
    Hey you all, Chibi Maruko-chan 
    is about to start.
[00:03] NAGASAWA
    Care to take a look?
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[00:14] SIGN
    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko Wants to Bring Good Fortune."
[01:37] SIGN
    Pin Badge Lottery
[01:37] SIGN (yellow/red)
    You can win!
[01:42] MARUKO/I
    I want it, I must have it.
[01:45] MARUKO/I
    Momoe-chan's pin badge!
[01:48] MARUKO
    I'll pull three lotteries for pin badges.
[01:51] CANDY STORE LADY
    Sure. Three lotteries.
[01:57] MARUKO
    This is it!
[01:58] SIGN
    No. 12
[02:00] MARUKO
    No good.
[02:02] MARUKO
    The prize for No. 12 is...
[02:04] SIGN
    Kappa
[02:07] MARUKO
    What the heck is this kappa?
[02:09] MARUKO
    One more time!
[02:14] MARUKO
    This is it!
[02:16] SIGN
    You Lose
[02:18] SIGN
    Lottery
[02:18] MARUKO
    I lost...!
[02:20] CANDY STORE LADY
    Here you go, a consolation candy.
[02:25] SIGN (yellow/red)
    You can win!
[02:25] SIGN
    Pin Badge Lottery
[02:27] MARUKO/I
    The next one is my final chance!
[02:29] MARUKO/I
    For Momoe-chan's pin badge!
[02:33] MARUKO
    Please!
[02:40] SIGN
    Kappa
[02:41] MARUKO
    Man...
[02:42] MARUKO
    I really wanted Momoe-chan's pin badge.
[02:46] MARUKO
    Ouch!
[02:48] MARUKO
    What was that?
[02:50] MARUKO
    A pinecone?
[02:52] MARUKO
    What?
[02:53] MARUKO
    I lose on the lottery, but this doesn't miss?
[02:58] MARUKO
    I'm absolutely out of luck...
SIGN    Sakura
[03:03] WOMAN/I
    Since this Mike came to
    us, we've been very lucky.
[03:07] REPORTER/I
    Is that so?
[03:09] WOMAN/I
    We have more customers at our
    store, and we've won lotteries.
[03:14] REPORT/I
    Is that so?
[03:15] MAN/I
    This is truly a lucky cat.
[03:19] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[03:19] REPORTER/I
    Today, we introduced a cat that
    brings fortune, Mike-chan.
[03:24] MARUKO
    A cat that brings fortune, huh?
[03:26] MARUKO
    I want something that brings fortune to me.
[03:30] TOMOZOU
    Something that brings fortune?
[03:31] TOMOZOU
    Why? Did anything bad happen?
[03:35] MARUKO
    Well, kind of.
[03:37] TOMOZOU
    What?!
[03:38] TOMOZOU
    That's not good!
[03:40] MARUKO
    We should get a cat.
[03:42] MARUKO
    A calico like Mike-chan.
[03:44] SUMIRE
    Huh?
[03:45] MARUKO
    I'm sure it will bring lots of fortune.
[03:48] MARUKO
    Come on, let's get a cat. Please?
[03:52] NARRATOR/I
    This is what you call an ingratiating voice.
[03:55] SUMIRE
    No, we won't.
[03:56] MARUKO
    Booo.
[03:57] SUMIRE
    You say it can bring fortune,
    but you just want a cat.
[04:02] MARUKO
    Of course I do, but more importantly,
[04:05] MARUKO
    I've got to do something to make sure
    good things happen, or I can't be happy.
[04:09] TOMOZOU
    That's not good!
[04:11] TOMOZOU
    Mom! We have to get a cat right now!
[04:13] SUMIRE
    Grandpa, not you too...
[04:16] MARUKO
    It might bring good luck to you too.
[04:18] SUMIRE
    I'm not interested.
[04:21] TOMOZOU
    So you aren't interested in luck or cats...
[04:28] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[04:30] TAMAE
    Mike-chan was so cute!
[04:32] MARUKO
    Yeah, now I want a cat too.
[04:36] MARUKO
    A good luck cat.
[04:38] TAMAE
    Yeah, they did say it brings luck.
[04:40] MARUKO
    But my mom said no...
[04:43] TAMAE
    That's too bad.
[04:45] KONAGAYA
    Momoe-chan's pendant?
[04:47] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Huh?
[04:48] UCHIDA
    Yes, it's super cute.
[04:51] MARUKO
    Hey, what about Momoe-chan's pendant?
[04:54] UCHIDA
    I entered a magazine sweepstakes and won it!
[04:57] UCHIDA
    The pendant with Momoe-chan's photo in it!
[05:00] MARUKO
    Wow, that's nice.
[05:03] UCHIDA
    I wanted it so badly, so I left the form
    on the Shinto altar at home
[05:06] UCHIDA
    for a couple of days before sending it in.
[05:09] MARUKO
    You did?
[05:10] UCHIDA
    Yes, and then I did win it,
    which took me by surprise.
[05:14] MARUKO
    So doing stuff like that really works.
SIGN    Sakura
[05:18] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[05:20] TOMOZOU
    Welcome home.
[05:21] MARUKO
    I'm back.
[05:23] TOMOZOU
    I've been waiting for you.
[05:24] MARUKO
    Huh?
[05:26] MARUKO
    Fuku-warai?
[05:28] MARUKO
    But New Year's Day is long over.
[05:30] TOMOZOU
    Fortune comes in to the merry gate, they say.
[05:34] TOMOZOU
    Let's laugh a lot playing
    fuku-warai and bring in luck!
[05:37] MARUKO
    Well, I suppose we can give it a try.
[05:40] TOMOZOU
    Let's try it!
[05:49] TOMOZOU
    Oh boy.
[05:56] MARUKO
    My goodness, that was funny.
[05:58] TOMOZOU
    We sure laughed.
[05:59] TOMOZOU
    That's fuku-warai for you.
[06:02] MARUKO
    Laughing makes you feel
    refreshed and ready for luck.
[06:06] TOMOZOU
    Then let's laugh some more
    to bring in more luck!
[06:09] MARUKO
    Laughing is good, but I wonder if there's
    something else that can bring us luck?
[06:14] TOMOZOU
    Hmm, luck, luck...
[06:18] TOMOZOU
    How about buying a lucky bag?
[06:21] MARUKO
    Like I said, Grandpa, New Year's Day is over.
[06:25] TOMOZOU
    Then the only option is to get a cat...
[06:28] TOMOZOU
    I know!
[06:29] TOMOZOU
    We can secretly make its bed in
    the closet and sneak it in...
[06:32] KOTAKE
    Don't be silly, Grandpa.
[06:35] TOMOZOU
    I'm sorry...
[06:38] KOTAKE
    Maybe you might want to
    try drinking fuku-tea.
[06:41] MARUKO
    Fuku-tea?
[06:42] KOTAKE
    Yes, it's auspicious tea you
    drink for New Year's or setsubun.
[06:49] MARUKO
    I didn't know that!
[06:51] MARUKO
    Tomorrow is setsubun, so it's perfect.
[06:53] TOMOZOU
    I think I've heard of it.
[06:56] KOTAKE
    On New Year's Day, it's called o-buku tea.
[07:00] KOTAKE
    Either way, you put auspicious ingredients
    like beans and kelp in the tea.
[07:05] MARUKO
    I wonder what it tastes like.
[07:07] KOTAKE
    I'll make it for dinner then.
[07:10] MARUKO
    Really?!
[07:14] MARUKO
    So this is fuku tea.
[07:17] KOTAKE
    I put sour plums, salty kelp, and black
    beans into a cup, then poured green tea.
[07:23] MARUKO
    Thank you for the tea!
[07:27] MARUKO
    It's good!
[07:29] MARUKO
    It's a little salty, and it
    reminds me of plum kelp tea.
[07:33] KOTAKE
    Just like osechi cuisine,
    kelp symbolizes joy,
[07:37] KOTAKE
    and beans signify the
    wish to live diligently.
[07:42] KOTAKE
    Since sour plums wrinkle
    and plum trees live long,
[07:47] KOTAKE
    sour plums are considered to
    be the source of longevity.
[07:52] TOMOZOU
    So we can live longer by drinking this?
[07:55] MARUKO
    Then we have to drink a lot.
[07:59] TOMOZOU/I
    Maruko...
[08:01] TOMOZOU
    Okay, I'll drink plenty!
[08:10] MARUKO
    Are you okay, Grandpa?!
[08:12] TOMOZOU
    I-I'm fine, I'm fine.
[08:15] HIROSHI
    You could have kicked the bucket,
    let alone living a long life.
[08:20] NARRATOR/I
    On the day of setsubun...
[08:23] MARUKO
    Out with the ogres!
[08:26] TOMOZOU
    Okay, out, out!
[08:29] MARUKO
    Out with the ogres!
[08:33] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Nakano-san?!
[08:36] NAKANO
    I-I only brought some food to share with you.
[08:40] MARUKO
    Come on now, join us.
[08:44] TOMOZOU
    Let's throw some beans!
[08:50] MARUKO
    Out with the ogres!
[08:52] MARUKO
    Nakano-san, throw some!
[08:54] NAKANO
    Huh? Oh, b-but...
[08:57] TOMOZOU
    Nakano-san, there's no need to be shy.
[09:07] NAKANO
    I-I can't...
[09:09] NAKANO
    I'm so sorry...
[09:12] NAKANO
    I-I'll be the ogre, please!
[09:15] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Out with the ogres!
[09:17] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Out with the ogres!
[09:20] MARUKO
    Nakano-san, could you try
    and be a bit more ogre-like?
[09:24] NAKANO
    O-Okay!
[09:27] NAKANO
    R-Roar...!
[09:29] MARUKO
    That's more of... a monster than an ogre?
[09:32] TOMOZOU
    Or maybe a ghost.
[09:35] NAKANO
    R-Roar...!
[09:39] NAKANO
    Ouch...
[09:41] MARUKO
    Nakano-san, are you okay?!
[09:43] MARUKO
    Hm?
[09:45] MARUKO
    Your earlobes are big.
[09:48] NAKANO
    Huh?
[09:48] TOMOZOU
    Yes, they're good luck ears.
[09:51] MARUKO
    Nice to have good fortune on your body.
[09:54] MARUKO
    There must be a lot of
    good things in your life.
[09:56] NAKANO
    What?!
[09:57] MARUKO
    Did anything good happen to you recently?
[10:00] NAKANO
    N-No, nothing particularly good...
[10:04] MARUKO
    Seriously?! Nothing?
[10:06] TOMOZOU
    I'm sure there is.
[10:07] NAKANO
    What?!
[10:09] NAKANO
    W-Well, if I must pick one...
[10:12] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Yes?
[10:14] NAKANO
    I cracked an egg open to make
    rice with egg this morning...
[10:24] NAKANO
    And there were two yolks.
[10:28] MARUKO
    Two yolks?
[10:29] MARUKO
    That's cool!
[10:31] TOMOZOU
    Someone with luck experiences
    extraordinary things.
[10:35] MARUKO
    Then, let's have Nakano-san with
    lucky ears to be the god of luck,
[10:40] MARUKO
    and do "in with good fortune."
[10:43] TOMOZOU
    Ah, that's a good idea.
[10:47] MARUKO
    Are you ready?
[10:49] MARUKO
    In with good fortune!
[10:51] TOMOZOU
    In with good fortune!
[10:53] MARUKO
    Nakano-san, get inside the house.
[10:55] NAKANO
    O-Okay!
[10:59] MARUKO
    Good, now luck is inside the house.
[11:01] TOMOZOU
    It is.
[11:03] NAKANO/I
    Wh-What the heck am I doing here...?!
[11:11] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko has tried many things to bring
    luck, but it hasn't gone so easy.
[11:19] MARUKO
    Good luck cat.
[11:22] MARUKO
    This should bring in good luck.
[11:24] SIGN
    Lucky Bag
[11:25] NAKANO
    A lucky bag?
[11:27] NAKANO
    I didn't know it was still here.
[11:31] SIGN (left to right)
    Roasted Sesame
[11:31] SIGN (left to right)
    White Sesame
[11:31] SIGN (left to right)
    Ground Sesame
[11:31] SIGN (left to right)
    Black Sesame
[11:31] SIGN (left to right)
    Golden Sesame
[11:31] NAKANO
    Ah, an assortment of sesame seeds!
[11:35] NAKANO
    That's nice.
[11:37] NARRATOR/I
    Perhaps it was the benefit of
    throwing beans or his lucky ears,
[11:43] NARRATOR/I
    tiny good fortune came to Nakano-san.
SIGN    Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls
[11:53] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[11:54] MARUKO
    "Maruko Wants to Remove Lint Balls."
[12:06] MARUKO
    Anyhow, it all looks so dull.
[12:09] SAKIKO
    What are you doing?
[12:11] MARUKO
    I'm looking for clothes
    to wear for ice skating.
[12:15] MARUKO
    Oh!
[12:17] MARUKO
    I forgot that I had this.
[12:19] SAKIKO
    That takes me back!
[12:21] SAKIKO
    I used to wear that a lot.
[12:24] MARUKO
    Hm?
[12:25] MARUKO
    Jeez, lint balls.
[12:27] MARUKO
    Oh no, here, too!
[12:30] SAKIKO
    There are quite a lot.
[12:32] MARUKO
    Man!
[12:33] MARUKO
    I want new clothes!
[12:36] MARUKO
    Can anyone buy some for me?
[12:41] TAMAE
    I'm looking forward to ice skating.
[12:44] SASAYAMA
    Yes, me too!
[12:48] TAMAE
    What's the matter, Maru-chan?
[12:50] MARUKO
    I don't have clothes to wear to go ice skating.
[12:53] TAMAE
    Oh no, you don't?
[12:55] MARUKO
    All my clothes are old and shabby.
[12:58] SASAYAMA
    I see.
[13:00] HANAWA
    I think vintage is cool, Sakura-kun.
[13:04] MARUKO
    Vintage?
[13:05] HANAWA
    It means antique.
[13:07] MARUKO
    Antique?
[13:09] HANAWA
    In our world, there are things that
    are valuable because they're old.
[13:14] MARUKO
    Is that so?
[13:16] HANAWA
    Depending on the items, some are
    more valuable than new items.
[13:20] TAMAE
    Being new doesn't necessarily
    mean good, then.
[13:23] HANAWA
    That's right!
[13:26] HANAWA
    I found these jeans at a
    vintage shop in the USA.
[13:31] MARUKO
    Huh? There are holes.
[13:34] HANAWA
    That's what makes it good.
[13:36] HANAWA
    You can feel its history.
[13:38] SASAYAMA
    History, huh?
[13:40] SASAYAMA
    That's kind of cool.
SIGN    Sakura
[13:44] TOMOZOU
    I see, vintage, eh?
[13:47] KOTAKE
    There's value in being old.
[13:50] MARUKO
    For what it's worth, this
    sweater is easy to wear.
[13:55] MARUKO
    Maybe that's vintage.
[13:57] TOMOZOU
    It fits you well.
[14:00] MARUKO
    Oh, and Grandpa and Grandma are vintage too.
[14:04] TOMOZOU/KOTAKE
    Huh?
[14:05] MARUKO
    Grandma knows a lot of things and is good
    at knitting, so you're a perfect vintage.
[14:12] KOTAKE
    You think so? Thank you, Maruko.
[14:15] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, what kind of vintage am I?
[14:19] MARUKO
    Grandpa is... it's kind of like...
[14:22] MARUKO
    There's a quality only you have...
[14:25] TOMOZOU
    I see.
[14:26] MARUKO
    The more you chew, the
    more flavorful it gets...
[14:29] TOMOZOU
    The more you chew?
[14:32] MARUKO
    So you're vintage like... dried squid?
[14:35] TOMOZOU
    Oh, dried squid!
[14:43] NARRATOR/I
    What exactly is "vintage like squid"...?
[14:48] MARUKO
    I've been to many places wearing this.
[14:52] MARUKO
    On a second look, lint
    balls are sort of cute.
[14:56] LINT BALL 1
    Maru-chan, we played together a lot.
[14:59] LINT BALL 1
    We went to an amusement park.
[15:02] LINT BALL 2
    We went to a café.
[15:05] LINT BALL 3
    We had roasted sweet potatoes.
[15:08] MARUKO
    Lint balls...
[15:11] SUMIRE
    What are you doing?
[15:14] MARUKO
    Remembering my memories with lint balls.
[15:17] SUMIRE
    I don't know what you mean,
    but give me that sweater.
[15:20] MARUKO
    Hey, what will you do with it?!
[15:26] SUMIRE
    There we go!
[15:28] SUMIRE
    Now you can wear it again.
[15:30] MARUKO
    Wow.
[15:34] MARUKO
    Look how clean it is.
[15:38] MARUKO
    Oh no! The lint balls!
[15:41] MARUKO
    Lint balls...!
[15:42] SUMIRE
    Don't scream at the trash can.
SIGN    Elementary School
[15:45] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[15:47] MARUKO
    I got the lint balls removed from
    this sweater to make it cleaner.
[15:51] HANAWA
    Sakura-kun, that's a very
    nice vintage sweater.
[15:54] TAMAE
    Wow, it looks good on you.
[15:57] MARUKO
    Lint balls are wonderful things.
[15:59] TAMAE/HANAWA
    Huh?
[16:01] MARUKO
    They feel nice, like I can't stop it.
[16:06] HANAWA
    W-What are you talking about, Sakura-kun?
[16:09] TAMAE/I
    Hey, Maru-chan.
[16:11] TAMAE/I
    What do you mean by lint balls are wonderful?
[16:16] TAMAE/I
    What do you mean by they feel nice?
[16:20] SIGN
    Hey, Maru-chan
    What do you mean by lint balls
    are wonderful?
    What do you mean by they
    feel nice?
    Tell me, Maru-chan
    Please, Maru-chan
[16:21] TAMAE/I
    Tell me, Maru-chan.
[16:23] TAMAE/I
    Please, Maru-chan.
[16:26] TAMAE/I
    Tamae's poem of the heart.
[16:26] SIGN
    Tamae's
    poem of the heart
[16:30] NARRATOR/I
    After school...
[16:32] MARUKO
    I'm really into removing
    lint balls right now.
[16:35] MARUKO
    My mom told me how to do it yesterday.
[16:37] TAMAE
    Ah, so that's what you meant.
[16:40] MARUKO
    When all of them are removed
    nicely, it feels really good.
[16:44] TAMAE
    Oh yeah?
[16:46] MARUKO
    Okay, I've got to remove more lint balls.
[16:49] MARUKO
    See you later, Tama-chan!
[16:51] TAMAE
    Okay!
[16:52] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[16:54] TAMAE
    You didn't get enough sleep
    because of lint balls?!
[16:57] MARUKO
    Exactly.
[16:58] MARUKO
    I was so absorbed I lost track of time.
[17:00] TAMAE
    That's why you looked so sleepy.
[17:04] TAMAE/I
    Are lint balls that captivating?
[17:07] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, why don't you try it too?
[17:10] TAMAE
    Huh?
[17:11] NARRATOR/I
    After school...
[17:26] TAMAE/I
    I can't help but be absorbed...
[17:32] TAMAE
    This does feel nice...
[17:39] TAMAE
    Huh?! Look at the time!
[17:41] MARUKO
    What's wrong, Tama-chan?
[17:43] TAMAE
    Time just flew by.
[17:46] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, that is the power of lint balls!
[17:50] NARRATOR/I
    It's not something one
    should be too proud of.
[17:52] MARUKO
    If only time passed this
    quickly during classes.
[17:57] TAMAE
    You're right.
[18:00] MARUKO
    I wish there was a class
    for removing lint balls.
[18:03] MARUKO
    Then I know my grade would be five.
SIGN    Sakura
[18:08] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[18:10] TAKAMARU
    Hello, Maru-chan. You're home.
[18:13] MARUKO
    Oh, hello, Takamaru-sa... hm?
[18:17] TAKAMARU
    What's the matter, Maru-chan?
[18:20] MARUKO/I
    There are lint balls on her sweater.
[18:24] MARUKO/I
    Nice looking lint balls...
[18:27] TAKAMARU
    Maru-chan...?
[18:29] MARUKO
    Um... may I remove your lint balls?
[18:33] TAKAMARU
    Lint balls?
[18:44] MARUKO
    Here we go!
[18:45] TAKAMARU
    Wow, it looks so clean!
[18:49] TAKAMARU
    Maru-chan, please have some, if you like.
[18:52] MARUKO
    Really? Are you sure?
[18:54] TAKAMARU
    Of course!
[18:55] TAKAMARU
    Come on, take a break.
[18:57] MARUKO
    Yay!
[19:01] MARUKO
    Oh, if there are any more,
    I'd be happy to do it.
[19:04] TAKAMARU
    You don't mind?
[19:06] MARUKO
    Leave it to me!
[19:10] MARUKO
    Oh, this sweater.
[19:13] MARUKO
    Is it your daughter's? So cute.
[19:16] TAKAMARU
    You think so?
[19:17] TAKAMARU
    I made it.
[19:19] TAKAMARU
    It was her favorite, so there
    are a lot of lint balls.
[19:23] MARUKO
    It's a nice vintage sweater.
[19:27] TAKAMARU
    Vintage, you say?
[19:29] TAKAMARU
    It's just old.
[19:31] TAKAMARU
    Anyhow, you're so good at it, Maru-chan.
[19:35] MARUKO
    You're too kind.
[19:38] TAKAMARU
    I think you have a talent for this.
[19:39] MARUKO
    A talent?
[19:42] TAKAMARU
    Oh, let me get you more juice.
[19:45] MARUKO/I
    At first glance, this might
    look like a trivial skill,
[19:49] MARUKO/I
    but when I did it for my family,
    it made them very happy too.
[19:54] MARUKO/I
    Maybe I'll start up a company
    with this skill in the future?!
[20:00] SIGN
    Lint Ball Remover Co. Ltd.
[20:04] INTERVIEWER
    You're known as the first professional lint
    ball removal craftworker in the world.
[20:08] INTERVIEWER
    What do lint balls mean for you, Sakura-san?
[20:11] MARUKO
    They're life itself.
[20:16] SIGN
    I've become
    the president
SIGN    Lint Ball President says
SIGN    "Lint balls are my life itself"
[20:19] SIGN (vertical; right)
    It makes people happy
[20:19] SIGN (vertical; center)
    The timing is now
[20:19] SIGN (vertical; left)
    That type of person is great
[20:25] TAKAMARU
    Maru-chan?
[20:27] MARUKO
    Huh?
[20:32] MARUKO
    What do I do?!
[20:34] TAKAMARU
    Don't worry, Maru-chan.
[20:36] TAKAMARU
    I can fix it.
[20:38] DAUGHTER
    I'm home.
[20:39] DAUGHTER
    Oh, Maru-chan! Hello.
[20:41] MARUKO
    Oh, miss!
[20:45] MARUKO
    I...
[20:46] DAUGHTER
    Huh?
[20:47] MARUKO
    I'm so sorry, I ruined your sweater!
[20:50] DAUGHTER
    Don't worry about it.
[20:51] DAUGHTER
    I was thinking that it's time to retire it.
[20:56] MARUKO
    What?
[20:59] DAUGHTER
    More importantly...
[21:01] DAUGHTER
    What do you think of this sweater?
[21:04] DAUGHTER
    I saved up my allowance,
    and finally got it.
[21:09] MARUKO/I
    No lint balls. So pretty.
[21:14] NARRATOR/I
    The dream of becoming a lint ball
    removal craftworker faded away.
[21:17] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko thought to herself, "On second
    thought, new clothes are nice."
[21:23] SIGN
    Winter Ice Skate Rink
[21:23] SIGN
    Until the end of March
[21:23] SIGN (horizontal; left)
    Skating Rink
[21:23] SIGN (vertical; right)
    Ice Skates
[21:23] NARRATOR/I
    On Sunday...
[21:35] MARUKO
    Fujiki, what's up with your pants?
[21:38] FUJIKI
    This is what's called vintage.
[21:41] FUJIKI
    I bought it at an open-air market.
[21:43] MARUKO
    Isn't that just a tattered pair of pants...?
[21:47] FUJIKI
    Huh?
[21:48] TAMAE
    It feels a bit different from Hanawa-kun's...
[21:51] FUJIKI
    Huh?
[21:52] SASAYAMA
    Fujiki-kun, aren't you cold?
[21:54] FUJIKI
    Huh?!
[22:00] NARRATOR/I
    Vintage was too early for Fujiki.
[22:03] NARRATOR/I
    At that moment, all Fujiki wanted
    was a warm pair of pants.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa, let's go for "a great escape"
    together with this beautiful suitcase.
[22:19] MARUKO
    We can pack lots of important items neatly,
[22:22] MARUKO
    then we won't need the strange
    spell to find lost stuff.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "The Suitcase is Filled With Dreams,"
    and "Maruko Looks for a Lost Item."
SIGN    The Suitcase is Filled With Dreams
SIGN    Maruko Looks for a Lost Item
[22:32] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1422 - The Suitcase is Filled With Dreams \ Maruko Looks for a Lost Item
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] SAKIKO
    Everyone, gather around!
[00:01] MARUKO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is
[00:03] SAKIKO/MARUKO
    about to start!
[00:11] ---
    Let's go, everyone!
[00:14] SIGN
    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    The Suitcase is Filled with Dreams
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "The Suitcase is Filled with Dreams."
[01:35] COMEDIAN A/I
    Wow, look at this!
[01:38] COMEDIAN A/I
    A field covered in snow,
    as far as you can see!
[01:40] COMEDIAN A/I
    I want to ski right now!
[01:42] COMEDIAN B/I
    We'll fill this suitcase with
    amazing souvenirs and come back!
[01:45] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[01:47] MARUKO
    That's called a suitcase, huh?
[01:50] MARUKO
    It looks easy to use with wheels.
[01:52] TOMOZOU
    You can carry anything with ease!
[01:55] MARUKO
    That looks kind of cool.
[01:57] MARUKO
    Hey, Mom...
[01:58] SUMIRE
    There's no need for a travel bag
    since we have no plans to travel.
[02:03] MARUKO
    I haven't said anything.
[02:05] SUMIRE
    I can tell without you saying anything.
[02:06] MARUKO
    Come on, let's buy a bag like that and
    go on a trip, even if it's close by.
[02:12] MARUKO
    It's important to spread your
    wings every now and then.
[02:15] SUMIRE
    Sure, at some point.
[02:16] MARUKO
    At some point, huh?
SIGN    Elementary School
[02:20] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[02:21] TAMAE
    The suitcase the comedians
    had on TV last night...
[02:25] TAMAE
    you like it, don't you?
[02:28] MARUKO
    Yes, I love it!
[02:30] MARUKO
    I wish the two of us could go
    on a trip with a bag like that.
[02:35] MARUKO
    Oh, maybe Hanawa-kun already has a suitcase?
[02:40] MARUKO
    He travels often.
[02:42] TAMAE
    Yeah, he might!
[02:45] HANAWA
    Oh, sorry.
[02:47] HANAWA
    I don't have a personal suitcase.
[02:50] MARUKO
    I'm surprised that you don't have one.
[02:53] HANAWA
    Oh, in my case, I don't take more
     stuff than I can carry myself,
[02:59] HANAWA
    and Hide the Butler helps me,
    so I don't have need my own suitcase.
[03:02] MARUKO/TAMAE
    I see...
[03:04] MARUKO
    But isn't it difficult to reduce
    the amount of your luggage?
[03:07] MARUKO
    I end up bringing all kinds of stuff
    because I think, "just in case."
[03:12] TAMAE
    I know how that is!
[03:14] TAMAE
    Even if I don't think I'll use it,
    I get anxious if I don't bring it.
[03:19] HANAWA
    When you're in need of
    an item on your travel,
[03:23] HANAWA
    buying it locally becomes
    a memory of the trip.
[03:26] MARUKO
    But buying something that's
    not a souvenir on our trip...
[03:32] MARUKO
    We're plebeians, and that's luxury
    beyond our means, Master Hanawa.
[03:37] TAMAE
    By the way, what did you buy on your trip?
[03:40] HANAWA
    A toothbrush and slippers.
[03:42] MARUKO
    That screams you weren't ready...
SIGN    Sakura
[03:47] NARRATOR/I
    On Sunday...
[03:49] MARUKO
    Hey Grandpa, do you want to go see suitcases?
[03:52] TOMOZOU
    What? Suitcases?
[03:55] MARUKO
    Just taking a look at a bag store.
[03:58] TOMOZOU
    Um, sure...
SIGN    Pension
[04:01] NARRATOR/I
    Tomozou says yes, knowing
    fully that if Maruko begs him,
SIGN    Pension
[04:06] NARRATOR/I
    it'll be more than just looking...
SIGN    Yoshizawa Bag Store
[04:09] MARUKO
    Hm, there are regular bags here...
[04:13] TOMOZOU
    But we don't see suitcases.
[04:16] CLERK
    Are you looking for something?
[04:18] TOMOZOU
    If you have bags with wheels,
    we'd love to take a look.
[04:24] MARUKO
    The kind that are square and has a sturdy
    handle, with lots of room for stuff.
[04:30] CLERK
    Ah, yes.
[04:33] CLERK
    This one.
[04:36] MARUKO
    It sure has wheels and a sturdy handle.
[04:41] TOMOZOU
    With lots of room for stuff...
[04:44] MARUKO/TOMOZOU/I
    But this isn't it...
[04:46] CLERK
    This actually turns into a chair.
[04:49] TOMOZOU
    Wow!
[04:49] MARUKO
    Amazing!
[04:50] CLERK
    My mother uses it, and it's so convenient.
[04:54] CLERK
    You'll enjoy shopping even more.
[04:58] TOMOZOU
    You can carry stuff and it becomes a chair?
[05:01] TOMOZOU
    Maybe it's better than a suitcase.
[05:05] MARUKO
    Yes, but it's not really.
[05:07] MARUKO
    It's the mood, yes.
[05:09] MARUKO
    That's what matters.
[05:12] TOMOZOU
    Hm, another possibility is the bag
    section at the department store.
[05:18] MARUKO
    Let's go check it out, Grandpa!
SIGN    Pension
[05:22] TOMOZOU/I
    They only carry expensive stuff...
[05:27] TOMOZOU
    Well, I'm tired today, so
    maybe another day.
[05:31] MARUKO
    Okay, that's a promise.
[05:33] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[05:36] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[05:38] MARUKO
    Wow! A suitcase!
[05:41] MARUKO
    Grandpa, Grandpa!
[05:43] MARUKO
    Did you buy that suitcase?
[05:45] TOMOZOU
    No, no.
[05:47] TOMOZOU
    I met Hide-san when I went to the department
    store's bag section to take a look.
[05:52] TOMOZOU
    I told him about the suitcase,
    and he rented his.
[05:58] MARUKO
    That's Hide the Butler for you.
[05:59] MARUKO
    Now all we need to do is travel.
SIGN    Hot Spring Inns You Must
     Check Out This Winter
[06:03] TOMOZOU
    What do you think of this?
[06:05] TOMOZOU
    A weekend-overnight stay at a
    hot spring inn in Yamanashi.
[06:08] TOMOZOU
    Looks like you can go sledding nearby.
[06:12] MARUKO
    Hot springs and sledding?!
[06:14] MARUKO
    We'll soak in the hot spring, go sledding,
[06:17] MARUKO
    and pack our suitcase with
    souvenirs to come home!
[06:22] MARUKO
    Hey Mom, I'm going on a trip to
    Yamanashi this weekend with Grandpa.
[06:26] MARUKO
    It's a one night stay.
[06:28] SUMIRE
    What? A trip?!
[06:30] MARUKO
    We already have a travel suitcase, since
    we rented one from Hide the Butler.
[06:34] SUMIRE
    You may have the suitcase, but you need
    money for the train, hotel, and food.
[06:41] SUMIRE
    You can't let Grandpa
    waste his money like that.
[06:44] MARUKO
    No, I'm going!
[06:47] MARUKO
    It would be rude to return the
    suitcase without using it.
[06:52] SUMIRE
    We don't want to break a borrowed item,
[06:55] SUMIRE
    So it's better to return it without using it.
[06:57] SUMIRE
    Don't you remember you broke
    the kickboard you borrowed?
[07:04] MARUKO
    I won't break it because I'll be careful.
[07:07] MARUKO
    It can be a day trip.
[07:09] MARUKO
    Please, Mom!
[07:10] SUMIRE
    I'm telling you, no!
[07:13] MARUKO
    When she's like this, she'll never say yes.
[07:18] MARUKO
    So what do you call it, um...
[07:20] MARUKO
    Not a great escape, but...
[07:24] MARUKO
    I saw it on TV once.
[07:26] MARUKO
    A man and a woman say, "I'll go
    to the end of hell with you."
[07:34] TOMOZOU
    Ah, that's a secret escape.
SIGN    Secret Escape
[07:37] MARUKO
    That's it, a secret escape!
[07:39] MARUKO
    Let's go do that, Grandpa!
[07:41] TOMOZOU
    Yes, of course! To the end of hell!
[07:46] NARRATOR/I
    Are you really sure you want to go there?
[07:54] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, I'm ready.
[07:57] SAKIKO
    Are you two going somewhere?
[08:00] MARUKO
    It's nothing, just a secret escape.
[08:03] SAKIKO
    A secret escape, huh?
[08:06] SAKIKO
    Mom is making fried shrimp
    for dinner, though.
[08:10] MARUKO
    Fried shrimp?!
[08:15] MARUKO
    So crunchy and crispy!
[08:18] MARUKO
    Crispy...
[08:19] MARUKO
    No, no, I'm going no matter what.
[08:27] MARUKO
    Anyhow, our secret escape has begun.
[08:30] TOMOZOU
    Yes.
[08:31] TOMOZOU
    Let's go towards the train station
    and find a place to stay.
[08:34] TOMOZOU
    What type of place do we want?
[08:37] TOMOZOU
    Moon viewing after the bath would be nice.
[08:42] MARUKO
    I wouldn't mind feeling like
    a princess on a huge bed.
[08:46] MARUKO
    Hey Grandpa, there are
    a lot of dreams in here.
[08:50] TOMOZOU
    Dreams, you say?
[08:51] MARUKO
    Because we're ready to stay
    at any fabulous hotel,
[08:57] MARUKO
    since we have everything
    we need for an overnight stay.
[09:01] TOMOZOU
    A suitcase is filled with dreams.
[09:04] MARUO
    If it isn't Sakura-san and
    Sakura-san's grandfather.
[09:07] MARUO
    Good evening. You've got quiet luggage there.
[09:11] MARUKO
    Isn't it nice?
[09:12] MARUKO
    We're actually on a secret escape.
[09:16] MARUO
    A secret escape?
[09:17] MARUO
    Sakura-san,
[09:19] MARUO
    are you telling me that you mean to
    escape from your class duty on Monday?
[09:23] MARUKO
    Huh?! No, that's not what I meant.
[09:26] MARUO
    That's good.
[09:27] MARUO
    Please make sure you come.
[09:29] NARRATOR/I
    You can't escape from your class duty with
    a secret escape to the train station.
[09:34] MARUKO
    Hey Grandpa, where are we gonna stay?
[09:38] TOMOZOU
    We need to get closer to the train station.
[09:41] MARUKO
    It's cold, and I'm hungry.
[09:45] TOMOZOU
    Dinner is supposed to be fried shrimp...
[09:48] MARUKO
    A secret escape is tough.
[09:50] TOMOZOU
    Right, watching it on TV is enough.
[09:54] MARUKO
    But if we go home now,
    Big Sis will laugh at us!
[09:58] MARUKO
    I can't take it!
[10:00] TOMOZOU
    If only there was something else...
[10:03] MARUKO
    Oh, Grandpa!
[10:05] MARUKO
    The public bath!
SIGN    Tomi no yu
[10:06] MARUKO
    You can change your clothes there, and
    it's almost like we went to a hot spring!
[10:12] TOMOZOU
    Good idea! Let's go!
[10:19] MARUKO
    Phew, this is paradise.
[10:22] WOMAN A
    Little girl, are you by yourself?
[10:25] MARUKO
    Yes, I am in the middle of a secret escape.
[10:30] WOMAN A
    What?!
[10:31] MARUKO
    Oh, I'm only kidding.
[10:34] MARUKO
    Our bath is broken.
[10:37] WOMAN A
    If you have a problem,
    I can help. So tell me!
[10:42] MARUKO
    Huh? Okay...
[10:44] MARUKO/I
    Am I being mistaken for a runaway child?
[10:56] TOMOZOU
    I won't lose!
[11:03] MARUKO
    Man, I was able to clear up that lady's
    misunderstanding, but I'm exhausted.
[11:08] TOMOZOU
    My back hurts now.
[11:12] MARUKO
    A secret escape sure isn't easy...
[11:15] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    We're home.
[11:17] SAKIKO
    I knew it.
[11:19] SAKIKO
    Knowing you,
[11:21] SAKIKO
    we were saying you'd come home after you
    went to the public bath or something.
[11:25] MARUKO
    You called it...
[11:27] TOMOZOU
    So sharp of you.
[11:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[11:29] SUMIRE
    I was worried about you.
[11:31] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    We're sorry...
[11:33] SUMIRE
    Come on, finish your dinner.
[11:39] MARUKO
    So good!
[11:40] MARUKO
    But I bet it was even better freshly fried.
[11:43] TOMOZOU
    Indeed.
[11:47] NARRATOR/I
    A fleeting dream of a
    secret escape faded away,
[11:50] NARRATOR/I
    leaving only the change of clothes
    and the wet towels in the suitcase.
SIGN    Maruko Looks for a Lost Item
[12:02] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[12:03] MARUKO
    "Maruko Looks for a Lost Item."
[12:08] MARUO
    Wh-What is going on?!
[12:12] MARUKO
    What's wrong?!
[12:13] MARUO
    It's gone! Gone! Gone!
[12:16] MARUO
    It's gone!
[12:18] MARUKO
    What's gone?
[12:20] MARUO
    A brand new eraser which
    belongs to me, Maruo Sueo!
[12:24] HAMAJI
    Your eraser?
[12:25] MARUO
    It was supposed to be inside my pencil case.
[12:28] MARUKO
    Maybe you dropped it somewhere?
[12:30] MARUO
    I just came into the classroom!
[12:33] MARUO
    Even if I dropped it, it could
    only be inside this classroom!
[12:37] TAMAE
    But it's gone, right?
[12:40] MARUO
    It's gone, gone, gone!
[12:43] MARUO
    I can't concentrate on
     my studies like this!
[12:47] MARUO
    Oh no!
[12:48] MARUKO
    So dramatic.
[12:50] MARUKO
    Let's all look for it.
[12:52] TAMAE
    Okay.
[12:56] HAMAJI
    I don't see it.
[12:57] MARUO
    Don't tell me...
[12:59] MARUO
    someone is pulling a prank on
    me and hiding it somewhere?!
[13:03] MARUKO
    What?
[13:04] MARUKO
    If that's your attitude, then
    I won't help you anymore!
SIGN      Maruo Sueo's Eraser
     Looking for it! 
    When found, please inform Maruo!
[13:11] MARUO/I
    Looking for Maruo Sueo's eraser!
[13:14] MARUO/I
    When found, please inform Maruo.
[13:18] HAMAJI
    Hm, this is almost like the seven mysteries
    of the world like Bermuda Triangle...
[13:24] MARUKO
    What are you talking about?
[13:27] NARRATOR/I
    The next morning...
SIGN    
    Maruo Sueo's Eraser
     Looking for it! 
    When found, please 
    inform Maruo!
[13:29] MARUO
    I'm so terribly sorry.
[13:32] MARUKO
    What's the matter?
[13:33] MARUO
    The thing is, yesterday...
[13:35] MARUO
    I went home and there it was on my desk.
[13:39] TAMAE
    Ah, so you just left it at home.
[13:41] MARUO
    I was admiring it
[13:43] MARUO
    because I was happy to get a new one,
    and forgot to put it in the case.
[13:47] MARUO
    It's the biggest mistake of my life!
[13:50] MARUKO
    We were suspected for nothing.
[13:52] MARUKO
    Talk about a false alarm.
[13:54] MARUO
    I'm truly sorry!
SIGN    
    Maruo Sueo's Eraser
     Looking for it! 
    When found, please 
    inform Maruo!
[13:57] MARUKO
    You can't find what's not lost.
[13:59] MARUO
    I'm so ashamed!
[14:03] MARUKO
    Maruo-kun's lost item caused
    quite a stir yesterday and today.
[14:08] SUMIRE
    But you forget to bring gym clothes
    in the morning every now and then.
[14:13] MARUKO
    When did I ever do that?
[14:15] SAKIKO
    That's not lost, you just forgot it.
[14:19] MARUKO
    Hm?
[14:20] TOMOZOU
    What do you mean?
[14:22] SAKIKO
    Um, you leave something behind because
    you forget, that's a forgotten item.
SIGN    Forgotten Items
[14:28] SAKIKO
    You don't know where you lost it, and you
    somehow lose it. That's a lost item, right?
SIGN    Lost Items
[14:34] MARUKO
    So forgotten items and
    lost items are different.
[14:38] TOMOZOU
    Well, my forgetting and losing
    is a daily occurrence...
[14:45] TOMOZOU/I
    "Things I have lost"
[14:46] TOMOZOU/I
    "I have even forgotten that I've lost them"
[14:49] TOMOZOU/I
    'And these days"
[14:50] TOMOZOU/I
    "I don't even remember that I have forgotten"
[14:52] TOMOZOU/I
    Tomozou's poem of the enlightenment
SIGN    Sakura
[14:57] NARRATOR/I
    A few days later...
[14:59] SAKIKO
    It's gone!
[15:00] MARUKO
    Why are you yelling out of nowhere?
[15:03] SAKIKO
    There used to be a broach I made
    with Yoshiko-san right here!
[15:08] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, it's gone.
[15:11] NARRATOR/I
    On the way home that day...
[15:13] YOSHIKO
    Oh! I believe there'll be a rerun of
    the music show in the evening today.
[15:18] SAKIKO
    Really?
[15:19] YOSHIKO
    I think Hideki is going to appear as well.
[15:22] SAKIKO
    Hideki?!
[15:23] SAKIKO
    Sorry, I have to go home now!
[15:26] YOSHIKO
    Huh? Uh, sure.
[15:28] YOSHIKO
    Bye!
[15:31] SAKIKO
    And when I saw it just
    now, it was gone.
[15:34] TOMOZOU
    Was it there when you got home?
[15:37] SAKIKO
    I don't remember.
[15:38] MARUKO
    Where did you drop it?
[15:40] SAKIKO
    If I knew that, I would have picked it up!
[15:43] MARUKO
    There's no need to be that mad...
[15:45] SAKIKO
    I have to go and look for it!
[15:46] MARUKO
    But it'll rain soon and it's getting dark.
[15:50] SAKIKO
    But someone might take it...
    Maruko, help me look!
[15:54] MARUKO
    What? I don't wanna.
[15:57] SAKIKO
    If you find it, I'll buy you snacks.
[15:59] MARUKO
    Really?
[16:01] MARUKO
    I'll take a strawberry candy!
[16:03] SAKIKO
    Okay, fine.
[16:05] MARUKO
    Then I'll help.
[16:07] TOMOZOU
    I will come with you!
[16:11] TOMOZOU
    Is there a name on it?
[16:13] SAKIKO
    One usually doesn't put
    one's name on a broach.
[16:19] MARUKO
    It's getting dark.
[16:21] TOMOZOU
    I suppose it's time for this one.
[16:32] TOMOZOU
    There's something over there.
[16:37] MARUKO
    Grandpa, what's up?
[16:39] TOMOZOU
    Looks like the battery ran out.
[16:42] MARUKO
    It's useless when it counts.
[16:45] TOMOZOU
    Please turn on!
[16:47] MARUKO
    I can't see anything since it's so dark.
[16:50] MARUKO
    Where was that thing?
[17:01] MARUKO
    Oh, is this it?
[17:06] SAKIKO
    It's totally not it!
[17:08] TOMOZOU
    My bad.
[17:10] MARUKO
    We still can't find the lost item.
[17:13] MARUKO
    It's about to rain.
[17:15] MARUKO
    Maybe we should try again tomorrow?
[17:17] SAKIKO
    But...
[17:18] TOMOZOU
    Oh!
[17:19] SAKIKO
    What?! Did you find it?
[17:21] TOMOZOU
    The flashlight is gone!
[17:23] TOMOZOU
    It's stolen!
[17:25] SAKIKO
    Who'd steal it?
[17:27] MARUKO
    Grandpa, find it quickly!
[17:30] TOMOZOU
    Sorry everyone, please help me find it.
[17:35] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[17:37] TAMAE
    And you didn't find the broach?
[17:40] MARUKO
    No.
[17:41] NOGUCHI
    A lost item...
[17:44] MARUKO
    Noguchi-san, what's up?
[17:46] NOGUCHI
    I know...
[17:48] MARUKO
    Know what?
[17:49] NOGUCHI
    A spell to find a lost item.
[17:51] MARUKO
    A spell?
[17:53] NOGUCHI
    The well-known trick is to coil
    a thread around the scissors.
[17:57] MARUKO
    Oh, I've done that before,
    but it didn't really work.
[18:03] NOGUCHI
    There's another one.
[18:04] TAMAE
    You know of a different one?
[18:06] MARUKO
    Really? Tell us.
[18:08] NOGUCHI
    Licnep, resare...
[18:11] MARUKO
    Huh? What is... Resare?
[18:14] NOGUCHI
    You look for an item as you say it backwards.
SIGN    Pencil
[18:18] NOGUCHI
    "Pencil" is "licnep."
SIGN    Licnep
SIGN    Eraser
[18:21] NOGUCHI
    "Eraser" is "resare."
SIGN    Resare
[18:23] MARUKO
    Never heard that one.
[18:25] TAMAE
    As expected, you know a
    lot of spells and tricks.
[18:33] MARUKO
    Big sis.
[18:34] SAKIKO
    What? I'm studying, don't disturb me.
[18:37] MARUKO
    Do you know a spell that
    helps you find a lost item?
[18:40] SAKIKO
    The one with scissors, right?
[18:42] MARUKO
    I suppose you would know that one.
[18:45] SAKIKO
    If that really worked,
    I would have done it already.
[18:47] MARUKO
    Then how about the reverse one?
[18:50] SAKIKO
    The reverse one?
[18:51] MARUKO
    Yup. If it's a "pencil," you reverse
    it and say "licnep" as you look for it.
[18:58] SAKIKO
    Huh? That's dumb.
[19:00] MARUKO
    It might be, but...
[19:03] MARUKO
    It's a broach, and it'd be "hcaorb."
[19:07] MARUKO
    Hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb...
[19:10] SAKIKO
    Be quiet!
[19:11] MARUKO
    If I repeat it, I might find it.
[19:14] MARUKO
    Hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb...
[19:19] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[19:21] MARUKO
    I came to school while repeating
    the reversed word, but...
[19:24] NOGUCHI
    It didn't work?
[19:25] YAMADA
    Reversed words?
[19:27] YAMADA
    That sounds fun!
[19:29] MARUKO
    Yamada, we're not playing.
[19:31] TAMAE
    It's a spell to find a lost item.
[19:34] YAMADA
    Oh yeah? It really does sound fun.
[19:37] MARUKO
    You say a word from the back.
SIGN    Yamada Shouta
[19:41] YAMADA
    Well then, my name is Yamada Shouta,
    so it'll be "Atuohs Adamay"!
SIGN    Asuohs Adamay
[19:49] MARUKO
    Why do you need to find yourself?
[19:55] MARUKO
    Oh? That's Yamada.
[19:57] YAMADA
    Llab, llab...
[19:59] MARUKO
    What are you doing, Yamada?
[20:01] YAMADA
    I'm looking for a ball I lost.
[20:04] YAMADA
    You have to reverse it, right?
[20:06] YAMADA
    Llab, llab.
[20:07] YAMADA
    Where are you, llab?
[20:10] MARUKO
    Reversed words don't seem to work.
[20:14] YAMADA
    But it might be better than not doing it.
[20:17] YAMADA
    Llab! Oh!
[20:19] MARUKO
    What's up?
[20:20] YAMADA
    I found it!
[20:23] TAMAE
    Wow, amazing!
[20:24] YAMADA
    Hm? But something isn't quite right.
[20:27] YAMADA
    My ball wasn't new like this.
[20:31] MARUKO
    What?
[20:32] YAMADA
    Someone else must have lost it.
[20:34] MARUKO
    Yamada, what will you do with it?
[20:37] YAMADA
    Hmm, they might come look for it later...
[20:41] YAMADA
    Llab, I hope your owner finds you.
[20:44] TAMAE
    That's very much like you, Yamada.
[20:47] YAMADA
    Let's look for Sakura's lost item next.
[20:50] YAMADA
    What are you looking for?
[20:52] MARUKO
    My sister's broach.
[20:54] MARUKO
    A reward for finding it
    is a strawberry candy.
[20:57] YAMADA
    Yes! I want a strawberry candy!
[21:00] YAMADA
    Broach... so it'd be hcaorb!
[21:05] SAKIKO
    It's Maruko.
[21:06] SAKIKO
    I wonder what she's doing?
[21:07] MARUKO/TAMAE/YAMADA
    Hcaorb, hcaorb, hcaorb...
[21:11] YOSHIKO
    Hcaorb? Hcaorb...
[21:14] YOSHIKO
    Oh, broach.
[21:16] YOSHIKO
    It's the reversing spell.
[21:18] SAKIKO
    That girl...
[21:19] YOSHIKO
    I've tried it in the past.
[21:23] MARUKO
    Oh, Big Sis.
[21:25] SAKIKO
    Maruko, you can forget it.
[21:27] SAKIKO
    I'll make a new one with Yoshiko-san.
[21:30] MARUKO
    Is that so?
[21:32] MARUKO
    Yamada, we can stop it!
[21:34] YAMADA
    No, we can't!
[21:35] YAMADA
    If we don't find it, we can't
    eat strawberry candies!
[21:39] YOSHIKO
    Strawberry candies?
[21:41] YAMADA
    Sakura is looking for the broach
    for the strawberry candy!
[21:45] SAKIKO
    Maruko, you...
[21:48] SAKIKO
    Let's go home.
[21:53] MARUKO
    Hcaorb...
[21:55] SAKIKO
    Maruko, thank you for looking for it.
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    The lost item didn't turn up.
[22:04] NARRATOR/I
    But Maruko felt somehow happy
    with her gentle big sister.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    You can do it, Kosugi!
[22:16] MARUKO
    Tonkatsu pagoda is a formidable
    foe, but you can do it!
[22:19] MARUKO
    Big Sis, if you're going to
    write about me in your essay,
[22:22] MARUKO
    you should write about my generosity
    supporting friends or how I'm reliable.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Big Sis Has a Hard Time
    Writing About Her Family,"
SIGN    Big Sis Has a Hard Time  Writing About Her Family    Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship
[22:30] MARUKO
    and "Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1423 - Big Sis Has a Hard Time Writing About Her Family/Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] OHNO/SUGIYAMA
    Everyone, gather around!
[00:02] OHNO/SUGIYAMA
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] ---
    Let's go, everyone!
[00:14] SIGN
    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Big Sis Has a Hard Time Writing About Her Family
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Big Sis Has a Hard Time
    Writing About Her Family."
[01:38] MARUKO
    What's the matter, Big Sis?
[01:40] SAKIKO
    My Japanese class essay.
[01:43] SAKIKO
    I have to write about my family, but
    there isn't much to write about.
SIGN    My Family
     Class 2, Grade 6, Sakura Sakiko
     We are a family of six
     We get along well, but I fight with my sister every now and then.
     The other day, she neglected to clean our room, and we got into a fight.
     My father loves drinking, and he drinks every night.
     My mother is good at cooking.
     My Grandpa loves game of go and narrative singing...
[01:49] MARUKO
    "We are a family of six.
[01:51] MARUKO
    We get along well, but I fight
    with my sister every now and then.
[01:56] MARUKO
    The other day, she neglected
    to clean our room..."
[01:59] MARUKO
    Hey, why are you writing trash about me?
[02:03] SAKIKO
    Not trash, it's the truth.
[02:05] MARUKO
    If you're gonna write about
    me, write something good!
[02:09] MARUKO
    Like, "My sister is cute.
    She looks like Momoe-chan."
[02:12] SAKIKO
    I can't write a lie, can I?
[02:15] SAKIKO
    Geez, what else am I supposed to write?
[02:18] MARUKO
    Then, how about spelling
    it out all in hiragana?
[02:21] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[02:22] MARUKO
    Like, "father" and "little sister."
SIGN    FATHER
    MOTHER
    LITTLE SISTER 
    GRANDMOTHER
[02:26] MARUKO
    That should fill up the paper real quick.
[02:29] SAKIKO
    Are you serious?
[02:31] MARUKO
    Oh, how about elongating words?
[02:33] MARUKO
    "Heey," or "Yaay!"
SIGN    HEEY   YAAY   HAPPYY
[02:36] MARUKO
    That adds one letter already.
[02:39] MARUKO
    Or adding lots of commas?
[02:41] MARUKO
    Like, "I, the other day,
    went to eat," or something.
[02:50] SAKIKO
    Could you please not get in my way?!
[02:53] MARUKO
    S-Sure...
SIGN    Curry
[02:59] MARUKO
    Mom, Big Sis is having trouble
    with her essay about her family
[03:03] MARUKO
    since there's nothing to write about.
[03:05] SUMIRE
    Is that so?
[03:07] MARUKO
    Don't "Is that so" me.
[03:09] MARUKO
    Why don't you make beef
    steak for tonight's dinner?
[03:12] MARUKO
    That way, Big Sis will be able
    to finish her essay in no time.
[03:16] SUMIRE
    Why?
[03:17] MARUKO
    Because beef steak is a huge deal.
[03:20] MARUKO
    You don't want her to write,
    "our dinner is plain," do you?
[03:25] SUMIRE
    You just want to eat beef steak.
[03:28] MARUKO
    No, that's not it!
[03:30] MARUKO
    I'm saying it for the sake of the Sakuras.
[03:33] SUMIRE
    If you're saying it for the family,
    the why don't you help with chores?
[03:37] MARUKO
    Oops, I've got some errands to run.
[03:43] MARUKO
    Grandpa!
[03:45] MARUKO
    Big Sis is having trouble with
    her essay about her family
[03:48] MARUKO
    because there's nothing to write.
[03:49] TOMOZOU
    What?
[03:50] TOMOZOU
    That's a problem.
[03:52] MARUKO
    Why don't you give her allowance?
[03:55] MARUKO
    That way, she might be able
    to write a lot about you.
[03:59] TOMOZOU
    I see.
[04:00] MARUKO
    How about 100 yen?
[04:02] TOMOZOU
    Okay.
[04:04] TOMOZOU
    But I can't give allowance only to Big Sis.
[04:08] TOMOZOU
    I should give some to you too.
[04:11] MARUKO
    Oh no, you can just give me 50 yen.
[04:14] MARUKO
    This is for Big Sis.
[04:17] TOMOZOU
    My word!
[04:19] TOMOZOU
    You're so kind.
[04:21] MARUKO
    I wouldn't say that...
[04:26] SAKIKO
    Maruko!
[04:28] MARUKO
    B-Big Sis?!
[04:30] SAKIKO
    What are you pulling,
    using my essay as excuse?!
[04:34] SAKIKO
    I'm writing all of that,
    from beginning to end!
[04:37] MARUKO
    Oh no, Big Sis!
[04:38] MARUKO
    Miss Big Sis!
[04:40] MARUKO
    Please have mercy, don't do that!
[04:43] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko, try and be a bit
    cleverer about begging.
[04:48] NARRATOR/I
    The Next Day...
[04:51] SAKIKO
    Yoshiko-san, what's wrong?
[04:53] SAKIKO
    Didn't sleep well?
[04:54] YOSHIKO
    Well, yesterday, I was
    hanging out with my dad.
[04:58] SAKIKO
    What?
[04:59] YOSHIKO
    I was going to write about my dad,
[05:03] YOSHIKO
    so I followed him all day and
    interviewed him about his work.
[05:08] SAKIKO
    Wow, all day...
[05:12] SAKIKO/I
    Yoshiko-san is amazing.
[05:14] SAKIKO/I
    She's doing research for the essay.
[05:25] MARUKO
    What's the matter, Big Sis?
[05:27] SAKIKO
    I'm observing, trying to see if there's
    anything else I can write about you.
[05:33] MARUKO
    I guess I have no choice.
[05:34] MARUKO
    I will show you my brand-new dance I made.
[05:38] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[05:39] MARUKO
    Ha ha ha ha hamburg!
[05:42] MARUKO
    Ha ha ha ha!
[05:44] MARUKO
    Gu ha ha ha hamburg!
[05:45] SAKIKO
    What is that?
[05:47] MARUKO
    The song of joy when the school
    lunch is hamburg steak.
[05:50] MARUKO
    I made it with Hamaji today.
[05:52] SAKIKO
    Oh yeah?
[06:05] SAKIKO/I
    N-Nibbling on food...
[06:08] SAKIKO
    Grandpa?
[06:14] SAKIKO
    Grandpa?
[06:22] SAKIKO
    Grandpa...
[06:26] SAKIKO
    Th-There are two sloths now...
[06:40] MARUKO
    Hamburg steak!
[06:42] MARUKO
    Ha ha ha ha hamburg!
[06:44] MARUKO
    Gu ha ha ha hamburg!
[06:46] MARUKO/HIROSHI
    Ha ha ha ha hamburg!
[06:49] MARUKO/HIROSHI
    Gu ha ha ha hamburg!
[06:52] SAKIKO
    Th-The apple doesn't fall far
    from the tree, I guess...
[06:59] SAKIKO
    After all that, I was only able
    to add stuff about Grandma.
[07:03] SAKIKO
    "When Grandma eats, she always
    makes a comment and says,
[07:06] SAKIKO
    'It tastes good.' I would
    like to follow her example."
[07:12] SAKIKO
    Oh man, what else am I going to say?
SIGN    Sakura
[07:17] SAKIKO
    I'm home.
SIGN    To Big Sis, I'm running  errands for the neighborhood  association. I'll be home  around 5:30 PM."
[07:20] SAKIKO
    "I'm running errands for the
    neighborhood association"
[07:23] SAKIKO
    "I'll be home around 5:30 PM"
[07:31] SAKIKO
    Grandma and Grandpa are at
    the seniors' association...
[07:37] SAKIKO
    It's nice and quiet.
[07:39] SAKIKO
    Maruko's gone to her friend's house.
[07:42] SAKIKO
    So relaxing!
[07:47] SAKIKO
    Oh, Hideki?!
[07:50] SAKIKO
    Lola, Lola, Lola!
[07:57] SAKIKO
    Who would have guessed
    these two would go out?
[08:02] SAKIKO
    Exactly, I was shocked!
[08:03] SAKIKO
    It was a happy ending.
[08:05] SAKIKO
    Huh? Time?
[08:07] SAKIKO
    It's fine, my family isn't back yet.
[08:11] SAKIKO
    Maybe that was too long of a call!
[08:27] SAKIKO
    I wonder when everyone's coming home.
[08:52] SAKIKO
    All right!
SIGN    Elementary School
[08:55] MARUKO/I
    Oh man, why didn't I bring
    my flute to the music class?
[09:01] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, where's your flute?
[09:04] MARUKO/I
    Talk about being scatterbrain... that's me.
[09:07] SAKIKO
    "My Family, Sakura Sakiko."
[09:14] SAKIKO
    In my house, there are a lot of sounds.
[09:18] SAKIKO
    My father makes a "pushooo,
    tuc tuc, shwaaa" sound.
[09:23] MARUKO/I
    Pushooo, tuc tuc, shwaaa?
[09:26] MARUKO/I
    Pushoo?
[09:29] SAKIKO
    My mother makes a "ton ton ton" sound.
[09:32] MARUKO/I
    Ton ton ton?
[09:35] MARUKO/I
    One ton?
[09:36] SAKIKO
    These are the sounds of beer
    being poured into a glass,
[09:40] SAKIKO
    and cutting vegetables with a knife.
[09:43] MARUKO/I
    Oh.
[09:50] SAKIKO
    And my little sister makes a "flip
    flip, rustle rustle, zzz zzz " sound.
[09:55] MARUKO/I
    Flip flip, rustle rustle, zzz zzz?
[09:59] MARUKO/I
    Is "rustle rustle" rummaging
    through something?
SIGN    Zzz Zzz
[10:01] MARUKO/I
    "Zzz zzz."
SIGN    9 x 9
SIGN    81
[10:04] MARUKO/I
    Nine times nine is eighty-one?
[10:07] SAKIKO
    "Flip flip" is the sound
    of turning pages of manga.
SIGN    Potato chips
[10:11] SAKIKO
    "Rustle rustle" is the sound of
    her eating snacks, lying down.
[10:16] SAKIKO
    "Zzz zzz" is the sound of her taking a nap.
[10:23] MARUKO/I
    So it wasn't about the multiplication.
[10:26] SAKIKO
    She is usually cheeky with me, but when
    I was staying home alone the other day,
[10:32] SAKIKO
    I didn't hear her noise and
    it made me feel a bit lonely.
[10:37] SAKIKO
    It reminded me that I live
    surrounded by precious sounds.
[10:43] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis...
[10:45] SAKIKO
    Grandpa's sound is slurping his tea.
[10:52] SAKIKO
    Grandma's sound is the banging on the TV.
[10:56] SAKIKO
    When our TV stops working,
    that's how she fixes it.
[11:04] SAKIKO
    These are the sounds of my family.
[11:07] SAKIKO
    The Sakuras.
[11:13] MARUKO
    Big Sis...
SIGN    Sakura
[11:24] SAKIKO
    What is it?
[11:26] MARUKO
    Oh, I'm just wondering what yours would be.
[11:29] SAKIKO
    Huh? My "what" would be?
SIGN    Hideki taking a walk
[11:36] SAKIKO
    Look at this Hideki!
[11:39] SAKIKO
    It's the best!
[11:40] SAKIKO
    Best I've ever seen!
[11:45] MARUKO
    So that's yours.
[11:49] NARRATOR/I
    Banging on the table,
    overexcited about Hideki.
[11:53] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko thought that was her sister's sound.
SIGN    Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship
[12:02] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[12:03] MARUKO
    "Tonkatsu Challenge of Friendship."
[12:09] TOMOZOU
    Thanks to you coming along with
    me, I managed to find nice stuff.
[12:13] MARUKO
    Glad to hear it.
[12:15] TOMOZOU
    Let me treat you to something as a thank-you.
[12:19] TOMOZOU
    What would you like to eat?
[12:20] MARUKO
    Hmm...
[12:22] MARUKO
    A hamburger steak, then.
[12:23] TOMOZOU
    That is your favorite.
SIGN    Japanese Sweets   Kitchen Ishimatsu
     Cleaning
[12:28] TOMOZOU
    Oh, here's a western-style restaurant.
SIGN    Western-style Menu
SIGN    Hamburg steak
SIGN    Hamburg steak with cheese
SIGN    Omelet rice
[12:32] MARUKO
    Here it is, they have the
    hamburger steak combo.
SIGN    Combo menu
SIGN    Tonkatsu combo
SIGN    Loin
SIGN    Fillet
SIGN    Minced meat cutlet combo
[12:35] MARUKO
    Oh, tonkatsu sounds good too.
[12:37] MARUKO
    It feels like a feast.
SIGN    Combo menu
SIGN    Tonkatsu combo
SIGN    Loin
SIGN    Fillet
[12:41] MARUKO
    What is the difference
    between fillet and loin?
[12:44] TOMOZOU
    They're different parts of the meat.
[12:47] MARUKO
    So where is fillet?
[12:49] TOMOZOU
    Fillet is... um...
[12:52] TOMOZOU/I
    Pork fillet?
[12:54] TOMOZOU/I
    As in filet-o-fish?
[12:57] TOMOZOU/I
    Pigs can swim too?
[13:02] STAFF
    Fillet is the pork meat at the center
    of pig's body, and loin is at the back.
SIGN    Cuts of Meat
SIGN    Shoulder loin
SIGN    Loin
SIGN    Fillet
SIGN    Ham
SIGN    Belly
SIGN    Picnic
[13:09] MARUKO
    I see.
[13:10] STAFF
    There's not much fillet per
    pig, so it's precious meat.
[13:14] MARUKO
    That makes me want to try fillet,
    but it's a bit expensive.
SIGN    Loin
SIGN    Fillet
SIGN    Tonkatsu combo
SIGN    Combo menu
[13:19] TOMOZOU
    D-Don't worry about the money.
[13:21] TOMOZOU
    You should order that, Maruko.
[13:24] TOMOZOU
    I'll... take the loin.
SIGN    Double Combo
SIGN    Tonkatsu & Hamburg 
    Steak combo
SIGN    Fried Prawn & 
    Hamburg Steak combo
[13:29] MARUKO
    There's tonkatsu and hamburger steak combo.
[13:32] TOMOZOU
    What?
[13:34] MARUKO
    But it costs 1,400 yen...
[13:37] TOMOZOU/I
    1,400 yen?!
[13:39] TOMOZOU/I
    That's pricey...
[13:42] TOMOZOU/I
    Over my budget!
[13:44] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, go ahead and order that.
[13:47] TOMOZOU
    I'll take...
[13:49] TOMOZOU
    Fried horse mackerel combo.
[13:52] MARUKO
    Yay!
[13:54] STAFF
    One hamburger steak and tonkatsu combo,
    and one fried horse mackerel combo?
[13:59] TOMOZOU
    Yes, please...
[14:05] MARUKO
    Mmm, so good!
[14:09] TOMOZOU
    I'm happy for you.
[14:12] MARUKO
    What's that?
[14:13] TOMOZOU
    One, two, three...
[14:15] TOMOZOU
    Five pieces!
[14:16] TOMOZOU
    There are five pieces of tonkatsu on it!
[14:19] STAFF
    Here's your tonkatsu pagoda!
[14:23] MARUKO
    Tonkatsu pagoda?!
[14:25] STORE OWNER
    If you finish eating within
    20 minutes, you win.
[14:30] CUSTOMER A
    Understood.
[14:32] MARUKO
    Huh?
[14:33] MARUKO
    What does that mean?
[14:34] STORE OWNER
    Oh, he's doing this.
SIGN    Tonkatsu Pagoda Challenge!
SIGN    Prizes
[14:37] STORE OWNER
    Finish all five tonkatsu,
    and 2,000-yen dish is free!
[14:41] STORE OWNER
    You'll also win five vouchers for the
    fried food combo and a golden piggy bank.
[14:46] MARUKO
    Golden piggy?
[14:48] STAFF
    This one.
[14:50] STORE OWNER
    This will help you save money.
[14:54] MARUKO
    I want one!
[14:56] STORE OWNER
    Ready? Start!
[15:03] STORE OWNER
    Okay, one down!
[15:11] MARUKO
    He's eating single-mindedly.
[15:13] TOMOZOU
    Yes, he is indeed.
[15:15] MARUKO
    I wonder what he's thinking?
[15:19] MARUKO
    "I'm going to finish this!" maybe?
[15:22] TOMOZOU
    Yes, he's trying to confront
    "the tower of tonkatsu."
[15:33] STORE OWNER
    Time's up!
[15:34] STORE OWNER
    Too bad!
[15:38] MARUKO
    Ah, he didn't make it!
[15:40] TOMOZOU
    He finished four pieces though.
[15:43] MARUKO
    Maybe five pieces are impossible...
[15:47] MARUKO
    I know it's not impossible for Kosugi!
[15:50] KOSUGI
    Tonkatsu pagoda?
[15:53] KOSUGI
    I'm definitely going to give it a try!
[15:55] MARUKO
    That's the spirit!
[15:57] MARUKO
    And here's the thing...
[16:00] KOSUGI
    What?
[16:01] MARUKO
    If you're successful, could
    I please have the golden piggy bank?
[16:05] KOSUGI
    You got me good intel,
    so sure, you can have it.
[16:09] MARUKO
    Yay!
[16:11] BOOTAROU
    I love pork, but five pieces
    is too much for me, boo.
[16:17] MARUKO
    I know, right?
[16:18] KOSUGI
    Eating five pieces of tonkatsu
    for free is like a dream.
[16:22] MARUKO
    But if you can't finish them in 20
    minutes, you have to pay 2,000 yen.
[16:28] KOSUGI
    What? I don't have 2,000 yen though.
[16:31] MARUKO
    But it won't be a problem
    if you finish it all.
[16:36] KOSUGI
    I don't know if I can finish it...
[16:38] BUTAROU
    Don't give up, boo!
[16:40] KOSUGI/MARUKO
    What?
[16:42] BUTAROU
    I know you can do it, boo.
[16:44] KOSUGI
    Y-You think so?
[16:46] BUTAROU
    Yes.
[16:47] BUTAROU
    You told me the same
    thing the other day, boo.
[16:51] STUDENTS
    This way!
[16:53] STUDENTS
    To me!
[16:54] STUDENTS
    Watch out!
[16:55] BUTAROU
    I can't do this anymore, boo!
[16:58] KOSUGI
    Butarou, don't you give up!
[17:00] KOSUGI
    We're gonna make a huge comeback!
[17:02] BUTAROU
    What?!
[17:03] KOSUGI
    I know we can do this!
[17:15] BUTAROU
    And we really did win!
[17:18] KOSUGI
    I guess that happened.
[17:20] MARUKO
    You get passionate sometimes, Kosugi.
[17:24] BUTAROU
    Kosugi, I'll root for you.
[17:26] BUTAROU
    You've got to complete the mission, boo!
[17:30] KOSUGI
    Okay.
[17:31] KOSUGI
    All right, I'll eat it up!
[17:33] MARUKO
    I'll cheer for you too!
[17:36] BUTAROU
    Now, it's time for training, boo!
[17:38] KOSUGI/MARUKO
    Training?
SIGN    Sakura
[17:42] BUTAROU
    I brought leftover ham, boo.
[17:45] KOSUGI
    I've got leftover croquette from lunch.
SIGN    Big Cutlet
[17:48] MARUKO
    I have fried cutlet snack with sauce.
[17:51] BUTAROU
    Now we'll make a tower out of these, boo.
[17:54] KOSUGI
    And finishing it is the training?
[17:57] BUTAROU
    That's the idea, boo.
[18:03] MARUKO
    Total of ten layers.
[18:04] MARUKO
    Double of the pagoda.
[18:06] BUTAROU
    If you can finish this, then
    tonkatsu pagoda is easy, boo!
[18:10] KOSUGI
    Yeah.
[18:11] MARUKO
    Then I'll time 20 minutes.
[18:14] MARUKO
    Ready? Start!
[18:21] BUTAROU
    He finished eating, boo.
[18:23] MARUKO
    Th-Three minutes...
[18:26] KOSUGI
    This is a piece of cake.
[18:29] MARUKO
    It's not challenging enough to be a training.
[18:31] BUTAROU
    I underestimated Kosugi's appetite, boo.
[18:35] KOSUGI
    But I was thinking about the
    2,000 yen in case I fail.
[18:38] KOSUGI
    I only have 500 yen.
[18:41] BUTAROU
    I have a saving of 500 yen, boo.
[18:44] MARUKO
    All I have is 30 yen
    allowance due tomorrow...
[18:48] TOMOZOU
    Then I will pitch in 1,000
    yen from me and Maruko.
[18:54] KOSUGI
    Are you sure?
[18:55] TOMOZOU
    I'm sure you'll be successful, Kosugi-kun!
[18:59] MARUKO
    That's true.
[19:00] MARUKO
    Do your best, Kosugi.
[19:02] KOSUGI
    Yeah!
[19:03] KOSUGI
    Leave it to me!
[19:05] SUMIRE
    Is Kosugi-kun taking on
    another food challenge?
[19:09] MARUKO
    Yes, it's tonkatsu pagoda this time.
[19:12] HIROSHI
    What the heck is that?
[19:13] MARUKO
    It's five layers of tonkatsu.
[19:16] HIROSHI
    Eating that much would give me heartburn.
[19:19] MARUKO
    Please, don't you underestimate
    Kosugi's stomach.
[19:24] MARUKO
    He finishes a whole watermelon
    for snack in summer.
[19:28] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[19:29] HIROSHI
    That's impressive.
[19:30] MARUKO
    Exactly, his appetite is impressive.
SIGN    Kitchen Ishimatsu
[19:35] NARRATOR/I
    On the day Kosugi challenges
    the tonkatsu pagoda...
[19:41] STORE OWNER
    Start!
[19:49] STORE OWNER/I
    Wow, look at him go.
[19:56] MARUKO/I
    This is going to work.
[19:58] MARUKO/I
    The golden piggy bank will be mine!
[20:01] BUTAROU/I
    Don't underestimate Kosugi's appetite, boo.
[20:05] KOSUGI/I
    So good!
[20:06] KOSUGI/I
    I can eat this endlessly.
[20:12] MARUKO
    Kosugi, are you okay?!
[20:14] KOSUGI
    I-It's in my throat!
[20:16] MARUKO
    D-Do you want some water?
[20:17] BUTAROU
    He can't, boo!
[20:18] BUTAROU
    It'll make him full, boo!
[20:28] KOSUGI
    I'm okay now.
[20:35] KOSUGI
    Last one to go.
[20:37] KOSUGI/I
    I'm getting full...
[20:40] MARUKO/I
    The last one is the obstacle.
[20:42] MARUKO/I
    Man, my golden piggy bank!
[20:51] BUTAROU
    Don't give up, boo!
[20:53] BUTAROU
    You can do it, Kosugi, boo!
[20:55] KOSUGI
    Y-Yeah!
[21:06] MARUKO
    He finished it!
[21:08] STORE OWNER
    No, not yet!
[21:10] BUTAROU
    There's still cabbage, boo!
[21:13] MARUKO
    We have one more minute to go!
[21:15] BUTAROU
    Squeeze it into a ball
    and shove it down, boo!
[21:17] KOSUGI
    L-Like this?!
[21:22] STORE OWNER
    Excellent!
[21:23] STORE OWNER
    Tonkatsu pagoda challenge is a success!
[21:26] BUTAROU
    You did it, boo!
[21:28] MARUKO
    You're amazing, Kosugi!
[21:29] TOMOZOU
    Incredible!
[21:31] NARRATOR/I
    Kosugi and Butarou accomplished their
    goal through their beautiful friendship.
[21:39] MARUKO
    This is going to make me rich.
[21:44] MARUKO
    But there's nothing in there yet...
[21:47] TOMOZOU
    Well, then if I may...
[21:50] MARUKO/I
    Hehehe...
[21:51] MARUKO
    Please!
[22:00] NARRATOR/I
    Due to her wicked thought,
[22:03] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko failed to share the luck of
    Kasugi and Butarou's friendship.
[22:06] NARRATOR/I
    And Maruko felt disheartened.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    A black shadow approaches Hanawa-kun.
[22:17] MARUKO
    A rich boy going home alone is just
    what a kidnapper's looking for.
[22:21] MARUKO
    Grandpa, let's ring that bell
    you totally didn't mean to buy,
[22:24] MARUKO
    and surprise the bad guy!
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time, on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs,"
    and "Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone."
SIGN    Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs
SIGN    Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone
[22:32] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1424 - Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs/Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] HANAWA
    Hey, babies.
[00:02] HANAWA
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[00:14] SIGN
    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Tomozou Gets Distressed by Souvenirs."
[01:38] MARUKO
    Grandpa, is something troubling you?
[01:40] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[01:40] TOMOZOU
    Yes, I'm meeting a friend for
    the first time in a long time,
[01:44] TOMOZOU
    and I want to bring a gift.
[01:47] MARUKO
    Okay, that sounds good.
[01:49] TOMOZOU
    But they don't like sweets.
[01:52] TOMOZOU
    And their teeth are getting weak,
    so I'm not sure what to bring.
[01:57] SAKIKO
    Tea would be the best choice
    in a situation like that.
[01:59] TOMOZOU
    One of their relatives runs a tea store,
    so it'll have to be really good tea.
[02:05] MARUKO
    That happens a lot, living in Shizuoka.
SIGN    Shopping Street
[02:12] STAFF 1
    Nara's local product fair!
SIGN    Cleaning
SIGN    Irie Shopping Street
SIGN    Nara's Local Product Fair
SIGN    Nara's Local Product Fair
[02:13] STAFF 2
    Come over and take a look!
[02:15] TOMOZOU
    Nara's local product fair, huh?
[02:17] MARUKO
    Let's go take a look.
[02:25] MARUKO
    The flavor seeps into my body. Yum!
[02:28] TOMOZOU
    Yes, it's nice.
[02:30] STAFF 3
    Warm somen noodle has a gentle flavor,
    so anyone can enjoy it regardless of age.
[02:37] MARUKO
    It's soft, not sweet, and tasty.
[02:40] MARUKO
    Isn't this a perfect choice for the gift?
[02:43] TOMOZOU
    You're right.
[02:44] TOMOZOU
    I'll take one, please.
[02:47] MARUKO
    We found a perfect item!
[02:49] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[02:49] SAKIKO
    What did you get?
[02:50] TOMOZOU
    I bought somen noodle.
[02:52] TOMOZOU
    We sampled warm noodles,
    and it was very good!
SIGN    Somen
SIGN    Nara
    Souvenir
[02:56] SAKIKO
    It clearly says Nara souvenir.
[03:00] SAKIKO
    You didn't even go to Nara, so wouldn't
    it be weird to give that to someone?
[03:05] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    That's true.
[03:06] MARUKO
    Well, I'm sure it's all right.
[03:08] MARUKO
    Because, you know, it tastes good. Right?
[03:12] TOMOZOU
    Exactly, it's tasty!
[03:14] SAKIKO
    Wouldn't they think that you're
    re-gifting someone's gift?
[03:19] TOMOZOU
    Then I just need to go to Nara!
[03:22] TOMOZOU
    To turn this into an actual Nara souvenir!
[03:24] MARUKO
    Finding a new gift would
    be faster and cheaper.
[03:27] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[03:29] MARUKO
    I thought it was a good choice.
[03:31] MARUKO
    It's too bad.
[03:32] TOMOZOU
    But it's true that it is tasty,
    so we can eat it together.
[03:39] TOMOZOU
    Please cook for us.
[03:41] SUMIRE
    Sure.
[03:44] SUMIRE
    Wow, these are very nice.
[03:46] [SONG] SIGN
    Somen
[03:46] SUMIRE
    It looks delicious.
[03:48] HIROSHI
    I'm home!
[03:50] HIROSHI
    Why don't you tell them honestly that you
    had it at Nara's local product fair and liked it,
[03:54] HIROSHI
    so you bought it?
[03:56] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[03:57] HIROSHI
    Your friend has bad teeth, right?
[03:59] HIROSHI
    You are trying to be considerate,
    so it shouldn't be a problem.
[04:02] MARUKO
    Since you put it that
    way, maybe you're right.
[04:04] TOMOZOU
    All right, let's follow Hiroshi's
    advice and tell them the truth.
[04:07] MARUKO
    But Mom opened the package already.
[04:11] TOMOZOU
    Maybe there's some left at the fair.
[04:13] TOMOZOU
    I'll go check!
SIGN    Irie Shopping Street
[04:15] STAFF 3
    Somen noodles are sold out.
[04:17] STAFF 3
    The only item we have left is this.
SIGN    Nara
[04:20] TOMOZOU
    And this is...
[04:23] STAFF 3
    You ring this bell, and you can
    remember Nara anytime, anywhere!
[04:26] STAFF 3
    Let's ring in Nara!
[04:30] STAFF 3
    Your heart will always be with Nara.
[04:32] TOMOZOU
    That's nice.
[04:34] TOMOZOU
    I'll take one, please...
[04:37] TOMOZOU/I
    Tomozou, you idiot!
[04:39] TOMOZOU/I
    What do I do with this bell
    which will never be a good gift?
SIGN    Sakura
[04:45] HIROSHI
    How silly!
[04:47] HIROSHI
    This is so dumb.
[04:49] TOMOZOU
    It cost me 800 yen.
[04:51] HIROSHI
    Huh?! This simple bell?!
[04:54] TOMOZOU
    It's fine, Hiroshi.
[04:56] TOMOZOU
    When that bell rings, you're always in Nara.
[04:59] HIROSHI
    You should have said no, you dummy.
[05:03] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi, you don't mince your words.
SIGN    Elementary School
[05:07] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[05:08] MARUKO
    Finding a gift is hard.
[05:12] MARUKO
    What's the right kind of food, I wonder?
[05:15] TAMAE
    Right, what would it be?
[05:18] KOSUGI
    How about bottled or canned
    foods at the department store?
[05:23] KOSUGI
    Salmon flakes, scallops, jam and such.
[05:26] KOSUGI
    They're on a different level, super yummy.
[05:30] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, that might be a good idea.
[05:33] TAMAE
    Yes, they're easy to carry too.
[05:37] KOSUGI
    Talking about it made me want to eat it.
[05:40] MARUKO
    Now I want to try it too.
[05:43] NARRATOR/I
    On that weekend...
[05:45] MARUKO
    What Kosugi said reminded me of the time
    when I gave a canned crabs to Momoe-chan.
[05:52] MARUKO
    Canned foods make great gifts.
[05:55] TOMOZOU
    Oh yes, I remember that.
[05:59] TOMOZOU
    You were the one who took the canned crab,
    but somehow I was blamed for it, wasn't I?
[06:07] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Yeah, you ate it, like a week ago.
[06:10] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    I don't remember it, but I might have.
[06:13] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Maruko, I know you took the canned crabs!
[06:16] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Gasp!
SIGN    School Supply Fair
     Food Gift Special Event
[06:21] MARUKO
    As expected of a department store,
    everything looks delicious.
[06:25] MARUKO
    They're almost sparkling.
[06:27] TOMOZOU
    I see seaweed in soy sauce.
[06:28] TOMOZOU
    Gosh, that sounds good!
[06:31] MARUKO
    Come on, let's look around a little more.
SIGN    Black Fish Cakes
SIGN    Shizuoka
SIGN    Shimmered in Soy Sauce
     Clams    Kelp
SIGN    Premium Jelly with Fruits
[06:43] [SONG] SIGN
    Hotel's Soup
[06:46] TOMOZOU
    This is tasty.
[06:48] MARUKO
    This isn't sweet, you can eat it
    with bad teeth, so it's perfect.
[06:53] MARUKO
    Although it's a bit heavy.
[06:55] TOMOZOU
    I'll take a bus, so it's fine if it's heavy.
[06:58] MARUKO
    Then get this canned soup.
[07:01] TOMOZOU
    I will.
[07:03] TOMOZOU
    Excuse me, may I please have this?
SIGN    Hotel'
SIGN    Soup
[07:05] STAFF 4
    Thank you very much!
SIGN    Elementary School
[07:08] HAMAJI
    Sakura, you like moss, don't you?
[07:11] MARUKO
    Yes, I do. Why?
[07:14] HAMAJI
    I was cleaning the yard at home yesterday
    and found a huge chunk of moss.
[07:19] HAMAJI
    So I kept it. Do you want it?
[07:21] MARUKO
    Yes, I want it!
[07:23] MARUKO
    I'm so happy that you remember about moss.
[07:28] HAMAJI
    Seeing you collect moss at a
    graveyard is hard to forget.
[07:33] HAMAJI
    Then come over after school to pick it up.
[07:36] MARUKO
    Okay, I will.
[07:39] HAMAJI
    The moss was about to crumble,
    so I put it in a box.
[07:43] MARUKO
    What a nice moss!
[07:45] MARUKO
    I'm so happy, thank you!
[07:51] MARUKO
    It's rather heavy.
[07:52] HAMAJI
    Is it?
[07:54] HAMAJI
    How's that?
[07:56] MARUKO
    You even gave me a bag, thanks.
[07:59] HAMAJI
    There are tons of bags here, so I picked
    the prettiest and most sturdy one.
[08:05] MARUKO
    Why do mothers save the bags
    from department stores?
[08:10] HAMAJI
    Yeah, the number of bags
     just keeps growing.
SIGN    Sakura
[08:14] MARUKO
    I'm home!
[08:16] MARUKO
    Mom, where is the fish tank?
[08:20] SUMIRE
    Fish tank?
[08:23] MARUKO
    I found it.
[08:25] MARUKO
    Hm?
[08:27] MARUKO
    Hey, Mom.
[08:29] SUMIRE
    Hm?
[08:29] MARUKO
    Do you know what happened to the
    bag I put at the entrance hall?
[08:32] SUMIRE
    Bag? I don't know.
[08:35] SUMIRE
    Oh no, look at that!
[08:37] SUMIRE
    Grandpa forgot to take the gift with him.
[08:40] MARUKO
    What?
[08:41] SUMIRE
    He just left to go see his friend.
[08:45] MARUKO/I
    Don't tell me...
[08:47] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    So thoughtful of Mom to
    place this bag here for me.
[08:53] SUMIRE
    What do we do?
[08:54] SUMIRE
    He said he'd take a bus, so I'm sure
    he's still in the neighborhood.
[08:58] SUMIRE
    Could you bring it to him?
[09:00] MARUKO
    Of course!
[09:01] MARUKO
    Oh Grandpa, how could he forget the
    gift we spent so much time choosing?
[09:06] MARUKO
    I'll go give it to him!
[09:10] MARUKO/I
    Man, so heavy!
[09:11] MARUKO/I
    Why did you choose something
    so heavy, Grandpa?
[09:15] MARUKO/I
    Jeez, Grandpa!
SIGN    Do Not Litter
[09:29] MARUKO
    Grandpa! You left this!
SIGN    Bus Stop
[09:33] OLD MAN
    Huh? Can I help you?
[09:36] MARUKO
    Oh, um...
[09:37] MARUKO
    Wrong person.
[09:39] OLD MAN
    Okay.
[09:44] SUMIRE
    I see.
[09:46] SUMIRE
    He might notice halfway and come back.
[09:49] SUMIRE
    There's nothing we can do now.
[09:50] SUMIRE
    Thank you for trying.
[09:51] MARUKO
    Sure.
[09:53] MARUKO
    Listen...
[09:54] SUMIRE
    What's the matter?
[09:55] MARUKO
    Well, the thing is...
SIGN    Sakura
[10:01] HIROSHI
    So he brought moss, not the
    gift he spent hours choosing?
[10:01] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[10:05] MARUKO
    Since Hamaji put it in the prettiest and
    sturdiest bag, he mistook it by accident.
[10:12] HIROSHI
    His friend must be confused,
    receiving filthy moss for a gift.
[10:18] MARUKO
    It's not filthy. Moss is beautiful.
[10:22] NARRATOR/I
    No matter how pretty it is, it
    will not make a suitable gift.
[10:26] TOMOZOU
    I'm home!
[10:28] TOMOZOU
    They were surprised when they opened the box,
[10:31] TOMOZOU
    but they enjoy doing bonsai, and they were
    planning to buy some moss next month.
[10:36] TOMOZOU
    So they happily accepted it.
[10:38] HIROSHI
    Wow. That's a nice friend.
[10:41] MARUKO
    I'm happy to hear that the moss
    I got was of help to someone.
[10:46] MARUKO
    Everyone, we must continue to
    treasure moss from here on.
[10:48] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[10:48] HIROSHI
    But you collect it from the graveyard.
[10:53] TOMOZOU
    They mentioned that they
    like sweets nowadays.
[10:58] MARUKO
    Then we didn't need to look further
    than Oiwake yokan bean jelly.
[11:03] TOMOZOU
    Yes... Choosing a gift is tough.
SIGN    Elementary School
[11:07] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[11:09] MARUKO
    My grandpa gave away the moss you got for
    me yesterday, mistaking it as a gift.
[11:14] MARUKO
    But they liked it.
[11:16] HAMAJI
    Really?
[11:17] HAMAJI
    We've got plenty more of that, so if you
    want, you can have as much as you like.
[11:21] MARUKO
    Are you sure?
[11:23] MARUKO
    I sampled the canned food you recommended
    at a department store the other day,
[11:28] MARUKO
    and it was very tasty!
[11:30] KOSUGI
    Yeah, I'm sure they loved the gift.
[11:33] MARUKO
    Well, my grandpa actually
    brought moss instead.
[11:36] MARUKO
    But they really liked the gift!
[11:39] KOSUGI
    Wait, moss?
[11:40] MARUKO
    Yup.
[11:41] MARUKO
    Thanks, Kosugi, bye!
[11:45] KOSUGI/I
    Bringing moss as a gift, not the
    canned food that's super tasty,
[11:49] KOSUGI/I
    and they actually like it?
[11:50] KOSUGI/I
    What does that mean?
[11:52] KOSUGI/I
    Did they eat the moss?
[11:55] KOSUGI/I
    Does moss taste good?
[11:58] MARUKO
    Here you go.
[11:59] MARUKO
    I got lots of it, so you
    can have one, Grandpa.
[12:02] TOMOZOU
    Th-Th-Thank you.
[12:08] TOMOZOU/I
    Tomozou, you idiot!
[12:12] TOMOZOU/I
    What do I do with the moss?
[12:15] TOMOZOU/I
    I'm repeating the same
    mistake as the Nara bell.
[12:18] NARRATOR/I
    Tomozou writhed in the
    hardship of choosing a gift,
[12:23] NARRATOR/I
    while Maruko felt happy that her
    favorite thing made a good gift.
SIGN    Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone
[12:35] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[12:36] MARUKO
    "Hanawa-kun Commutes Alone."
[12:46] MARUKO
    I wanna go home and get into the kotatsu.
[12:49] TAMAE
    Let's hurry home.
[12:50] HIDE
    Here you go, young master.
[12:52] HANAWA
    Thanks, Hide the Butler.
[12:55] BOY 1
    That's Hanawa from the third grade, right?
[12:58] BOY 1
    There's always someone driving
    him back and forth to school.
[13:01] BOY 2
    He's spoiled.
[13:02] BOY 3
    They're overprotective.
SIGN    Sakura
[13:14] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[13:15] MARUKO
    I'm off!
[13:20] MARUKO
    Tama-chan!
[13:21] TAMAE
    Good morning, Maru-chan.
[13:23] MARUKO
    Good morning!
[13:24] MARUKO
    We're late.
[13:26] TAMAE
    I overslept.
[13:27] MARUKO
    That's rare.
[13:29] MARUKO
    Let's hurry up.
[13:32] MARUKO
    I wish Hanawa-kun's car would drive
    by at a time like this and say,
[13:36] MARUKO
    "Hey babies, would you
    like a ride with me?"
[13:44] TAMAE
    I know.
[13:49] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Hanawa-kun?
[13:51] HANAWA
    Hello, babies. Good morning.
[13:54] MARUKO
    What are you doing?
[13:55] HANAWA
    What am I doing?
[13:56] HANAWA
    I'm going to school.
[13:58] TAMAE
    What about your car?
[13:59] HANAWA
    Unfortunately, Hide the Butler caught a cold.
[14:02] MARUKO
    That's rough.
[14:04] HANAWA
    I can't depend on Hide the Butler forever,
[14:08] HANAWA
    so I took this opportunity to commute
    to school alone like everyone else.
[14:14] MARUKO
    I see.
[14:15] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, we don't have time to chit-chat!
[14:19] MARUKO
    Oh! That's right, we're about to be late!
[14:24] HANAWA
    Is that so?
[14:25] HANAWA
    School is rather far, isn't it?
[14:28] MARUKO
    Let's run!
[14:39] HANAWA
    Oops!
[14:41] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Hanawa-kun!
[14:43] HANAWA
    Oh my god...
SIGN    Elementary School
[14:51] MARUKO
    It was close, but I'm
     so happy we made it.
[14:53] TAMAE
    Yes.
[14:54] TAMAE
    I hope Hanawa-kun is okay.
[14:56] TAMAE
    He scraped his knees.
[14:58] MARUKO
    He went to the nurse's office,
    so I'm sure he's okay.
[15:02] MARUKO
    My goodness, he surprised us.
[15:07] TOGAWA
    Moving on to the next question.
[15:11] HANAWA
    I apologize for being late.
[15:13] TOGAWA
    It's all right.
[15:14] TOGAWA
    Please take your seat.
[15:16] HAMAJI
    Hanawa, why are you wearing gym clothes?
[15:19] MISAWA
    He fell in the ditch.
[15:21] MISAWA
    Kids from the other class saw him.
[15:26] HAMAJI
    Sounds like what Fujiki would do.
[15:28] HAMAJI
    So rare of Hanawa to do such a thing.
[15:31] FUJIKI
    Wait, it's not like I fall
    in the ditch all the time.
[15:36] MISAWA
    Hanawa fell in the ditch! It's a scoop!
[15:39] MISAWA
    Snap, snap!
[15:40] MIGIWA
    Hey, what's so wrong with
    falling in the ditch?!
[15:43] MIGIWA
    Even Hanawa-kun falls in
    the ditch every now and then!
[15:46] HANAWA
    Everyone, I'd appreciate it if you didn't
    repeat "the ditch" so many times...
[15:50] TAMAE
    Hanawa-kun's pride is in tatters.
[15:53] MARUKO
    Yes, it's hard to watch.
[15:57] TOGAWA
    Everyone, please be quiet.
[15:58] TOGAWA
    We're in the middle of the class.
[16:09] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun, why don't you bring it home
    and ask your servants to wash it for you?
[16:15] HANAWA
    It's okay.
[16:16] HANAWA
    I want to be able to take care of myself.
[16:20] MARUKO
    Don't push yourself too much.
[16:23] MARUKO
    I'd rather depend on others
    as much as possible.
[16:32] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun, you don't have an umbrella?
[16:35] HANAWA
    No, because Hide the Butler usually has
    it ready for me when it's about to rain.
[16:41] MARUKO
    You're truly useless when
    Hide the Butler isn't around.
[16:46] MARUKO
    You can share this with me.
[16:48] HANAWA
    Baby, are you sure?
[16:50] MARUKO
    What else can I do?
[16:52] HANAWA
    Thank you.
[16:53] HANAWA
    I'm so fortunate to be able
    to share an umbrella with you.
[16:57] HANAWA
    I'm a lucky boy.
[17:00] MARUKO
    I don't know if I'd call it lucky.
[17:03] MARUKO
    Come on, let's go.
SIGN    Elementary School
[17:13] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
SIGN    Sakura | Hanawa
[17:19] WAKABAYASHI
    Woo hoo!
[17:21] WAKABAYASHI
    So passionate!
[17:22] WAKABAYASHI
    Woo hoo!
[17:24] MISAWA
    You two are in love!
[17:25] MISAWA
    Snap, snap!
[17:26] MISAWA
    Such passion!
[17:28] MIGIWA
    Sakura-san, I resent you!
[17:30] MIGIWA
    Don't steal my Hanawa-kun!
[17:33] MARUKO
    Stealing? I wouldn't even dream of it.
[17:36] MISAWA
    It's a love triangle.
[17:39] MISAWA
    What do you do, Hanawa?
[17:40] MISAWA
    Snap, snap!
[17:44] HANAWA
    Ladies, please do not fight over me.
[17:49] HANAWA
    Love and peace!
[17:51] MARUKO
    I wouldn't have shared my umbrella
    if I'd known it would come to this.
[17:59] MARUKO
    So you know...
[18:00] WAKABAYASHI
    Woo hoo hoo!
[18:03] MISAWA
    Isn't Hanawa with you?
[18:05] MARUKO
    Jeez, you need to cut it out already!
SIGN    Do Not Run
[18:08] MISAWA
    Hey, speaking of which...
[18:11] HANAWA
    Hello.
[18:16] MISAWA
    So passionate, you two!
[18:19] MISAWA
    Snap, snap!
[18:20] WAKABAYASHI
    Woo hoo!
[18:22] HANAWA
    Bye!
[18:23] MISAWA
    Wait, you're not going home together?
[18:26] HANAWA
    I'll go home by myself today.
[18:28] HANAWA
    That's how I feel today.
[18:30] HANAWA
    Ciao.
[18:43] TAMAE
    Maybe Hanawa-kun tried to be considerate.
[18:47] MARUKO
    What?
[18:48] TAMAE
    So that Maru-chan didn't get
    teased by Misawa and the others.
[18:52] MARUKO
    Maybe.
[18:54] TAMAE
    You think Hanawa-kun will be okay on his own?
[18:57] TAMAE
    Won't he fall in the ditch again?
[19:00] MARUKO
    I'm sure he's okay.
[19:04] TAMAE
    He might get lost.
[19:06] MARUKO
    If he does, then he can ask
    someone for directions.
[19:12] TAMAE
    He might get tangled up with bad guys?
[19:14] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun knows karate.
[19:18] TAMAE
    He might get kidnapped.
[19:20] MARUKO
    Huh?
[19:21] TAMAE
    I saw it in the TV drama yesterday.
[19:23] TAMAE
    A rich kid is abducted,
    and they ask for ransom.
[19:27] MARUKO
    What?!
[19:28] TAMAE
    Is Hanawa-kun okay?
[19:32] MARUKO
    We should follow him!
[19:47] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, that person...
[19:49] TAMAE
    Yes, he's staring at Hanawa-kun.
[20:01] TAMAE
    Wh-What do we do, Maru-chan?
[20:03] MARUKO
    What should we do?
[20:19] HANAWA
    Hello!
[20:21] HANAWA
    Come here.
[20:24] TAMAE
    Maru-chan!
[20:26] TAMAE
    Hanawa-kun will be kidnapped!
[20:28] HANAWA
    Come here.
[20:39] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Hanawa-kun!
[20:40] SERVANTS
    Young master!
[20:41] SERVANTS
    Young master!
[20:43] SERVANT 1
    Young master, are you okay?
[20:46] HANAWA
    I was a bit surprised, that's all.
[20:52] MARUKO
    Phew, that's a relief!
[20:55] HANAWA
    Thank you for worrying about me.
[20:57] HANAWA
    I'm okay now.
[20:59] MARUKO
    My heart almost stopped.
[21:01] MARUKO
    I thought you were going to get kidnapped.
[21:05] HANAWA
    Hide the Butler!
[21:06] HIDE
    That concern is only natural.
[21:09] HIDE
    That's why all of us servants
    were secretly watching over you,
[21:13] HIDE
    even though you said we should not interfere.
[21:18] HANAWA
    Hide...
[21:22] HANAWA
    How is your cold?
[21:24] HIDE
    I'm better now.
[21:25] HANAWA
    Oh shoot, I'm sorry I depend on you so much.
[21:29] HIDE
    Young master, you're still nine years old.
[21:32] HIDE
    Please do not rush to become an adult.
[21:35] HIDE
    Let us spoil you.
[21:45] HANAWA
    Good morning, señoritas.
[21:47] MARUKO
    Oh, Hanawa-kun.
[21:49] HANAWA
    Everyone insisted, so I'm getting
    a ride to and from school again.
[21:56] HANAWA
    I'll see you later, ciao!
[22:03] NARRATOR/I
    Seeing Hanawa-kun happy made
    Maruko and Tama-chan happy as well.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa, that mask seems to have a
    mysterious power to make me happy.
[22:20] MARUKO
    I wonder what it will do for me next.
[22:22] MARUKO
    I hope a nice bonfire will
    warm up my body and soul.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Maruko's Mask of Happiness," and
    "Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire."
SIGN    Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire
SIGN    Maruko's Mask of Happiness
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1425 - Maruko's Mask of Fortune/Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] TAMAE
    Everyone, over here!
[00:02] TAMAE
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Maruko's Mask of Fortune
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko's Mask of Fortune."
[01:38] SUMIRE
    Maruko.
[01:39] MARUKO
    Hm?
[01:40] SUMIRE
    Here, your mask.
[01:41] MARUKO
    What?
[01:43] MARUKO
    I don't need it. I'm healthy.
[01:46] SUMIRE
    I hear there's a cold going around at school.
[01:49] SUMIRE
    Prevention is important, so put it on.
[01:51] SUMIRE
    Got it?
[01:53] MARUKO
    Boo.
SIGN    Elementary School
[01:58] HANAWA
    Wow, there's a flower on Migiwa-kun's mask.
[02:02] HANAWA
    That is so pretty.
[02:04] MIGIWA
    Thank you.
[02:06] MIGIWA
    Hanawa-kun gave me a compliment!
[02:09] TAMAE
    Your mask is cute, Migiwa-san.
[02:12] MARUKO
    I'm jealous.
[02:13] MIGIWA
    Oh yeah?
[02:15] MIGIWA
    My name is Hanako, as in "flower girl."
SIGN    Hanako
[02:17] MIGIWA
    That's why my mother embroidered
    a flower patch for me.
[02:21] HANAWA
    Migiwa-kun's mother has wonderful taste.
[02:24] HANAWA
    It looks great on you.
[02:26] MIGIWA
    That makes me happy.
[02:28] MIGIWA
    Hanawa-kun complimented me again.
[02:32] HANAWA
    Are you okay?
[02:34] MIGIWA
    What should I do?
[02:35] MIGIWA
    I think I'm so happy that I have a fever...
[02:38] HANAWA
    Do take care of yourself.
SIGN    Sakura
[02:42] MARUKO
    I'm home!
[02:43] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[02:45] TOMOZOU
    A flower patch for her mask?
[02:47] TOMOZOU
    Migiwa-san's fashionable, huh?
[02:49] MARUKO
    I want a cute mask like Migiwa-san now.
[02:54] KOTAKE
    You do?
[02:55] KOTAKE
    Maruko, bring me your new mask.
[03:02] KOTAKE
    Here you go.
[03:05] MARUKO
    Wow, it's so cute!
[03:08] TOMOZOU
    Indeed. It looks great on you, Maruko.
[03:11] KOTAKE
    It's a symbol of good
    luck, a four-leaf clover.
[03:15] MARUKO
    A symbol of good luck.
[03:19] MARUKO
    Thank you, Grandma.
[03:20] MARUKO
    I'll wear this to school tomorrow.
[03:23] KOTAKE
    I hope it brings you good luck, Maruko.
[03:28] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[03:30] TOWAGA
    I'm returning your essays.
[03:32] TOWAGA
    Sakura-san.
[03:33] MARUKO
    Yes.
[03:36] TOGAWA
    It was very well-written.
[03:38] STUDENTS
    Nice, Sakura!
[03:38] STUDENTS
    Good job, Maru-chan!
[03:40] MARUKO
    Thank you very much.
[03:43] MARUKO
    Yes! I got praised!
[03:46] TAMAE
    Way to go, Maru-chan!
[03:55] TAMAE
    Today's fruit cocktail has
    sweet dumplings in it.
[03:59] MARUKO
    Sweet dumplings? Nice.
[04:03] MARUKO
    Woo, I got three of them!
[04:06] TAMAE
    Lucky you, Maru-chan.
[04:08] TAMAE
    Maybe Fujiki gave you an extra.
[04:10] MARUKO
    Maybe he did.
[04:15] MARUKO
    Anyhow, it seems that I'm in luck today.
[04:19] MARUKO
    Does that mean this mask
    is a mask of fortune?
[04:23] TAMAE
    I'm sure it is.
[04:24] TAMAE
    It must be thanks to the mask
    your grandma made for you.
[04:28] MARUKO
    Thanks for the extra earlier, Fujiki.
[04:31] FUJIKI
    What are you talking about?
[04:33] MARUKO
    You gave me an extra dumpling earlier.
[04:38] FUJIKI
    Huh?
[04:39] FUJIKI/I
    I don't think I gave her extra...
[04:43] MARUKO
    You have a commendable quality in you.
[04:46] MARUKO
    I'm seeing you in a different light.
[04:48] FUJIKI
    Y-You are?
[04:49] FUJIKI/I
    She seems happy.
[04:51] FUJIKI/I
    So I'll pretend that I did give her an extra.
[04:54] FUJIKI
    Maybe I'll give you an extra again.
[04:58] MARUKO
    You will?!
[05:00] MARUKO
    I love sweet dumplings, thanks!
[05:02] MARUKO
    I'm counting on you!
[05:04] NARRATOR/I
    Quite unexpectedly, Fujiki has become
    a nice person in Maruko's book.
SIGN    Sakura
[05:11] NARRATOR/I
    After school...
[05:13] MARUKO
    Grandma, thank you so much.
[05:15] MARUKO
    Wearing this mask of fortune, it feels
    like only good things can happen to me.
[05:21] KOTAKE
    That's good to hear.
[05:23] TOMOZOU
    Maybe you could share your luck
    with me and be fortunate as well.
[05:28] KOTAKE
    That reminds me...
SIGN    Raffle Ticket
[05:30] KOTAKE
    Grandpa, why don't you go try the raffle
    at the shopping street with Maruko?
[05:36] MARUKO
    Raffle?
[05:38] MARUKO
    I'd love to go!
[05:39] STAFF
    Welcome, welcome!
SIGN    Raffle Draw
    Raffle
[05:43] MARUKO
    Nakano-san, hello.
[05:45] TOMOZOU
    Hello, it's been a while.
[05:47] NAKANO
    H-Hello.
SIGN    First
    Prize
SIGN    Second
    Prize
[05:49] SIGN
    Hot Spring
    Trip
SIGN    Sakumomo  Sakura  Kochiku
[05:49] MARUKO
    The first prize is a trip to a hot spring.
[05:52] TOMOZOU
    The second prize is the
    sake tasting set, huh?
[05:55] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi would love that.
[05:58] MARUKO
    The third prize is an
    assortment of canned foods.
[06:02] MARUKO
    If we win it, Mom would be happy.
[06:05] MARUKO
    Grandpa, the first prize is still left!
SIGN    Hot Spring Trip
[06:08] TOMOZOU
    It is?!
[06:09] TOMOZOU
    I wish we could win that one!
[06:12] TOMOZOU
    I'd love to go to hot spring with Grandma,
[06:14] TOMOZOU
    since her back and legs are
    stiff and giving her trouble.
[06:17] MARUKO
    Grandpa, leave it to me.
[06:19] MARUKO
    I'll win the first prize for you!
[06:23] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Maruko...
[06:25] TOMOZOU
    You're so reliable.
[06:28] TOMOZOU
    Your mask of fortune is
    starting to look divine.
[06:32] MARUKO
    What? You think?
[06:34] TOMOZOU
    Maruko's mask of fortune, please
    grant the first prize to Maruko.
[06:39] TOMOZOU
    Please!
[06:42] NAKANO/I
    What is happening, Sakura-san?
[06:45] NAKANO/I
    Why are you praying to Maru-chan?
[06:48] TOMOZOU
    Nakano-san.
[06:50] TOMOZOU
    You should try praying to Maruko's
    mask of fortune as well.
[06:54] TOMOZOU
    I'm sure there are blessings.
[06:57] NAKANO
    R-Right...
[07:00] NAKANO/I
    A mask of fortune?
[07:02] NAKANO/I
    Oh, Maru-chan's mask
    has a four-leaf clover.
[07:06] NAKANO/I
    Does that mean this four-leaf
    clover will give you good luck?
[07:12] MARUKO
    Leave everything to this mask of fortune!
[07:16] NAKANO/I
    But I don't believe that praying
    to a mask will help win the raffle.
[07:22] NAKANO/I
    And praying to a mask in a
    public place like this...
[07:25] NAKANO/I
    But I can't say no.
[07:28] NAKANO/I
    Ah, whatever!
[07:29] NAKANO/I
    Let's just pray. Pray to the mask!
[07:32] NAKANO
    P-Please let me win...
[07:35] NAKANO
    Th-Thank you!
[07:37] MARUKO
    Let there be blessings
    for Nakano-san's draws!
[07:44] STAFF
    You win the fifth prize, a box of detergent!
[07:47] MARUKO
    Congratulations, Nakano-san!
[07:49] TOMOZOU
    I'm happy for you.
[07:51] NAKANO
    Th-Thank you very much.
[07:53] TOMOZOU
    It's thanks to Maruko's mask of fortune.
[07:57] TOMOZOU
    Congratulations.
[07:59] NAKANO
    Y-Yes...
[08:01] NAKANO/I
    Even though it is the fifth prize, I did win.
[08:05] NAKANO/I
    Is this truly because of Maru-chan's mask?!
[08:09] NARRATOR/I
    Nakano-san was perplexed by
    his mysterious luck of winning
[08:13] NARRATOR/I
    the fifth prize by praying to the mask.
[08:18] MARUKO
    Mom, look, look!
[08:20] MARUKO
    I won this.
[08:21] MARUKO
    A lucky prize: a stationery set!
[08:24] SUMIRE
    That's amazing.
[08:24] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[08:25] SUMIRE
    Good for you.
[08:26] TOMOZOU
    Because Maruko was wearing her mask
    of fortune, she won the lucky prize.
[08:31] MARUKO
    I actually wanted to win the
    hot spring trip for Grandma.
[08:36] KOTAKE
    Thank you.
[08:38] KOTAKE
    It's your thought that counts.
[08:41] MARUKO
    Mom, you should pray to
    my mask of fortune too.
[08:45] MARUKO
    I'm sure something lucky will happen to you.
[08:47] SUMIRE
    Yeah, sure, I get it.
[08:49] SUMIRE
    But don't fling around your mask so much.
[08:52] MARUKO
    Let there be blessings for Mom too!
[08:58] MARUKO
    Please, mask of fortune.
[09:00] MARUKO
    Let me get a good score on tomorrow's test.
[09:03] MARUKO
    I'm begging you.
[09:05] MARUKO
    Let there be blessings for Maruko's test!
[09:07] MARUKO
    I'm kidding.
[09:09] MARUKO
    Good night.
SIGN    Sakura
[09:12] NARRATOR/I
    The next morning...
[09:14] MARUKO
    Grandpa, help!
[09:16] TOMOZOU
    What's the matter, Maruko?!
[09:18] MARUKO
    Mom washed my mask of
    fortune, and it's still wet!
[09:24] TOMOZOU
    Oh, no!
[09:25] MARUKO
    Mom said "no", but I'll be in
    trouble without this mask!
[09:30] MARUKO
    I'll get a zero on my test!
[09:33] TOMOZOU
    A zero?!
[09:34] TOMOZOU
    We can't have that!
[09:36] MARUKO
    Grandpa, the test is second period.
[09:38] MARUKO
    So please, can you dry this mask quickly
    and bring it to school by then?
[09:44] TOMOZOU
    Okay, I'll dry it and bring
    it to you at any cost.
[09:47] TOMOZOU
    Leave it to me!
[09:48] MARUKO
    I'm counting on you, Grandpa.
[09:50] MARUKO
    I'm off!
SIGN    Elementary School
[09:54] MARUKO/I
    Will Grandpa make it work?
[09:58] TOMOZOU
    Mask of fortune, please dry quickly.
[10:02] TOMOZOU
    I beg of you!
[10:04] TOMOZOU
    Hot!
[10:05] TOMOZOU
    It was too close and too hot, wasn't it?
[10:07] TOMOZOU
    I'm sorry, Mask of fortune.
[10:10] TOMOZOU
    Hmm, the fire is not strong enough...
[10:13] KOTAKE
    Grandpa.
[10:15] KOTAKE
    Why don't you use the iron to dry it?
[10:18] TOMOZOU
    Yes, that's a good idea!
SIGN    Elementary School
[10:22] MARUKO/I
    Grandpa, the test is about to begin.
[10:25] MARUKO/I
    Come quickly, please!
[10:29] NARRATOR/I
    Tomozou runs.
[10:30] NARRATOR/I
    With Maruko's hopes on his shoulders,
    he cuts through the cold wind and runs.
[10:36] TOMOZOU/I
    I can't let Maruko get a zero on her test!
[10:39] TOMOZOU/I
    Maruko, I'm coming!
[10:41] TOMOZOU/I
    Wait for me!
[10:43] NARRATOR/I
    Three minutes before the test begins...
[10:46] MARUKO
    Grandpa!
[10:47] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
[10:49] TOMOZOU
    M-Maruko, here's your mask of fortune!
[10:53] MARUKO
    Thank you, Grandpa!
[10:55] TOMOZOU
    N-Now you can get a 100 on your test!
[10:57] MARUKO
    Yes, I'll do my best.
[11:00] MARUKO
    Are you okay, Grandpa?
[11:02] TOMOZOU
    Yes. Don't worry about me and go.
[11:05] TOMOZOU
    You go, Maruko!
[11:07] MARUKO
    Thank you, Grandpa!
[11:10] TOMOZOU
    Let there be blessings for Maruko...
[11:18] MARUKO/I
    All righty, mask of fortune.
[11:20] MARUKO/I
    I'm counting on you.
[11:23] TOGAWA
    Everyone, please begin.
[11:28] MARUKO/I
    Oh no, what do I do?
[11:32] MARUKO/I
    I don't understand a thing!
[11:34] MARUKO/I
    Why?!
[11:35] MARUKO/I
    Mask of fortune, please help me!
[11:42] NARRATOR/I
    Mask of fortune did not smile upon
    Maruko, who didn't study for the test.
SIGN    Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire
[11:53] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[11:54] MARUKO
    "Maruko Wanders, Looking for A Bonfire."
SIGN    Sakura
[12:02] MARUKO
    Ah, so warm.
[12:03] MARUKO
    I love the kotatsu.
[12:08] SUMIRE
    I see you being lazy inside
     the kotatsu again.
[12:12] MARUKO
    I'm a kotatsu-nail.
[12:14] MARUKO
    Kotatsu and I are one body and one mind.
[12:17] SUMIRE
    You're being silly again!
[12:19] MARUKO
    Hey Mom, can you bring me the rice crackers?
[12:22] SUMIRE
    Don't be lazy; get them yourself!
[12:25] MARUKO
    Come on, I don't want to be away
    from this warmth even for a second.
[12:30] SUMIRE
    My goodness, what do we do with you?
[12:33] MARUKO
    Then tea?
[12:34] MARUKO
    Could I at least get more tea?
[12:37] SUMIRE
    This child...
[12:38] MARUKO
    Oh, before you go, could
    you change the channel?
[12:41] SUMIRE
    Do it yourself.
[12:43] MARUKO
    Come on, please?
[12:45] MARUKO
    You only need to turn the knob a bit.
SIGN    Anger Gauge
[12:48] SUMIRE
    Do it yourself.
[12:50] MARUKO
    Boo.
[12:51] MARUKO
    Now I want to use the bathroom.
[12:53] MARUKO
    But I don't want to get out.
[12:55] MARUKO
    If only Mom could go use the bathroom for me.
SIGN    Sakura
[13:01] SUMIRE
    Stop being ridiculous!
[13:03] SUMIRE
    You're so lazy, all year round!
[13:05] SUMIRE
    And now you're trying to make someone
    else go to the bathroom for you?!
[13:08] SUMIRE
    I'm absolutely appalled!
[13:10] SUMIRE
    If you can't be a little more independent,
    I'm worried about your future!
[13:14] MARUKO/I
    This might take awhile...
[13:17] SUMIRE
    At this rate, you're not gonna
    grow up to be a decent adult.
[13:20] MARUKO
    Excuse me...
[13:21] SUMIRE
    What?!
[13:23] MARUKO
    I'd like to go pee...
[13:32] MARUKO
    It looks so warm...
[13:35] MARUKO
    But before that, gotta go pee!
[13:38] MARUKO
    So warm!
[13:42] MARUKO
    Looking at a bonfire, I'm
    starting to feel peaceful.
[13:48] MARUKO
    I was a bit fed up at Mom yelling at
    me, but staring at the wavering flame,
[13:56] MARUKO
    it's like I don't care about the small stuff.
[14:00] KOTAKE
    They say a bonfire has a power to heal.
[14:04] MARUKO
    Heal?
[14:05] KOTAKE
    Or rather, it calms you down.
[14:09] KOTAKE
    Doesn't it feel like looking at the
    flame helps you forget bad feelings?
[14:13] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, now that you mention it...
[14:19] MARUKO
    Welcome home, Dad.
[14:21] MARUKO
    Did you catch any fish?
[14:23] HIROSHI
    That's the thing.
[14:25] HIROSHI
    There were a couple of guys
    who were so noisy nearby.
[14:29] HIROSHI
    I couldn't relax, and the fish fled,
     so I didn't catch any.
[14:35] MARUKO
    That's too bad.
[14:37] MARUKO
    It must have been cold.
[14:39] MARUKO
    Come join us and enjoy the warmth.
[14:44] HIROSHI
    It's so warm.
[14:45] MARUKO
    A bonfire can apparently heal your soul.
[14:49] MARUKO
    Right, Grandma?
[14:50] KOTAKE
    That's right.
[14:52] HIROSHI
    I see.
SIGN    FRUSTRATION
[14:54] HIROSHI
    Indeed, my frustration seems to melt away.
[14:59] MARUKO
    Right?
[15:00] MARUKO
    Perhaps the flame of a bonfire
    burns away feelings like that.
[15:05] KOTAKE
    It may be so.
[15:07] HIROSHI
    I can watch it all day.
[15:11] TOMOZOU
    Ah, you've got a bonfire?
[15:13] TOMOZOU
    Let me join you.
[15:17] TOMOZOU
    Looking at a bonfire, I can
    forget about everything.
[15:22] NARRATOR/I
    You forget a lot of things all year round.
[15:25] MARUKO
    Not only that, it helps
    you forget bad memories.
[15:30] TOMOZOU
    Oh, is that so?
[15:33] MARUKO
    You must have those.
[15:34] MARUKO
    So chuck them into the fire,
    and it'll burn them away.
[15:39] TOMOZOU
    That sounds nice.
[15:45] MARUKO
    Hm? What's the matter?
[15:47] TOMOZOU
    Try as I may, I can't remember bad memories.
[15:52] MARUKO
    That's a good thing, isn't it?
[15:54] HIROSHI
    Indeed, I envy you.
[15:56] TOMOZOU
    You do?
SIGN    Elementary School
[16:00] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[16:01] MARUKO
    It's warm and brings peace to your soul.
[16:05] MARUKO
    I am really seeing a bonfire in a new light.
[16:08] TAMAE
    I love it.
[16:09] TAMAE
    You can roast sweet potatoes in it, too.
[16:11] MARUKO
    You've got to roasted sweet
    potatoes in a bonfire.
[16:14] HANAWA
    Hey, babies.
[16:16] HANAWA
    Staring at flicking flames
    calms your mind, doesn't it?
[16:20] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun, you've used a bonfire too?
[16:23] HANAWA
    No, it's my fireplace.
[16:25] HANAWA
    I was lost in thought in front of the
    fireplace as I drank hot milk tea.
[16:31] MARUKO
    A fireplace sounds great too.
[16:33] MARUKO
    But Hanawa-kun, I didn't know
    you could get lost in thought.
[16:36] MARUKO
    Were you thinking, "What's for dinner?"
[16:38] NARRATOR/I
    That's what you think.
[16:40] HANAWA
    The firewood used for the fireplace
    can be different based on the type,
[16:44] HANAWA
    and yesterday, I used cherry wood.
[16:46] MARUKO
    Firewood from a cherry tree?
[16:48] HANAWA
    Yes. Cherry wood smells nice.
[16:51] HANAWA
    It not only entertains us with its blossoms,
    but also gives us healing as firewood.
[16:57] MARUKO
    Wow, I had no idea.
[16:59] NAGASAWA
    Hm, fireplace, huh?
[17:01] MARUKO
    Nagasawa.
[17:03] NAGASAWA
    I don't get how you could be
    healed, looking at flames.
[17:08] NAGASAWA
    For me, fire is something to be despised.
[17:13] NAGASAWA
    Anyhow, please watch out how you handle
    a bonfire, fireplace, or any open flames.
[17:18] MARUKO
    You're right, I will.
[17:21] HANAWA
    Thank you for your advice.
SIGN    Sakura
[17:25] MARUKO
    Listen, can we have a fireplace too?
[17:25] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[17:28] SUMIRE
    There's no way we can have
    a fireplace so easily.
[17:31] HIROSHI
    Of course you can't.
[17:33] HIROSHI
    More importantly, a fireplace
    wouldn't fit our house.
[17:37] MARUKO
    Boo.
[17:38] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, I know this won't replace a
    fireplace, but we do have a brazier.
[17:43] MARUKO
    Hmm, a brazier is nice, but I want
    to look at a fire, not at charcoal.
[17:49] TOMOZOU
    I see.
[17:50] TOMOZOU
    Then next Sunday, let's have a bonfire again.
[17:54] MARUKO
    Sounds good.
[17:55] KOTAKE
    But we don't have leaves
    or twigs to burn anymore,
[17:59] KOTAKE
    since I cleaned it all up yesterday.
[18:02] MARUKO
    You did?
[18:03] TOMOZOU
    In that case, Maruko, let's
    go to Sasaki-san's place.
[18:07] TOMOZOU
    I'm sure they have plenty
    of fallen leaves and twigs.
[18:11] MARUKO
    You're right.
[18:12] MARUKO
    Let's do that!
[18:14] NARRATOR/I
    On Sunday...
[18:16] SASAKI
    The thing is, we just had a bonfire
    ourselves, so there's no leaves or twigs.
[18:22] SASAKI
    I'm sorry.
[18:23] MARUKO
    Oh no, really?
[18:25] TOMOZOU
    That's too bad.
[18:26] TOMOZOU
    I guess we'll have to ask someone else.
[18:29] MARUKO
    Oh man, if you're on the lookout, you
    don't really find them so easily.
[18:34] MARUKO
    Isn't there anyone who's
    making a bonfire right now?
SIGN    Be Careful With Fire
[18:37] TOMOZOU
    Isn't there smoke somewhere?
[18:40] MARUKO
    Hmmm...
[18:43] MARUKO
    Hey, look!
[18:51] MARUKO
    Fish?
[18:52] MARUKO
    Are you having lunch now?
[18:54] HAMAJI
    Yeah, it's dried sardines.
[18:56] HAMAJI
    Sakura, you want some?
[18:57] MARUKO
    Th-Thanks, but no thanks.
[19:08] MARUKO
    Oh, it's Kawada-san.
[19:09] TOMOZOU
    Cleaning the river again.
[19:12] TOMOZOU
    What a diligent person.
[19:14] TOMOZOU
    How admirable.
[19:15] MARUKO
    Yes, Kawada-san is admirable.
[19:19] MARUKO
    Oh, there are a lot of leaves.
[19:22] KAWADA
    Bonfire?
[19:23] KAWADA
    Of course.
[19:24] KAWADA
    I was about to make one in my backyard.
[19:27] KAWADA
    Come join me.
[19:28] MARUKO
    Yes! Thank you, Kawada-san.
[19:31] TOMOZOU
    I'm happy for you, Maruko.
[19:32] TOMOZOU
    It was worth running around,
    looking for it in the cold.
[19:36] MARUKO
    Now that it's settled, we can
    help with the river cleaning.
[19:39] TOMOZOU
    Of course, let's help.
[19:43] MARUKO
    A bonfire sure is nice.
[19:46] TOMOZOU
    Indeed.
[19:48] KAWADA
    It warms up our chilled bodies.
[19:54] MARUKO
    It'll be spring soon.
[19:56] TOMOZOU
    Almost time for you to release
    the fish you raised with care
[20:00] TOMOZOU
    into the Tomoe River, Kawada-san.
[20:02] KAWADA
    Yes, it is.
[20:04] KAWADA
    I hope the fish continue to grow soundly.
[20:08] KAWADA'S WIFE
    And I've been through a
    lot because of the fish,
[20:11] KAWADA'S WIFE
    having to take care of them every single day.
[20:14] KAWADA
    H-Hey now, we don't need
    to discuss that right now.
[20:18] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    H-Hello.
[20:20] KAWADA'S WIFE
    Please, have some tea.
[20:22] TOMOZOU
    Thank you very much.
[20:24] MARUKO
    Thank you very much.
[20:26] KAWADA
    Why don't you get warmed up too?
[20:29] KAWADA'S WIFE
    No, thank you.
[20:31] KAWADA'S WIFE
    I have to go feed the fish soon.
[20:34] KAWADA
    Y-You're right.
[20:39] MARUKO
    Did something happen?
[20:40] KAWADA
    Well, we had a fight
    about the fish yesterday.
[20:45] TOMOZOU
    You did, huh?
[20:46] TOMOZOU
    It's not totally roses, I suppose.
[20:48] MARUKO
    Then all the more reason she should
    enjoy the bonfire together.
[20:53] TOMOZOU
    Indeed, that's a good idea.
[20:55] KAWADA
    What?
[20:56] MARUKO
    I'll go get her.
[21:01] MARUKO
    E-Excuse me...
[21:03] KAWADA
    I'm sorry that I'm making
    you do a lot for the fish.
[21:07] KAWADA'S WIFE
    Huh? What is it, out of the blue?
[21:10] KAWADA
    Yeah well, I thought I should
    verbalize how I feel.
[21:15] KAWADA'S WIFE
    I'm sorry that I snapped at you yesterday.
[21:20] KAWADA
    No...
[21:21] KAWADA
    I can help clean the river and release
    the fish there, all thanks to your help.
[21:28] KAWADA
    I should never forget that.
[21:31] KAWADA'S WIFE
    Dear...
[21:32] KAWADA
    Thank you.
[21:34] KAWADA'S WIFE
    No problem.
[21:37] KAWADA
    W-Water!
[21:40] NAGASAWA
    Watch out!
[21:41] MARUKO
    Nagasawa!?
[21:49] NAGASAWA
    I told you to be careful
    when you make bonfires!
[21:53] MARUKO
    Yes, you did...
[21:55] NAGASAWA
    Please be more careful when you handle fire.
[21:58] KAWADA
    I-I will.
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    A bonfire can warm your body and soul,
[22:04] NARRATOR/I
    but please be careful with fire.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Playing darts looks a little difficult, but
    apparently you shouldn't think too much.
[22:20] MARUKO
    Dad, stop thinking so much
    and apologize to Yama-chan.
[22:24] MARUKO
    You should treasure your friendship
    that lasted over 30 years.
[22:27] MARUKO
    Next time, on Chibi Maruko-chan:
SIGN    Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship
SIGN    Maruko Wants to Play Darts
[22:29] MARUKO
    "Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship,"
    and "Maruko Wants to Play Darts."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1426 - Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship / Maruko Wants to Play Darts
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] MARUKO
    Hey everyone, gather around!
[00:02] MARUKO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[01:27] NARRATRO/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Hiroshi's Friendship, Maruko's Friendship."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:37] MARUKO
    February is short, since
    there's only 28 days.
[01:42] TOMOZOU
    A leap year has one extra
    day, so it has 29 days.
[01:47] MARUKO
    It's strange that we have one extra day.
[01:51] TOMOZOU
    Here we go!
SIGN    February
[01:53] TOMOZOU
    February gets longer and longer!
[01:55] TOMOZOU
    February 29th, 30th, 31st, 32nd, 33rd,
[02:04] TOMOZOU
    34th, 35th, 36th, 37th...
[02:06] HIROSHI
    Stop being so silly.
[02:09] YAMA-CHAN
    Hello!
[02:12] YAMA-CHAN
    I've brought you a bamboo shoot.
[02:15] HIROSHI
    Oh, the first bamboo shoot of the year.
[02:17] HIROSHI
    Thanks, Yama-chan.
[02:19] YAMA-CHAN
    If you have time, you wanna come with me?
[02:22] HIROSHI
    Sounds good!
[02:24] HIROSHI
    I'll be off!
[02:27] MARUKO
    I'm jealous of Dad.
[02:29] MARUKO
    I'm totally wasting this beautiful weather.
[02:36] SAKIKO
    Maruko, Tama-chan's on the phone for you.
[02:39] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, do you want to bring snacks
[02:42] TAMAE
    and a water bottle to go
    on picnic after lunch?
[02:46] MARUKO
    A picnic?
[02:47] MARUKO
    Sounds great!
[02:49] MARUKO
    It's so nice and warm out today.
[02:58] MARUKO
    My dad and Yama-chan have been friends
    since they were in elementary school,
[03:03] MARUKO
    for like 30 years.
[03:05] TAMAE
    Wow, that's amazing!
[03:07] MARUKO
    I wish we could be friends
    like that for years to come.
[03:11] TAMAE
    Me too.
[03:12] MARUKO
    Should we sit around here somewhere?
[03:15] TAMAE
    Okay.
[03:18] MARUKO
    Oh?
[03:19] TAMAE
    Hm?
[03:22] MARUKO
    They seem to be fighting?
[03:26] TAMAE
    Oh, they're leaving!
[03:28] MARUKO
    What?!
[03:29] MARUKO
    They were having fun just a second ago.
[03:31] MARUKO
    I wonder what happened?
[03:33] TAMAE
    I know...
[03:41] TAMAE
    Hey, do you want to come over after this?
[03:43] TAMAE
    We decorated hina dolls yesterday.
[03:45] MARUKO
    Nice, I'd love to come!
[03:47] MARUKO
    It's only two more weeks
    until the hina doll festival.
[03:51] TAMAE
    Did you decorate the dolls at your house?
[03:53] MARUKO
    No, we have dolls for me and my sister,
[03:57] MARUKO
    so my mom really needs to get
    into gear to make it happen.
[04:01] MARUKO
    I'm hoping that will happen soon.
[04:05] TAMAE
    I see, it's not easy to
    decorate a lot of dolls.
[04:13] MARUKO
    This is so nice.
[04:13] MARUKO
    It's like spring is here already.
[04:16] TAMAE
    That's true.
[04:18] MARUKO
    Spring is the perfect season
    to zone out, you know?
[04:23] MARUKO
    Ah, this is bliss.
[04:26] NARRATOR/I
    You're zoning out every season of the year.
SIGN    Sakura
[04:30] MARUKO
    Dad.
[04:32] MARUKO
    I don't know what happened with
    Yama-chan, but you two should make up.
[04:32] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[04:36] HIROSHI
    It's fine, I don't want
    to see him for a while.
[04:39] TOMOZOU
    What, did you have a fight with Yama-chan?
[04:44] TOMOZOU
    He's your precious friend.
[04:47] TOMOZOU
    The sooner you apologize, the better.
[04:49] HIROSHI
    That's none of your business.
[04:54] TOMOZOU
    Thirty years ago, both you and
    Yama-chan used to be adorable boys...
[05:00] (Flashback) YOUNG YAMA-CHAN
    Hiroshi, let's go fishing!
[05:02] (Flashback) YOUNG HIROSHI
    Sure, I'll come!
[05:07] MARUKO
    In thirty years, any boys will
    grow to be middle-aged men.
[05:12] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[05:13] MARUKO
    But after 30 years, you're still fishing?
[05:17] MARUKO
    You haven't changed at all.
[05:19] TOMOZOU
    Yes, indeed.
[05:20] TOMOZOU
    And it's not like they're
    getting any better at it.
[05:29] MARUKO
    My dad said, "I don't want to see Yama-chan."
[05:33] MARUKO
    He's supposed to be a grownup.
[05:35] TAMAE
    But they have 30 years of friendship.
[05:38] TAMAE
    Maybe something unthinkable happened?
[05:41] MARUKO
    I know.
[05:42] MARUKO
    I do hope they make up...
[05:45] TAMAE
    I wonder if we'd ever go
    through something like that.
[05:48] MARUKO
    I doubt it.
[05:50] MARUKO
    We'll be close forever and ever.
[05:53] TAMAE
    I'm sure you're right.
[05:54] MARUKO
    And if we did fight, I'm
    sure I'd be my fault.
[05:59] MARUKO
    So please wait for me until
    I come to you to apologize.
[06:02] MARUKO
    I'm sorry for always troubling you.
[06:05] TAMAE
    We'll be best friends forever.
[06:07] MARUKO
    Yes, we will.
[06:11] NARRATOR/I
    A couple days later...
[06:12] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[06:14] MARUKO
    Hey Dad, are you still
    fighting with Yama-chan?
[06:20] HIROSHI
    I don't know!
[06:22] MARUKO/I
    Yeah, he still is...
[06:26] TAMAE
    Maru-chan!
SIGN    Sakura
[06:29] MARUKO
    We've finally decorated the hina dolls.
[06:32] TAMAE
    Wow!
[06:37] TAMAE
    Hina dolls for two are really gorgeous!
[06:41] TAMAE
    I love it!
[06:42] MARUKO
    The room gets smaller though.
[06:44] TAMAE
    Your dolls are tiny and
    they're cute like you.
[06:50] MARUKO
    My big sis said the lady-in-waiting
    on the right looked like me.
[06:55] TAMAE
    Yes, I think so too.
[06:58] MARUKO
    I know!
[06:59] MARUKO
    If we put my dolls next to my
    sister's, they'd look so cute!
[07:04] MARUKO
    Let's try it.
[07:06] TAMAE
    What?
[07:07] SAKIKO
    Don't touch my dolls.
[07:12] MARUKO
    If you heard me, that makes it easier.
[07:14] MARUKO
    I'll put them back later, so please?
[07:17] SAKIKO
    No!
[07:18] SAKIKO
    You might break them.
[07:20] MARUKO
    I won't!
[07:22] MARUKO
    I just want to try. Please?
[07:23] SAKIKO
    Sweet talking to me won't work.
[07:25] MARUKO
    You meanie!
[07:26] MARUKO
    By the way, this doll's face
    looks haughty, just like you!
[07:31] MARUKO
    A haughty hina doll for you!
[07:36] SAKIKO
    Humph!
[07:40] TAMAE
    Maybe you've gone too far?
[07:43] MARUKO
    I only wanted to see them side by side...
[07:46] TAMAE
    I should get going now.
[07:49] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[07:53] MARUKO
    Mom told me to get something
    to eat with you for dinner.
[07:59] MARUKO
    Should we go to a restaurant,
    or a sushi place?
[08:02] HIROSHI
    I've got no plan.
[08:07] HIROSHI
    Oh, maybe we could go to the oden place?
[08:11] MARUKO
    Yes, please!
[08:16] MARUKO/I
    The oden place, huh?
[08:18] MARUKO/I
    He usually goes with Yama-chan.
SIGN    Diner Koyama Chan
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Udon      Oden      Yakisoba
SIGN    We Have
    Combo
    Sets
SIGN    Koyama-chan
[08:28] HOSTESS
    Welcome.
[08:33] MARUKO/I
    Yama-chan's here!
[08:35] MARUKO/I
    What will Dad do if he
    notices Yama-chan's here?
[08:37] HOSTESS
    This way, please.
[08:45] MARUKO
    Hey Dad, why did you have
    a fight with Yama-chan?
[08:50] MARUKO
    Come on, tell me!
[08:54] HIROSHI
    We didn't bring enough gizzards.
[08:58] MARUKO
    Gizzards, as in skewered food?
[09:01] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    There's only one, so I'll take
    it off the skewer to share.
[09:05] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN
    Come on, it doesn't look good
    if you take them off a skewer!
[09:09] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN
    I don't need it, so you eat it.
[09:11] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    No, thanks.
[09:12] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    I know it's your favorite.
[09:13] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    You eat it.
[09:15] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN
    You're making me look like I took it off
    the skewer because I wanted to eat it.
[09:20] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    That's not what I said.
[09:22] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Here, eat it.
[09:23] (Flashback) YAMA-CHAN
    No, it's fine!
[09:25] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Huh? You're so stubborn!
[09:31] HIROSHI
    And then I left.
[09:35] MARUKO
    If you're going to be so stubborn
    over such a silly thing,
[09:38] MARUKO
    bring it home next time and I'll eat it.
[09:43] YAMA-CHAN
    It was a silly thing, indeed.
[09:47] HIROSHI
    Yama-chan, you're here.
[09:51] YAMA-CHAN
    What were we so hung up on?
[09:54] HIROSHI
    Ha, seriously.
[09:56] YAMA-CHAN
    Can I sit with you?
[09:58] HIROSHI
    Sure, join us.
[10:01] HOSTESS
    Here's amazake.
[10:03] HOSTESS
    It's almost the hina doll festival,
    so this one's on us for you.
[10:06] MARUKO
    Wow, thank you!
[10:09] HIROSHI
    Tonight, I'm buying.
[10:11] YAMA-CHAN
    Now you're making me look like I came over
    here because I wanted you to pay for me.
[10:15] MARUKO/I
    There are two Ministers of the Right here.
[10:31] TAMAE
    Your dolls are tiny and
    they're cute like you.
[10:42] MARUKO
    I only wanted to see them side by side...
[10:45] TAMAE/I
    I could have agreed with her and
    said, "I know," or something...
[10:51] MARUKO
    Listen,
[10:52] MARUKO
    About the hina dolls... I went too far.
[10:55] MARUKO
    I'm sorry.
[11:00] SAKIKO
    You can put them side by side.
[11:03] MARUKO
    Really?!
[11:14] MARUKO/I
    Tomorrow, I'll apologize to Tama-chan.
[11:21] MARUKO
    I'm sorry about the other day.
[11:22] TAMAE
    Not at all.
[11:24] TAMAE
    I'm sorry for leaving so soon.
[11:28] MARUKO
    You didn't do anything wrong.
[11:30] MARUKO
    Like I said before, I was truly
    at fault when you think about it.
[11:35] MARUKO
    I'm really sorry.
[11:37] TAMAE
    Maru-chan.
[11:39] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, my dad and Yama-chan made up.
[11:43] TAMAE
    Is that so?
[11:44] TAMAE
    I'm glad to hear it.
[11:45] MARUKO
    Yes, everything is back to normal.
[11:49] TAMAE
    So what was the cause of the fight?
[11:51] MARUKO
    Huh?
[11:52] MARUKO
    Oh, it was just gizzards...
[11:55] TAMAE
    What?
[11:56] TAMAE
    What is that?
[11:57] TAMAE
    Gizz...?
[11:58] MARUKO
    It's skewered food.
[12:01] TAMAE
    Huh? Skewered food?!
[12:03] NARRATOR/I
    The more Maruko explained, and
    the more Tama-chan listened,
[12:06] NARRATOR/I
    the more they felt the
    whole thing was so silly.
SIGN    Maruko Wants to Play Darts
[12:18] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[12:19] MARUKO
    "Maruko Wants to Play Darts."
[12:29] MARUKO
    I get sleepy after lunch.
[12:32] TAMAE
    I know.
[12:35] HAMAJI
    The pitcher throws the ball!
[12:39] BUTAROU
    It's a miss, boo!
[12:41] HAMAJI
    Tsk, too bad.
[12:45] HAMAJI
    One more time.
[12:46] TAMAE
    Did you need to get back here?
[12:49] HAMAJI
    I want to make it from here.
[12:52] MARUKO
    It's a miss again.
[13:00] HAMAJI
    What's with that pose?
[13:11] BUTAROU
    Incredible, boo!
[13:11] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Amazing!
[13:11] HAMAJI
    Wow!
[13:13] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun, what was that pitch?
[13:16] HANAWA
    That's how you throw darts.
[13:18] MARUKO
    Darts?
[13:20] MARUKO
    I've heard that somewhere.
[13:21] HANAWA
    It's a game where you throw small arrows.
[13:24] HANAWA
    I got it as a souvenir from abroad.
[13:26] HANAWA
    I'm working on my skills at home.
[13:29] TAMAE
    You have darts at home?
[13:32] MIGIWA
    I don't like it!
[13:35] MARUKO
    Wh-What's wrong, Migiwa-san?
[13:37] MIGIWA
    That's so dangerous!
[13:39] MIGIWA
    What if it stabs you, Hanawa-kun?!
[13:46] HANAWA
    No need to worry.
[13:48] HANAWA
    They're for kids with suction cups.
[13:52] MARUKO
    I didn't know you played with toys like that.
[13:58] HANAWA
    Darts aren't toys.
[13:59] HANAWA
    It's a sport with depth.
[14:02] HAMAJI
    Sport?
[14:03] HANAWA
    The exact height of the target and the
    distance to the target are specified,
[14:08] HANAWA
    and there are rules for scoring
    from single, double, to triple.
[14:14] MARUKO
    Sounds complicated.
[14:16] HANAWA
    If you'd like, you can join
    me at my house this Sunday.
[14:21] HAMAJI
    Yeah, that sounds good.
[14:23] HANAWA
    It'll be fun to play with all of us together.
[14:25] BUTAROU
    I'd love to try, boo,
[14:27] HANAWA
    Sakura-kun, Honami-kun,
    would you like to join us?
[14:30] MIGIWA
    I'd love to!
[14:32] HANAWA
    S-Sure, of course.
[14:35] MARUKO/I
    They give us tasty snacks
    at Hanawa-kun's place.
[14:40] MARUKO
    Yeah, I'll come.
SIGN    Sakura
[14:46] MARUKO
    Oops, here's tissue I used
    to blow my nose with.
[14:50] SAKIKO
    That's nasty. Throw it away.
[14:54] MARUKO
    I know.
[14:58] TOMOZOU
    What are you doing?
[14:59] MARUKO
    Don't you know what darts is, Grandpa?
[15:02] HIROSHI
    I've seen it on TV.
[15:04] MARUKO
    You throw arrows at a target.
[15:07] TOMOZOU
    Kind of like horseback archery?
[15:15] TOMOZOU
    Bullseye!
[15:18] MARUKO
    I think it went something like this.
[15:20] MARUKO
    Easy peasy.
[15:21] MARUKO
    There!
[15:23] SAKIKO
    That was a miss.
[15:25] MARUKO
    Shut up.
[15:28] HIROSHI
    All right, let me try.
[15:29] HIROSHI
    There!
[15:31] HIROSHI
    Shoot, that was close.
[15:33] MARUKO
    That wasn't close at all.
[15:35] TOMOZOU
    Then let me find...
[15:37] TOMOZOU
    Oh, here it is.
[15:39] TOMOZOU
    Something like this?
[15:41] MARUKO
    I thought you didn't know darts.
[15:44] TOMOZOU
    It's just a ball toss game.
[15:46] TOMOZOU
    That's my specialty.
[16:01] HIROSHI
    It didn't even reach it.
[16:03] MARUKO
    You two talk big.
[16:06] SUMIRE
    I should check tomorrow's weather.
[16:11] SUMIRE
    Hm?
[16:12] SUMIRE
    What's going on?
[16:13] SUMIRE
    Maruko!
[16:14] MARUKO
    Why me?
[16:16] MARUKO
    Not all of this is mine.
[16:19] SUMIRE
    Just throw them away.
[16:21] MARUKO
    Boo.
[16:23] NARRATOR/I
    On Sunday...
[16:26] HIDE
    Right this way.
[16:28] MARUKO
    Oh!
[16:29] HANAWA
    Welcome, babies.
[16:32] HANAWA
    This is the board, which is the target.
[16:35] HAMAJI
    It looks like roulette.
[16:37] BUTAROU
    Does it spin?
[16:39] HANAWA
    Oh no, it doesn't spin,
    so please don't move it.
[16:45] MARUKO
    Wow, this is impressive.
[16:47] TAMAE
    Hanawa-kun, throw one for us.
[16:49] HANAWA
    Sure, I'd be happy to.
[16:54] HANAWA
    There are detailed rules, but
    let's aim at the center for now.
[16:59] MARUKO
    Yeah, let's stay easy and simple.
[17:04] HANAWA
    There!
[17:08] HANAWA
    Too bad.
[17:09] MIGIWA
    That was cool!
[17:11] MARUKO
    So that is the right throwing form.
[17:14] HANAWA
    This is where I usually throw,
[17:17] HANAWA
    but since this is your first time,
    let's try from somewhere closer.
[17:21] MIGIWA
    Hanawa-kun, you're so kind!
[17:24] MIGIWA
    I know!
[17:25] MIGIWA
    Can I be your manager?
[17:28] MARUKO
    Manager?
[17:29] HANAWA
    Hahaha, I appreciate you volunteering,
    but I'm not in competition or anything—
[17:34] MIGIWA
    But I want to do it, like handing
    you darts and wiping your sweat.
[17:39] HANAWA
    I don't think I'll sweat.
[17:42] HAMAJI
    Whatever, just let her be. You know?
[17:45] MARUKO
    Exactly.
[17:46] HANAWA
    O-Okay, I guess I'll take you up on that.
[17:50] HAMAJI
    All right, it's my turn next!
[17:56] BUTAROU
    You missed, boo.
[17:59] HAMAJI
    Hmm, this is a difficult way to throw.
[18:01] HAMAJI
    Hanawa, show it to me again.
[18:03] HANAWA
    Sure, of course.
[18:05] MIGIWA
    Hanawa-kun, I'm rooting for you!
[18:10] HANAWA
    Migiwa-kun, these are for you.
[18:13] MIGIWA
    I have received your love!
[18:22] MIGIWA
    Hanawa-kun!
[18:25] MARUKO
    Migiwa-san, you're way too close.
[18:34] HAMAJI
    Huh?
[18:35] BUTAROU
    It's farther away than before, boo.
[18:38] HANAWA
    Hahaha, I don't know why, but I got nervous.
[18:43] MIGIWA/I
    I made Hanawa-kun nervous!
[18:45] MIGIWA/I
    I'm a failure as his manager;
    how stupid of me!
[18:50] MARUKO
    Is there a trick to it?
[18:52] HANAWA
    Right, I hear top-rated players don't
    think anything unnecessary to throw.
[18:58] TAMAE
    Don't think anything unnecessary?
[19:01] MARUKO
    Hm, not thinking, huh?
[19:04] MARUKO/I
    Don't think anything unnecessary,
    anything unnecessary...
SIGN    Caramel
[19:08] MARUKO/I
    Snacks I'm hiding from Big Sis.
[19:11] MARUKO/I
    Tomorrow's UFO TV show I'm excited about.
[19:15] MARUKO/I
    A fat cat I saw on my way home...
[19:18] MARUKO
    Ah! I'm totally thinking
    about everything unnecessary!
[19:22] BUTAROU
    Don't think anything unnecessary, boo?
[19:26] BUTAROU/I
    Don't think anything
    unnecessary, don't think...
[19:31] BUTAROU/I
    What's "anything unnecessary," boo?
SIGN    Unnecessary
[19:37] BUTAROU
    It's hard not to think, boo!
[19:41] HAMAJI
    I'm really good at not thinking.
[19:44] HAMAJI
    All right!
[19:46] HAMAJI
    I'll try that with my next throw.
[19:50] HAMAJI
    I'm thinking nothing right now!
[19:55] HAMAJI
    There!
[20:03] HAMAJI
    Sorry, Hide the Butler!
[20:04] MARUKO
    That was cool!
[20:06] HIDE
    Everyone, how about a break?
[20:09] MARUKO
    That's what I've been waiting for!
[20:13] HANAWA
    Everyone, let's drink some tea and relax.
[20:17] MARUKO
    So good!
[20:19] TAMAE
    It is, isn't it?
[20:22] MARUKO
    It's so tasty, I'm in heaven!
[20:25] HANAWA
    Sakura-kun, you don't seem to
    be thinking anything unnecessary
[20:28] HANAWA
    when you're eating delicious food.
[20:31] BUTAROU
    I also feel anything
    unnecessary fading away, boo.
[20:36] HAMAJI
    Maybe now you can hit the target?
[20:40] BUTAROU
    Okay... boo!
[20:46] BUTAROU
    I did it, boo!
[20:48] HAMAJI
    That was incredible!
[20:50] BUTAROU
    I threw without thinking
    much and it made a hit, boo.
[20:54] HANAWA
    Sakura-kun, would you like to try next?
[20:57] MARUKO/I
    There's nothing more to be done
    since Butarou hit the bullseye.
[21:03] MARUKO
    Then just one throw...
[21:11] HAMAJI
    Are you serious?
[21:12] MARUKO
    I did hit it! I can't believe it!
[21:15] MARUKO
    Yay! I hit the bullseye!
[21:19] HAMAJI
    Huh?
[21:20] HAMAJI
    Oh!
[21:23] BUTAROU
    It fell, boo.
[21:25] MARUKO
    But it did hit the center, right?
[21:28] HAMAJI
    But it didn't stick, so...
[21:31] HANAWA
    That's unfortunate.
[21:33] MARUKO
    What?!
[21:34] MARUKO
    But you all saw it!
[21:36] MARUKO
    It hit the center, it
    was the bullseye, right?
[21:40] BUTAROU
    So I'm still number one, boo!
[21:42] TAMAE
    Maru-chan...
[21:44] MARUKO
    No way... I did hit it.
[21:48] HIDE
    Now now, Sakura-san.
[21:49] HIDE
    Would you like another helping of cake?
[21:52] MARUKO
    Huh? More cake?
[21:55] MARUKO
    Yes!
[21:56] MARUKO
    Oh.
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko loves delicious food
    more than playing darts,
[22:04] NARRATOR/I
    and her mind is always full
    of unnecessary thoughts.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] NARRATOR/I
    Momoe-chan's going to appear on today's TV show.
[22:17] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko and Tomozou, who want to see
    it no matter what, are in a bind.
[22:20] NARRATOR/I
    Hiroshi is determined to watch the
    baseball game on TV, and he won't budge.
[22:24] NARRATOR/I
    They attempt all kinds of ways
    to persuade Hiroshi, but...
SIGN    Professional Baseball Season Begins!
[22:29] NARRATOR/I
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "Professional Baseball Season Begins!"
[22:33] NARRATOR/I
    Look forward to it!

E1427 - Professional Baseball Season Begins!
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] HANAWA
    Hey, babies.
[00:02] HANAWA
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Professional Baseball Season Begins!
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:31] MARUKO
    "Professional Baseball Season Begins!"
SIGN    Elementary School
[01:37] HAMAJI
    I'm a huge fan of Taiyo.
[01:40] HAMAJI
    I'll be rooting for them this year again!
[01:43] MARUKO
    Taiyo?
[01:44] MARUKO
    I never knew that you liked
    the Sun so much, Hamaji.
[01:48] BUTARO
    That's a wrong "Taiyo," boo.
SIGN    The Sun
[01:51] BUTARO
    He means Taiyo, the professional
    baseball team, boo.
SIGN    Taiyo
[01:55] HAMAJI
    Oh yeah, I'll show you Yamashita's autograph.
[01:59] HAMAJI
    I went to his autograph session at a
    department store in January and got it.
[02:04] MARUKO
    Oh, that was on TV!
[02:07] MARUKO
    I saw it on the news.
[02:10] TAMAE
    I saw it too!
[02:11] TAMAE
    I was surprised to see the closeup of
    your face when I changed the station.
[02:27] FUJIKI
    We also went there on that
    day, but we weren't on TV.
[02:32] NAGASAWA
    Yeah, because of Hamazaki-kun's
    flashy closeup,
[02:35] NAGASAWA
    plain people like us
    disappeared from the screen.
[02:39] BUTARO
    Yamashita is from Shimizu city, boo.
[02:43] MARUKO
    Oh really? Shimizu city sure has
    produced an incredible person.
[02:48] MARUKO
    It's not just Jirocho, huh?
[02:50] HAMAJI
    Anyhow, I can't wait for the official
    opening game of the season.
[02:54] BUTARO
    Boo.
[02:54] MARUKO
    Professional Baseball? Come to think
    of it, Dad was excited about it.
[02:59] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[03:01] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Baseball season is upon us.
[03:03] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    It makes me happy!
[03:05] MARUKO
    Are you that excited about
    professional baseball?
[03:08] BUTARO
    Of course we are, boo.
[03:10] BUTARO
    You have no idea how we've
    longed for April, boo.
[03:14] BUTARO
    I want to be a professional
    baseball player too, boo.
[03:17] BUTARO
    I'm glad I was born a man, boo.
[03:20] MARUKO
    Boys look up to baseball players, don't you?
[03:24] BUTARO
    Of course, boo.
[03:26] BUTARO
    They're cool, boo.
[03:28] BUTARO
    They're the men of all men, boo.
[03:31] TAMAE
    That's true.
[03:33] NAGASAWA
    I don't think baseball caps
    will sit well on my head,
[03:37] NAGASAWA
    so I have no chance of
    becoming a baseball player...
[03:39] MARUKO
    Th-That's not...
[03:42] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko couldn't bring herself
    to finish the sentence.
[03:49] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, let's go home together.
[03:51] MARUKO
    Yes, let's.
[03:54] HAMAJI
    Wow, that's nice!
[03:56] HANAWA
    Well, it's nothing unusual.
[03:58] MARUKO
    What is nothing unusual?
[04:01] HANAWA
    The Giants' game.
[04:03] HANAWA
    I watch the Giants' games twice
    a month at the Korakuen Stadium.
[04:08] MARUKO
    Wow, that's cool.
[04:11] HAMAJI
    Must be nice.
[04:12] HAMAJI
    A game at the Korakuen Stadium is my dream.
[04:15] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun, you're living everyone's dreams.
[04:20] TAMAE
    That's true.
[04:21] TAMAE
    The least you can do is to share
    one with Hamaji or Nagasawa-kun.
[04:31] HIROSHI
    Yes! It's time for baseball!
[04:35] HIROSHI
    With beer and baseball, life is all roses!
[04:43] HIROSHI
    Okay, changing the station!
[04:45] MARUKO
    What?
[04:49] MARUKO
    This ends in 10 minutes, so please wait!
[04:53] TOMOZOU
    Please wait!
[04:54] HIROSHI
    No, no!
[04:56] MARUKO
    Come on, I want to watch this!
[04:58] TOMOZOU
    Me too!
[05:04] MARUKO
    How are we supposed to know
    what happens to Columbo?
[05:08] TOMOZOU
    So regretful!
[05:14] ANNOUNCER/I
    Now, Takada is up.
[05:15] ANNOUNCER/I
    The team could really use a hit here.
[05:18] ANNOUNCER/I
    One out, the bases are loaded.
[05:19] ANNOUNCER/I
    The Giants have a chance
    to score an additional run.
[05:22] HIROSHI
    All right, let's go, Takada!
[05:26] MARUKO
    Humph. Stingy Dad, I hope the Giants lose.
[05:30] TOMOZOU
    Humph, I hope they lose!
[05:32] HIROSHI
    Shut up! Go away!
[05:35] ANNOUNCER/I
    Oh, Takada's ready for a bunt.
[05:36] ANNOUNCER/I
    The Giants are going for a
    safe and solid additional run.
[05:39] HIROSHI
    One more run!
[05:42] HIROSHI
    Let's go!
[05:43] MARUKO
    Grandpa, it's cold, isn't it?
[05:46] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, it's your heart
    that's feeling the cold...
[05:52] ANNOUNCER/I
    Takada swings and hits!
[05:53] ANNOUNCER/I
    The ball flies to first base!
[05:55] HIROSHI
    Run, run!
[05:59] ANNOUNCER/I
    And that's a double play!
[06:01] ANNOUNCER/I
    The Giants get three outs, change!
[06:03] ANNOUNCER/I
    Runners left on base!
[06:03] HIROSHI
    Darn idiot!
[06:06] MARUKO
    Oh Grandpa, I hear someone
    somewhere saying "idiot."
[06:12] TOMOZOU
    Who cares?
[06:14] HIROSHI
    Darn it, it was a chance to score a run! Man!
[06:25] MARUKO
    It's the grudge of detective Columbo.
[06:29] TOMOZOU
    Cold... isn't it, Hiroshi?
[06:34] HIROSHI
    Leave me alone!
[06:37] MARUKO
    Oh man, this sucks.
[06:39] MARUKO
    I hope the baseball game ends soon.
[06:41] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi can be so bossy!
[06:45] MARUKO
    Mom, what are you doing?
[06:48] SUMIRE
    I'm making Dad's snack for his drink.
[06:50] MARUKO
    Mom, stop wasting your time
    and energy on that man.
[06:55] TOMOZOU
    That's right, Sumire-san.
[06:57] TOMOZOU
    I'm sorry about my son.
[06:59] SUMIRE
    What about?
[07:00] MARUKO
    Because of Dad's baseball, we
    couldn't see the end of Columbo.
[07:07] TOMOZOU
    It was only ten more minutes!
[07:10] TOMOZOU
    I can't fall asleep because I need to know
    how Columbo found out about the culprit!
[07:15] SUMIRE
    Oh my...
[07:16] SUMIRE
    I see you two are rather stressed out.
[07:19] MARUKO
    Mom, can't you do something?
[07:22] MARUKO
    We want to see other programs.
[07:24] TOMOZOU
    We do.
[07:26] SUMIRE
    I can't.
[07:27] SUMIRE
    No matter what we do, Dad's
    baseball craze won't be fixed.
[07:31] MARUKO
    Seriously?!
[07:33] MARUKO
    Then until I get married
    and leave this house,
[07:35] MARUKO
    I can't watch the shows
    I want because of Dad?
[07:39] TOMOZOU
    For me, it's until the day I die!
[07:44] MARUKO
    Come on, let's buy another TV.
[07:49] TOMOZOU
    Please!
[07:50] MARUKO
    TV! TV!
[07:51] TOMOZOU
    Please, please, please!
[07:51] NARRATOR/I
    Grandpa, you're a grownup.
[07:51] MARUKO
    TV! TV!
[07:53] NARRATOR/I
    Buy one with your own money.
[07:59] HIROSHI
    All right, well done!
[08:02] HIROSHI
    They held on to their lead.
[08:04] HIROSHI
    I'll take a bath and go to sleep.
[08:06] MARUKO
    Humph.
[08:07] MARUKO
    All you do is take a bath and go
    to sleep even if the Giants win.
[08:12] MARUKO
    Doesn't make any difference.
[08:15] HIROSHI
    It's nice to take a bath feeling the victory.
[08:19] MARUKO
    Humph, humph, humph!
[08:21] MARUKO
    I want to take a bath feeling the victory
    of Columbo catching the culprit.
SIGN    Elementary School
[08:30] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[08:32] MARUKO
    Hey, Maruo-kun.
[08:34] MARUKO
    Can you tell me how Columbo ended last night?
[08:37] MARUKO
    I didn't get to watch the ending.
[08:40] MARUO
    Yes, of course!
[08:42] MARUO
    The culprit turned off the electricity
    of the house at the time of the crime,
[08:47] MARUO
    which raised the temperature
    of the wine cellar.
[08:51] MARUO
    That, indeed, was the conclusive evidence!
[08:54] YAMADA
    I see, so that's what happened.
[08:57] YAMADA
    I saw it until the end, but
    I didn't get that at all.
[09:01] YAMADA
    Maruo, you're amazing.
[09:05] MARUO/I
    Being amazing for that doesn't
    really make me happy...
[09:13] MARUKO
    The boys are pretending to play baseball again.
[09:16] WAKABAYASHI
    Hamazaki winds up for the first pitch.
[09:19] WAKABAYASHI
    He prepares...
[09:33] WAKABAYASHI
    And he throws!
[09:37] SEKIGUCHI
    Oh, a dead ball.
[09:40] WAKABAYASHI
    Fujiki seems to be in great pain.
[09:43] MARUKO
    Oh no, they made Fujiki cry.
[09:46] TAMAE
    When they know it's going
    to end up like that,
[09:48] TAMAE
    why would the boys do this every single day?
[09:54] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, don't cry.
[09:57] NAGASAWA
    Tears should be reserved for
    when they really matter.
[10:00] FUJIKI
    I know.
[10:01] FUJIKI
    Compared to the tears you shed on on
    the day of the fire, mine are not...
[10:07] TAMAE
    Oh, your dad is a Giants' fan.
[10:12] MARUKO
    When the night game starts,
    no one can stop him.
[10:16] MARUKO
    I'd rather watch a different show.
[10:18] TAMAE
    Then you can't watch
    today's Kin-Don, can you?
[10:22] TAMAE
    The guest is Momoe-chan today...
[10:24] MARUKO
    Momoe-chan is the guest?!
[10:26] MARUKO
    Is that really true?
[10:28] MARUKO
    I have got to watch it!
[10:30] NARRATOR/I
    Continue to the second half...
SIGN    Sakura
[10:38] MARUKO
    I'm home!
[10:40] MARUKO
    Mom, Momoe-chan is today's guest on Kin-Don.
[10:45] MARUKO
    Wanna watch, huh?
[10:46] SUMIRE
    Oh my. But Dad will want to see
    the night game, so maybe not.
[10:50] MARUKO
    Can't you do something?
[10:52] MARUKO
    That's why you're his wife, no?
[10:55] SUMIRE
    That's not why we got married.
[11:03] MARUKO
    Grandpa, Momoe-chan will
    appear on today's Kin-Don.
[11:08] TOMOZOU
    What?! Momoe-chan will?!
[11:12] TOMOZOU/I
    L, O, V, E, love, love, Momoe!
SIGN     Momoe
[11:17] TOMOZOU/I
    Banzai!
[11:18] TOMOZOU/I
    Banzai!
[11:21] MARUKO
    We have to watch it no matter what, right?
[11:24] TOMOZOU
    Yes, we must!
[11:27] TOMOZOU
    I'm going to!
[11:28] MARUKO
    But there's a baseball game today,
    so maybe Dad won't let us...
[11:33] TOMOZOU
    Uh, Hiroshi...
[11:35] TOMOZOU
    Today, something must be done.
[11:38] MARUKO
    We need to come up with a good plan.
[12:04] NARRATOR/I
    Three hours later...
[12:21] MARUKO
    It's evening already.
[12:22] MARUKO
    Not the time to be napping.
[12:25] TOMOZOU
    O-Oh, you're right.
[12:29] MARUKO
    A good plan came to me while I was napping.
[12:32] MARUKO
    What if you pretend to be sick, Grandpa?
[12:36] TOMOZOU
    Sick?
[12:37] MARUKO
    Be like, "It hurts! I'm going
    to die!" or something, and say,
[12:40] MARUKO
    "I want to watch Kin-Don before I die."
[12:43] MARUKO
    He's not a monster, so
    I bet he'll let us watch it.
[12:46] TOMOZOU
    Well done!
[12:48] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, you're a genius.
[12:49] TOMOZOU
    That's a good plan.
[12:51] TOMOZOU
    You can grow up to be a super spy agent.
[12:54] NARRATOR/I
    That's her future?
[12:59] MARUKO
    It'll be perfect.
[13:03] TOMOZOU
    Indeed.
SIGN    Sakura
[13:07] HIROSHI
    Okay, it's time for baseball!
[13:11] HIROSHI
    A night game!
[13:19] MARUKO
    Grandpa, are you ready?
[13:21] TOMOZOU
    Yes.
[13:23] ANNOUNCER/I
    Here comes Oh.
[13:24] ANNOUNCER/I
    Let's see if he can give us the hit we want.
[13:27] HIROSHI
    Okay, Oh!
[13:29] HIROSHI
    I'm counting on you!
[13:32] MARUKO
    Grandpa, maybe it's time.
[13:34] TOMOZOU
    Okay.
[13:35] TOMOZOU
    Ugh! It hurts...!
[13:38] TOMOZOU
    I feel a sharp pain deep in my chest!
[13:42] MARUKO
    Oh no, Grandpa!
[13:45] ANNOUNCER/I
    Oh swings and hits!
[13:47] ANNOUNCER/I
    It's in!
[13:48] ANNOUNCER/I
    It's a home run!
[13:49] HIROSHI
    Yes!
[13:51] TOMOZOU
    I want to watch Kin-Don before I die...
[13:54] MARUKO
    Grandpa!
[13:56] HIROSHI
    Well done! Good job!
[13:58] TOMOZOU
    Watch... Kin-Don... before I die...
[14:01] MARUKO
    Dad, Grandpa's in trouble!
[14:04] HIROSHI
    Hey, did you see that home run?!
[14:08] HIROSHI
    Oh is the man! Truly!
[14:20] TOMOZOU/I
    "Despite my convincing performance"
[14:22] TOMOZOU/I
    "I've been ignored"
[14:24] TOMOZOU/I
    "That's my son, Hiroshi"
[14:25] TOMOZOU/I
    "And I'm his father"
[14:27] TOMOZOU/I
    Tomozou's poem of the heart
[14:31] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, let's go to Yamano-ya.
[14:34] TOMOZOU
    Let's watch the TV there...
[14:37] MARUKO
    Yes. We can eat ramen while we're at it.
SIGN    Yamano-ya
SIGN    Ramen
SIGN    Ramen
[14:43] CUSTOMER A
    Nice!
[14:44] ANNOUNCER/I
    One out with runners on first and second.
[14:46] ANNOUNCER/I
    Here's another opportunity for
    the Giants to score a run.
[14:50] CUSTOMER A
    Oh! He's stealing a base!
[14:53] MARUKO
    Everyone's watching baseball.
[14:56] TOMOZOU
    Right.
[14:57] TOMOZOU
    We can't ask them to change
    the station to Kin-Don.
[15:00] ANNOUNCER/I
    He was caught stealing,
    and the batter is out!
[15:04] ANNOUNCER/I
    Top of the seventh inning, the Giants
    miss the perfect chance for a run!
SIGN    Yamano-ya
SIGN    Ramen
SIGN    Ramen
[15:09] MARUKO/I
    Grandpa, what did we come to Yamano-ya for?
[15:14] TOMOZOU/I
    Maruko... It's ramen. We
    came here to eat ramen.
[15:18] MARUKO/I
    Oh right.
[15:20] MARUKO/I
    It's yummy, Grandpa.
[15:22] TOMOZOU/I
    Yes, it's yummy.
[15:24] TOMOZOU/I
    Right, Maruko?
SIGN    Elementary School
[15:30] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[15:33] MARUKO
    Man, last night was truly
    the last straw for me.
[15:38] MARUKO
    Because of baseball,
    I couldn't watch Kin-Don.
[15:41] MARUKO
    I even went to Yamano-ya to watch it.
[15:44] TAMAE
    You went all the way to Yamano-ya
    but couldn't watch it?
[15:47] MARUKO
    Other customers were
    watching the baseball game.
[15:51] MARUKO
    I couldn't say I wanted to watch Kin-Don.
[15:54] MARUKO
    Oh, man...
[15:57] TAMAE
    People sure love baseball.
[15:59] MARUKO
    Man, I wish there was a machine that can
    record the other shows that are happening.
[16:05] NARRATOR/I
    I'm sorry to tell you this,
[16:06] NARRATOR/I
    but it'll be another ten years
    until you get a hold of that.
SIGN    Sakura
[16:12] NARRATOR/I
    That evening...
[16:14] HIROSHI
    Hey, the game is canceled tonight.
[16:17] HIROSHI
    You can watch whatever you want.
[16:22] SUMIRE
    On a day like this, there's
    nothing that's worth watching.
[16:26] SAKIKO
    Oh man, I wish this happened last Friday.
[16:30] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    I'm begging you!
[16:31] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    I really want to see Hideki's special!
[16:34] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    Please!
[16:35] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    No! Absolutely not.
[16:38] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Dad, it won't kill you to listen
    to the game on the radio.
[16:42] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Look at the poor kids.
[16:44] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Especially Sakiko. She never says
    anything selfish, and she's begging you.
[16:49] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    No amount of begging is going to work.
[16:52] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Just pretend that we never
    had a TV in this house.
[16:56] (Flashback) MARUKO
    If there's no TV in the house,
    then I'll turn it off!
[16:59] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Hey, you idiot! What are you
    doing?! Maruko, turn it on!
[17:02] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Who cares about baseball?!
[17:03] (Flashback) MARUKO
    You watch it every single day, but
    you can't grant our occasional wish?
[17:10] (Flashback) MARUKO
    I hate you!
[17:11] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Fine, hate me all you want.
[17:14] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    I don't want you to like me if it means
    I have to give up watching baseball.
[17:20] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    I hate you, Dad!
[17:23] (Flashback) MARUKO
    You jerk, jerk, jerk!
[17:25] (Flashback) MARUKO
    This TV can be broken, for all I care!
[17:27] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Gah, you're in the way.
[17:29] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Get out!
[17:36] SAKIKO
    If only they did a rerun of
    Hideki's special program...
[17:40] MARUKO
    If only they did a rerun of Kin-Don from
    the other day, I could watch Momoe-chan...
[17:46] SUMIRE
    There's nothing good on.
SIGN    Elementary School
[17:50] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[17:55] MARUKO
    Huh?
[17:56] MARUKO
    Hamaji, you look pale.
[17:59] MARUKO
    What's the matter?
[18:00] HAMAJI
    Th-The autograph of Taiyo's Yamashita...
[18:04] HAMAJI
    I've lost it...
[18:06] MARUKO
    What?
[18:07] MARUKO
    Why did you bring such a
    precious item to school?!
[18:11] HAMAJI
    I told you I was going
    to show it to everyone.
[18:13] HAMAJI
    S-So... I wanted to show it off.
[18:21] HAMAJI/I
    I'm... I'm...
[18:22] HAMAJI/I
    I'm such an idiot!
[18:24] HAMAJI/I
    I jumped through hoops to get it!
[18:27] HAMAJI/I
    I waited in a long line
    for two hours to get it.
[18:32] HAMAJI/I
    Nagasawa and Fujiki were there together,
[18:35] HAMAJI/I
    so they could take turns
    to get a break and such.
[18:38] HAMAJI/I
    But I went there by myself!
[18:41] HAMAJI/I
    So I had to wait in line alone.
[18:44] HAMAJI/I
    It was cold and I wanted to pee and I got
    hungry, but I put up with all of that!
[18:49] HAMAJI/I
    And I'll never forget how
    it felt to have shaken hands
[18:52] HAMAJI/I
    with Yamashita and get his autograph...
[18:55] HAMAJI/I
    But I lost his autograph!
[18:59] HAMAJI/I
    I'm such an idiot!
[19:05] TAMAE
    Poor Hamaji.
[19:07] MARUKO
    I don't know how to console him.
[19:10] SEKIGUCHI
    Hey, Hamaji.
[19:11] SEKIGUCHI
    Did you bring Yamashita's autograph?
[19:14] WAKABAYASHI
    Show us.
[19:18] SEKIGUCHI
    What? You lost it?
[19:20] SEKIGUCHI
    That must be a lie.
[19:21] SEKIGUCHI
    You never had it to begin with, did you?
[19:24] HAMAJI
    It's not a lie!
[19:25] HAMAJI
    Please believe me!
[19:27] HAMAJI
    I was even on TV!
[19:29] MARUKO
    I hope he finds it soon.
[19:32] TAMAE
    I know.
SIGN    Sakura
[19:34] MARUKO
    What?! You're watching
    the baseball game again?!
[19:38] SAKIKO
    I want to watch a drama.
[19:40] SUMIRE
    Me too.
[19:41] MARUKO
    I want to watch a comedy show!
[19:44] HIROSHI
    Humph, shut up!
[19:46] HIROSHI
    I bought this TV.
[19:47] HIROSHI
    If you want to watch something
    else, buy your own TV.
[19:50] SAKIKO
    You're being so unreasonable.
[19:52] HIROSHI
    First of all, you simply don't
    understand the appeal of baseball.
[19:57] HIROSHI
    Man, it's pathetic!
[20:00] ANNOUNCER/I
    What is Shibata going to do?
[20:02] ANNOUNCER/I
    Runners are on first and second, two outs.
[20:04] ANNOUNCER/I
    We want a run here.
[20:06] HIROSHI
    Look.
[20:07] HIROSHI
    Shibata is driven into a corner right now.
[20:11] HIROSHI
    Every game, there's a drama like that.
[20:14] HIROSHI
    Baseball is not like a fake TV drama.
[20:17] HIROSHI
    You can laugh and cry every game,
    it's the best entertainment of all.
[20:22] MARUKO
    But I don't get the rules,
    so it's not interesting.
[20:25] SAKIKO
    Exactly.
[20:26] HIROSHI
    Learn them!
[20:28] HIROSHI
    Three outs and you change.
[20:30] HIROSHI
    Run through the bases and you score
    a run when you touch the home base.
[20:34] HIROSHI
    Learn the rules of baseball and
    root for the Giants with me.
[20:39] HIROSHI
    Then you'll have fun for the whole summer.
[20:42] MARUKO
    First of all, why are
    you a fan of the Giants?
[20:47] HIROSHI
    Huh? Me?
[20:50] HIROSHI/I
    Come to think of it, why am I so
    passionate about rooting for the Giants?
[20:54] HIROSHI/I
    I've never thought about it.
[20:57] HIROSHI/I
    I'm cheering for them, but I don't
    have a specific reason for it.
[21:02] HIROSHI/I
    It's more fun to have a team you root for.
[21:06] HIROSHI/I
    And it just happens to be the Giants.
[21:09] HIROSHI/I
    So I've been cheering for
    the Giants for no reason...
[21:14] MARUKO
    So why the Giants, huh?
[21:17] HIROSHI
    It's more fun to have a team
    to root for, so no reason.
[21:21] MARUKO
    What?! No reason?!
[21:24] MARUKO
    You can be that passionate
    about the Giants for no reason?
[21:28] HIROSHI
    Right. If I had to choose,
    they're on TV a lot,
[21:32] HIROSHI
    and Tokyo is kind of close
    to Shizuoka, you know?
[21:36] SAKIKO
    Then if we move to Osaka,
    you'll become a Tigers' fan?
[21:40] HIROSHI
    Sure, of course.
[21:42] HIROSHI
    If we move to Nagoya, a Dragons' fan.
[21:45] HIROSHI
    In Hiroshima, a Carp's fan.
[21:47] HIROSHI
    In Yokohama, a Taiyo's fan.
[21:49] HIROSHI
    That's how it works.
[21:53] SUMIRE/I
    This man...
[21:55] NARRATOR/I
    With no policy to speak of, he haphazardly
    enjoys watching baseball: that's Hiroshi.
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    The days of not being able
    to watch the TV shows
[22:05] NARRATOR/I
    during the baseball season still continue.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    I know the teacher is
    coming to visit the house,
[22:18] MARUKO
    but it is really necessary to
    clean up the house this much?
[22:21] MARUKO
    Are teachers that great?
[22:23] MARUKO
    Then, is the tutor who will be
    coming to us really great as well?
[22:27] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan: "Today's
    Home Visit Day," and "A Tutor is Coming."
SIGN    Today's Home Visit Day
SIGN    A Tutor is Coming
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1428 - Today's Home Visit Day / A Tutor is Coming
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] MARUO
    I, indeed, need your attention!
[00:02] MARUO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Today's Home Visit Day
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    " Today's Home Visit Day."
[01:36] NARRATOR/I
    In early May, there's quite a cumbersome
    event where your homeroom teacher
[01:42] NARRATOR/I
    comes to visit your house to speak to your
    parents about how you're doing at school.
SIGN    - Notice - 
    For Sakura Momoko, Third
     Grade, Class 3, Number 15
    I'm planning to visit your 
    house on the (O)th, around 
    X:△ pm. If this doesn't work 
    for you, please let me know
     by O/X.
    3rd Grade, Class 3, 
    homeroom teacher: Togawa
[01:48] NARRATOR/I
    People call it, "Home Visit Day."
[01:54] MARUKO
    You know what, home visit
    day is such a bother.
[01:59] MARUKO
    Seriously, why does a teacher have
    to come all the way to our houses
[02:04] MARUKO
    and tattle to our parents?
[02:06] MARUKO
    On every home visit day, my mom yells
    at me after the teacher leaves.
[02:12] MARUKO
    I've had enough.
[02:14] TAMAE
    O-Oh...
[02:16] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko wasn't quite aware that she was
    going to get yelled at again this year.
SIGN    Sakura
[02:24] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[02:29] MARUKO
    Wow, the whole house looks so neat.
[02:33] MARUKO
    Hmm, you can feel the upcoming
    home visit day in the air.
[02:40] MARUKO
    New tatami mats?!
[02:43] MARUKO
    Did you change them?!
[02:44] NARRATOR/I
    The Sakuras are adorable petit bourgeois,
[02:46] NARRATOR/I
    who get frazzled and become
    frantic enough to change the
[02:50] NARRATOR/I
    tatami mats at home for
    a mere home visit day.
[02:57] MARUKO
    What?!
[02:58] MARUKO
    Mom, you are re-papering the shoji screens?!
[03:01] SUMIRE
    Yes.
[03:02] NARRATOR/I
    It wouldn't be too much to call this,
[03:04] NARRATOR/I
    "New Year's Eve that's out of season"
    based on how invested she is.
[03:08] MARUKO/I
    The teacher's gonna visit
    for like 15 minutes, tops.
[03:13] MARUKO/I
    Cleaning the house this
    thoroughly for that...
[03:16] MARUKO/I
    Are teachers really that great?
[03:20] MARUKO/I
    Well, whatever.
[03:21] SUMIRE
    Maruko, you need to clean your room.
[03:25] SUMIRE
    It's such a mess.
[03:27] MARUKO
    Okay.
[03:28] SUMIRE
    Oh, welcome home, Big Sis.
[03:30] SAKIKO
    I'm home.
[03:31] SAKIKO
    Oh, you changed the tatami mats?
[03:34] MARUKO
    Hey Big sis, let's play!
[03:36] SUMIRE
    Hey now! You're supposed
    to be cleaning your room.
[03:39] MARUKO
    Tch.
SIGN    (interjection) The noise you make when things don't go well as you wish, 
    or the tongue clicking sound. Tsk. "Tch, I guess it can't be helped." etc.
[03:42] NARRATOR/I
    In real life, not a lot of people actually
    verbalize this "tch" in their daily lives.
[03:49] SAKIKO
    Maruko's teacher is coming today?
[03:51] SUMIRE
    That's right.
[03:52] SUMIRE
    He's coming 30 minutes or
    so before your teacher does.
[03:56] SUMIRE
    I'm glad they're coming on the same day.
[04:02] MARUKO/I
    My room really is messy.
[04:05] MARUKO/I
    And it's all my stuff.
[04:08] MARUKO/I
    I don't even know where to start.
[04:17] MARUKO
    I'm done! Done!
[04:19] MARUKO
    I'm sure the gods are telling me to stop too.
[04:22] MARUKO
    It's pointless.
[04:23] MARUKO
    There's no way it'll get
    cleaned at this point.
[04:25] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko calls her lack of motivation
    "knowing when to let go,"
SIGN    "Knowing when to let go"
[04:30] NARRATOR/I
    to turn it into a strength.
[04:33] NARRATOR/I
    Also...
[04:34] MARUKO
    The teacher's supposed observe my daily
    life, so it's more honest to leave it as is.
[04:41] NARRATOR/I
    She calls this defiant
    attitude " being gallant."
SIGN    "Gallant"
[04:45] NARRATOR/I
    She's such a troublesome girl.
[04:47] SUMIRE
    Oh!
[04:48] SUMIRE
    Maruko, you're slacking off again.
[04:50] SUMIRE
    What are you doing, lying
    around in such a mess?!
[04:53] MARUKO
    I'm not doing anything.
[04:56] MARUKO
    I'm just being lazy.
[04:58] NARRATOR/I
    She's so lazy, it's infuriating.
[05:01] SUMIRE
    Learn from Big Sis' example
    and be more proper!
[05:03] SUMIRE
    I'm embarrassed for you!
[05:05] MARUKO
    I'm not embarrassed at all.
[05:08] SUMIRE
    Oh? You're not embarrassed?
[05:11] SUMIRE
    Is that so?
[05:12] SUMIRE
    Look at the mess you made.
[05:15] SUMIRE
    Here, the crumbs of snacks, half-eaten.
[05:18] SUMIRE
    Oh my goodness!
[05:19] SUMIRE
    Here's even dirty underwear!
[05:23] SUMIRE
    You're still not embarrassed, huh?
[05:26] SUMIRE
    My goodness!
[05:28] MARUKO
    M-Maybe I'll clean up.
[05:30] SUMIRE
    Oh, you're cleaning?
[05:32] SUMIRE
    How unexpected!
[05:34] SUMIRE
    Oh no, your teacher's going
    to be here in 20 minutes.
[05:39] MARUKO
    Hey-hey-ho.
[05:41] SUMIRE
    Maruko finally started to clean the room.
[05:45] SAKIKO
    That's good!
[05:47] SAKIKO
    Now I can show my room to my teacher too.
[05:51] SAKIKO
    Since I share the room with Maruko, I was
    too embarrassed to show such a messy room.
[05:57] MARUKO
    It's no good, I'm out of gas.
[05:59] MARUKO
    Why is this room so messy?
[06:03] MARUKO
    Isn't there a way to get done with
    cleaning without having to work hard?
[06:06] MARUKO
    Oh, I know!
[06:08] MARUKO
    Hey, Grandpa.
[06:10] MARUKO
    I have a favor to ask.
[06:12] TOMOZOU
    What is it, Maruko?
[06:13] MARUKO
    I'd like for you to keep this stuff.
[06:16] MARUKO
    Only for like 20 minutes.
[06:18] MARUKO
    I won't cause you any trouble.
[06:20] TOMOZOU
    What are they, garbage?
[06:22] MARUKO
    Just these.
[06:23] MARUKO
    I'm counting on you.
[06:24] MARUKO
    Only for a little while, okay?
[06:27] TOMOZOU
    Where did she keep this mountain of stuff?
[06:33] MARUKO
    My desk looks so neat now.
[06:36] MARUKO
    It feels like it belongs to a model student.
[06:38] NARRATOR/I
    You're easily pleased if you can feel
    smarter just by having a neat desk.
[06:46] MARUKO
    I wish the teacher would come visit us soon.
[06:49] MARUKO
    He might even compliment
    me if he sees this desk...
[06:52] TOGAWA
    Hello.
[06:54] MARUKO
    Oh, sounds like he's here.
[06:58] MARUKO
    Sensei, welcome.
[07:00] TOGAWA
    Hello, good to see you.
[07:01] SUMIRE
    Please come in.
[07:04] TOGAWA
    Oh no, right here is fine.
[07:06] SUMIRE
    What? But...
[07:08] TOGAWA
    It'll only take 10 minutes or so, so
    standing here to chat is more than enough.
[07:11] MARUKO
    What?
[07:12] MARUKO
    You're not going to look at my room?
[07:15] MARUKO
    Oh, okay...
[07:17] TOGAWA
    Right, Momoko-chan takes
    care of the class animal.
[07:22] NARRTOR/I
    There are teachers who don't come
    in and chat at the entrance.
[07:28] NARRTOR/I
    It's definitely easier on the parents.
[07:31] TOGAWA
    Optimistic and laid back,
    she's a well-behaved child.
[07:35] MARUKO/I
    See? He said I'm well-behaved.
[07:37] TOGAWA
    But she can be a bit sloppy
    and forgetful at times.
[07:42] MARUKO/I
    You can go now.
[07:45] MARUKO
    That was kind of anticlimactic.
[07:47] MARUKO
    The teacher left already, so I feel deflated.
[07:52] MARUKO
    Oh?
[07:53] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko has a piggish habit of stopping
    by the kitchen every chance she gets.
[07:58] MARUKO
    Japanese sweets!
[08:00] MARUKO
    We prepared them for the
    teacher, but he didn't eat it.
[08:05] MARUKO
    Don't mind if I do.
[08:06] MARUKO
    Thank you for the food!
[08:14] MARUKO
    So yummy!
[08:22] MARUKO
    Hm? There's one more plate.
[08:25] MARUKO
    I see, this must be for Mom so
    she could eat it with my teacher.
[08:31] MARUKO
    How sneaky of you, Mom.
[08:36] MARUKO
    It's mine now!
[08:44] MARUKO
    Uh, that was so sweet.
[08:46] MARUKO
    I'm thirsty. I need some tea.
[08:48] MARUKO
    I wish she had prepared savory
    snacks like potato chips
[08:52] MARUKO
    and rice crackers, not just sweets.
[08:58] MARUKO
    Shizuoka's tea is the best.
[09:01] NARRATOR/I
    Little did she know at this point
    that she made a huge mistake...
[09:09] MARUKO
    Oh, right.
[09:10] MARUKO
    I have to move my stuff
    back from Grandpa's room.
[09:14] MARUKO
    Grandpa, thanks for keeping my stuff.
[09:17] TOMOZOU
    You're all set?
[09:19] MARUKO
    Yes. The teacher left already, and
    I didn't have to show him my room.
[09:24] MARUKO
    Thank you for everything.
[09:27] TOMOZOU
    Oh no, I wish I could be more of help.
[09:32] MARUKO
    Phew, it's going to be messy again.
[09:34] MARUKO
    What a shame, since it looks like it's
    the room of a smart kid right now.
[09:41] SAKIKO'S TEACHER
    Hello, thank you for having me.
[09:43] SUMIRE
    Oh, hello!
[09:44] MARUKO
    What's going on?
[09:46] MARUKO
    I hear people at the entrance.
[09:49] SAKIKO
    Teacher, this is the room
    I share with my little sister.
[10:03] SAKIKO
    N-No, this is not what
    it looks like, Teacher!
[10:05] SAKIKO
    The neat desk over here is mine,
[10:09] SAKIKO
    and the garbage on the floor
    belongs to my stupid sister here!
[10:12] SAKIKO
    Teacher! Teacher!
[10:14] NARRATOR/I
    Sakiko was totally frantic.
[10:17] SAKIKO'S TEACHER
    I understand. Okay, Sakura-san?
[10:20] SAKIKO
    This is not who I am!
[10:22] SAKIKO
    I... I'm not!
[10:28] SAKIKO
    Stupid Maruko!
[10:29] SUMIRE
    Teacher, can I offer you some tea over here?
[10:41] NARRATOR/I
    Due to this unexpected incident,
[10:43] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko felt like her life was
    shortened by three years.
[10:46] MARUKO
    What the heck just happened?
[10:49] NARRATOR/I
    However, what is about to happen
    now will shorten it by ten years.
[10:54] SUMIRE
    Huh, that's strange.
[10:55] SUMIRE
    I don't see the sweets
    I prepared for Big Sis's teacher.
[10:58] MARUKO
    Eh?
[10:59] MARUKO/I
    D-Don't tell me the second
    plate I ate was for...
[11:04] SUMIRE
    Maruko? Maruko!
[11:06] SUMIRE
    Do you know where the sweets are?
[11:08] NARRATOR/I
    Obviously, Maruko knows where it is.
[11:11] MARUKO
    I-I don't know...
[11:14] NARRATOR/I
    That' all she could muster.
[11:17] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko played innocent,
[11:18] NARRATOR/I
    but neither this world nor her mother
    were naïve enough to believe such a lie.
[11:25] NARRATOR/I
    And thus, Maruko ended up getting
    yelled at again this year.
SIGN    A Tutor is Coming
[11:37] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[11:38] MARUKO
    "A Tutor is Coming."
[11:45] LITTLE GIRL
    Big brother, look!
[11:51] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko often wished she had an older brother.
SIGN    Sakura
[11:57] NARRATOR/I
    Then one day...
[11:59] MARUKO
    I'm home.
SIGN    Japanese
    Grade 6
[12:03] MARUKO
    Man, it's so hot!
[12:04] MARUKO
    Hey Big Sis, let's go eat shaved ice.
[12:07] SAKIKO
    Well, actually I can't.
[12:09] SAKIKO
    Starting today, a tutor
    is coming to our house.
[12:12] MARUKO
    What?! A tutor?!
[12:14] MARUKO
    Why? Are your grades that bad?
[12:17] SAKIKO
    Don't be silly.
[12:19] SAKIKO
    I'll be in middle school next year,
    and someone I know is a tutor.
[12:25] MARUKO
    I'm excited to meet this tutor.
[12:27] MARUKO
    Is it a woman?
[12:28] SAKIKO
    No, he's a guy.
[12:31] MARUKO
    Yay! So it's like I'm
    getting an older brother!
[12:34] MARUKO
    Yay! Yay! Yay!
[12:35] SAKIKO
    Maruko, he's not coming to play.
[12:39] MARUKO
    Listen, Mom!
[12:40] MARUKO
    Is it true that Mister Tutor
    is coming to the house?
[12:43] SUMIRE
    Yes, it's true. Don't interrupt them.
[12:45] MARUKO
    Yay! Yay!
[12:47] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko's imagery of a big
    brother was only that of a
[12:48] MARUKO
    Big brother! Big brother!
[12:51] NARRATOR/I
    refreshing youth you'd see in a TV drama.
[12:51] MARUKO
    I hope he plays with me!
[12:55] MARUKO
    Hey Mom, do you think this looks okay?
[12:58] SUMIRE
    It doesn't matter what you wear, jeez.
[13:02] MARUKO
    No no, because I'm going to
    have a big brother, you know?
[13:05] MARUKO
    I'm so happy, oh so happy!
[13:10] MARUKO
    Hey listen, I think maybe you should
    put on something a little dressier.
[13:15] MARUKO
    The big brother will laugh
    at you, dressed like that.
[13:17] SAKIKO
    None of your business.
[13:19] MARUKO
    Do you think the big brother
    will ride his motorcycle here?
[13:22] MARUKO
    What do you think? Eh?
[13:27] MARUKO
    Do you think he'll play Othello with me?
[13:30] MARUKO
    I'm so excited!
[13:32] NARRATOR/I
    When playing Othello, Maruko
    can be a piece of work who
[13:35] NARRATOR/I
    cheats and abandons games
    when she's at a disadvantage,
[13:40] NARRATOR/I
    so no one would play with her.
[13:43] MARUKO
    Oh!
[13:44] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[13:44] SAKIKO
    Oh!
[13:49] MARUKO
    I know, the big brother will surely
    give me a ride on his motorcycle,
[13:54] MARUKO
    so I might need a helmet.
[13:57] NARRATOR/I
    Sometime Maruko would totally
    get ahead of herself...
[14:00] MARUKO
    Listen, Mom.
[14:02] MARUKO
    Can you buy me a helmet?
[14:04] SUMIRE
    What do you need that for?
[14:06] NARRATOR/I
    And she'd often confuse people by
    saying stuff that came out of nowhere,
[14:10] NARRATOR/I
    like the dork that she was.
[14:13] TUTOR
    Excuse me.
[14:14] MARUKO
    Oh! He's here!
[14:16] MARUKO
    Welcome! Huh?
[14:19] TUTOR
    Hello.
[14:21] MARUKO
    My mistake.
[14:22] MARUKO
    Mom, Mom! A bill collector is here!
[14:26] TUTOR
    Oh no, I'm not a bill collector.
[14:29] MARUKO
    What?!
[14:30] TUTOR
    I'm here as a tutor.
[14:33] MARUKO
    O-Oh...
[14:34] MARUKO
    Um... nice to meet you...
[14:37] TUTOR
    Likewise.
[14:39] TUTOR
    Please excuse me.
[14:50] MARUKO/I
    He's not... what I imagined...
[14:54] MARUKO
    Mom, what does he do?
[14:57] SUMIRE
    He's a college student. A senior.
[15:00] MARUKO
    Really? That's a college student?
[15:02] MARUKO
    Are you sure you're not deceived?
[15:03] SUMIRE
    Hey! Don't say stuff like that!
[15:06] MARUKO
    I'll go check how it's going.
[15:09] SUMIRE
    Don't interrupt them!
[15:11] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko thought if you didn't interrupt
    just because you were told not to,
[15:14] NARRATOR/I
    that would make you a coward.
[15:15] TUTOR
    Let's try solving problem number three.
[15:18] MARUKO/I
    Hmm, somehow, I don't feel
    like playing with that person.
[15:24] MARUKO/I
    He seems antisocial.
[15:25] TOMOZOU
    Please show it to me when you're done.
[15:26] MARUKO/I
    Hey, look this way!
[15:28] MARUKO/I
    Notice me!
[15:30] MARUKO/I
    All right, maybe I'll scare him a little.
[15:35] NARRATOR/I
    She seems to be imitating an owl.
[15:39] TUTOR
    Hm? Oh, if it isn't the little sister.
[15:43] TUTOR
    Would you like to join us?
[15:45] MARUKO
    Oh boy, I didn't mean to interrupt.
[15:48] NARRATOR/I
    This is just like how a goofy dad acts
    when his daughter brings a boyfriend
[15:52] NARRATOR/I
    over for the first time.
[15:54] TUTOR
    By the way, may I ask what your name is?
[15:59] MARUKO
    Me?
[16:00] MARUKO
    My name is Sakura Momoko.
[16:03] MARUKO
    But because I'm small, my
    nickname is Chibi Maruko,
[16:06] MARUKO
    "chibi maru" for being small
    and "ko" for being a girl.
[16:10] MARUKO
    Maruko, for short.
[16:12] TUTOR
    Uh-huh, uh-huh.
[16:14] TUTOR
    I see. So you are Maruko-san.
[16:18] TUTOR
    Maruko-san.
[16:19] MARUKO
    Right...
[16:21] MARUKO
    Hey Mom, he's definitely weird!
[16:24] MARUKO
    He called me "Maruko-san,"
    can you believe it?!
[16:27] MARUKO
    If you want to fire him, now's the time.
[16:29] SUMIRE
    Now, now...
[16:31] NARRATOR/I
    A few days later...
[16:33] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko continued to see
    the tutor as a weird guy,
[16:37] NARRATOR/I
    but in the back of her mind
    she still kept her hopes up.
[16:39] MARUKO
    Maybe there's something a bit fun about him.
[16:43] MARUKO
    Right.
[16:43] MARUKO
    I'll show him this picture.
[16:46] MARUKO
    This came out really nicely.
[16:50] TUTOR
    How did you come to make this mistake?
[16:53] TUTOR
    If you don't mind, could
    you explain it to me?
[16:56] SAKIKO
    Y-Yes...
[16:57] MARUKO
    Hi, teacher.
[16:59] MARUKO
    I drew a picture.
[17:01] MARUKO
    Take a look!
[17:02] TUTOR
    Where is it, Maruko-san?
[17:05] MARUKO
    Here you go.
[17:07] TUTOR
    Oh...
[17:08] MARUKO
    Do you think it's good?
SIGN    Princess
    by  Maruko
[17:11] TUTOR
    This looks like a young lady of a
[17:13] TUTOR
    French royalty during the time
    of the French Revolution.
[17:16] TUTOR
    Was that your intention, Maruko-san?
[17:18] MARUKO
    Huh?
[17:20] MARUKO
    I don't know, it's just a pretty princess.
[17:27] TUTOR
    Uh-huh.
[17:28] TUTOR
    Just a pretty princess, you say...
[17:31] TUTOR
    Hmm...
[17:34] TUTOR
    Maruko-san.
[17:35] TUTOR
    Please tell me the nationality, age, name,
    and the names of her parents, if possible.
[17:41] MARUKO
    What?!
[17:42] NARRATOR/I
    He was the type of person who took
    everything absolutely seriously,
[17:47] NARRATOR/I
    no matter how trivial.
[17:49] TUTOR
    Maruko-san, how many siblings
    does this princess have?
[17:53] MARUKO
    That doesn't really matter.
[17:55] TUTOR
    Hmm. But you know, Maruko-san.
[17:58] TUTOR
    A human face doesn't really look like this.
[18:02] TUTOR
    Let me teach you.
SIGN    Princess
    by Maruko
    Homo sapiens
[18:12] TUTOR
    Here... it's like this.
[18:15] MARUKO
    That's funny!
[18:17] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko's a simple child.
[18:19] MARUKO
    Draw more, more!
[18:25] TUTOR
    Here you go.
[18:29] MARUKO
    More, more!
[18:30] TUTOR
    Maruko-san.
[18:31] TUTOR
    I didn't come here to play
    with you, Maruko-san.
[18:36] TUTOR
    I have to tutor your big sister.
[18:39] TUTOR
    So let's do this later—
[18:40] MARUKO
    It's fine if you don't want to play with me.
[18:43] MARUKO
    I don't need a big brother anyway.
[18:50] SUMIRE
    Okay, dinner's ready.
[18:52] SUMIRE
    If you have time, please join us.
[18:56] MARUKO/I
    When there's a visitor, Mom
    makes good food to show off,
[19:00] MARUKO/I
    so in that sense, it's good
    that the tutor is here.
[19:04] MARUKO
    Thank you for the food!
[19:06] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[19:10] TUTOR
    Oh?
[19:11] TUTOR
    Is this your stamp book, Maruko-san?
[19:13] MARUKO
    That's right.
SIGN    Stamps
[19:15] NARRATOR/I
    Back in those days, young and old
    alike used to have a stamp book
[19:20] NARRATOR/I
    in the back of their drawers
    where they collected stamps.
SIGN    Summer Children's Show
[19:23] NARRATOR/I
    It might sound exaggerated,
[19:25] NARRATOR/I
    but if you saw a children's
    quiz show during summer break,
[19:30] NARRATOR/I
    three out of five contestants would say...
[19:32] KIDS
    My hobby is to collect stamps.
[19:34] NARRATOR/I
    ...to describe their hobby.
[19:37] NARRATOR/I
    There'd be a long line in
    front of the post office
[19:39] NARRATOR/I
    on the day a commemorative stamp was issued.
SIGN    East Post Office
[19:42] NARRATOR/I
    Collecting stamps was the
    star in the world of hobbies.
SIGN    Stamps
[19:48] TUTOR
    Could I take a loo—
[19:49] MARUKO
    No!
[19:50] MARUKO
    I won't show it to you.
[19:52] SUMIRE
    Maruko! Why are you being a bad girl?!
[19:55] MARUKO
    Humph.
[19:56] SUMIRE
    I'm so sorry, teacher.
[19:58] TUTOR
    Oh no, it's not a problem...
[20:04] NARRATOR/I
    And just like that, two weeks have passed.
[20:08] SAKIKO
    Thank you for everything, teacher.
[20:10] TUTOR
    The pleasure was all mine.
[20:11] MARUKO
    I'm home!
[20:13] TUTOR
    Oh, Maruko-san.
[20:14] TUTOR
    What good timing.
[20:16] TUTOR
    Today is my last day, since the agreement
    was that I would tutor for two weeks.
[20:22] MARUKO
    Oh yeah?
[20:23] TUTOR
    I had hoped that I could play with you,
    like juggling bean bags and such, but...
[20:28] TUTOR
    Such a shame.
[20:29] TUTOR
    Toss one bag, toss two bags...
[20:34] MARUKO
    It's not like I care...
[20:36] TUTOR
    And I wanted to give this stamp to you.
[20:39] MARUKO
    Wow!
[20:41] MARUKO
    I wanted this one!
[20:43] TUTOR
    Well then, goodbye.
SIGN    Sakura
[20:51] MARUKO/I
    Teacher...
[20:53] MARUKO/I
    I was so mean to you...
[20:57] MARUKO/I
    I was nasty to you.
[21:01] MARUKO
    Teacher!
[21:04] MARUKO
    Let's play together again, okay?
[21:09] MARUKO/I
    Teacher is smiling.
[21:17] MARUKO
    I'll put the stamp the teacher
    gave me into my stamp book!
[21:20] MARUKO
    Let's see...
[21:22] MARUKO
    Oh, here it is.
[21:25] MARUKO
    Oh no, it slipped from my hand
    and fell into my book bag.
[21:30] MARUKO
    Oh well, I guess I'll have to.
[21:34] MARUKO
    Huh?
[21:39] MARUKO
    The stamp isn't coming out...
[21:44] MARUKO
    Hey, look.
[21:45] HAMAJI
    Huh?
[21:46] MARUKO
    Take a look inside.
[21:48] HAMAJI
    What is it?
[21:50] HAMAJI
    Oh!
[21:52] NARRATOR/I
    Since Maruko warmed the stamp in her
    hand, the glue of the stamp melted,
[21:56] NARRATOR/I
    and it stuck itself at the
    bottom of her book bag.
[22:00] TAMAE
    What is it?
[22:00] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko is such a goofball that she shows off
    her stamp at the bottom of her book bag
[22:05] NARRATOR/I
    to her classmates because
    she has no other choice.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Wow, when Dad is driving,
    he looks kind of cool!
[22:20] MARUKO
    But be careful.
[22:21] MARUKO
    It's not even funny if we get
    into an accident on a highway.
[22:24] MARUKO
    Oh no, it's bad! I need to use the restroom!
[22:26] MARUKO
    But my gosh, we're in traffic!
SIGN    The Family Goes on a Drive
[22:29] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "The Family Goes on a Drive."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1429 - The Family Goes on a Drive
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] TAMAE
    Everyone, this way!
[00:02] TAMAE
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    The Family Goes on a Drive
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:31] MARUKO
    "The Family Goes on a Drive"
SIGN    Elementary School
[01:38] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, listen.
[01:39] MARUKO
    I'm going for a drive with my dad tomorrow.
[01:42] TAMAE
    Wow, that's nice!
[01:44] TAMAE
    What a stroke of luck that he
    won the car in the lottery.
[01:48] MARUKO
    Exactly.
[01:50] MARUKO
    It was totally unexpected.
[01:52] MARUKO
    He used up his luck for the rest of his life.
[01:56] TAMAE
    That sounds excessive...
[01:59] YAMANE
    I won a stereo in that lottery.
[02:02] YAMANE
    Maybe I used up all my luck.
[02:05] MARUKO
    No worries, your luck still has
    a leftover from the stereo.
[02:10] MARUKO
    Ours was a car, you know? So rest assured.
[02:14] YAMANE
    I see, if you compare a car and a stereo,
    the luck for a car is much larger.
[02:20] MARUKO
    Right? See, so you still
    have plenty of luck left.
[02:25] MARUKO
    Your stomach might get better soon.
[02:29] MARUKO
    So don't get discouraged!
[02:37] MARUKO
    By the way, where does
    everyone go for a drive?
[02:40] TAMAE
    Let's see...
[02:43] TAMAE
    Maybe the beach...
[02:46] TAMAE
    Or mountains, perhaps?
[02:49] TAMAE
    And go to a restaurant to eat...
    I think that's about it.
[02:55] MARUKO
    Beaches and mountains, huh?
[02:56] MARUKO
    I guess grownups do go to
    places like that on a date.
[03:01] TAMAE
    How romantic, isn't it?
[03:03] TAMAE
    Going for a drive might
    be best suited for lovers.
[03:13] MARUKO
    Going on a drive with Hiroshi and Grandpa
    doesn't sound all that exciting, eh?
[03:21] TAMAE
    I wouldn't say that...
[03:24] NOGUCHI
    What if your luck gives you an accident
    if you go on a drive with the car you won?
[03:31] NOGUCHI
    Just kidding...
[03:35] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, don't worry yourself over it.
[03:37] TAMAE
    It's a joke.
[03:39] KIDS
    Bye!
SIGN    Elementary School
[03:40] KIDS
    See you!
[03:41] YAMANE
    Sakura is going on a drive
    with her family tomorrow.
[03:46] FUJIKI
    Is that so?
[03:47] FUJIKI
    Oh yeah, her dad won a car
    at the party the other day.
[03:54] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, you won a flower vase.
[03:59] FUJIKI
    I guess I did.
[04:01] NAGASAWA
    And you won a stereo, Yamane-kun.
[04:05] YAMANE
    That really surprised me.
[04:08] YAMANE
    But I'm glad I won it.
[04:11] NAGASAWA
    Among us present here, I'm the only one
    who didn't win anything at the party.
[04:20] NAGASAWA
    You two look timid, but you
    sure are blessed with luck.
[04:25] YAMANE
    That's not true.
[04:26] YAMANE
    It was a coincidence.
[04:28] FUJIKI
    That's right.
[04:30] FUJIKI
    I'm sure something good
    will happen to you soon.
[04:34] NAGASAWA
    I don't need your pity.
[04:36] NAGASAWA
    Compared to you, I'm just a guy
    born under a star of misfortune...
SIGN    Bad
[04:44] FUJIKI/YAMANE
    Nagasawa-kun...
[04:47] NAGASAWA
    Ouch!
[04:51] MIDDLE SCHOOLER
    Sorry, my bad!
[04:58] NAGASAWA
    See? You don't even have words to console me.
SIGN    Sakura
[05:09] MARUKO
    Mom, why aren't you going on
    the drive with us tomorrow?
[05:09] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[05:12] SUMIRE
    Because I get car sick.
[05:14] MARUKO
    Then it'll just be me, Dad, and Grandpa?
[05:19] MARUKO
    It makes me a bit nervous...
[05:22] MARUKO
    Not so reliable.
[05:24] SAKIKO
    Then maybe I'll go.
[05:27] MARUKO
    Big sis! Yes, let's go!
[05:29] SAKIKO
    I don't have anything to do at home anyhow.
[05:32] SUMIRE
    You can do chores if you
    don't have anything to do.
[05:35] MARUKO
    You'd rather go on a drive
    than do chores, right?
[05:38] SAKIKO
    Of course.
[05:39] SUMIRE
    You two are insufferable.
[05:41] SAKIKO
    And where's Dad?
[05:43] SUMIRE
    He went to buy a map.
SIGN    Izu
SIGN    Shizuoka
SIGN    Yamanashi
SIGN    Nagano
SIGN    Shizuoka
[05:45] MARUKO
    A map?!
[05:47] SAKIKO
    Don't tell me... does he
    not know the routes well?
[05:53] HIROSHI
    I bought a map!
[05:57] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[05:57] MARUKO
    Dad, let me ask you something.
[06:00] MARUKO
    Do you by any chance not
    know your way around?
[06:03] HIROSHI
    Who do you take me for?!
[06:05] HIROSHI
    Maps are made so that you look at it and
    you'll know exactly where you need to go.
[06:09] MARUKO
    But it might be better not to drive too far.
[06:12] SUMIRE
    You're right, maybe limit yourselves to a
    department store in Shizuoka or something?
[06:18] SAKIKO
    A department store in Shizuoka, huh?
[06:21] SAKIKO
    That's not really the distance
    to go on a drive for.
[06:24] MARUKO
    Yeah, it might be much
    easier to take a train.
[06:28] HIROSHI
    Stop being wet blankets.
[06:28] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[06:31] HIROSHI
    I'm telling you that I can take you
    anywhere, as long as I have a map.
[06:36] HIROSHI
    Even without a map, the
    streets have names on them.
[06:40] HIROSHI
    If you really want to go, I can take
    you to Osaka, Kyoto, or wherever!
SIGN    Osaka
SIGN    Kyoto
[06:49] MARUKO
    Osaka or Kyoto?!
[06:51] MARUKO
    Of course I wanna go, but we
    can't come back in one day.
[06:55] SAKIKO
    That might be tight even with an overnight stay.
[06:57] TOMOZOU
    I want to go to Izu.
[07:01] TOMOZOU
    I want to relax at a hot spring in Izu!
[07:05] HIROSHI
    Izu, huh?
[07:06] HIROSHI
    That might be a reasonable distance.
[07:09] HIROSHI
    And it is a tourist attraction.
[07:10] MARUKO
    Grandpa, what a good idea!
[07:14] SAKIKO
    But hold on, I need to remind you again
    that this needs to be a day trip.
[07:19] SAKIKO
    I don't think we'd have time to
    relax at a hot spring, would we?
[07:22] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[07:23] HIROSHI
    That's true.
[07:24] HIROSHI
    I'd want to soak in a hot spring
    and drink if we're going to Izu,
[07:28] HIROSHI
    but since I'd be driving, I can't drink...
[07:33] MARUKO
    We should go to Izu when we have more time.
[07:37] TOMOZOU
    What?!
[07:40] HIROSHI
    Then where are we going to go?
[07:48] NARRATOR/I
    Back to the night of the party,
    where the Sakura family attended...
[07:53] SAKIKO/I
    It's the boy I met at the last party...
[07:57] (Flashback) BOY
    I'm from Yokohama.
[07:59] SAKIKO/I
    That's what he said.
[08:02] SAKIKO/I
    Ah, he lives in Yokohama.
[08:06] SAKIKO/I
    I want to go to Yokohama, too.
[08:09] SAKIKO/I
    Even if I can't see him, I just want to go...
[08:14] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    How about Yokohama?
[08:16] MARUKO/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU
    Yokohama?!
[08:16] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[08:18] SAKIKO
    Yes, you can go and come
    back within a day.
SIGN    Chinatown
[08:22] SAKIKO
    There's a Chinatown there
    too, so it'll be fun.
[08:26] MARUKO
    Right, Yokohama might be fun.
[08:30] HIROSHI
    Okay, then let's go to Yokohama.
[08:33] MARUKO
    It's settled!
[08:37] SAKIKO/I
    Yes! I'm so happy!
[08:43] HIROSHI
    Hey, we're going! Hurry up!
[08:47] MARUKO
    Okay!
[08:50] TOMOZOU
    The weather is nice today.
SIGN    Sakura
[08:55] HIROSHI
    Oh, you're finally here.
[08:58] MARUKO
    Wow! Dad, you look cool!
[09:01] TOMOZOU
    Oh! Hiroshi!
[09:05] HIROSHI
    Stop it, you silly...
[09:11] MARUKO
    You look like a classic actor!
[09:13] TOMOZOU
    You don't look like my son!
[09:16] SAKIKO
    Stop being silly, you two.
[09:19] SAKIKO
    What's cool is the car.
[09:22] SAKIKO
    Dad looks like he always does.
[09:24] HIROSHI
    Ta-lala...
[09:26] MARUKO
    You're right.
[09:29] MARUKO
    Oh! There's Tama-chan's dad.
[09:34] HIROSHI
    Hello, Mr. Honami. How are you?
[09:38] TAMAE'S DAD
    Hello.
[09:40] TAMAE'S DAD
    Tamae told me that you were going on a
    drive as a family for the first time.
[09:47] HIROSHI
    Huh? You came out here to see us off?
[09:51] TAMAE'S DAD
    Yes. I was hoping that
    I could take a picture of you
[09:57] TAMAE'S DAD
    to commemorate your first
    drive while I'm at it.
[10:00] HIROSHI
    That would be a great memory of the drive.
[10:02] HIROSHI
    We would love that.
[10:04] TAMAE'S DAD
    Well, then let's get to it.
[10:08] TAMAE'S DAD
    Everyone!
[10:10] TAMAE'S DAD
    Look this way and smile!
[10:13] TAMAE'S DAD
    Are you ready?
[10:17] TAMAE'S DAD
    Smile!
[10:20] TAMAE'S DAD
    Please drive carefully.
[10:22] HIROSHI
    Thank you very much.
[10:26] MARUKO
    Tama-chan's dad is now taking
    photos of the other families.
[10:32] HIROSHI
    Right. It's fine, but I didn't know
    he was the type to get so absorbed.
[10:37] SAKIKO
    He seems like a quiet guy...
[10:40] HIROSHI
    Okay, are we ready?
SIGN    Sakura
[10:49] MARUKO
    Hey Dad, are you sure you
    don't need to consult the map?
[10:53] HIROSHI
    Not a problem.
[10:55] HIROSHI
    I took a look at it last night,
    and it's in my brain already,
[11:02] HIROSHI
    so I don't need to look at it at every turn.
[11:04] MARUKO
    I'm not sure how much I can trust that.
[11:06] MARUKO
    Are you sure we won't end
    up stranded somewhere?
[11:10] HIROSHI
    If that happens, that would be kind of fun.
[11:15] HIROSHI
    That's what a drive is.
[11:19] HIROSHI
    And that's how I roll!
[11:25] MARUKO
    Dad, I think you're cool today.
[11:29] TOMOZOU
    Yes, yes.
[11:35] NARRATOR/I
    Continue to the next half...
[11:46] MARUKO
    How nice.
[11:48] MARUKO
    Going on a drive as a
    family feels like a dream.
[11:56] MARUKO/I
    Drive, drive.
[12:01] MARUKO/I
    So nice.
[12:03] MARUKO/I
    Zoom, zoom! It goes.
[12:06] MARUKO/I
    Go, go!
[12:08] MARUKO/I
    If you were walking, we'd
    still be at Mimatsu-ya.
[12:13] MARUKO/I
    However, however.
[12:17] MARUKO/I
    The car is oh so fast.
[12:20] MARUKO/I
    Go, go!
[12:22] MARUKO/I
    We're already at the interchange in Shimizu.
SIGN    Tomei Expressway
[12:30] SAKIKO
    What was that song?
[12:32] SAKIKO
    So lame...
[12:35] MARUKO
    What?
[12:36] MARUKO
    You have a problem?
[12:38] TOMOZOU
    Hey now.
[12:40] TOMOZOU
    Please don't get into a fight today.
[12:44] TOMOZOU
    I'm really happy right now.
[12:46] TOMOZOU
    My son is driving so splendidly.
[12:50] HIROSHI
    Oh, please.
[12:51] TOMOZOU
    He used to be a snotty kid.
[12:53] TOMOZOU
    He was good-for-nothing, but now...
[12:58] MARUKO
    Dad never had special skills, but now...
[13:01] HIROSHI
    Shut up!
[13:02] HIROSHI
    You're dissing me, pretending to be happy!
[13:06] SAKIKO
    Dad, watch out!
[13:07] HIROSHI
    Huh?
[13:12] MARUKO/I
    We're done for!
[13:13] TOMOZOU/I
    I'm going to die!
[13:26] HIROSHI
    W-We're saved...
[13:35] SAKIKO
    Grandpa?!
[13:39] TOMOZOU
    I... I just...
[13:43] TOMOZOU
    I saw my life flash before my eyes.
[13:49] TOMOZOU
    It's true that you look back
    on your life before you die.
[13:58] TOMOZOU
    I'm so glad I didn't die.
[14:01] TOMOZOU
    My mundane life is going to continue.
[14:06] MARUKO
    Dad, you need to be careful!
[14:08] MARUKO
    I really thought I was going to die.
[14:10] HIROSHI
    Yeah, that was bad...
[14:13] HIROSHI
    That was a fancy car too.
[14:19] STAFF
    Here you go.
[14:20] HIROSHI
    Thanks.
[14:24] HIROSHI
    All right, now we'll be on the highway.
[14:27] HIROSHI
    The real drive starts now!
[14:32] SAKIKO
    We'll die for sure if we
    get into an accident again.
[14:35] TOMOZOU
    H-Hiroshi!
[14:37] TOMOZOU
    Let's just go home!
[14:38] MARUKO
    Dad, let's turn back!
[14:41] HIROSHI
    Idiot! There's no turning back!
[14:47] SAKIKO
    What are you doing, Grandpa?
[14:49] TOMOZOU
    I'm checking my pulse.
[14:51] SAKIKO
    Your pulse?
[14:52] TOMOZOU
    That's right.
[14:53] TOMOZOU
    It's called "Three Pulse Protection Method."
[14:56] TOMOZOU
    You check the pulses on the side
    of your neck and on your wrist.
[15:01] TOMOZOU
    If the pulses on those three
    locations are synchronized,
[15:04] TOMOZOU
    your life is safe for the next 24 hours.
[15:09] TOMOZOU
    But
[15:12] TOMOZOU
    if there are beating differently...
    then you'll die within 24 hours.
[15:20] MARUKO
    Is that true?
[15:23] TOMOZOU
    It's an old legend.
[15:25] TOMOZOU
    Whether or not to believe is up to you.
[15:29] SAKIKO
    So, how were your pulses?
[15:34] TOMOZOU
    The balance of my three pulses is good!
[15:37] TOMOZOU
    There's no life-threatening
    danger for 24 hours!
[15:41] HIROSHI
    Whoa!
[15:48] TOMOZOU
    See? Nothing life-threatening, right?
[15:51] TOMOZOU
    We're safe, we're safe.
[16:15] MARUKO
    Dad...
[16:18] MARUKO
    I'm hungry. Are we there yet?
[16:20] HIROSHI
    We're almost there.
[16:22] HIROSHI
    Oh?
[16:23] HIROSHI
    There's the exit for Yokohama.
SIGN    To Yokohama
[16:29] SAKIKO/I
    So finally I'm in Yokohama, where he lives...
[16:34] TOMOZOU
    Yokohama, huh?
[16:37] SAKIKO
    Wow, it looks fun!
SIGN    Chinatown
[16:40] MARUKO
    I want to go explore.
[16:44] MARUKO
    Dad, let's park the car and get out. Come on!
[16:49] HIROSHI
    Hold on.
[16:50] HIROSHI
    I don't know where I can park.
SIGN    Chinese Restaurant
[17:03] STAFF
    Welcome.
[17:05] STAFF
    What can I get you?
[17:06] HIROSHI
    Four orders of ramen.
[17:08] MARUKO
    What?!
[17:09] MARUKO
    Don't place my order without asking!
[17:12] MARUKO
    We came all this way to
    an authentic Chinatown,
[17:14] MARUKO
    so I want to eat something other than ramen.
[17:17] HIROSHI
    Shut up!
[17:18] HIROSHI
    Think about how much that'll cost!
[17:20] HIROSHI
    We parked the car on the street, so we
    don't have time to spend on the meal!
[17:27] MARUKO
    This is different from the
    drive Tama-chan described...
[17:32] TAMAE
    Going to the beach and a
    restaurant... It's fun!
[17:45] TAMAE
    Mom, Maru-chan is going on a drive today.
[17:49] TAMAE'S MOM
    Oh, that's nice.
[17:51] TAMAE
    Mom, can we go on a drive next week?
[17:54] TAMAE'S MOM
    Sure. Let's ask Dad.
[17:57] TAMAE
    Yay! Please take me to the
    restaurant in the harbor.
[18:01] TAMAE'S MOM
    Okay, if Dad has time for us.
[18:04] TAMAE
    His time is taken up by
    photography these days.
[18:09] TAMAE'S MOM
    I know.
[18:11] TAMAE
    I wonder if Maru-chan and her family
    are at a restaurant somewhere.
[18:15] TAMAE'S MOM
    I'm sure they're at a fancy restaurant.
[18:24] HIROSHI
    Pretty good.
[18:25] MARUKO
    Yes.
[18:27] SAKIKO/I
    I came all the way to Yokohama
    to eat a bowl of ramen...
[18:34] SAKIKO/I
    With a family like this...
[18:39] SAKIKO/I
    Yokohama,
[18:42] SAKIKO/I
    the city that boy lives in.
[18:52] HIROSHI
    Big sis, you're not eating?
[18:55] HIROSHI
    Then I'll eat it.
[18:56] SAKIKO
    Go ahead.
[18:58] TOMOZOU
    You don't want ramen?
[19:01] TOMOZOU
    Are you sure you're feeling okay?
[19:11] SAKIKO/I
    Today's Yokohama...
[19:13] SAKIKO/I
    The only memory of it is ramen...
SIGN    Chinese Restaurant
[19:39] MARUKO
    Dad, I need to use the bathroom.
[19:42] HIROSHI
    What?
[19:43] HIROSHI
    Why didn't you go in the restaurant, you idiot!
[19:47] MARUKO
    I didn't need to... go back then.
[19:52] MARUKO
    But now... I have to go!
[19:56] HIROSHI
    Hold it in.
[19:57] HIROSHI
    We already passed the service area.
[20:01] HIROSHI
    Oh no, traffic!
[20:03] MARUKO
    What?! You've got to be kidding me.
[20:07] HIROSHI
    It is what it is.
[20:10] MARUKO
    Hurry up, hurry up!
[20:14] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, hold it in!
[20:22] MARUKO
    Hey, how long do you think it'll be?
[20:26] HIROSHI
    Who knows?
[20:27] HIROSHI
    It'll probably take another hour or so?
[20:31] MARUKO
    Another hour?!
[20:33] MARUKO
    There's no way!
[20:35] MARUKO
    I'm going to die.
[20:37] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, please don't die!
[20:40] MARUKO
    Do you think... I could get out of the
    car and pee off the side of the road?
[20:47] HIROSHI/SAKIKO
    No!
[20:48] HIROSHI
    You get yelled at if you pee on the highway!
[20:52] SAKIKO
    Plus, it's dangerous!
[20:54] SAKIKO
    It's crazy!
[20:55] MARUKO
    Grandpa!
[20:57] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
[20:59] TOMOZOU
    Please forgive me for being helpless!
SIGN    Sakura
[21:10] HIROSHI
    We're home.
[21:12] SUMIRE
    Welcome home.
[21:14] MARUKO
    I gotta pee, pee, pee!
[21:17] SUMIRE
    Oh my.
[21:18] HIROSHI
    Man, driving all the way to
    Yokohama sure was tiring.
[21:24] SUMIRE
    I bet it was.
[21:29] SUMIRE
    Big sis, how was Yokohama?
[21:32] SUMIRE
    Did you have fun?
[21:35] SAKIKO
    Ramen...
[21:36] SUMIRE
    Huh?
[21:37] SUMIRE
    Ramen?
[21:39] SUMIRE
    Don't you have some other memories?
[21:42] SUMIRE
    Like going to the harbor,
    or to Yamashita Park...
[21:47] SAKIKO
    No... Just ramen...
[21:52] NARRATOR/I
    After this day, this family
    never went on a drive.
[21:57] NARRATOR/I
    The car was reduced to a vehicle
    for Hiroshi to go fishing.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    I wish someone would give
    me ten million yen.
[22:18] MARUKO
    Then I'd go to Las Vegas and
    make a fortune from roulette.
[22:21] MARUKO
    If I had ten billion, I bet I'd be
    richer than Hanawa-kun's family.
[22:24] MARUKO
    Oh man, it's so hot that only
    crazy thoughts come to my mind.
[22:28] MARUKO
    Next time, on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "At Home on a Hot Summer Day."
SIGN    At Home on a Hot Summer Day
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1430 - At Home on a Hot Summer Day
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] NAGASAWA
    Everyone, Chibi Maruko-chan
    is about to start.
[00:03] NAGASAWA
    Care to take a look?
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    At Home on a Hot Summer Day
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:30] MARUKO
    "At Home on a Hot Summer Day."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:48] MARUKO
    Uh, it's so hot.
[01:50] MARUKO
    I'm sweating even when I sit still.
[01:53] MARUKO
    Ugh, this is ridiculous.
[01:55] MARUKO
    Why is our house so hot?
[01:58] NARRATOR/I
    That's because you don't have A/C.
[02:02] MARUKO
    I don't feel like doing anything.
[02:06] MARUKO
    I'll just have to take a nap like
    this and wait for summer to end.
[02:11] SUMIRE
    Maruko? Maruko!
[02:15] SUMIRE
    Tama-chan's on the phone.
[02:17] SUMIRE
    Come pick it up.
[02:19] MARUKO
    I'm too hot to play.
[02:22] MARUKO
    Tell her I'm not at home.
[02:25] MARUKO
    If only we had A/C, I'd play with a lot,
[02:29] MARUKO
    help around the house, and study happily...
[02:33] MARUKO
    So nice and cool!
[02:36] MARUKO
    Chores, studying, bring it on!
[02:41] MARUKO
    Too bad for you.
[02:42] MARUKO
    Because you were reluctant to pay
    for A/C, your child's unmotivated.
[02:47] SUMIRE
    You fool!
[02:48] SUMIRE
    Stop being so greedy!
[02:50] SUMIRE
    Back in the old days, they didn't
    have A/Cs, but they persevered!
[02:54] MARUKO
    Again with "back in the old days"?
[02:57] MARUKO
    Please stop. You're only making me miserable.
[03:00] MARUKO
    Tell it like it is and say we
    don't have money for A/C.
[03:06] SUMIRE
    We don't have money for A/C.
[03:10] MARUKO
    You actually said it.
[03:13] MARUKO
    Hey, let's buy an A/C.
[03:16] MARUKO
    I'll pay you back once I'm successful.
[03:18] SUMIRE
    You don't even study, so
    how can you be successful?
[03:22] MARUKO
    I'll work hard to pay you back,
    even if I'm not successful!
[03:26] SUMIRE
    How will you make money?
[03:28] MARUKO
    Even if I have to become a hippie,
    I'll make wire crafts to pay you back.
SIGN    I can customize your name
[03:36] SUMIRE
    This is dumb.
[03:39] SUMIRE
    I have to go and let Tama-chan know.
[03:48] MARUKO
    It's too hot to do anything, but
    doing nothing is boring too.
[03:54] MARUKO
    I don't wanna do anything,
    but I don't wanna be bored.
[03:58] MARUKO
    I guess I'm a living corpse.
[04:03] MARUKO
    My gosh, this is so pathetic.
[04:08] MARUKO
    Oh, I know!
[04:10] MARUKO
    Maybe I'll go visit Hanawa-kun.
[04:12] MARUKO
    That house must be cool.
[04:14] MARUKO
    I'm going to give him a call now.
[04:17] MARUKO
    His house is paradise in the neighborhood.
[04:24] MARUKOK
    Oh, hello?
[04:26] MARUKOK
    Is this Hide the Butler?
[04:28] MARUKOK
    Hello, this is Sakura.
[04:30] MARUKOK
    Is Hanawa-kun home?
[04:32] HIDE
    Unfortunately, the young master
    is at the beach in town.
[04:37] HIDE
    He should be back by evening.
[04:41] HIDE
    I'm terribly sorry.
[04:43] MARUKO
    Really, a beach in town?
[04:45] MARUKO
    That's a rather frugal choice for him.
[04:47] MARUKO
    Not some beach overseas, huh?
[04:49] MARUKO
    Not that it matters.
[04:51] MARUKO
    By the way, your voice sounds strange.
[04:55] MARUKO
    Maybe you're tired?
[04:57] HIDE
    Yes. The thing is, I'm feeling
    a bit of heat fatigue.
[05:02] HIDE
    I'm not too young anymore.
[05:07] NARRATOR/I
    Hide the Butler is polite
    to Maruko even if he's busy.
[05:12] NARRATOR/I
    He'll be 68 this year.
[05:16] MARUKO
    Oh man, the beach, huh? Must be nice.
[05:20] MARUKO
    I hope something good happens to me too.
[05:24] MARUKO
    Grandpa, anything good happening?
[05:27] TOMOZOU
    Huh? Anything good?
[05:29] TOMOZOU
    Hm, let me think...
[05:32] TOMOZOU
    What kind of thing would be a good thing?
[05:36] MARUKO
    Like someone gave you ten million yen.
[05:40] TOMOZOU
    What?!
[05:41] TOMOZOU
    That is a good thing!
[05:42] TOMOZOU
    And what do you plan to
    do with ten million yen?
[05:46] MARUKO
    Take that money, and you
    and I will go on a trip.
[05:51] MARUKO
    The destination is Las Vegas.
[05:54] TOMOZOU
    Las Vegas?!
[06:06] TOMOZOU
    Do you mean to tell me that you plan to
    gamble in Las Vegas to hit the jackpot?!
[06:12] MARUKO
    That's right.
[06:13] MARUKO
    Women should have courage,
    men should have charm.
[06:17] TOMOZOU/I
    I'm in awe... I'm in awe, Maruko!
[06:20] TOMOZOU/I
    What a gambler for a child!
[06:24] MARUKO
    You and I will win one hundred million
    yen with a roulette in Las Vegas!
[06:30] TOMOZOU
    We'll say goodbye to a poor life, then.
[06:35] MARUKO
    Listen, if we won one hundred million yen,
     would we be richer than Hanawa-kun?
[06:41] TOMOZOU
    One hundred million won't be enough.
[06:44] MARUKO
    Then how about 500 million yen?
[06:47] TOMOZOU
    Still not enough.
[06:48] MARUKO
    How about one billion?
[06:51] TOMOZOU
    Nah, they'd still be richer than us.
[06:57] MARUKO
    Fine, how about ten billion yen?!
[07:00] TOMOZOU
    Why, yes!
[07:02] TOMOZOU
    We'd be richer than them!
[07:05] MARUKO/I
    Grandpa... with ten billion,
    we can beat Hanawa-kun.
[07:11] TOMOZOU/I
    Yes...
[07:14] TOMOZOU/I
    With ten billion, we're almost invisible.
[07:19] MARUKO
    But for us to make ten billion yen, someone
    will need to give us ten million first.
[07:25] TOMOZOU
    Right.
[07:26] TOMOZOU
    And then we need to make it
    thousand-fold with roulette.
[07:35] NARRATOR/I
    It's still a long way to
    get to Hanawa-kun's level.
[07:39] MARUKO
    But what would you do if you
    really had ten billion yen?
[07:44] TOMOZOU
    Hmm, I've never really
    thought about that before.
[07:50] NARRATOR/I
    Of course you haven't.
[07:52] MARUKO
    Let's buy a tropical island.
[07:57] MARUKO
    Then we'll turn it into a dream island for us!
[08:01] TOMOZOU/I
    "A dream island"?!
[08:21] TOMOZOU
    I love it!
[08:22] TOMOZOU
    I'll be so happy with ten billion yen!
[08:28] MARUKO
    But a tropical island would be too hot.
[08:31] MARUKO
    Shall we buy land somewhere cooler?
[08:33] TOMOZOU
    We just need to buy A/C.
[08:36] TOMOZOU
    We have ten billion yen, after all.
[08:39] MARUKO
    That's true.
[08:40] MARUKO
    You're really smart, Grandpa.
[08:43] MARUKO
    I'm truly happy to be a grandchild
    of a sharp person like you.
[08:47] TOMOZOU
    Oh please, that's an exaggeration.
[08:51] NARRATOR/I
    It really is.
[08:53] MARUKO
    Buying an A/C with ten billion
    yen is like nothing, right?
[08:58] TOMOZOU
    Sure, like a fart.
[09:01] MARUKO
    Buying 100 A/Cs wouldn't even make a dent.
[09:04] TOMOZOU
    It would only be like ten million yen.
[09:07] MARUKO
    So one A/C is as good as if it's free.
[09:10] TOMOZOU
    Exactly.
[09:12] MARUKO
    If it's as good as free,
    maybe we can afford it!
[09:16] MARUKO
    I'll ask Mom one more time.
[09:21] TOMOZOU
    How young she is...
[09:25] TOMOZOU/I
    "Ten billion yen"
[09:27] TOMOZOU/I
    "Impossible to use it up"
[09:29] TOMOZOU/I
    "Such is my life"
[09:30] TOMOZOU/I
    Tomozou's poem of the old man.
[09:35] MARUKO
    Mom, I still think we need to buy an A/C!
[09:39] MARUKO
    Please reconsider.
[09:41] SUMIRE
    You're persistent.
[09:42] SUMIRE
    I told you, "no."
[09:43] MARUKO
    But look, just imagine that
    you have ten billion yen.
[09:48] MARUKO
    Buying one measly A/C is like nothing.
[09:51] MARUKO
    With ten billion yen, a 200-thousand-yen
    A/C is as good as free.
SIGN    Ten billion
[09:57] MARUKO
    Which means it's free.
SIGN    200 thousand
SIGN    Free
[10:01] MARUKO
    Since it's free, please buy it.
[10:03] SUMIRE
    What?
[10:04] SUMIRE
    Ten billion yen?
[10:07] MARUKO
    Like I said, 200-thousand yen for A/C
    out of ten billion yen is like nothing.
[10:15] SUMIRE
    We don't have it.
[10:18] SUMIRE
    There is no ten billion yen...
[10:23] SUMIRE
    Maruko, I don't think your
    brain's working right.
[10:29] SUMIRE
    Why don't you dump some water on your
    head to cool it down in the bath?
[10:42] MARUKO
    Cool it down, huh?
[10:45] MARUKO
    Yeah, seriously.
[10:47] MARUKO
    Getting excited at ten billion
    yen that doesn't exist.
[10:53] MARUKO
    It feels like I've been having a long dream.
[10:57] MARUKO
    I think it's high time I look at reality.
[11:00] HIROSHI
    Hey, Maruko.
[11:03] HIROSHI
    I've got something cool.
[11:04] HIROSHI
    Come here.
[11:07] MARUKO
    What? Something cool?
[11:10] NARRATOR/I
    Continue to the second half.
[11:23] MARUKO
    Cool it down, huh?
[11:25] MARUKO
    Yeah, seriously.
[11:28] MARUKO
    Getting excited at ten billion
    yen that doesn't exist.
[11:33] MARUKO
    It feels like I've been having a long dream.
[11:37] MARUKO
    I think it's high time I look at reality.
[11:41] HIROSHI
    Hey, Maruko.
[11:43] HIROSHI
    I've got something cool.
[11:45] HIROSHI
    Come here.
[11:48] MARUKO
    What? Something cool?
[11:50] MARUKO
    What is it?
[11:51] HIROSHI
    Just come here.
[11:56] MARUKO
    Rhinoceros beetles!
[11:58] HIROSHI
    Something cool, eh?
[12:00] MARUKO
    Wow...
[12:06] MARUKO
    Thank you, Dad!
[12:09] MARUKO
    I'm so happy!
[12:10] MARUKO
    You know me better than anyone.
[12:14] MARUKO
    You're a great father.
[12:16] HIROSHI
    It's only rhinoceros beetles...
[12:22] TOMOZOU
    Oh, I see.
[12:24] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi knows you more than anyone, huh?
[12:27] TOMOZOU
    Then it wouldn't make you sad
    if I kicked the bucket soon.
[12:38] HIROSHI
    Jeez...
[12:41] MARUKO
    Dad, I like that Japanese
    rhinoceros beetles seem honest.
[12:46] HIROSHI
    Oh, you know about non-Japanese
    rhinoceros beetles?
[12:49] MARUKO
    I do.
[12:50] MARUKO
    There are really big ones
    called Hercules beetles.
[12:55] MARUKO
    I saw a taxidermy of it in a museum once.
[12:59] MARUKO
    It was about 20cm big.
[13:03] MARUKO
    It looked a bossy bad boy,
    and it didn't look cute.
[13:08] HIROSHI/I
    A bossy bad boy?
[13:14] SAKIKO
    Oh, but I like Hercules beetles.
[13:17] SAKIKO
    I think they're cool.
[13:19] SAKIKO
    It's got the air of urban hard rock.
[13:23] SAKIKO
    In comparison, Japanese rhinoceros
    beetles are thickheaded, dull bumpkins.
[13:29] SAKIKO
    Not good at all.
[13:31] SAKIKO
    If you're born as a beetle, you've
    got to be a Hercules beetle.
[13:35] HIROSHI/I
    A thickheaded, dull bumpkin, huh?
[13:40] MARUKO
    How dare you say that in front of
    the Japanese rhinoceros beetles!
[13:46] MARUKO
    You apologize to them right now!
[13:49] SAKIKO
    No way.
[13:50] SAKIKO
    I'm being honest about what I think.
[13:53] SAKIKO
    Hercules beetles are cooler.
[13:57] MARUKO
    That's not true!
[13:58] MARUKO
    Hercules beetles are useless
    blockheads who are just big!
[14:02] SAKIKO
    Humph, Japanese rhinoceros
    beetles are useless too.
[14:07] SAKIKO
    If they're both useless, then might as well
    they should be big, since they're cooler!
[14:10] MARUKO
    A woman like you will fall for flashy
    good-for-nothings who make you cry.
SIGN    Hercules
[14:22] SAKIKO
    You'll be stuck with a
    dull idiot for a husband!
SIGN    Japanese Rhinoceros Beetle
SIGN    Japanese Rhinoceros Beetle
[14:31] MARUKO
    What did you say?!
[14:33] SAKIKO
    You wanna do this?
[14:36] SAKIKO
    Take this!
[14:38] MARUKO
    Damn you!
[14:39] SAKIKO
    Ouch!
[14:40] SAKIKO
    Now you've done it!
[14:42] SUMIRE
    Dad, why are these girls fighting?!
[14:45] HIROSHI
    No clue.
[14:46] HIROSHI
    They said something about
    beetles, but I'm not really sure.
[14:53] MARUKO
    It hurts, it hurts!
[14:55] MARUKO
    My head hurts!
[14:58] MARUKO
    Big sis hit me!
[14:59] MARUKO
    I'm deeply injured!
[15:02] SAKIKO
    You hit your head on the
    corner of the desk yourself.
[15:06] SAKIKO
    It's your own fault!
[15:07] MARUKO
    You evil devil!
[15:09] SUMIRE
    Come on, stop crying, Maruko.
[15:12] SUMIRE
    Why don't you have some watermelon?
[15:14] MARUKO
    Watermelon?
[15:22] MARUKO
    Watermelon is like the symbol of summer.
[15:25] MARUKO
    It's perfect for this season.
[15:27] HIROSHI
    She's smiling already.
[15:29] HIROSHI
    How easy.
[15:31] SAKIKO
    She's a simpleton.
[15:32] SUMIRE
    Stop it, Big sis.
[15:34] MARUKO
    We don't have A/C, and this
    isn't a tropical island,
[15:39] MARUKO
    but sharing watermelon with family and
    seeing rhino beetles like this is happiness.
[15:44] HIROSHI
    Exactly! Well said, Maruko.
[15:48] SAKIKO
    I'd be happier with an
    A/C and a tropical island.
[15:52] MARUKO
    What, you wanna pick a fight with me again?!
[15:56] SAKIKO
    Isn't it true, though?
[15:58] SAKIKO
    A/C and a tropical island are much
    better than watermelon and rhino beetles.
[16:02] MARUKO
    Big sis, wanting something
    you can't have is pointless.
[16:06] MARUKO
    You've got to live your life more positively.
[16:08] HIROSHI
    That's right.
[16:09] HIROSHI
    Big sis is rather cranky today.
[16:17] SAKIKO
    Well, when I went to Yoshiko-san's
    house today, everyone said,
[16:23] SAKIKO
    "In summer, nothing beats lying
    on a couch in a cool room
[16:27] SAKIKO
    with A/C and drinking juice."
[16:31] SAKIKO
    Why don't we have A/C or a couch?
[16:34] SAKIKO
    Among the six of my friends, I was the
    only one who had neither of those!
[16:47] HIROSHI
    Well, excuse me for not
    having A/C or a couch.
[16:51] HIROSHI
    I'll have you know that I'm
    working as hard as I can.
[16:54] TOMOZOU/I
    This is bad...
[16:56] TOMOZOU/I
    There's an awkward air in the family!
[17:01] TOMOZOU/I
    I, Tomozou, must do something!
[17:05] TOMOZOU
    Okay Big sis, I'll use my saving
    to buy us A/C and a couch!
[17:12] TOMOZOU
    Are you happy now?
[17:15] TOMOZOU
    Don't be shy!
[17:17] HIROSHI
    D-Don't say silly things like that so easily!
[17:20] HIROSHI
    There's no room to put a couch in,
    and A/C eats up electricity.
[17:25] HIROSHI
    Man, stop suggesting something so ridiculous.
[17:29] TOMOZOU/I
    Hiroshi yelled at me!
[17:31] TOMOZOU/I
    My own son!
[17:33] TOMOZOU/I
    I just... I just wanted to clear out
    the awkward air in the family...
[17:41] TOMOZOU
    How pathetic.
[17:44] TOMOZOU
    Did I do something wrong?
[17:48] TOMOZOU
    Eh, Hiroshi?
[17:50] MARUKO
    Oh no, Grandpa's crying!
[17:53] HIROSHI
    Why?
[17:55] TOMOZOU
    I simply thought... I'd buy a couch
    and A/C for my grand kids...
[18:01] TOMOZOU
    Then I got yelled at by my
    own son for being ridiculous.
[18:06] TOMOZOU
    I've gotten too old, I guess...
[18:14] TOMOZOU
    Getting old is terrible, I tell you.
[18:20] TOMOZOU
    You have no need for a
    senile old fool, I see...
[18:30] SAKIKO
    I've had enough!
[18:32] SAKIKO
    Why is it so gloomy?!
[18:35] SAKIKO
    I can't be here.
[18:37] MARUKO
    Hey, wait up, Big sis!
[18:40] HIROSHI
    Maruko, just leave her be.
SIGN    Sakura
[18:50] MARUKO
    Big sis...
[18:53] SAKIKO
    Ah well.
[18:55] SAKIKO
    I guess you're right in that there's no
    point in wanting something you can't have.
[19:00] SAKIKO
    Of course I know that.
[19:01] MARUKO
    But I also get that you envy
    your friends for having A/C.
[19:07] MARUKO
    It's summer break, after all.
[19:09] MARUKO
    I hope we get to do something fun.
[19:12] MARUKO
    Look at me, staying at home all day long...
[19:18] MARUKO
    I feel like my day was a waste of time.
SIGN    What Maruko Did Today
[19:25] NARRATOR/I
    What Maruko did today:
SIGN    One: Got excited over non-existent ten billion yen with Grandpa
[19:28] NARRATOR/I
    One: Got excited over non-existent 
    ten billion yen with Grandpa.
SIGN    Two: Pestered her mother for A/C and got turned down
[19:37] NARRATOR/I
    Two: Pestered her mother for 
    A/C and got turned down.
[19:42] SUMIRE
    No!
SIGN    Three: Hiroshi bought her rhinoceros beetles, but...
[19:45] NARRATOR/I
    Three: Hiroshi bought her 
    rhinoceros beetles, but...
SIGN    Four: Had a fight with her sister because of said beetles
[19:52] NARRATOR/I
    Four: Had a fight with her sister 
    because of said beetles.
SIGN    After That
[19:58] NARRATOR/I
    After that...
[20:00] NARRATOR/I
    Her grandfather cried,
[20:03] NARRATOR/I
    her sister got mad,
[20:05] NARRATOR/I
    and now, she's depressed about
    how poor her family is...
[20:14] MARUKO
    It truly was a crappy day...
[20:18] SAKIKO
    I'm sure it'll be tough to do your
    homework journal about today.
[20:23] MARUKO
    Journal, huh?
[20:25] MARUKO
    How do I describe today?
[20:30] MARUKO
    Today is the 15th.
[20:32] MARUKO
    It's the anniversary of the end of WWII.
[20:35] MARUKO
    It feels empty...
SIGN    To the beach with
    my classmates
[20:42] MARUKO
    Huh?
[20:46] MARUKO
    I totally forgot that
[20:48] MARUKO
    I was supposed to go to the beach
    with my friends from class today.
[20:52] MARUKO
    Tama-chan gave me a call because
    I didn't show up at the meeting spot.
[20:59] MARUKO
    And Hanawa-kun was at the
    beach in town because...
[21:08] MARUKO
    I bet everyone had fun.
[21:16] MARUKO
    Blue sky.
[21:21] MARUKO
    Sparkling sea.
[21:35] MARUKO
    Big sis, I've totally wasted what
    could have been an amazing day.
[21:42] MARUKO
    Seriously, happiness doesn't
    come walking toward you.
[21:46] MARUKO
    That's why you keep on walking.
SIGN    Chiita
SIGN    The March 
    of 365 Steps
SIGN    Suizenji Kiyoko
[21:52] NARRATOR/I
    Chiita's song really sank in for her today.
SIGN    Chiita
SIGN    The March 
    of 365 Steps
SIGN    Suizenji Kiyoko
[21:57] MARUKO
    One, two, one, two
SIGN    Chiita
SIGN    The March 
    of 365 Steps
SIGN    Suizenji Kiyoko
[21:59] MARUKO
    One, two, one, two
[22:01] MARUKO
    Happiness doesn't come walking toward you
[22:05] MARUKO
    That's why you keep on walkin'
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Bell crickets sound beautiful,
[22:17] MARUKO
    but they can be too loud if
    there are too many of them.
[22:20] MARUKO
    It feels like there are over
    100 at our house right now...
[22:23] MARUKO
    I want to release them somewhere,
    but would I get in trouble if I did?
[22:26] MARUKO
    Would I get arrested by a police officer?
SIGN    Bell Crickets Are Noisy
[22:29] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "Bell Crickets Are Noisy."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1431 - Bell Crickets Are Noisy
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] TAMAE
    Everyone, over here!
[00:02] TAMAE
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Bell Crickets Are Noisy
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:31] MARUKO
    "Bell Crickets Are Noisy."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:53] SAKIKO
    So noisy!
[01:54] MARUKO
    Whoa, you scared me.
[01:56] SAKIKO
    Do something about the
    bell crickets, will you?!
[01:59] SAKIKO
    It's so loud that I can't even read!
[02:13] MARUKO
    It can't be stopped...
[02:16] SAKIKO
    It's all your fault for getting
    bell crickets last year, you idiot!
[02:21] MARUKO
    Stop talking about last
    year, or demons will laugh.
[02:25] NARRATOR/I
    That's "next year."
[02:28] MARUKO/I
    I mean, last year, I never imagined
    that they would multiply so much.
[02:36] MARUKO/I
    When I got them last year,
    there were only ten of them.
[02:42] MARUKO/I
    But then, this spring...
[02:45] MARUKO
    Oh!
[02:46] MARUKO
    It's lined with the eggs
    of the bell crickets!
[02:51] MARUKO
    If they hatch, it would be a problem...
[02:56] MARUKO/I
    They did hatch and grow, and here we are.
[03:00] SAKIKO
    Anyhow, keep that
    terrarium out of this room!
[03:03] MARUKO
    Okay.
[03:10] MARUKO
    By your leave, ma'am.
[03:14] SAKIKO
    Stop playing around and go!
[03:18] MARUKO
    My gosh, where should I put this?
[03:23] MARUKO
    Mom, can I put these bell
    crickets in the kitchen?
[03:27] SUMIRE
    No.
[03:28] SUMIRE
    The ones in the jar already
    live in the kitchen.
[03:33] SUMIRE
    There are some on the
    shelf in the living room.
[03:35] SUMIRE
    They're all over the house.
[03:38] SUMIRE
    You keep that in your room.
[03:42] MARUKO/I
    I would if I could.
[03:46] MARUKO/I
    Man, this is so dumb.
[03:50] MARUKO/I
    Why did they multiply so much?
SIGN    10 bell
    crickets
[03:53] MARUKO/I
    I gave ten to Tama-chan, twenty to Yamada,
    15 to Toshiko-chan, and ten to Hamaji...
SIGN    20 bell
    crickets
SIGN    15 bell
    crickets
SIGN    10 bell
    crickets
[04:04] MARUKO/I
    And there's still plenty at home.
[04:09] MARUKO
    We're bell-cricket tycoons.
[04:12] NARRATOR/I
    Doesn't sound fun.
[04:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa, could I put some bell crickets here?
[04:18] TOMOZOU
    Bell crickets?
[04:21] TOMOZOU
    Sure thing, I don't mind.
[04:24] MARUKO
    That's great!
[04:26] MARUKO
    I didn't have anywhere to place
    them, so I was wandering around.
[04:29] TOMOZOU
    I feel for you.
[04:33] MARUKO
    Grandpa, tell me a poem with
    a theme of bell crickets.
[04:36] TOMOZOU
    Oh, you'll listen to my poem?
[04:58] TOMOZOU
    "O Bell crickets"
[05:00] TOMOZOU
    "Why do you cry with"
[05:01] TOMOZOU
    "The sound of the bells?"
[05:03] MARUKO
    It's so true.
[05:06] MARUKO
    Why do they sound like bells?
[05:14] TOMOZOU
    Listen, Maruko.
[05:15] TOMOZOU
    The sound of the bell crickets
    is ringing in the sky too.
[05:21] MARUKO
    You're right.
[05:23] MARUKO
    It resonates through the
    ends of the universe.
[05:29] TOMOZOU
    There aren't other insects as nice as them.
[05:32] MARUKO
    Grandpa, I'm glad to be in
    Japan, where bell crickets are.
[05:37] MARUKO
    Japan is the best.
[05:40] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, leave these bell crickets to me.
[05:45] MARUKO
    Okay.
[05:47] MARUKO
    Phew, I'm saved!
[05:49] MARUKO
    When in trouble, it's
    Grandpa I can depend on.
[05:53] NARRATOR/I
    That night...
[06:15] MONK
    Tomozou...
[06:17] MONK
    Tomozou...
[06:30] MONK
    Repent.
[06:32] MONK
    Repent.
[06:35] MONK
    Repent.
[06:35] MONK
    Repent.
[06:39] MONK
    Repent.
[06:41] MONK
    Repent.
[06:42] MONK
    Repent.
SIGN    Sakura
[06:57] TOMOZOU
    Good morning, Maruko.
[07:00] TOMOZOU
    I've been hearing the bell crickets
    non-stop since last night.
[07:05] MARUKO
    Oh!
[07:06] MARUKO
    There's a bell cricket on your head!
[07:10] MARUKO
    Oh no, they got out of the cage!
[07:12] SAKIKO
    What are you going to do?
[07:13] SAKIKO
    If they let loose in the house,
    it's going to be so loud!
[07:17] KOTAKE
    I caught them for you.
[07:19] MARUKO
    You did?!
[07:20] MARUKO
    Thank you, Grandma.
[07:23] SAKIKO
    That was so close.
[07:24] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, I'm sorry, but could you move
    the bell crickets to another room?
[07:31] TOMOZOU
    I had a nightmare last night because of them.
[07:35] MONK/I
    Repent.
[07:37] SUMIRE
    Maruko, don't cause trouble for Grandpa!
[07:41] TOMOZOU
    Please don't scold Maruko.
[07:45] MARUKO
    I guess I'll have to bring them to school.
[07:49] MARUKO
    Who knows, maybe they'll enjoy it.
SIGN    Elementary School
SIGN    Grade 3 Class 4
[08:12] MARUKO/I
    Crap.
[08:14] MARUKO/I
    They keep chirping during class...
[08:17] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, don't you
    find them a bit too loud?
[08:21] FUJIKI
    Yes, I agree with you, Nagasawa-kun.
[08:25] BOY A
    Who brought them to school?
[08:27] BOY B
    Wait, Sakura did?
[08:28] BOY C
    There's just too many.
[08:31] BOY D
    Right. One or two would've been
    fine, but there's, like, 30.
[08:36] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, looks like you'd
    better take them home.
[08:40] MARUKO
    Yeah, you couldn't be more right.
[08:46] MARUKO/I
    I went through the trouble of bringing this
    heavy thing, only to bring it back...
[08:52] MARUKO/I
    I'm a huge idiot.
[08:54] MARUKO/I
    Bell crickets sounded like a good
    idea when I got them last year.
SIGN    Free
     Bell Crickets
SIGN    Mimatsu-ya General
    Store
SIGN    Free
     Bell Crickets
SIGN    Free
     Bell Crickets
[09:04] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Is this really true?
[09:06] (Flashback) BOY
    Yeah, they're giving them out.
[09:09] (Flashback) MARUKO
    For free?
[09:10] (Flashback) BOY
    Yeah, for free.
[09:14] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Excuse me!
[09:15] (Flashback) MIMATSU
    Welcome.
[09:17] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Could I please have a bell cricket?
[09:19] (Flashback) MIMATSU
    Oh, another customer for bell crickets?
[09:21] (Flashback) MIMATSU
    Sure. Give me a minute.
SIGN    Free
     Bell Crickets
[09:27] (Flashback) MIMATSU
    Here you go.
[09:28] (Flashback) MIMATSU
    If you take good care of them,
    you'll have lots of eggs next year.
[09:31] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Really?!
[09:32] (Flashback) MIMATSU
    Yeah, we actually have too many at our house.
[09:36] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Wow, that sounds fun.
[09:39] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Thank you very much!
SIGN    Sakura
SIGN    How to Keep Insects
[09:47] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Mom, can I have dried sardines?
[09:49] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Oh, you want them to snack on?
[09:52] (Flashback) MARUKO
    No, I'm feeding them to the bell crickets.
[09:55] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    What? I fed them eggplants.
[09:58] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Apparently, dried sardines are good for them.
[10:01] (Flashback) MARUKO
    You need to feed them animal
    protein, or they'll eat each other.
[10:06] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Is that so? You learn something
    new by keeping insects.
[10:09] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    How interesting.
[10:11] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Yeah, it's interesting.
[10:14] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Nice.
[10:16] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    It feels so elegant.
[10:18] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    It's fun.
[10:21] MARUKO/I
    The bell crickets were so
    loved by everyone last year,
[10:26] MARUKO/I
    and now they've turned
    into nuisance this year.
[10:28] MARUKO/I
    How sad...
[10:33] MARUKO/I
    Tama-chan, I know you're
    totally carefree right now,
[10:36] MARUKO/I
    but the ten I gave you this
    year will explode next year.
[10:42] MARUKO/I
    Forgive me.
[10:44] MARUKO/I
    And I gave ten to Hamaji too, so
    I'm causing him trouble as well.
[10:49] MARUKO/I
    I gave Toshiko-chan 15!
[10:52] MARUKO/I
    And Yamada got a whopping 20, so who
    knows how much they'll multiply.
[10:58] MARUKO/I
    Laugh while you can.
[11:02] MARUKO/I
    I'm sorry, everyone.
[11:03] MARUKO/I
    I'm leaving the rest to you.
[11:07] NARRATOR/I
    Continue to the second half.
[11:16] MARUKO/I
    The bell crickets were so
    loved by everyone last year,
[11:21] MARUKO/I
    and now they've turned
    into nuisance this year.
[11:23] MARUKO/I
    How sad...
[11:26] MARUKO/I
    Tama-chan, I know you're
    totally carefree right now,
[11:30] MARUKO/I
    but the ten I gave you this
    year will explode next year.
[11:36] MARUKO/I
    Forgive me.
[11:38] MARUKO/I
    And I gave ten to Hamaji too, so
    I'm causing him trouble as well.
[11:43] MARUKO/I
    I gave Toshiko-chan 15!
[11:46] MARUKO/I
    And Yamada got a whopping 20, so who
    knows how much they'll multiply.
[11:51] MARUKO/I
    Laugh while you can.
[11:56] MARUKO/I
    I'm sorry, everyone.
[11:58] MARUKO/I
    I'm leaving the rest to you.
SIGN    Elementary School
SIGN    Sakura
[12:27] SUMIRE
    Why did you bring them back?
[12:32] SUMIRE
    You went through the trouble
    of bringing them there.
[12:34] MARUKO
    Because they were noisy at school too.
[12:37] MARUKO
    There are just too many.
[12:38] MARUKO
    Five or six would have been fine.
[12:41] SUMIRE
    Then you could have released them somewhere.
[12:44] MARUKO
    What?
[12:45] SUMIRE
    First of all, you were so hyped up
    about critters before we got them,
[12:49] SUMIRE
    but once they were here, you
    never took care of them.
[12:52] SUMIRE
    I ended up doing everything
    for the bell crickets.
[12:57] SUMIRE
    I'm fed up with it.
[12:58] SUMIRE
    I'm always telling you not to cause
    trouble for others, aren't I?!
[13:02] MARUKO/I
    This is bad.
[13:03] MARUKO/I
    She's moving into angry mode.
[13:05] SUMIRE
    More importantly, you can't even take care
    of yourself, let alone the bell crickets!
[13:10] SUMIRE
    Look at this pile of trash.
[13:12] SUMIRE
    I had to clean up all the mess you made!
[13:16] SUMIRE
    You need to help around the house sometimes!
[13:22] MARUKO
    Oh no, Mommy's mad, oh my!
[13:28] MARUKO/I
    Shake shake, shake shake!
[13:31] MARUKO/I
    Shaking my tush, whoo, whoo!
[13:35] MARUKO/I
    Everyone's fart goes pooh pooh
[13:43] MARUKO/I
    Dance like this, and your heart is light
[13:52] MARUKO/I
    Shake shake, shake shake!
[13:56] MARUKO/I
    Shaking my tush, whoo, whoo!
[13:59] MARUKO/I
    Everyone's fart goes pooh pooh
[14:07] MARUKO/I
    Dance like this, and your heart is light
[14:18] MARUKO
    Hey, mama.
[14:20] MARUKO/I
    Why don't you smile and sing with me?
[14:24] MARUKO/I
    Kiss me
[14:29] MARUKO/I
    Touch me
[14:33] MARUKO/I
    Dreamy music hour
[14:40] SUMIRE
    I won't be fooled!
[14:43] SUMIRE
    I won't be fooled!
[14:44] SUMIRE
    I won't be fooled!
[14:46] SUMIRE
    I won't be fooled!
[14:49] SUMIRE
    Anyhow, go release all the bell
    crickets tonight with your father.
[14:53] MARUKO
    Wait, all of them?
[14:55] MARUKO
    Can we keep a couple?
[14:58] SUMIRE
    Who do you think will take care of those?
[15:00] SUMIRE
    Me.
[15:02] MARUKO
    Okay, okay.
[15:03] MARUKO
    I'll release them all.
[15:05] MARUKO
    Boo.
SIGN    Sakura
[15:09] HIROSHI
    Huh?
[15:10] HIROSHI
    You want me to come with you
    to release the bell crickets?
[15:14] HIROSHI
    I don't wanna...
[15:16] HIROSHI
    Go by yourself.
[15:18] MARUKO
    What?
[15:20] MARUKO
    I can't carry them all alone.
[15:23] MARUKO
    And it's scary because it's nighttime.
[15:25] MARUKO
    Please come with me!
[15:31] HIROSHI
    Then after the baseball game.
[15:33] HIROSHI
    Wait until it's over.
[15:35] MARUKO
    But then my bedtime will be really late.
[15:37] MARUKO
    And I know you'll drink beer.
[15:39] MARUKO
    Are you sure you'll come with me?
[15:41] HIROSHI
    That's enough.
[15:43] HIROSHI
    Say any more, and I won't come with you.
[15:45] MARUKO
    Boo. Because I can't trust you.
[15:48] HIROSHI
    Humph!
[15:59] HIROSHI
    Go for it, Oh!
[16:08] HIROSHI
    Man, you idiot!
[16:34] HIROSHI
    Gah, we lost!
[16:45] HIROSHI
    Damn it, we lost.
[16:47] HIROSHI
    So frustrating.
[16:49] MARUKO
    Oh, is the game over?
[16:51] MARUKO
    Then let's go.
[16:52] MARUKO
    I've been waiting for you.
[16:54] HIROSHI
    Huh?
[16:55] MARUKO
    The bell crickets.
[16:57] MARUKO
    You said you'd come with me to release them.
[17:00] HIROSHI
    Who cares? Not my problem.
[17:02] HIROSHI
    Now that the Giants lost,
    none of that matters.
[17:05] MARUKO
    You've got to be kidding me.
[17:07] MARUKO
    I was patiently waiting for you.
[17:09] HIROSHI
    Oh yeah? Too bad for you.
[17:13] SUMIRE
    Come on, Dad.
[17:14] SUMIRE
    You've got to keep your promise.
[17:16] SUMIRE
    Maruko doesn't deserve that.
[17:18] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi!
[17:19] TOMOZOU
    You're in the wrong.
[17:22] KOTAKE
    That's right.
[17:24] SAKIKO
    You promised her, didn't you?
[17:27] SUMIRE
    She waited for two hours.
[17:37] HIROSHI
    Why are you all ganging up on me?!
[17:40] HIROSHI
    What did I do?
[17:43] NARRATOR/I
    You tried to break a promise.
[17:52] HIROSHI
    Tch, what a bother...
[17:55] MARUKO
    Sorry, guys.
[18:02] HIROSHI
    Hey, let them out around here.
[18:05] MARUKO
    No, we can't release them on the paved road.
[18:08] MARUKO
    It's got to be a grassy area.
[18:09] HIROSHI
    Why does it matter?
[18:11] MARUKO
    The bell crickets deserve
    to be in the grassy area.
[18:15] HIROSHI
    Then you wanna try a park?
[18:17] MARUKO
    Sure.
SIGN    Fujimi Park
[18:37] HIROSHI
    It's not really the time or
    place to release bell crickets.
[18:41] MARUKO
    Right...
[18:43] HIROSHI
    We have no choice, let's go to the riverside.
[18:47] MARUKO
    Okay.
[18:51] MARUKO
    Dad...
[18:55] MARUKO
    It feels like we are nomads
    who wander around the desert.
[19:00] HIROSHI
    Yeah, you're right.
[19:13] HIROSHI/I
    We keep on roaming aimlessly...
[19:18] MARUKO/I
    On and on...
[19:41] HIROSHI
    Shall we let them go here?
[19:43] MARUKO
    Okay.
[19:46] HIROSHI
    Here you go. Be well.
[20:00] POLICE OFFICER
    You there.
[20:02] POLICE OFFICER
    What are you two doing there?
[20:06] MARUKO/I
    A police officer!
SIGN    Sakura
[20:18] NARRATOR/I
    Back at home...
[20:21] SUMIRE
    What's taking them so long?
[20:23] SAKIKO
    I wonder what they're doing.
[20:25] SUMIRE
    Who knows, maybe they're being
    questioned by the police.
[20:28] SAKIKO
    No way!
[20:30] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi might be going, "I'm not a
    criminal, I swear!" Or something.
[20:36] SAKIKO
    Those two are obviously suspicious.
[20:41] SUMIRE
    Bell crickets at night? Yeah.
[20:46] HIROSHI
    We, we're not criminals, I swear!
[20:48] HIROSHI
    Right, Maruko?
[20:50] MARUKO
    R-Right!
[20:51] POLICE OFFICER
    What are you doing so late
    at night with a small child?
[20:59] HIROSHI
    I-I'm catching bell crickets.
[21:02] HIROSHI
    She... needs them for her
    science class research.
[21:08] MARUKO/I
    Dad's talking through his hat
[21:11] MARUKO/I
    because he thinks releasing bell
    crickets may get us in trouble!
[21:15] POLICE OFFICER
    Science class research, huh? That's rough.
[21:21] POLICE OFFICER
    Bell crickets, eh?
[21:26] POLICE OFFICER
    Oh, there it is.
[21:30] HIROSHI/I
    Of course there is, I just released a bunch.
[21:34] POLICE OFFICER
    I caught one.
[21:36] POLICE OFFICER
    It's in my fist.
[21:39] MARUKO
    Thank you very much...
[21:41] POLICE OFFICER
    Oh, here's another one.
[21:45] HIROSHI
    He's good at catching bell
    crickets, isn't he, Maruko?
[21:50] MARUKO
    Yes...
[21:52] NARRATOR/I
    The bell crickets the police officer
    caught must be brought home again...
[21:59] NARRATOR/I
    It wasn't so easy for the Sakuras to
    get rid of the curse of bell crickets.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    I'm so sleepy.
[22:16] MARUKO
    It's morning and I have got to
    wake up now, but I just can't.
[22:20] MARUKO
    I don't care if I get spanked,
    I want to keep sleeping.
SIGN    Awake a little before six
[22:23] MARUKO
    Oh no, my conscious is
    drifting back to my dream...
[22:26] MARUKO
    How does everyone else get up in the morning?
[22:28] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock."
SIGN    Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1432 - Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] OHNO/SUGIYAMA
    Everyone, gather around!
[00:02] OHNO/SUGIYAMA
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[01:30] SIGN
    "Maru-chan Buys an Alarm Clock."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:45] MARUKO/I
    I'm so sleepy.
[01:47] MARUKO/I
    I'm just too sleepy...
[01:51] SUMIRE
    Maruko! What are you doing?!
[02:04] SUMIRE
    Maruko, breakfast's ready!
[02:07] MARUKO
    Yes, I'm coming.
[02:13] MARUKO/I
    Oh, I was dreaming.
[02:16] MARUKO/I
    Come to think of it,
    I think I heard Mom just now.
[02:22] MARUKO/I
    Ah, I'm sleepy again.
[02:25] MARUKO/I
    My gosh, I have to get up.
[02:28] MARUKO/I
    I'm too sleepy...
[02:30] MARUKO/I
    Why are my upper and lower eyelids so friendly?
[02:39] SUMIRE
    Enough is enough!
[02:47] SUMIRE
    I told you to wake up! Now!
[02:54] SUMIRE
    I don't care anymore!
[02:56] SUMIRE
    Do whatever you like!
[02:59] MARUKO/I
    I'll do whatever I like...
[03:08] MARUKO
    Kosugi, that's French baguette, isn't it?
[03:11] KOSUGI
    That's right.
[03:13] KOSUGI
    I got it from a French person.
[03:15] MARUKO
    Really, you got it from a French person?
[03:18] TAMAE'S DAD
    Yes, I'm actually French.
[03:22] MARUKO
    Is that so?
[03:24] MARUKO
    Then Tama-chan's French too?
[03:27] TAMAE
    I am.
[03:29] MARUKO
    Ouch!
[03:30] MARUKO
    You smacked my butt...
[03:33] SUMIRE
    Wake up now, or another one's coming!
[03:35] MARUKO
    If I can stay asleep for one more smack
    on the butt, I'd happily take it...
[03:41] SUMIRE
    You idiot!
[03:42] SUMIRE
    Why do you have such a problem
    waking up in the morning?
[03:45] MARUKO
    I want to skip school today.
[03:48] SUMIRE
    Stand up!
[03:49] SUMIRE
    Change your clothes!
[03:53] MARUKO/I
    I can feel my consciousness fading away...
[03:59] SUMIRE
    Don't sleep standing up!
[04:02] SUMIRE
    It's 7:40 AM already!
[04:04] SUMIRE
    Even if you run, you could be late!
SIGN    Elementary School
[04:09] MARUKO/I
    I am actually late...
[04:12] TOGAWA
    Sakura-san, try not to be tardy.
[04:15] MARUKO
    I'm so sorry.
[04:19] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, what happened?
[04:21] TAMAE
    Were you sick or something?
[04:24] MARUKO
    No.
[04:25] MARUKO
    It's really pathetic, but I have
    trouble waking up in the morning.
[04:30] MARUKO
    And it's gotten worse lately.
[04:32] TAMAE
    It doesn't help to go to sleep early?
[04:34] MARUKO
    No.
[04:36] MARUKO
    No matter how early I go to bed,
    it's tough for me to wake up.
[04:39] MARUKO
    I try hard to wake up, but
    somehow I get sleepy,
[04:44] MARUKO
    and sometimes find myself in a dream.
[04:47] TAMAE
    In a dream?!
[04:50] MARUKO
    It's a dumb story.
[04:52] MARUKO
    But this morning, I had a dream
    that your dad was French.
[04:57] TAMAE
    Oh, is that so?
[05:01] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, if you're going to be late to
    school for having a silly dream like that,
[05:05] TAMAE
    you really should try and wake up
    early, no matter how hard it may be.
[05:08] MARUKO
    You couldn't be more right.
[05:10] SIGN
    Everyone, let's all start thinking
    about the new year's resolution.
SIGN    New Year's Resolution
[05:16] TOGAWA
    It can be something small.
[05:17] TOGAWA
    Pick something you would
    really like to work on,
[05:20] SIGN
    as you look back on the year you've had.
SIGN    New Year's Resolution
[05:23] STUDENTS
    Yes, sir!
[05:25] KOSUGI
    My resolution will be to
    become an even bigger eater.
[05:32] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun's resolution is that one, right?
[05:35] FUJIKI
    Huh? Which one?
[05:37] NAGASAWA
    Are you making me say it?
[05:40] FUJIKI
    About me being cowardly?
[05:42] NAGASAWA
    Is there anything else you need to fix?
[05:47] FUJIKI/I
    Am I that cowardly that I have to make
    it my new year's resolution to change it?
[05:54] FUJIKI/I
    No, I don't think that's true.
[05:57] FUJIKI/I
    Let's try and think of some other goals.
[06:01] FUJIKI/I
    Well...
[06:03] FUJIKI/I
    Um...
[06:06] FUJIKI/I
    Hm? I can't think of any.
[06:09] FUJIKI/I
    No other goal is coming to my mind!
[06:13] NAGASAWA
    You don't need to think to write about it.
[06:17] NAGASAWA
    Just write it down.
[06:18] FUJIKI
    Yeah, you're right, Nagasawa-kun...
SIGN    New Year's Resolution
SIGN    Change
    my
    cowardly
    personality
SIGN    Name
SIGN    Fujiki
    Shigeru
SIGN    New Year's Resolution
SIGN    Change
    my
    cowardly
    personality
SIGN    Name
SIGN    Fujiki
    Shigeru
SIGN    New Year's Resolution
SIGN    Don't
    oversleep
SIGN    Name
SIGN    Sakura Momoko
[06:34] SIGN (center)
    There you go.
[06:36] TAMAE/I
    That is the perfect resolution
    for you right now.
[06:40] MARUKO
    It's a bit embarrassing that such a
    basic thing is my new year's resolution.
[06:46] TAMAE
    That's not true!
[06:48] MARUKO
    Then what's your resolution?
[06:50] TAMAE
    Mine is to practice piano every day.
[06:56] MARUKO
    That's wonderful.
SIGN    New Year's Resolution
SIGN    Name
SIGN    Practice
    piano
    every
    day
SIGN    Honami
    Tamae
[06:57] MARUKO
    An impressive resolution.
[07:00] MARUKO
    In comparison, mine is not to
    oversleep, of all things...
[07:06] MARUKO
    A perfectly dreary resolution
    for a sleepyhead like me.
[07:12] TOGAWA
    Well then, everyone.
[07:13] TOGAWA
    As you look back on your behavior this year,
[07:15] TOGAWA
    let us all work toward our new
    year's resolutions, starting today.
SIGN    New Year's Resolution
[07:19] STUDENTS
    Yes, sir!
[07:22] MARUKO
    How do you wake up in the morning?
[07:25] OHNO
    How? I mean, I set an alarm clock
    and I wake up when it goes off.
[07:30] SUGIYAMA
    Same here.
[07:32] TOSHIKO
    Me, too.
[07:33] TAMAE
    Me, too.
[07:35] YAMANE
    I do, too.
[07:37] MARUKO
    You all wake up with an alarm clock?!
[07:40] OHNO
    Isn't that what anyone would do?
[07:44] YAMANE
    It's so normal that I can't really
    think of any other way of waking up.
[07:48] TOSHIKO
    Maru-chan, you don't use
    an alarm clock to wake up?
[07:53] MARUKO
    No.
[07:54] MARUKO
    Every morning, my mom yells at me like
    three times, and she pulls off my covers,
[08:00] MARUKO
    smacks my butt, and I get pulled
    up, and finally I can wake up.
[08:07] OHNO
    I've never heard of anyone waking up like that.
[08:10] SUGIYAMA
    Right.
[08:12] YAMANE
    You cause so much trouble for
    your mom just to wake up?
[08:16] YAMANE
    You really should reconsider
    how you live your daily life!
[08:20] MARUKO
    That's why I'm asking you questions!
[08:23] MARUKO
    I do know that I shouldn't
    be living like this forever.
[08:29] MARUKO
    But when morning comes,
    it's just too hard to wake up.
[08:34] YAMANE
    You don't have enough guts!
[08:37] YAMANE
    No matter how sleepy you are,
    bite the bullet and wake up!
[08:40] YAMANE
    Waking up from your sleep
    shouldn't affect you at all!
[08:45] YAMANE
    Compared to my abdominal pain, waking
    up is like the easiest thing!
[08:51] OHNO
    Y-You may be right.
[08:54] SUGIYAMA
    Yeah. Compared to abdominal pain,
    waking up shouldn't be hard at all.
[08:59] TOSHIKO
    That's true.
[09:00] TOSHIKO
    It's not painful or anything.
[09:03] TAMAE
    Yeah, all it takes is a bit of effort.
[09:09] YAMANE
    See? You need to make more effort, Sakura.
[09:12] YAMANE
    Don't cause problems for your parents
    just to wake up in the morning.
[09:16] YAMANE
    Troubling your family for such
    an easy thing is the worst!
[09:23] TOSHIKO
    Oh no, Yamane-kun!
[09:27] OHNO
    He got overexcited, and his
    stomach couldn't take it.
[09:30] YAMANE
    That's exactly right...
[09:34] YAMANE
    I'm causing trouble for everyone again.
[09:38] YAMANE
    I was the one telling you not to
    do that, but look at me now...
[09:51] YAMANE
    Getting pulled up by others when
    I'm not even sleepy... Funny, huh?
[09:55] OHNO
    Hey, you don't need to talk
    when you have abdominal pain.
[09:59] YAMANE
    You're right.
[10:01] SUGIYAMA
    Okay, we'll walk Yamane home.
[10:05] MARUKO/TAMAE/TOSHIKO
    Okay.
[10:07] SUGIYAMA
    Are you all right?
[10:10] TAMAE
    Yamane sure has guts, but...
[10:13] TOSHIKO
    Right. He has guts, but
    his body can't take it.
[10:18] MARUKO
    But he wakes up in the morning,
    so that's commendable.
[10:22] TOSHIKO
    Maru-chan, why don't you start
    by buying an alarm clock?
[10:26] TAMAE
    Yeah, that's a good idea.
[10:29] MARUKO
    I think I'll do that.
[10:30] MARUKO
    After learning that everyone
    uses an alarm clock to wake up,
[10:35] MARUKO
    I'll have to get one for myself.
[10:43] YAMANE
    My resolution is to strengthen my stomach...
[10:49] SUGIYAMA
    O-Okay...
[10:51] YAMANE
    It was the same last year.
[10:57] YAMANE
    Maybe it'll be the same next year...
[11:01] OHNO
    Don't get discouraged!
[11:04] YAMANE
    You're right.
[11:12] YAMANE/I
    My stomach, we can do this!
SIGN    Sakura
[11:18] MARUKO
    1,380 yen, huh?
[11:21] MARUKO
    If I use all the money,
    maybe I can afford it.
[11:26] MARUKO
    But it feels like such a waste.
[11:29] MARUKO
    I'd rather spend it on something else.
[11:34] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko is troubled.
[11:36] NARRATOR/I
    Continue to the second half.
[11:45] MARUKO/I
    With 1,380 yen, I can buy a manga,
    snacks, ice cream and meat buns,
[11:52] MARUKO/I
    or I could splurge and get
    some roasted sweet potatoes.
[11:56] MARUKO/I
    Uh, what do I do?
[11:58] MARUKO/I
    It's not like I truly want an alarm clock...
[12:03] MARUKO
    But if I buy an alarm clock with my
    allowance, I might get complimented by everyone.
[12:09] SUMIRE
    You bought an alarm clock for yourself?
[12:12] SUMIRE
    Good for you!
[12:13] HIROSHI
    Maruko, you do know how to find a good item.
[12:17] MARUKO
    Okay, I will buy an alarm clock!
[12:20] MARUKO
    And I'll demonstrate my spirit to everyone!
[12:26] SUMIRE
    Where are you going?
[12:28] MARUKO
    Oh, just an errand.
[12:30] MARUKO
    I'll be back soon.
[12:32] SUMIRE
    Take care.
[12:33] MARUKO
    Okay.
SIGN    Suzuki Clock Store
[12:36] SIGN
    Hello!
[12:36] STAFF
    Welcome.
[12:38] MARUKO
    I'd like to buy an alarm clock.
[12:40] STAFF
    Sure thing.
[12:41] STAFF
    You're buying it with your own money?
[12:45] STAFF
    How impressive.
[12:46] MARUKO/I
    A compliment already.
[12:48] MARUKO/I
    It was a good choice to buy an alarm clock.
[12:53] MARUKO
    Wow, there are so many different kinds.
[12:57] MARUKO
    Could I have something
    that's under 1,380 yen?
[13:02] STAFF
    1,380 yen, huh?
[13:05] STAFF
    Then...
[13:08] STAFF
    This is the only one.
[13:10] STAFF
    I can sell it for 1300 yen.
[13:14] MARUKO
    Thank you very much.
[13:16] MARUKO
    Ta-da! This is the alarm clock I bought.
[13:20] TOMOZOU
    Good job, Maruko.
[13:22] TOMOZOU
    I'm impressed that you were able
    to purchase something so nice.
[13:27] MARUKO/I
    Good, good.
[13:28] MARUKO/I
    Praise me more, everyone.
[13:30] SUMIRE
    Well, it's better than wasting money away,
[13:30] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[13:33] SUMIRE
    but I'll save my compliment until
    I see this actually in use.
[13:37] HIROSHI
    True.
[13:38] HIROSHI
    If you don't use it properly,
    it's the same as wasting money.
[13:42] SAKIKO
    I'm sure it'll end up a waste.
[13:45] SAKIKO
    I can't picture Maruko making
    full use of this thing.
[13:48] MARUKO
    How rude, you all!
[13:50] TOMOZOU
    Indeed!
[13:52] TOMOZOU
    It wouldn't hurt to praise her
    when she buys something useful!
[13:57] HIROSHI
    Humph! Just because she buys
    something useful every now and then
[13:59] HIROSHI
    isn't a cause for celebration.
[14:01] HIROSHI
    Wake up early every morning
    until the clock breaks.
[14:06] HIROSHI
    Then I'll compliment you.
[14:08] SAKIKO
    Seriously.
[14:10] SAKIKO
    I'll definitely do that if that happens.
[14:11] MARUKO
    So frustrating!
[14:13] MARUKO
    Fine, now I'm determined to
    wake up early every morning!
[14:17] TOMOZOU
    There you go, Maruko!
[14:19] TOMOZOU
    Use this frustration and
    wake up early every day!
[14:23] MARUKO
    I will.
[14:25] NARRATOR/I
    The next morning...
SIGN    Sakura
[14:36] MARUKO
    Oh man...
[14:37] MARUKO
    I'm sleepy, but I've got to wake up.
[14:43] MARUKO
    How refreshing.
[14:46] MARUKO
    The air, sunlight...
[14:48] MARUKO
    Ah, rising early is so wonderful.
[14:51] MARUKO
    If I do this every day, I can
    experience this every single morning.
[14:56] MARUKO
    I wish I could tell this
    to the people in the world!
[15:01] HIROSHI
    Maruko's still asleep, isn't she?
[15:04] SUMIRE
    She's already gone to school.
[15:07] HIROSHI
    Huh?! At seven o'clock?!
[15:09] TOMOZOU
    She woke up early.
[15:11] TOMOZOU
    She proved herself by waking up early.
[15:14] HIROSHI
    Humph, I'm sure it's just for today.
[15:19] MARUKO
    Ah, the town lit in the early morning sun
    sure feels a bit different than usual.
[15:28] SASAKI
    Hello, Maru-chan. Good morning.
[15:32] MARUKO
    Good morning, Old Man Sasaki.
[15:34] SASAKI
    You're early today.
[15:37] MARUKO
    Yes, I woke up early.
[15:39] SASAKI
    I see.
[15:40] SASAKI
    Rising early feels good, doesn't it?
[15:42] MARUKO
    Yes.
[15:43] MARUKO
    Are you usually up this early
    to take care of the trees?
[15:47] SASAKI
    That's right.
[15:49] SASAKI
    The trees wake up early, so I do the same.
[15:53] MARUKO
    They do?!
[15:55] SASAKI
    They most likely do.
[15:58] MARUKO
    What time do you think they wake up?
[16:01] SASAKI
    Well, I don't know the exact time.
[16:04] SASAKI
    But my hunch says they probably wake
    up a little before six o'clock.
[16:08] MARUKO
    A little before six o'clock?!
[16:10] SASAKI
    Yes, a little before six o'clock.
[16:13] MARUKO
    Wow, that's early.
[16:15] SASAKI
    It is, indeed.
SIGN    "Song of Tree's Vitality, Early Morning Version"
[16:17] SASAKI
    That's why I wake up early.
[16:21] SASAKI
    No matter how hard it is.
[16:23] SASAKI/I
    On windy days
[16:27] SASAKI/I
    Or on rainy days
[16:30] SASAKI/I
    Every morning, trees wake up
[16:38] SASAKI/I
    They wake up a little before six o'clock
[16:45] SASAKI/I
    When the trees wake up in the morning
[16:52] SASAKI/I
    I make sure to wake up and take care of them
[17:09] TAMAE
    Wow, Maru-chan,
[17:11] TAMAE
    you were the first one here this morning?
[17:13] MARUKO
    Yes, I got here before Maruo-kun.
[17:17] MARUO
    Sakura-san, you're not planning to run
    for the class representative, are you?
[17:23] MARUKO
    Of course not.
[17:25] MARUO
    That, indeed, is not what
    you're really thinking!
[17:29] MARUKO
    It is what I'm thinking.
[17:30] MARUKO
    Why would I lie about that?
[17:32] MARUO
    Then why did you come to
    school before I did today?
[17:37] MARUO
    You're almost late every day, so for
    you to come to school early can only be
[17:42] MARUO
    a preparation for your running
    to be the class representative!
[17:46] MARUKO
    Hey, can you do something about him?
[17:50] TAMAE
    Leave him alone.
[17:56] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, are you making
    efforts to achieve your goal?
[18:01] FUJIKI
    Huh? N-Nothing in particular...
[18:04] NAGASAWA
    It amazes me that you are so oblivious.
[18:06] NAGASAWA
    Sakura at least seems to be trying,
    so you should work hard too.
[18:11] FUJIKI/I
    In my case, what effort can I make?
SIGN    Sakura
[18:16] HIROSHI
    Hey, it's 8 o'clock already.
[18:18] HIROSHI
    Maruko, go to sleep.
[18:20] MARUKO
    No, thanks.
[18:21] MARUKO
    I don't wanna go to bed this early.
[18:24] SAKIKO
    Aren't you supposed to
    wake up early every day?
[18:26] MARUKO
    It's fine.
[18:28] MARUKO
    I can rise early even if
    I stay up a bit longer.
[18:33] NARRATOR/I
    The next morning...
[18:38] MARUKO/I
    I'm so sleepy.
[18:40] MARUKO/I
    But I have to wake up...
[18:44] MARUKO
    I have to wake up.
[18:46] MARUKO
    Even trees are waking up early...
[18:50] TREE A
    Wake up! You can do it!
[18:52] TREE B
    Don't give in, wake up!
[18:54] SASAKI
    I put in an effort every morning.
[18:57] TREE A/B
    You can do it! You can do it!
[19:01] SUMIRE
    Maruko!
[19:03] SUMIRE
    It's 7:30 am already!
[19:04] MARUKO
    7:30?!
[19:06] MARUKO
    No way!
[19:07] SUMIRE
    Get ready and go to school!
[19:09] MARUKO
    O-Okay!
[19:11] MARUKO/I
    I can't believe this!
[19:13] MARUKO/I
    The alarm should have gone off at 5:30 am,
    but the next thing I knew, it was 7:30 am.
[19:18] MARUKO/I
    I can't believe it!
[19:21] SASAKI
    Hey, Maru-chan!
[19:25] MARUKO
    Old Man Sasaki!
[19:26] SASAKI
    Good morning.
[19:28] SASAKI
    The trees woke up early this morning again.
[19:30] SASAKI
    So did I.
[19:31] MARUKO
    Oh, that's great.
[19:33] MARUKO
    See you later!
[19:34] MARUKO/I
    No offense, but I don't care about
    the trees waking up early right now.
[19:39] MARUKO/I
    If he woke up that early, maybe
    he can go to school in my place!
[19:45] MARUO
    Sakura-san, you were almost late again.
[19:49] MARUO
    What on earth are you thinking?!
[19:52] MARUKO
    I don't know.
[19:54] MARUKO
    I spent 1,380 yen on that thing,
    and this is what happens?
[19:58] MARUKO
    What the heck am I doing?
[20:01] MARUKO
    Maruo-kun, what am I thinking? Tell me.
[20:05] MARUO
    Huh?!
[20:07] NAGASAWA
    Looks like Sakura darted toward
    her goal and self-destructed.
[20:11] YAMANE
    Right.
[20:12] YAMANE
    It seems that way.
[20:13] NAGASAWA
    That didn't take long.
[20:15] YAMANE
    Yeah. It was a new year's
    resolution for next year,
[20:18] YAMANE
    so self-destructing it this
    year is out of the question.
[20:22] TOSHIKO
    Sometimes chaos ensues when you stop
    your alarm and fall back to sleep.
[20:29] TAMAE
    You're right.
[20:31] TOSHIKO
    You stop your alarm, but no one wakes you
    up, then an ungodly amount of time passes.
[20:37] MARUKO
    That's exactly what happened.
[20:40] TAMAE
    In your case, maybe your mom should
    wake you up, not your alarm clock.
[20:45] MARUKO
    I think I'll do that. Oh boy...
[20:48] HIROSHI
    I told you.
[20:50] HIROSHI
    I knew it'd be a waste.
[20:52] SAKIKO
    It only took one day, no less.
[20:56] MARUKO
    Would someone be interested in buying this?
[20:59] MARUKO
    It's still new.
[21:03] MARUKO
    I'll give it to you for 1,000 yen.
[21:05] MARUKO
    It's a bargain.
[21:08] MARUKO
    Then how about 800 yen?!
[21:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa, would you buy it for 500 yen?
[21:18] TOMOZOU
    Okay, I'll buy it!
[21:20] HIROSHI
    Hey! Don't you spoil her, Grandpa!
[21:23] HIROSHI
    300 yen is more than enough for this thing.
[21:26] HIROSHI
    I'd buy it for 300 yen.
[21:28] MARUKO
    Fine, give me 300 yen.
[21:31] HIROSHI
    Good.
[21:33] MARUKO
    Thanks.
[21:37] NARRATOR/I
    The alarm clock that was resold dirt cheap,
    and now it's put to work in the kitchen.
[21:47] SUMIRE
    Oh, good.
[21:48] SUMIRE
    This clock is actually helpful.
[21:51] SUMIRE
    Dad unexpectedly made a good buy.
[21:53] HIROSHI
    Right?
[21:55] HIROSHI
    That's all fine and dandy, but
    shouldn't you wake up Maruko soon?
[22:00] HIROSHI
    She's without an alarm clock, after all.
[22:04] SUMIRE
    Oh yes, you're right.
SIGN    Sakura
[22:06] SUMIRE
    Maruko! Wake up!
[22:14] MARUKO
    No!
SIGN    Next Time
[22:16] MARUKO
    If you eat that hot pot, you'll die!
[22:18] MARUKO
    I'm concerned for the lives of my family,
    but you still want to eat that thing?
[22:23] MARUKO
    Mom, you're such a glutton.
[22:25] MARUKO
    You're not gonna eat that, are you, Grandpa?
[22:27] MARUKO
    Please don't die!
[22:28] SIGN
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot."
SIGN    Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1433 - Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] TOMOZOU
    Come one, come all, gather around!
[00:02] TOMOZOU
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko Makes a Scene Over Hot Pot."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:38] TOMOZOU
    Wow!
[01:43] MARUKO
    Good morning.
[01:44] MARUKO
    Ah, so cold.
[01:46] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, take a look!
[01:48] TOMOZOU
    It's puffer fish!
[01:49] MARUKO
    Huh?
[01:50] MARUKO
    Puffer fish?
[01:54] MARUKO
    This fish is dead, I see.
[01:56] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, we feast tonight!
[01:59] TOMOZOU
    With hot pot!
[02:00] MARUKO
    Huh? Hot pot?
[02:02] MARUKO
    If it's a feast, I'd rather have a Hamburg
    steak than this dead puffer fish.
[02:07] SUMIRE
    Maruko, tonight's dinner is hot
    pot, so look forward to it.
[02:13] MARUKO/I
    Hot pot, hot pot, is it that good?
[02:17] MARUKO/I
    I remember it as dingy food...
[02:21] NARRATOR/I
    The only thing in her mind
    is a mystery hot pot.
SIGN    Elementary School
[02:28] TAMAE
    It's cold every day.
[02:30] TAMAE
    I wish I could eat something hot.
[02:32] MARUKO
    That reminds me, we're
    having hot pot tonight.
[02:36] TAMAE
    Oh, that's nice.
[02:38] TAMAE
    I love hot pot.
[02:40] MARUKO
    I've never had hot pot in my life, so
    I don't even know if I like it or not.
[02:46] TAMAE
    What hot pot will you have?
[02:49] TAMAE
    Chicken? Crab?
[02:51] TAMAE
    Or maybe oysters?
[02:53] MARUKO
    Let's see, I think my
    mom said puffer fish?
[02:57] TAMAE
    What?! Puffer fish?!
[03:00] TAMAE
    Wow, Maru-chan. Your family may look plain,
    but you sure do know how to splurge.
[03:07] MARUKO
    What splurge?
[03:08] TAMAE
    Puffer fish is expensive.
[03:11] TAMAE
    Not many people eat it at home.
[03:14] TAMAE
    I've never even had it.
[03:16] TAMAE
    I only heard about it from my dad.
[03:19] MARUKO
    Really? That's good to know.
[03:22] MARUKO
    Apparently, it was a gift
    from an acquaintance.
[03:25] MARUKO
    Now I'm ready to chow down!
[03:27] HANAWA
    Oh? Sounds like you're talking
    about puffer fish, babies.
[03:32] HANAWA
    I've already had it five times this year.
[03:36] HANAWA
    Hot pot is nice, but sashimi
    isn't too bad, either.
[03:40] TAMAE
    Five times?!
[03:41] MARUKO
    You never disappoint. Bravo.
[03:46] HANAWA
    Mushroom such as shiitake and enoki
    are good for hot pot as well.
SIGN    King of Mushrooms
[03:50] HANAWA
    We use matsutake at my house, of course.
[03:53] TAMAE
    Matsutake for hot pot?!
[03:55] MARUKO
    One hot pot would cost like 100,000 yen!
[04:01] MARUKO
    You were born under a blessed star.
[04:05] MARUKO
    Must have done some good
    deeds in your previous life.
[04:08] HANAWA
    Y-Your expression is rather antique...
[04:12] HANAWA
    Not that I mind.
[04:14] HANAWA
    If you'll excuse me.
[04:16] TAMAE
    Wow, I'm impressed.
[04:18] MARUKO
    I kind of get why Migiwa-san
    wants to marry him.
[04:26] TAMAE
    Puffer fish and mushroom sound really yummy.
[04:28] TAMAE
    Good eats!
[04:29] MARUKO
    Yeah, it sounds amazing.
[04:32] MARUKO
    I'm so looking forward to it.
[04:34] TAMAE
    I'm jealous.
[04:36] MARUKO
    It's a blessing I never expected.
[04:38] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, wasn't there someone who
    died because of the puffer fish poison?
[04:44] FUJIKI
    Yeah, it was in the newspaper.
[04:47] MARUKO/TAMAE
    What?!
[04:49] NAGASAWA
    And someone else ate toxic mushrooms.
[04:49] [SONG] SIGN
    Wind and Waves
[04:53] FUJIKI
    Yeah, that was in the paper, too.
[04:59] NAGASAWA
    Eating something knowing
    that it's poisonous...
[05:01] FUJIKI
    They must regret it.
[05:07] TAMAE
    Maru-chan.
[05:09] MARUKO
    Poison!
SIGN    Poison
[05:10] MARUKO
    Death!
SIGN    Death
[05:11] TAMAE
    Don't worry about it.
SIGN    Poison
SIGN    Death
[05:13] MARUKO
    How could I not worry about it?
[05:17] TAMAE
    It'll be fine.
SIGN    Poison
SIGN    Death
[05:18] TAMAE
    Hanawa-kun said he ate it too.
[05:21] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun goes to fancy restaurants,
    and he has a chef at home, so he's safe.
[05:27] MARUKO
    But at my house, it's my mom cooking it.
[05:31] MARUKO
    We're done for.
SIGN    Elementary School
[05:34] CHILDREN
    Bye bye!
[05:36] CHILDREN
    See you!
SIGN    Poison
SIGN    Death
SIGN    Death
SIGN    Poison
[05:43] MARUKO
    I'm home!
[05:45] MARUKO
    Mom, Mom!
[05:47] SUMIRE
    What's all the fuss?
[05:49] MARUKO
    Let's cancel tonight's hot pot.
[05:52] SUMIRE
    Huh? Why?
[05:54] MARUKO
    I heard at school today that puffer
    fish and mushrooms are poisonous.
SIGN    Poison
SIGN    Death
[05:59] MARUKO
    Some people even died.
[06:01] MARUKO
    I'm scared. I don't want to die!
[06:05] SUMIRE
    Silly you, it's fine.
[06:07] SUMIRE
    Prepared properly, puffer fish
    and mushrooms are very safe,
[06:09] SUMIRE
    there's no need for concern.
[06:12] MARUKO
    If it's very safe, then there
    shouldn't be anyone dead from it.
[06:16] MARUKO
    Nothing beats being cautious.
[06:18] MARUKO
    Where's the puffer fish?
[06:19] MARUKO
    I've got to throw it away.
[06:21] SUMIRE
    Y-You idiot!
[06:22] SUMIRE
    Hold up! Hey!
[06:23] MARUKO
    Let me go!
[06:24] SUMIRE
    You idiot!
[06:25] SUMIRE
    I'm telling you it's safe.
[06:27] SUMIRE
    Why can't you listen to me?
[06:29] MARUKO
    You're the idiot, Mom!
[06:31] MARUKO
    I'm concerned for the lives of my family,
[06:34] MARUKO
    but you want to risk your life to
    eat puffer fish and mushrooms...
[06:39] MARUKO
    What a greedy glutton you are!
[06:42] SUMIRE
    Hearing those words from you makes
    me more irritated than it should.
[06:47] SUMIRE
    Well, whatever.
[06:49] SUMIRE
    Anyhow, don't do anything stupid.
[06:51] SUMIRE
    Tonight's dinner is hot pot, and that's that.
[06:57] MARUKO
    Who knew the parent-child
    bond could be so fragile?
[07:00] MARUKO
    All it takes is one hot pot
    to separate our hearts...
[07:08] MARUKO/I
    How sad it is to be a parent and a child
[07:13] MARUKO/I
    Don't expect them to understand each other
[07:25] SUMIRE
    Shut up!
[07:26] SUMIRE
    Stop appealing with a folk song!
[07:29] MARUKO/I
    How sad... Ah...
SIGN    Children's
    Encyclopedia
[07:41] MARUKO
    "Types of puffer fish..."
SIGN    Types of Puffer Fish
SIGN    Shosai Puffer                 Tiger Puffer               Grey Spotted Puffer         Panther Puffer
SIGN    Panther Puffer
[07:44] MARUKO
    "Takifugu pardalis, or panther puffer, 38 cm."
[07:47] MARUKO
    "Edible. Its entrails are highly poisonous."
SIGN    Grey Spotted Puffer
[07:53] MARUKO
    "Takifugu alboplumbeus, or
    grey-spotted puffer, 16 cm."
[07:55] MARUKO
    "Edible. Its entrails and skin are poisonous."
SIGN    Tiger Puffer
[08:01] MARUKO
    "Takifugu rubripes, or tiger puffer, 70 cm."
[08:04] MARUKO
    "Edible. Its entrails are extremely poisonous."
[08:07] MARUKO
    "Luxurious food."
SIGN    Shosai Puffer
[08:12] MARUKO
    "Takifugu snyderi, or shosai puffer, 34 cm."
[08:15] MARUKO
    "Edible. Its entrails and skin
    are extremely poisonous."
SIGN    Extremely
    Poisonous
SIGN    Poisonous
SIGN    Children's
    Encyclopedia
[08:22] MARUKO
    There are many that are deadly.
[08:24] MARUKO
    They're as scary as cobras.
[08:28] MARUKO
    Let's look up mushrooms.
[08:40] MARUKO
    These are frightening too.
[08:41] MARUKO
    If you eat them carelessly, you could die.
[08:44] SAKIKO
    Oh, you're studying?
[08:46] SAKIKO
    That's a rare sight.
[08:48] MARUKO
    Big sis!
[08:51] MARUKO
    Listen, Big sis.
[08:53] MARUKO
    If you value your life, heed my advice.
[08:56] SAKIKO
    What is it?
[08:58] MARUKO
    Do not touch tonight's dinner,
    no matter what you do.
[09:05] MARUKO
    Got it?
[09:11] SAKIKO/I
    Being the idiot that she is, she might be
    worried about the puffer fish poison...
SIGN    AHAHAHAHAHA
[09:27] SAKIKO
    That's hilarious!
[09:29] SAKIKO
    So funny!
SIGN    Sakura
[09:34] NARRATOR/I
    Continue to the second half.
SIGN    Children's
    Encyclopedia
SIGN    Types of Puffer Fish
SIGN    Shosai Puffer                 Tiger Puffer               Grey Spotted Puffer         Panther Puffer
[09:49] MARUKO
    Types of puffer fish...
SIGN    Tiger Puffer
[09:52] MARUKO
    "Takifugu rubripes, or tiger puffer, 70 cm."
[09:55] MARUKO
    "Edible. Its entrails are extremely poisonous."
[09:58] MARUKO
    "Luxurious food."
[10:02] MARUKO
    There are many that are deadly.
SIGN    Extremely
    Poisonous
SIGN    Poisonous
SIGN    Children's
    Encyclopedia
[10:05] MARUKO
    They're as scary as cobras.
[10:08] MARUKO
    Let's look up mushrooms.
[10:21] MARUKO
    These are frightening too.
[10:22] MARUKO
    If you eat them carelessly, you could die.
[10:25] SAKIKO
    Oh, you're studying?
[10:27] SAKIKO
    That's a rare sight.
[10:29] MARUKO
    Big sis!
[10:32] MARUKO
    Listen, Big sis.
[10:34] MARUKO
    If you value your life, heed my advice.
[10:37] SAKIKO
    What is it?
[10:39] MARUKO
    Do not touch tonight's dinner,
    no matter what you do.
[10:46] MARUKO
    Got it?
[10:52] SAKIKO/I
    Being an idiot that she is, she might be
    worried about the puffer fish poison...
SIGN    AHAHAHAHAHA
[11:07] SAKIKO
    That's hilarious!
[11:11] SAKIKO
    So funny!
SIGN    Sakura
[11:17] HIROSHI
    Hot pot, hot pot.
[11:19] HIROSHI
    I'm so ready to dig in!
[11:22] HIROSHI
    Bring me sake!
[11:27] MARUKO
    So this is the poison hot pot.
[11:31] HIROSHI
    Wh-What is she talking about?
[11:34] MARUKO
    Hot pot like this has killed
    many people over the years.
[11:38] MARUKO
    Why do people never learn?
[11:41] HIROSHI
    You moron!
[11:42] HIROSHI
    Don't speak ill of the precious hot pot!
[11:45] HIROSHI
    This is the puffer fish from the Genkai Sea.
SIGN    WAHAHA
SIGN    Hiroshi's imagery of
    "Man of the sea"
    (Named "Hattsuan")
[11:51] HIROSHI
    It's like a symbol of a man of the sea!
[11:56] HIROSHI
    If you're gonna be so depressed
    about it, don't eat it!
[11:56] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[11:59] SUMIRE
    That's right, Maruko.
[12:01] SUMIRE
    Old man Tanaka got it for us as souvenir.
[12:04] SUMIRE
    It's luxury food.
[12:06] SUMIRE
    So don't be saying stupid stuff!
[12:10] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, puffer fish isn't something
    you get to eat every day.
[12:15] TOMOZOU
    Let's eat! I bet it's delicious.
[12:17] MARUKO
    What?
[12:19] MARUKO
    But the poison...
[12:21] TOMOZOU
    I'm going to eat it.
[12:29] MARUKO/I
    Grandpa...
[12:31] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
[12:34] MARUKO/I
    My grandpa I love...
[12:39] MARUKO/I
    is going to die!
[12:47] MARUKO
    No! Grandpa!
[13:04] SUMIRE
    You idiot!
[13:05] SUMIRE
    What do you think you're doing?!
[13:07] SUMIRE
    Apologize to your grandfather!
[13:09] MARUKO
    Because, because...
[13:11] SUMIRE
    I don't know what to do with you.
[13:13] TOMOZOU
    It's all right.
[13:15] TOMOZOU
    Maruko had my best interests at heart.
[13:19] MARUKO
    That's right.
[13:21] MARUKO
    I was concerned for his life.
[13:24] MARUKO
    I thought he'd die if I didn't stop...
[13:39] TOMOZOU
    Thank you, Maruko.
[13:43] MARUKO/I
    Grandpa is shining...!
[13:55] TOMOZOU
    I've never had anyone be worried
    about me like this in my life.
[14:01] TOMOZOU
    I'm grateful.
[14:04] TOMOZOU
    I'm ever so grateful.
[14:08] TOMOZOU
    "I'm grateful"
[14:10] TOMOZOU
    "My grandchild"
[14:12] TOMOZOU
    "Trued to protect her grandpa"
[14:13] TOMOZOU
    Tomozou's poem of the heart
[14:21] MARUKO
    Look, everyone.
[14:22] MARUKO
    Grandpa is crying, thankful for me.
[14:27] MARUKO
    You shouldn't be eating
    puffer fish and mushrooms.
[14:30] MARUKO
    Let's follow his example
    and live a long life.
SIGN    SILENCE
[14:38] MARUKO
    Eh?!
[14:39] HIROSHI
    Maruko, Grandpa was the
    only one you persuaded.
[14:44] HIROSHI
    This is the world of adults.
[14:46] HIROSHI
    You see?
[14:47] NARRATOR/I
    Then, is Grandpa not an adult?
[14:52] MARUKO
    Dad!
[14:53] MARUKO
    You still don't understand.
[14:55] MARUKO
    You're the central pillar in this family.
SIGN    Central Pillar
[15:00] HIROSHI
    Humph, I'm Hiroshi.
[15:02] HIROSHI
    Not a pillar.
[15:06] MARUKO
    If you die because of puffer fish, our
    whole family will end up on the street.
[15:20] MARUKO
    I'm cold.
[15:22] MARUKO
    I'm hungry.
[15:28] HIROSHI
    Maruko! You've never
    died because of puffer fish,
[15:33] HIROSHI
    so why would you make
     up a story about that?!
[15:34] HIROSHI
    Complain after you actually die from it.
[15:39] HIROSHI
    Listen, I'm eating it, no
    matter what anyone says.
[15:44] HIROSHI
    You'll pay if you get in my way.
[15:49] SAKIKO
    My goodness, this is so dumb.
[15:51] SAKIKO
    I've had enough of Maruko's stupidity.
[15:54] SAKIKO
    Let's eat, eat.
[15:55] KOTAKE
    I'll eat, too.
[15:59] TOMOZOU
    Then me too—
[16:01] MARUKO
    What?!
[16:02] MARUKO
    You're gonna eat too?!
[16:07] MARUKO
    You were crying so much earlier...
SIGN    I'm
    grateful...
[16:10] TOMOZOU
    I'm grateful...
[16:14] MARUKO
    Those tears were lies.
[16:17] TOMOZOU/I
    Crap!
[16:19] TOMOZOU/I
    Maruko is starting to lose faith in me!
[16:25] TOMOZOU
    M-Maruko...
[16:27] TOMOZOU
    Forgive me.
[16:29] TOMOZOU
    I'm such a glutton, aren't I?
[16:33] TOMOZOU
    That's not good.
[16:35] TOMOZOU
    I will not eat.
[16:37] MARUKO
    Really?
[16:39] TOMOZOU
    Indeed.
[16:40] TOMOZOU
    I won't let your concern for me go to waste.
[16:43] MARUKO
    I knew you'd be the only
    one to truly understand me!
[16:53] SAKIKO
    So good!
[16:55] SAKIKO
    I never knew that puffer
    fish was so delicious.
SIGN    GULP...
[17:01] KOTAKE
    So true.
[17:03] KOTAKE
    Maruko, you really should eat it too.
SIGN    GULP...
[17:09] HIROSHI
    Yum!
[17:12] HIROSHI
    I'll never understand
    anyone who'd refuse this.
[17:24] TOMOZOU/I
    I wonder what Maruko's thinking?
[17:27] TOMOZOU/I
    I'm hoping she'll say, "Grandpa, let's eat"?
[17:32] MARUKO/I
    Grandpa, I'm so ready to dig in as soon as
    you tell me "Maruko, let's eat together."
[17:48] SUMIRE
    You two, why don't you stop
    being stubborn and eat?
[17:51] SUMIRE
    It's delicious.
[17:54] MARUKO
    I-I'm not being stubborn.
[17:57] MARUKO
    I really don't want to eat it.
[18:02] MARUKO/I
    What am I saying to this
    perfect opportunity?!
[18:07] TOMOZOU/I
    H-Her strong resolve hasn't changed.
[18:12] TOMOZOU
    I don't want to eat it, either.
[18:15] TOMOZOU
    Leave us alone.
[18:17] TOMOZOU/I
    Puffer fish!
[18:21] KOTAKE
    It's so tasty.
[18:23] KOTAKE
    So silly of you.
[18:28] TOMOZOU
    For sure...
[18:29] MARUKO
    We are silly.
[18:35] SAKIKO
    Mmm, so good!
[18:40] KOTAKE
    Isn't it?
[18:43] HIROSHI
    So good!
[18:48] SUMIRE
    It's really good.
[18:52] KOTAKE
    It's delicious.
[18:54] SAKIKO
    Yummy!
[18:58] MARUKO/I
    Is this an acceptable outcome?
[19:01] MARUKO/I
    Puffer fish is disappearing by the minute.
[19:05] MARUKO/I
    Why am I refusing to eat it, anyways?
[19:10] MARUKO/I
    Oh yeah, I remembered.
SIGN    Poison
[19:13] MARUKO/I
    It's the poison, the poison.
[19:15] MARUKO/I
    But everyone seems to be fine.
[19:27] TOMOZOU/I
    I know from years of experience
[19:29] TOMOZOU/I
    that puffer fish is safe to eat as long
    as you don't eat where it's poisonous.
[19:36] TOMOZOU/I
    So why am I not eating it right now?
[19:41] TOMOZOU/I
    Ah yes, to gain Maruko's trust.
SIGN    Trust
[19:46] TOMOZOU/I
    But what is trust?
[19:53] TOMOZOU/I
    "I want to eat."
SIGN    I want to eat
[19:54] TOMOZOU/I
    Those four words can free
    me from all suffering!
SIGN    I want to eat
SIGN    I want to eat
[20:05] HIROSHI
    I'm full.
[20:06] HIROSHI
    Mom, can you make risotto with the broth?
[20:13] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, maybe we could eat the risotto.
[20:17] MARUKO
    Right, there's no puffer fish anymore.
[20:27] SAKIKO
    Risotto is tasty as well.
[20:29] KOTAKE
    You can really taste the
    flavor of puffer fish.
[20:40] TOMOZOU
    It's... really delicious.
[20:42] MARUKO
    Yes, it's so yummy I can't take it.
[20:49] TOMOZOU/I
    Even the broth is so delicious.
[20:52] MARUKO/I
    The flesh must have been even more delicious.
SIGN    Elementary School
[21:05] NARRATOR/I
    Next day...
[21:07] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, how was the
    puffer fish last night?
[21:09] TAMAE
    It was good, wasn't it?
[21:12] MARUKO
    Well, the thing is... all
    I ate was the risotto.
[21:20] TAMAE
    Huh?!
[21:22] TAMAE/I
    Why?
[21:24] TAMAE/I
    What happened?
[21:25] TAMAE/I
    The family had hot pot, and
    Maru-chan didn't eat it?
[21:29] TAMAE/I
    Why? Why?
[21:32] TAMAE/I
    Don't tell me that she...
[21:34] MARUKO
    I'm cold.
[21:36] MARUKO
    I'm hungry.
[21:41] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, sorry to ask you
    out of nowhere, but...
[21:45] MARUKO
    Yeah?
[21:47] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, you really were
    born into that family, right?
[21:53] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko is shocked at the
    unexpected question from Tamae.
[21:58] NARRATOR/I
    Puffer fish hot pot has shaken
    up her best friend,
[22:02] NARRATOR/I
    which was something Maruko didn't
    expect in a million years.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Oh no, did Tama-chan figure out that
[22:17] MARUKO
    I was going to skip school
    by lying that I had a cold?!
[22:21] MARUKO
    Brrrr, it's so cold that I don't
    want to step out of the house.
[22:24] MARUKO
    I want to live with a kotatsu
    on my back until spring comes.
[22:28] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "Maruko Gives in to the Cold."
SIGN    Maruko Gives in to the Cold
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1434 - Maruko Gives in to the Cold
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] MARUO
    Your attention, please!
[00:02] MARUO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is indeed about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Maruko Gives in to the Cold
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko Gives in to the Cold."
[01:37] TAMAE
    Maru-chan! Let's play!
[01:42] SUMIRE
    Oh, Tama-chan.
[01:44] SUMIRE
    Just a moment, I'll go get her.
[01:47] TAMAE
    Okay!
[01:51] SUMIRE
    Maruko.
[01:52] SUMIRE
    Tama-chan is here.
[01:54] MARUKO
    Huh? Tama-chan?
[01:56] MARUKO
    Oh, I guess we promised
    to play in the park today.
[02:01] MARUKO
    Uh, I don't wanna...
[02:03] MARUKO
    It's too cold to go outside.
[02:07] SUMIRE
    Tama-chan went through the trouble
    of coming to get you, so go.
[02:11] MARUKO
    No, thanks.
[02:12] MARUKO
    I'm sorry, but can you turn her down for me?
[02:14] MARUKO
    Just tell her I have a cold or something.
[02:17] MARUKO
    I've decided to stay at
    home until spring comes.
[02:21] SUMIRE
    Stop such nonsense.
[02:23] SUMIRE
    You're pathetic.
[02:25] MARUKO
    I don't wanna!
[02:26] SUMIRE
    Then turn her down yourself.
[02:29] SUMIRE
    Go tell her you don't want to go
    outside because it's too cold!
[02:32] MARUKO
    My goodness, you're such a meanie.
[02:35] MARUKO
    Why not work with me in this little lie?
[02:40] SUMIRE
    You're hopeless.
[02:44] SUMIRE
    Tama-chan, I'm sorry.
[02:46] SUMIRE
    It looks like Maruko has caught a cold.
[02:51] TAMAE
    Maru-chan's mom, I know she doesn't want
    to go outside because it's too cold.
[02:57] TAMAE
    I could hear it all.
[03:08] MARUKO
    What?! Tama-chan heard everything I said?
[03:12] SUMIRE
    Yup.
[03:13] MARUKO
    That's super embarrassing.
[03:15] SUMIRE
    I thought the awkwardness would kill me.
[03:18] SUMIRE
    She knew you and I were just putting
    on a monkey show together...
[03:24] MARUKO
    For real.
[03:25] SUMIRE
    I'm never going to take part in your lie again!
[03:29] MARUKO
    Oh, come on. Don't be like that.
[03:32] MARUKO
    Don't let this discourage you and
    help me again when I need you.
[03:35] SUMIRE
    Not in a million years!
[03:37] SUMIRE
    I will never do this again.
[03:39] MARUKO
    You get discouraged so easily.
[03:41] MARUKO
    You need to build up your patience.
SIGN    Sakura
[03:44] SUMIRE
    You idiot!
[03:55] HIROSHI
    Oh my, what's going on?
[03:57] HIROSHI
    Everyone's in a kotatsu today, huh?
[03:59] HIROSHI
    Feeling relaxed, are we?
[04:00] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi, why don't you join us?
[04:03] HIROSHI
    Hey Maruko, can you run an errand for me?
[04:07] MARUKO
    What? I don't wanna,
    because it's too cold out.
[04:09] TOMOZOU
    That's right.
[04:11] TOMOZOU
    No one wants to get out of the kotatsu.
[04:13] SUMIRE
    This kid turned down the invitation
    to play outside because it was cold.
[04:18] SUMIRE
    There's no way she'd go out for an errand.
[04:20] HIROSHI
    What? You didn't even go play?
[04:23] MARUKO
    I've chosen to completely and
    thoroughly avoid the cold.
[04:27] MARUKO
    Nothing beats being warm at the moment.
[04:31] HIROSHI
    Man, the things you say are just so...
[04:35] HIROSHI
    Ah well, I guess it can't be helped.
[04:36] HIROSHI
    I'll give you 30 yen, so will you go?
[04:41] MARUKO
    You can't buy me with money.
[04:44] TOMOZOU
    Hiroshi! Don't you know that
    kids these days are rich?
[04:49] TOMOZOU
    30 yen or so isn't going to be enough.
[04:52] HIROSHI
    Then would you go, Big Sis?
[04:55] SAKIKO
    I am not interested in helping you, Dad.
[05:04] HIROSHI
    Sad... How sad...
[05:08] HIROSHI
    I'm the guy who was left alone in
    this whole wide world, Hiroshi.
[05:16] SUMIRE
    Maruko, you need to take
    the bath first today.
[05:20] MARUKO
    What? I don't wanna take
    a bath, it's a hassle.
[05:24] SUMIRE
    You didn't take a bath yesterday, either.
[05:26] SUMIRE
    You're dirty.
[05:28] MARUKO
    Oh, it's fine.
[05:29] MARUKO
    It's not a problem that I'm dirty.
[05:32] MARUKO
    Who knows, maybe I'm warmer
    because I'm covered in dirt.
[05:36] MARUKO
    Let me experiment by not taking a bath for
    a week and how that can help me stay warm.
[05:42] SUMIRE
    No! Go take a bath!
[05:48] MARUKO
    Man, she scared me.
[05:51] MARUKO
    Brrr, it's so cold, so cold!
[05:53] MARUKO
    Walking to the bath is what's tough.
[05:58] MARUKO
    Oh?
[06:00] MARUKO
    How happy I would be if I could live
    with a kotatsu on my back, like a snail.
[06:08] NARRATOR/I
    Do you really think a life like
    that would make you happy?
[06:12] MARUKO
    Brrr, cold, cold...
[06:15] MARUKO
    Hot water, hot water...
[06:19] MARUKO
    What on earth?! This is too hot!
[06:21] MARUKO
    If I soak in here, I'll die!
[06:24] MARUKO
    My goodness, Mom! You've got
    to watch the temperature!
[06:29] MARUKO
    Let's add water to cool it down.
[06:31] MARUKO
    Oh boy. It's cold and hot.
     I \don't know what's going on...
[06:42] MARUKO
    I added too much water, so now it's too cool.
[06:46] MARUKO
    But getting out of the bath
    would only make me cold...
[06:51] NARRATOR/I
    A stupid mistake in the bath like this
    actually happens every now and then.
[06:56] NARRATOR/I
    When this happens, all you can do is to
    patiently wait for the hot water to boil
[07:02] NARRATOR/I
    as you blame yourself for
    adding too much water.
[07:22] MARUKO
    For pity's sake!
[07:24] MARUKO
    This is so frustrating.
[07:29] MARUKO
    Hey, Mom!
[07:30] MARUKO
    The temperature of the bath was awful!
[07:33] MARUKO
    I need you to do better!
[07:35] SUMIRE
    Is that so?
[07:36] SUMIRE
    I'm sorry.
[07:38] MARUKO
    Oh, Kin-chan's show!
[07:40] MARUKO
    I'll watch it too.
[07:42] SUMIRE
    Get into your bed soon, or you won't be
    able to fall asleep because it's cold.
[07:46] SUMIRE
    Go to bed.
[07:47] MARUKO
    I will, after I watch this show.
[07:49] HIROSHI
    I'll go take a bath then.
[07:55] MARUKO
    Kin-chan's funny.
[07:57] KIN-CHAN/I
    What are you talking about?!
[07:59] KIN-CHAN/I
    Watch me, I'll show you how to do it.
[08:01] MARUKO
    I'm getting sleepy...
[08:15] MARUKO
    So hot.
[08:17] MARUKO
    My bare feet are burning from the UV rays...
[08:26] MARUKO
    I can't take it anymore...
[08:28] MARUKO
    I'll die...
[08:31] MARUKO
    Wh-Who's laughing?
[08:36] KIN-CHAN
    You shouldn't sleep in the kotatsu!
[08:40] MARUKO
    Kin-chan?!
[08:41] KIN-CHAN
    You shouldn't...
[08:44] KIN-CHAN
    ...sleep in the kotatsu!
[08:50] MARUKO
    Forgive me, Kin-chan!
[08:53] SUMIRE
    What did you do to Kin-chan?
[08:58] NARRATROR/I
    Continue to the second half.
[09:07] MARUKO
    Brrr, it's so cold.
[09:09] MARUKO
    I'm freezing cold now that
    I'm out of the kotatsu.
[09:12] MARUKO
    I should have gone to
    bed without watching TV.
[09:21] MARUKO
    Oh, Big Sis is already asleep.
[09:24] SAKIKO
    Of course I am.
[09:26] SAKIKO
    You have to jump into bed right
    after you get out of the bath,
[09:28] SAKIKO
    or it's too cold to fall asleep.
SIGN    CHILLED
[09:39] MARUKO
    My bed is frigid.
[09:41] MARUKO
    I'm cold.
[09:43] SAKIKO
    It's your punishment for
    not getting into bed soon enough.
[09:47] MARUKO
    Big Sis, let's sleep together tonight.
[09:51] SAKIKO
    No way.
[09:53] MARUKO
    My goodness, you're such a cold woman.
[09:56] MARUKO
    You don't care about your
    little sister, do you?
[09:59] SAKIKO
    Say what you will, see if I care.
[10:03] MARUKO
    I'm cold!
[10:08] MARUKO
    My feet are freezing!
[10:14] MARUKO
    I can't sleep!
[10:17] SAKIKO
    Shut up!
[10:19] SAKIKO
    Stop being selfish.
[10:22] SAKIKO
    If you interfere with my sleep any
    further, I'm going to smack you for real.
[10:28] SAKIKO
    Got it?
[10:32] MARUKO
    Jeez, Big Sis is so mean.
[10:36] MARUKO
    It wouldn't hurt her to share
    a bed with me, would it?
[10:40] MARUKO
    Fine. I guess I'll go to Mom.
[10:54] TOMOZOU
    This is strange. I hear footsteps...
[11:02] TOMOZOU
    Oh my gosh, it's a ghost!
[11:16] MARUKO
    Oh please, it's just me.
[11:19] TOMOZOU
    It's you, Maruko.
SIGN    THUMP
    THUMP
[11:23] TOMOZOU
    What are you doing?
[11:25] MARUKO
    It's too cold to fall asleep, so
    I'm wandering around like this.
[11:29] TOMOZOU
    That's rough. Poor child.
[11:33] TOMOZOU
    I know! Let's drink amazake.
[11:36] TOMOZOU
    It'll warm you right up.
[11:49] MARUKO
    Mmm, so good.
[11:52] TOMOZOU
    There's a lot more, so
    drink as much as you want.
[11:57] MARUKO
    Amazake smells nice, and
    the flavor is gentle.
[12:01] TOMOZOU
    Yes.
[12:03] MARUKO
    I think even my heart is
    starting to feel gentle.
SIGN    One Cup of Amazake
SIGN    Maruko's Japanese Ballad of the Heart
[12:20] MARUKO/I
    It's a cold and sorrowful night
[12:27] MARUKO/I
    What a woman like me can hold on to is
[12:34] MARUKO/I
    Sweet aroma and a piece of dream
[12:47] MARUKO/I
    Oh amazake, oh amazake
[13:00] MARUKO/I
    It's the flower from home
[13:07] MARUKO/I
    That blooms in a cup
[13:26] MARUKO
    I'm so happy.
[13:28] MARUKO
    I feel warm now.
[13:30] TOMOZOU
    Good for you.
[13:32] TOMOZOU
    Now you can get to sleep.
[13:34] MARUKO
    Good night, Grandpa.
[13:36] MARUKO
    Thank you so much.
[13:38] TOMOZOU
    Sure. Good night.
[13:44] MARUKO
    The moment I'm out of the
    kotatsu, I feel cold again.
[13:49] MARUKO
    The power of amazake isn't much to speak of.
[13:58] MARUKO
    I'll sneak into Mom's bed tonight.
[14:06] MARUKO
    So cold, so cold...
[14:09] SUMIRE
    Oh, Maruko. What's wrong?
[14:12] MARUKO
    Mom, I'm too cold to fall asleep.
[14:15] MARUKO
    Can I sleep in your bed?
[14:17] SUMIRE
    This is why I told you to get into bed
    right after you got out of the bath.
[14:22] MARUKO
    Please don't be mad.
[14:23] MARUKO
    Let bygones be bygones.
[14:25] HIROSHI
    Come, you can sleep in my bed.
[14:28] HIROSHI
    It's nice and warm.
[14:30] MARUKO
    Really? Dad...
[14:35] MARUKO
    Dad!
[14:39] MARUKO
    Dad, you're such a kind person.
[14:44] MARUKO
    I'm sorry that I didn't
    run your errand earlier.
[14:48] MARUKO
    In spring, I can do that every day.
[14:52] MARUKO
    Finally, I can sleep soundly.
[14:54] MARUKO
    Thank you, Dad.
[14:56] HIROSHI
    I'm glad to hear it.
[15:02] MARUKO
    It stinks.
[15:03] MARUKO
    Dad... you farted, didn't you?
[15:07] HIROSHI
    Of course I did.
[15:09] HIROSHI
    I use the heat of my farts to warm up my bed.
[15:14] HIROSHI
    In winter, there's nothing
    better than fart heat.
[15:20] MARUKO
    Man...
[15:22] MARUKO
    Dad farts, and Mom gives me a cold shoulder.
[15:26] MARUKO
    I guess I'll have to sleep alone.
[15:29] MARUKO
    How sad...
[15:36] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis is already asleep, of course.
[15:41] MARUKO/I
    Must be nice.
[15:57] MARUKO/I
    So cold!
[15:58] MARUKO/I
    My feet are freezing.
[16:06] MARUKO/I
    I hope my bedding warms up soon.
[16:12] NARRATOR/I
    How many minutes has it been?
[16:16] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko's body has slowly started to warm up,
[16:20] NARRATOR/I
    and her consciousness has
    gradually shifted to sleep...
[16:25] NARRATOR/I
    However!
[16:30] NARRATOR/I
    A sudden urge to pee has come over her.
[16:34] MARUKO/I
    This is so dumb.
[16:38] MARUKO/I
    I was just getting warm. If I go to the
    bathroom now, it's back to square one.
[16:58] MARUKO/I
    Man, I shouldn't have had amazake.
[17:04] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Get into your bed soon, or you won't be
    able to fall asleep because it's cold.
[17:09] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    Go to bed.
[17:10] (Flashback) MARUKO
    I will, after I watch this show.
[17:12] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    That's rough. Poor child.
[17:16] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    I know! Let's drink amazake.
[17:19] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    It'll warm you right up.
[17:22] MARUKO/I
    A fool. I'm such a fool.
[17:47] MARUKO/I
    Let's just forget about peeing.
[17:50] MARUKO/I
    That way, I should be able to go to sleep.
[17:53] MARUKO/I
    And if I can fall asleep, I might be
    able to hold in my pee until morning.
[17:58] MARUKO/I
    All right, let's forget
    about it and go to sleep.
[18:07] MARUKO/I
    Oh yeah, I am getting sleepy.
[18:11] MARUKO/I
    Nice going, nice going...
[18:25] MARUKO
    Huh?
[18:27] MARUKO
    Bathroom?
[18:28] MARUKO
    Bathroom!
[18:33] MARUKO
    Bathroom!
[18:34] MARUKO
    Bathroom?!
[18:49] MARUKO
    Bathroom?!
[18:54] MARUKO
    Who's there?!
[18:56] KIN-CHAN
    You shouldn't drink amazake
    before you go to sleep.
[18:59] KIN-CHAN
    You shouldn't!
[19:01] KIN-CHAN
    You shouldn't!
[19:03] KIN-CHAN
    You shouldn't!
[19:05] MARUKO
    Agh! Kin-chan?!
[19:08] MARUKO
    Kin-chan?!
[19:10] MARUKO
    Kin-chan?!
[19:11] MARUKO
    Kin-chan?!
[19:12] MARUKO
    Kin-chan?!
[19:41] MARUKO/I
    Nope, it won't work.
[19:44] MARUKO/I
    Unless I go to the bathroom,
    I won't be able to get a good sleep.
[19:49] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko has finally gone to the bathroom.
[19:57] MARUKO
    Oh boy...
[20:01] MARUKO
    So cold!
[20:05] NARRATOR/I
    And she couldn't fall asleep
    for a while after that.
[20:13] NARRATOR/I
    The next morning...
[20:15] SUMIRE
    Maruko, wake up.
[20:18] MARUKO
    I don't wanna.
[20:20] MARUKO
    I'm sleepy.
[20:21] SUMIRE
    You don't have time to be sleepy.
[20:24] SUMIRE
    Tama-chan is coming to pick you up soon.
[20:27] MARUKO
    I don't want to.
[20:29] MARUKO
    I couldn't sleep last night
    because I was too cold.
[20:33] MARUKO
    I don't want to go to school today.
[20:36] MARUKO
    When Tama-chan gets here, tell
    her I'll be absent today.
[20:39] SUMIRE
    No way!
[20:41] SUMIRE
    Don't you give in to the cold!
[20:43] SUMIRE
    There's still a long way to go till spring.
[20:46] MARUKO
    No!  I'm too sleepy!
[20:48] MARUKO
    I'm not going to school today!
[20:51] TAMAE
    Maru-chan!
[20:56] SUMIRE
    Tama-chan is here.
[20:58] MARUKO
    We have to talk quietly,
    or she'll hear us again.
[21:12] SUMIRE
    Just for today... you can skip school.
[21:17] MARUKO
    Thank you.
[21:21] SUMIRE
    Tama-chan, thank you for
    coming to pick her up.
[21:25] SUMIRE
    But today, she actually
    caught a cold for real.
[21:27] SUMIRE
    She'll be absent from school today.
[21:32] TAMAE
    Maru-chan's mom...
[21:37] TAMAE
    I know Maru-chan is too
    sleepy to go to school.
[21:42] TAMAE
    I could hear her loud voice earlier.
[21:52] NARRATOR/I
    Tamae saw through their
    monkey play once again,
[21:57] NARRATOR/I
    and Sumire didn't know how she should react.
[22:00] NARRATOR/I
    All she could do was get washed
    over by the waves of embarrassment.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Nagasawa, why won't you call
    Yamane by his nickname?
[22:19] MARUKO
    We're gonna play a game I thought
    up, using the bookbags.
[22:23] MARUKO
    So you have to call him "Joe," okay?
[22:25] MARUKO
    And you are "Eddy."
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
    "What Should We Play After School?"
SIGN    What Should We Play After School? Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname
[22:30] MARUKO
    and "Yamane Wants to be
    Called by His Nickname."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1435 - What Should We Play After School? / Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] HANAWA
    Hey, babies. Chibi Maruko-chan
    is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    What Should We Play After School?
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:31] MARUKO
    "What Should We Play After School?"
[01:35] KIDS
    Bye bye!
SIGN    Elementary School
[01:36] KIDS
    See you tomorrow!
[01:42] FUJIKI
    Here we go.
[01:44] YAMANE
    Okay, the next person who loses
    will carry the bags to that post.
[01:48] FUJIKI
    I won't lose the next round!
[01:51] FUJIKI/YAMANE/NAGASAWA
    Rock, paper, scissors!
[01:53] FUJIKI
    Gosh, I lost again...
[02:00] MARUKO
    Looks like Fujiki lost again.
[02:02] TAMAE
    Yeah, the bags must be very heavy.
[02:07] FUJIKI/I
    Losing three times in a row...
[02:09] FUJIKI/I
    Today just isn't my day.
[02:12] YAMANE
    I feel bad that Fujiki-kun's
    the only one carrying our bags.
[02:16] NAGASAWA
    All he needs to do is not
    lose rock, paper, scissors.
[02:23] FUJIKI/I
    That's right!
[02:24] FUJIKI/I
    I was going to go home early
    so that I could read the
[02:27] FUJIKI/I
    rest of the manga I bought yesterday.
SIGN    Shonen Manga
[02:29] FUJIKI
    Sorry, but I just remembered
    that I have urgent business.
[02:33] FUJIKI
    Do you mind if I go home now?
[02:39] YAMANE
    I wonder what his urgent business is.
[02:41] NAGASAWA
    Who knows if he actually has urgent business?
[02:45] NAGASAWA
    Maybe he got fed up with losing all the time.
[02:48] MARUKO
    Maybe.
[02:50] FUJIKI
    I'm looking forward to reading the manga.
[02:55] FUJIKI/I
    But Nagasawa-kun might
    be suspicious about me.
[03:00] NARRATOR/I
    You are exactly right.
SIGN    Sakura
[03:02] MARUKO
    I'm home!
[03:04] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Maruko. Welcome home.
[03:07] MARUKO
    What's wrong?
[03:09] TOMOZOU
    I can't find my glasses...
[03:12] MARUKO
    Grandpa, your forehead.
[03:14] TOMOZOU
    My forehead?
[03:16] TOMOZOU
    My goodness!
[03:18] TOMOZOU
    How funny!
[03:20] MARUKO
    You've done this before, remember?
[03:22] TOMOZOU
    Is that so?
[03:24] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
[03:26] TOMOZOU
    A bug! There's a hairy
    caterpillar on your bookbag!
[03:29] MARUKO
    What?! Grandpa, please take it off!
[03:35] TOMOZOU
    Phew, that was close.
[03:39] MARUKO
    Thank you, Grandpa.
[03:41] MARUKO
    I never realized that my bookbag
    had a hairy caterpillar on it.
[03:45] TOMOZOU
    I never realized that I had my
    glasses on my forehead earlier.
[03:53] MARUKO
    Do you think we'd notice if
    we put glasses on a bookbag?
[03:57] TOMOZOU
    Huh?
[03:58] MARUKO
    Grandpa, can you put your
    glasses on top of my bookbag?
[04:07] MARUKO
    Did you just put them on?
[04:09] TOMOZOU
    Why yes, I did.
[04:10] TOMOZOU
    You could tell?
[04:12] MARUKO
    Yeah, somehow.
[04:14] TOMOZOU
    That's impressive.
[04:17] MARUKO
    You wanna try, Grandpa?
[04:27] MARUKO
    They're already on.
[04:28] TOMOZOU
    Huh?! I couldn't tell at all.
[04:31] MARUKO
    Then we could make a game out of it.
[04:33] MARUKO
    The "Are-glasses-on-it-or-not?" game.
[04:37] TOMOZOU
    Huh?
[04:37] MARUKO
    Close your eyes again.
[04:40] MARUKO
    Well then, do you think they're on it or not?
[04:46] TOMOZOU
    They're on!
[04:48] MARUKO
    Wrong.
[04:49] TOMOZOU
    They weren't on it, huh?
[04:52] MARUKO
    That's too bad.
[04:54] TOMOZOU
    One more time.
[04:56] TOMOZOU
    Can I please try one more time?
[04:58] MARUKO
    Sure, of course.
[05:02] MARUKO
    Do you think they're on it or not?
[05:06] TOMOZOU/I
    She didn't put them on the bag
    earlier, so this time, she must have.
[05:11] TOMOZOU
    They are on.
[05:13] MARUKO
    Wrong. They were not!
[05:16] TOMOZOU
    You didn't put them on, once again.
[05:19] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, please! Give me another chance!
[05:22] MARUKO
    Huh? Sure, I don't mind.
[05:27] MARUKO
    Do you think they're on it or not?
[05:32] TOMOZOU/I
    Surely, she must have put them on this time.
[05:37] TOMOZOU/I
    But they do say, "Things come in threes."
[05:40] TOMOZOU/I
    So maybe she didn't put them on?
[05:46] TOMOZOU/I
    Then again, they also say,
    "Third time's a charm."
[05:50] MARUKO
    All right, what's your answer?
[05:52] TOMOZOU/I
    Wait, is this really the third time?
[05:56] TOMOZOU/I
    How many rounds have we played so far?
[05:58] MARUKO
    Grandpa, what's your answer?
[06:02] TOMOZOU
    They're not on it!
[06:03] MARUKO
    Wrong. They are on it.
[06:07] MARUKO
    Why don't we try something
    a bit easier to tell?
[06:12] MARUKO
    What should we use?]
[06:17] SAKIKO
    Huh? Grandpa, what's wrong?
[06:19] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Big Sis.
[06:21] TOMOZOU
    I'm playing a game with Maruko right now.
[06:24] MARUKO
    Hi, Big Sis. Welcome home.
[06:26] SAKIKO
    I'm home.
[06:27] MARUKO
    Grandpa, close your eyes.
[06:38] MARUKO
    Is anything on the bag or not?
[06:44] TOMOZOU/I
    I can't afford to make any more mistakes.
[06:47] TOMOZOU/I
    Sense it with my body and soul.
[06:52] TOMOZOU/I
    I smell something that makes
    me want to have some sake.
[06:56] TOMOZOU/I
    Plus, this time I feel the
    weight that I didn't sense
[07:00] TOMOZOU/I
    when we were playing with glasses.
[07:02] TOMOZOU/I
    Which means she put on something
    that was heavier than the glasses.
[07:06] TOMOZOU/I
    This time, I know I'm right!
[07:10] TOMOZOU
    Something's on it!
[07:11] MARUKO
    Correct, Grandpa!
[07:13] TOMOZOU
    Oh! So it was dried squid!
[07:15] TOMOZOU
    I did it, Maruko!
[07:17] TOMOZOU
    I finally got it right!
[07:19] TOMOZOU
    Banzai for dried squid!
[07:20] MARUKO
    Yes! Banzai for dried squid!
[07:23] SAKIKO
    What's so fun about that?
[07:26] SAKIKO
    What exactly is fun about this game?
[07:29] MARUKO
    If you ask me like that,
    it's hard to put into words...
[07:32] MARUKO
    Right, Grandpa?
[07:34] TOMOZOU
    That's right.
[07:36] TOMOZOU
    When you get it right, it
    makes you unexpectedly happy.
[07:38] MARUKO
    You want to give it a try, Big Sis?
[07:40] SAKIKO
    No, thanks.
[07:41] SAKIKO
    It doesn't look fun.
[07:43] MARUKO
    She says it doesn't look fun.
SIGN    Elementary School
[07:46] NARRATOR/I
    The Next Day...
SIGN    Be Careful
    at Night
[07:52] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, listen.
[07:53] MARUKO
    Yesterday, I played a game with my grandpa
    where I put something on my bookbag.
[07:58] MARUKO
    It's surprisingly difficult to tell.
[08:02] MARUKO
    Just watch.
[08:12] MARUKO
    See? Even if I put something
    on it, he doesn't notice.
[08:16] TAMAE
    You're right.
[08:18] MARUKO
    Fujiki!
[08:19] FUJIKI
    Huh?
[08:20] MARUKO
    There's something on your bookbag.
[08:25] FUJIKI
    What's that?
[08:26] MARUKO
    I secretly put it on your bag earlier.
[08:29] FUJIKI
    When did you do that?
[08:31] FUJIKI
    I totally didn't notice it.
[08:33] NAGASAWA
    What are you all gathering here for?
[08:36] MARUKO
    Oh, it's nothing.
[08:38] FUJIKI
    Eh?
[08:39] NAGASAWA
    Humph.
[08:42] MARUKO
    Fujiki, go ahead and secretly
    put that on Nagasawa's bookbag.
[08:48] MARUKO
    It'll be fine, so go ahead. Go on.
[08:51] FUJIKI
    Th-Then...
[08:56] FUJIKI/I
    Would he find out that
    I pulled a prank on him?
[09:00] FUJIKI/I
    What if he does notice it and feels
    betrayed and gets disappointed in me?
[09:10] NAGASAWA
    What are you doing?
[09:12] FUJIKI
    Well, uh, the thing is, S-Sakura
    told me to do it, so...
[09:16] NAGASAWA
    What is it? Spit it out.
[09:18] FUJIKI
    Right. I tried to put this
    stick on your bookbag.
[09:24] NAGASAWA
    What's that for?
[09:26] NAGASAWA
    Looks like you were trying to do
    something that's awfully silly.
[09:30] MARUKO
    Yesterday, Big Sis said it didn't look
    fun, and now Nagasawa says it's silly.
[09:36] MARUKO
    What am I doing?
[09:40] NARRATOR/I
    The Next Day...
[09:43] MARUKO
    What are you doing?
[09:45] YAMANE
    We're going to have a leaf race.
[09:48] YAMANE
    Do you want to join us?
[09:50] MARUKO
    I've got time, so maybe I'll try it.
[09:53] YAMANE
    Let's say the goal is that bridge.
[10:02] YAMANE
    We'll run ahead to the goal!
[10:09] MARUKO
    Look! Mine is coming down first!
[10:14] NAGASAWA
    Mine isn't far behind.
[10:17] MARUKO
    Yay! I came in first!
[10:19] NAGASAWA
    Damn it, second place!
[10:22] YAMANE
    Fujiki-kun's and mine don't
    seem to be coming down at all.
[10:26] FUJIKI
    Right. There isn't even a hint of them.
[10:30] YAMANE
    Why isn't mine coming down?
[10:32] YAMANE
    My stomach is starting to hurt.
[10:36] MARUKO
    Oh! Isn't that your leaf, Yamane?
[10:39] YAMANE
    You're right!
[10:40] YAMANE
    That's Michiru-go!
[10:42] MARUKO
    "Michiru-go"? When did you name that thing?
[10:46] YAMANE
    C'mon, c'mon, go, go!
[10:50] YAMANE
    I'm so glad! It finally arrived at the goal!
[10:53] FUJIKI
    I'm glad yours reached the goal.
[10:57] FUJIKI
    It'll be a waste of time to wait any longer.
[11:00] FUJIKI
    Let's just go home.
[11:01] YAMANE
    What are you talking about?!
[11:02] YAMANE
    Mine did arrive, so I'm sure
    yours will be here too.
[11:06] YAMANE
    We can all wait!
[11:07] MARUKO
    Yamane, you're passionate.
[11:09] NAGASAWA
    Right, even though you were
    just saying your stomach hurt.
SIGN    Sakura-maru
SIGN    Nagasawa-maru
SIGN    Fujiki-maru
[11:16] FUJIKI
    I can't do it anymore!
[11:18] FUJIKI
    This is the end of my voyage!
[11:21] YAMANE
    Don't give up!
[11:22] YAMANE
    Your voyage has just begun!
[11:26] YAMANE
    There! There it goes!
[11:28] YAMANE
    I'm sure it was stuck somewhere, but it
    didn't give up and started to come down.
[11:33] YAMANE
    Amazing!
[11:34] MARUKO
    I'm so happy for you!
[11:35] FUJIKI
    Thanks!
[11:36] FUJIKI
    Nagasawa-kun, check out my leaf!
[11:44] YAMANE
    It sank.
[11:45] MARUKO
    It was almost at the goal.
[11:48] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, you must be thinking,
[11:50] NAGASAWA
    "If I knew this was gonna happen,
    I would've just gone home."
[11:56] NARRATOR/I
    And that was exactly what he was thinking.
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname
[12:07] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[12:08] MARUKO
    "Yamane Wants to be Called by His Nickname."
[12:14] YAMANE
    Yama-san, Yamaty. Hm, doesn't sound right.
[12:20] MARUKO
    Yamane, what are you up to?
[12:24] TAMAAE
    What were you doing?
[12:25] TAMAAE
    Something you don't want us to see?
[12:27] YAMANE
    It's not that...
[12:31] YAMANE
    Here.
SIGN    Notebook
[12:33] MARUKO
    What's this?
[12:35] YAMANE
    Nicknames.
SIGN    - Yamane Tsuyoshi
    - Yamaty
    - Tsuyotsuyo
    - Yamacchi
    - Yamayama
[12:37] YAMANE
    You see, I want a nickname.
[12:40] YAMANE
    So I was trying to come up with one.
[12:42] TAMAE
    A nickname?
[12:44] YAMANE
    Yeah.
[12:45] YAMANE
    There is a man named Maruyama
    in my neighborhood.
[12:47] YAMANE
    Everyone calls him Maruty, and he's popular.
[12:52] BOY 1
    Maruty, let's go home together.
[12:55] BOY 2
    Let me tell you what happened, Maruty!
SIGN    Maruty
[12:57] YAMANE
    They call each other by nicknames
    in cop dramas too, you know?
[13:01] YAMANE
    I like how it shows they're
    frank and trust each other.
[13:04] MARUKO
    I think I get that.
[13:07] TAMAE
    Yeah!
[13:07] YAMANE
    But I can't seem to come up with a good one.
SIGN    Yamane
    Tsuyoshi
[13:11] MARUKO
    Yamane's first name is Tsuyoshi,
    so how about Tsusshi?
SIGN    Tsusshi
SIGN    Yosshi
[13:18] TAMAE
    "Yosshi" might work.
[13:20] YAMANE
    They're not bad, but if possible,
[13:23] YAMANE
    I want it to be something emotional,
    something I'm happy to be called.
[13:27] YAMANE
    I'll give it a little more thought.
SIGN    Sakura
[13:30] SAKIKO
    Sounds like he was giving it serious thought.
[13:33] MARUKO
    He really was.
[13:35] MARUKO
    What would you pick for
    your nickname, Big Sis?
[13:37] SAKIKO
    I don't really need one.
[13:39] MARUKO
    Then, for you, Mom, since
    your name is Sumire...
[13:44] MARUKO
    How about Sumigon?
SIGN    Great Monster Sumigon
[13:45] SUMIRE
    Why does my nickname sound like a monster?
[13:49] MARUKO
    What about you, Dad?
[13:49] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[13:50] HIROSHI
    I don't want one.
[13:52] HIROSHI
    I like my name, Hiroshi.
[13:54] HIROSHI
    There's no need for a nickname.
[13:58] TOMOZOU
    Paul!
[14:00] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[14:01] TOMOZOU
    I want my nickname to be Paul.
SIGN    Paul
[14:04] TOMOZOU
    I think it's a perfect name for me.
SIGN    Elementary School
[14:10] MARUKO
    Then my grandpa said he
    wanted to be called Paul.
[14:14] TAMAE
    Really?
[14:15] YAMANE
    Sakura, Honami.
[14:17] MARUKO
    Oh, Yamane.
[14:18] YAMANE
    I've come up with a good nickname.
[14:21] MARUKO
    Really? What is it?
SIGN    Joe
SIGN    Joe
[14:26] YAMANE
    It's "Joe."
[14:30] MARUKO
    Joe?
[14:32] MARUKO/I
    Jeez, Yamane's started to sound like Grandpa.
[14:37] TAMAE
    Why did you decide on that?
[14:39] YAMANE
    You know how I'm a fan of Jo Michiru.
SIGN    Joe
    Michiru
[14:42] YAMANE
    That's why.
[14:43] MARUKO
    Jo Michiru...
SIGN    Joe
[14:45] MARUKO
    Ah, Jo to Joe, I see.
[14:48] YAMANE
    I've considered "Michirun" from Michiru,
    but Joe sounded cooler, you know?
[14:54] MARUKO
    But it's kind of hard to call Yamane "Joe."
[14:57] TAMAE
    It's got nothing to do with his actual name.
[15:01] YAMANE
    Now, you two.
[15:02] YAMANE
    Call me Joe.
[15:04] MARUKO
    Hi there, Joe.
[15:07] TAMAE
    Hello, Joe.
[15:09] YAMANE
    It sounds a bit forced.
[15:11] YAMANE
    Do you think you can make
    it sound more friendly?
[15:14] MARUKO
    Well...
[15:16] MARUKO
    Hey, Joe!
[15:17] NAGASAWA
    Who is Joe?
[15:19] FUJIKI
    Is Yamane-kun Joe?
[15:21] MARUKO
    Nagasawa, Fujiki.
[15:25] NAGASAWA
    A nickname, huh?
[15:26] YAMANE
    Yeah. Why don't we call
    each other by nicknames?
[15:30] FUJIKI
    Huh?
[15:31] NAGASAWA
    I'd rather not.
[15:33] MARUKO
    Oh, don't be like that.
SIGN    Nagasawa             Kimio
[15:36] MARUKO
    Nagasawa, your first name is Kimio, so...
SIGN    Kimmy
[15:40] MARUKO
    Kimmy, maybe?
SIGN    Mio-Kun
[15:42] TAMAE
    Mio-kun might work.
SIGN    Fujiki                             Shigeru
[15:46] MARUKO
    What would Fujiki be?
[15:47] TAMAE
    His first name is Shigeru, so
    how about Shige-san, or Jikki?
SIGN    Shige-San
SIGN    Jikki
[15:54] MARUKO
    Fuji... Fu...Ph... Phillip, maybe?
[15:59] YAMANE
    I like that!
[16:01] FUJIKI
    I'm Phillip?
[16:06] FUJIKI
    Please call me Phillip.
[16:10] ---
    Shine!
SIGN    Nagasawa
[16:13] MARUKO
    With Nagasawa...
SIGN    Naga
[16:15] MARUKO
    Naga....
[16:17] MARUKO
    Ei...
SIGN    Ei
SIGN    Eddie
[16:20] MARUKO
    How about Eddie?
[16:22] YAMANE
    That's great!
[16:23] NAGASAWA
    It's not.
[16:24] YAMANE
    But simply "Nagasawa-kun"
    is boring, don't you think?
[16:28] NAGASAWA
    "Nagasawa" is just fine by me.
[16:31] NAGASAWA
    More importantly, "Joe" doesn't
    really suit you, Yamane-kun.
[16:35] YAMANE
    Eh?
[16:36] YAMANE
    Let's go, Fujiki-kun.
[16:38] FUJIKI
    S-Sure.
[16:41] MARUKO
    Don't worry about it, Joe.
[16:44] YAMANE
    R-Right.
SIGN    Elementary School
[16:46] NARRATOR/I
    The Next Day...
[16:48] MARUKO
    Good morning, Joe.
[16:50] YAMANE
    Good morning.
[16:51] YAMANE
    You're calling me Joe, thanks.
[16:54] MARUKO
    Your name is now Joe, right?
[16:56] TAMAE
    We're getting used it.
[16:59] FUJIKI
    Good morning, Yamane-kun.
[17:01] MARUKO
    Phillip!
[17:03] FUJIKI
    Huh?
[17:04] MARUKO
    Why aren't you calling Yamane "Joe"?
[17:08] YAMANE
    Fujiki-kun, do you also think
    Joe is not a good name?
[17:11] FUJIKI
    I-I don't really...
[17:14] FUJIKI
    I forgot that your name was Joe.
[17:17] FUJIKI
    Good morning, Joe.
[17:20] MARUKO
    Hey, Nagasawa.
[17:21] MARUKO
    You could have said "Good morning."
[17:23] NAGASAWA
    I can't call people by their nicknames.
[17:26] NAGASAWA
    So I can't say hi to those people.
[17:34] MARUKO
    What a silly thing to fight over.
[17:37] FUJIKI
    Yamane-kun was totally dejected.
[17:41] TAMAE
    What should we do?
[17:43] MARUKO
    Nagasawa can just call him Joe.
    What does he have to lose?
[17:47] FUJIKI
    Hm. Oh, how about this?
[17:52] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Huh?
SIGN    Grade 3 Class 4
[17:56] FUJIKI
    Yamane-kun and Nagasawa-kun said
    they'd join us on Sunday, tomorrow.
[18:00] TAMAE
    That's good!
[18:02] TAMAE
    I'm sorry I can't come.
[18:04] MARUKO
    You have other plans, so it can't be helped.
[18:07] FUJIKI
    Sakura and I will do our best.
[18:10] MARUKO
    It's such a pain, but we've got to do it.
SIGN    Sakura
[18:13] NARRATOR/I
    And on Sunday...
[18:15] YAMANE
    Thank you for inviting me today.
[18:19] MARUKO
    No problem, Joe.
[18:21] FUJIKI
    That's right, Joe.
[18:24] NAGASAWA
    Excuse me.
[18:32] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, that's sneaky of you.
[18:34] NAGASAWA
    You invited me without telling me
    Yamane-kun would also be here.
[18:37] YAMANE
    I only heard that we were
    doing homework together.
[18:41] FUJIKI
    I'm sorry.
[18:42] FUJIKI
    Because things were rocky
    between you two, so...
[18:46] MARUKO
    It's for your own good.
[18:48] MARUKO
    This is a good type of cowardice.
[18:50] YAMANE
    But...
[18:51] NAGASAWA
    I'm never calling you by your nickname.
[18:54] FUJIKI
    Anyhow, let's do homework together.
[18:57] FUJIKI
    Why don't we have fun, huh?
[19:01] MARUKO
    We'll call each other by our nicknames, okay?
[19:03] YAMANE
    O-Okay.
[19:06] FUJIKI/I
    If we call him "Joe" a lot, then
    Nagasawa-kun will get used to it, and...
[19:13] NAGASAWA
    Do you know the answer to this question, Joe?
[19:16] YAMANE
    Nagasawa-kun! You finally called me Joe!
[19:20] NAGASAWA
    Oh, I got influenced by the others
    and unintentionally called you Joe.
[19:23] YAMANE
    I'm happy, Eddie.
[19:29] FUJIKI
    What is your nickname going to be, Sakura?
[19:31] MARUKO
    Mine is... just call me Maruko.
[19:34] MARUKO
    My real name is Momoko,
    and Maruko is my nickname.
[19:38] FUJIKI
    Then let's do this, Maruko.
[19:40] YAMANE
    Shall we do our homework, Maruko?
[19:43] MARUKO
    S-Sure...
[19:45] MARUKO/I
    It doesn't feel good to
    be called by that name.
[19:48] MARUKO/I
    Like we're on a first-name basis.
[19:50] MARUKO
    Joe, do you understand this part?
[19:52] YAMANE
    That's difficult.
[19:54] YAMANE
    Phillip and Eddie, do you understand it?
[19:56] FUJIKI
    No, I don't, Joe.
[20:01] TOMOZOU
    Welcome, Joe, Phillip, and Eddie!
[20:04] TOMOZOU
    And my name is... Paul!
SIGN    Paul
[20:10] TOMOZOU
    I brought you some snacks!
[20:13] MARUKO
    Grandpa, you were listening to us?
[20:16] YAMANE
    You have a nickname too?
[20:19] TOMOZOU
    That's right! I'm Paul!
[20:24] YAMANE
    Thank you for the snacks, Paul!
[20:27] FUJIKI
    They're really good, Paul.
[20:29] TOMOZOU
    Joe, Phillip, you like them, huh?
[20:33] TOMOZOU
    Eddie, don't be shy and eat up.
[20:35] NAGASAWA
    Thank you very much, Grandpa.
[20:38] TOMOZOU
    Non, non, non. I'm Paul.
[20:41] TOMOZOU
    Eddie, you can call me Paul, too.
[20:44] NAGASAWA
    O... Okay...
[20:48] NAGASAWA
    P-Paul.
[20:50] FUJIKI
    You just said Paul!
[20:52] MARUKO
    If you can call Grandpa, then
    maybe you can say Joe too?
[20:56] TOMOZOU
    You haven't said Joe yet?
SIGN    Math Drills 3
[21:01] YAMANE
    You still don't want to say mine, huh?
[21:04] YAMANE
    Aw! My stomach...
[21:06] YAMANE
    It hurts!
[21:07] TOMOZOU
    Joe!
[21:08] MARUKO
    Are you okay, Joe?
[21:09] FUJIKI
    Joe, hang in there.
[21:11] YAMANE
    Everyone, thank you for worrying about me.
[21:14] YAMANE
    I'm okay.
[21:17] NAGASAWA
    Are you sure you're okay?
[21:19] NAGASAWA
    I mean... Joe...
[21:23] YAMADA
    Hello!
[21:26] YAMADA
    Oh, I see you're all here.
[21:29] YAMANE
    What's up, Yamada-kun?
[21:31] YAMADA
    I came to return the manga
    I was borrowing from Sakura.
[21:34] YAMADA
    What are you all doing here?
[21:36] FUJIKI
    Doing homework and calling
    each other by our nicknames.
[21:40] YAMADA
    Oh yeah? What kind of nicknames?
SIGN    Math Drills 3
SIGN    Math Drills 3
[21:43] YAMANE
    I'm Joe.
[21:45] YAMADA
    Yamane-kun, you're Joe?
[21:47] YAMADA
    I didn't know, Joe.
[21:49] YAMADA
    Yamane-kun is Joe, oh Joe!
[21:52] YAMADA
    Joe, oh Joe!
[21:54] YAMADA
    Joe is funny, Joe!
[21:57] YAMADA
    Joe, Joe!
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    After that, Yamane never
    wanted to be called Joe,
[22:05] NARRATOR/I
    and they stopped calling each
    other by their nicknames.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Ta-da!
[22:16] MARUKO
    This is the umbrella I invented so
    that you wouldn't get soaked in rain.
[22:20] MARUKO
    When Big Sis becomes a little sister and
    learns how I feel, she can borrow it.
[22:25] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:27] MARUKO
    "Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled
    As a Little Sister," and
SIGN    Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled As a Little Sister Maruko Comes Up With a Way To Stay Dry in Rain
[22:29] MARUKO
    "Maruko Comes Up With a
    Way To Stay Dry in Rain."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1436 - Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled As a Little Sister / Maruko Comes Up With a Way To Stay Dry in Rain
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:01] NOGUCHI
    Chibi Maruko-chan is starting right now!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled As a Little Sister
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Big Sis Wants To Get Spoiled
    As a Little Sister."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:36] MARUKO
    Oh?
[01:37] MARUKO
    This handkerchief is cute.
[01:41] MARUKO
    Hey, Big Sis. I don't remember you
    having a handkerchief like this.
[01:45] SAKIKO
    Oh, that's where this was.
[01:47] SAKIKO
    Mom bought it for me the other day.
[01:49] SAKIKO
    Come on, give it back.
[01:51] MARUKO
    What? That's not fair that only you got one.
[01:54] MARUKO
    I want this too.
[01:56] SAKIKO
    Huh? What are you talking about?
[01:58] SAKIKO
    It's mine.
[01:59] MARUKO
    Why not?
[02:00] MARUKO
    I'm taking it!
[02:01] SAKIKO
    Oh, hey!
[02:02] SAKIKO
    No, give it back!
[02:03] MARUKO
    Hey now!
[02:04] MARUKO
    I'm always getting your hand-me-downs.
[02:09] MARUKO
    Like this shirt and these pants!
[02:13] MARUKO
    It wouldn't hurt you to give that to me!
[02:16] MARUKO
    I want it, I want it, I want it!
[02:19] MARUKO
    I want a new item too! I want it!
[02:20] SAKIKO
    All right. Fine.
[02:23] MARUKO
    Really?!
[02:26] MARUKO
    Yay! I'm happy!
[02:28] SUMIRE
    What is going on?
[02:29] MARUKO
    Big Sis gave me a handkerchief.
[02:32] SUMIRE
    Oh, isn't it the one
    I bought you the other day?
[02:35] MARUKO
    I'm gonna go play!
[02:37] SUMIRE
    Oh, Maruko! Would you run
    an errand on your way back?
[02:40] MARUKO
    I'm off!
[02:43] SUMIRE
    Jeez, that child...
[02:47] SUMIRE
    I'll buy you another one.
[02:49] SAKIKO
    Thanks.
[02:50] SAKIKO
    I can go on an errand for you.
[02:56] GIRL 1
    Hey now!
[03:00] GIRL 1
    You have to watch where you're
    going, it's dangerous!
[03:02] GIRL 2
    I'm sorry...
[03:04] SAKIKO
    No one has it easy, I guess.
[03:06] SAKIKO
    I'm home!
SIGN    Sakura
[03:09] SAKIKO
    I wonder who's here...?
[03:11] SUMIRE
    Welcome home.
[03:13] SUMIRE
    Yocchan's wife stopped by
    to give us some cherries.
SIGN    Cherries
[03:17] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Hello, Saki-chan.
[03:19] SAKIKO
    Hello, miss!
[03:22] SUMIRE
    She says Yocchan won't be
    home till late tonight,
[03:22] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[03:25] SUMIRE
    so I asked her to join us for dinner.
[03:28] SAKIKO
    Really?!
[03:31] SAKIKO
    These cherries are so delicious!
[03:34] SAKIKO
    Thank you very much!
[03:38] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I'm glad you like them.
[03:51] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Saki-chan, is everything okay?
[03:53] SAKIKO
    Oh, um...
[03:56] MARUKO
    Seriously, my big sis just doesn't
    understand the hardship I have to go through.
[04:04] TAMAE
    R-Right...
[04:07] NARRATOR/I
    Hardship? More like doing whatever you want.
[04:11] SAKIKO
    Of course I feel bad that she
    only gets my hand-me-downs.
[04:15] SAKIKO
    But I have to take care of her,
[04:18] SAKIKO
    and there's a lot I have to put
    up with just because I'm older.
[04:22] SAKIKO
    Does she understand the
    hardship I go through?
[04:25] SAKIKO
    I want to get spoiled too.
[04:28] SAKIKO
    I wanted a big sister too.
[04:32] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Then I'll be one.
[04:33] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[04:35] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I'll be your big sister until I leave today.
[04:41] SAKIKO
    You will... be my big sister?
[04:45] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Yes. So Saki-chan will be my little sister.
[04:49] SAKIKO
    L-Little sister...
[04:51] SAKIKO
    I'm a little sister?
[04:54] SAKIKO
    Little sister...
[04:56] SAKIKO
    Little sister...
[04:59] SAKIKO
    Little sister...
[05:03] SAKIKO
    No! Not like that!
[05:07] SAKIKO
    I don't understand this part.
[05:09] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Right here?
[05:10] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Let me see.
SIGN    1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
SIGN    How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
[05:12] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Okay, I see. This one...
[05:16] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Let's see, with 1 and 7/8
    deciliter of paint...
[05:21] SAKIKO/I
    Ah. It's okay to say I don't
    understand something.
[05:26] SAKIKO/I
    It's okay for me to rely on someone.
[05:30] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Deciliter...
[05:32] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Deciliter is... smaller than liter, right?
SIGN    Deciliter
[05:37] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    But it's bigger than milliliter... I think.
[05:41] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Deciliter, deciliter...
[05:45] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    C-Can you give me a little bit of time?
[05:48] SAKIKO
    Huh? S-Sure.
[05:50] SAKIKO
    Then I'll go to the bathroom.
[06:04] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I...I got it, Saki-chan.
SIGN    1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
    How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
    Answer
SIGN    Question 3
[06:07] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Separate the first sentence
    from the second sentence
SIGN    1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
    How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
    Answer
SIGN    1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
    How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
    Answer
[06:10] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    and try to figure them out on their own.
SIGN    1 and 7/8 deciliter of paint can paint 3/4 square meters of wall.
    How many square meters of wall can you paint with 2/5 deciliter of paint?
    Answer
[06:12] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    First, you need to figure out how many
    square meters of wall you can paint
[06:15] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    with one deciliter of paint.
[06:17] SAKIKO
    Oh, I see.
[06:19] SAKIKO
    That's what it means.
[06:20] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I'm sorry I kept you waiting.
[06:22] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    It took me a while to figure
    out how to solve it.
[06:27] SAKIKO
    Not at all.
[06:28] SAKIKO
    Thank you for your help, miss.
[06:31] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I'm your big sister today.
[06:34] SAKIKO
    Big sister...
SIGN    Sakura
[06:37] MARUKO
    I'm home!
[06:40] MARUKO
    Mom, where's Big Sis?
[06:43] SUMIRE
    She went out with Yocchan's wife.
[06:45] MARUKO
    Huh?! With Yocchan's wife?!
SIGN    Tomoe Shopping Street
[06:51] SAKIKO
    Wow!
[06:53] SAKIKO
    Hey, miss! Look, look!
[06:56] SAKIKO
    Everything's so cute!
[06:57] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    You're right.
SIGN    Record Store
SIGN    Cleaning
[07:07] MARUKO/I
    They're not here, either.
[07:12] MARUKO/I
    Oh! Momoe-chan!
SIGN    New Single Released
SIGN    Hitonatsu no Keiken
     Chippokena Kansho
SIGN    Song by Yamaguchi Momoe
[07:15] MARUKO
    She's so beautiful.
[07:17] STAFF
    Do you like Momoe-chan?
[07:22] STAFF
    I like her too!
[07:25] [SONG] SIGN (right)
    Momoe Forever
[07:25] [SONG] SIGN (left)
    Momoe
[07:25] STAFF
    What do you think of these?
[07:28] MARUKO
    H-Huh?!
[07:32] MARUKO
    Man, I never found Big Sis,
[07:38] MARUKO
    and all I did was be forced to listen to
    that strange man's love for Momoe-chan.
[07:45] MARUKO
    Oh no, it's started to rain!
SIGN    Sakura
[07:51] MARUKO
    Oh!
[07:54] MARUKO
    Oh, I found you!
[07:55] SAKIKO
    Oh, you're back.
[07:57] MARUKO
    It's not fair! Just the two of you...
[08:00] SAKIKO
    What's your problem?
[08:01] SAKIKO
    You went to play without running
    an errand. It's your own fault.
[08:05] SAKIKO
    Look what I got.
[08:06] SAKIKO
    Miss bought this for me.
[08:09] MARUKO
    What?!
[08:10] MARUKO
    Just you, Big Sis?!
[08:13] SAKIKO
    You took my handkerchief.
[08:16] MARUKO
    That is that.
[08:18] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I got one for you too, so don't worry.
[08:20] MARUKO
    You did?!
[08:22] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Here you go.
[08:23] MARUKO
    Thank you so much, miss!
[08:26] MARUKO
    Wow, it's so cute!
[08:28] MARUKO
    A little birdy!
[08:29] MARUKO
    We match, Big Sis.
[08:31] SAKIKO
    I said you didn't need one.
[08:34] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    But if you are my little sister, then
    Maru-chan is also my little sister.
[08:39] MARUKO
    Huh? Little sister?
[08:41] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Yes.
[08:42] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    You two are my little sisters today.
[08:44] MARUKO
    Then I have two big sisters today.
[08:48] MARUKO
    We're three sisters!
[08:50] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    That's right. So you see?
[08:52] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I got one too.
[08:55] MARUKO
    We all match.
[08:57] SUMIRE
    Oh my.
[08:58] SUMIRE
    You bought it for both of them?
[09:00] SUMIRE
    Thank you very much.
[09:02] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    No worries.
[09:03] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    It's a thank-you for coming
    out shopping with me.
[09:06] SUMIRE
    Grandpa and the others should be home
    soon, so please make yourself at home.
[09:11] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Thank you.
[09:12] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Did Grandpa go for an outing?
[09:15] MARUKO
    He's at the senior's association.
[09:17] MARUKO
    There's something they need to
    get done by the end of the week.
[09:21] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Is that so?
[09:22] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    They're busy, huh?
[09:24] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Actually, I'm a bit busy right now as well.
[09:27] MARUKO
    You are?
[09:29] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Yes. There's something I need
    to finish by tomorrow, the 23rd.
[09:34] MARUKO/SAKIKO/SUMIRE
    What?!
[09:36] MARUKO
    Miss, that's today.
[09:39] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    What?
[09:40] MARUKO
    Today is the 23rd.
[09:45] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I'm so sorry!
[09:46] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    I'm  very clumsy, you see...
[09:49] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Please excuse me!
[09:52] SAKIKO
    I'll walk you to the bus stop.
[09:55] MARUKO
    Me too!
[09:58] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Maru-chan, I'm sorry about today.
[10:01] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Next time, let's go out with three of us.
[10:03] MARUKO
    Yes! But Big Sis, why were you playing
    pretend sisters with Miss?
[10:09] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[10:10] SAKIKO
    W-Well, that's because...
[10:13] MARUKO
    Oh, a frog!
[10:16] MARUKO
    So cute.
[10:25] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Oh my, look at you!
[10:27] SAKIKO
    Jeez, what do we do with you?
[10:30] SAKIKO
    Here.
[10:38] SAKIKO
    It's all clean now.
[10:40] MARUKO
    Thank you, Big Sis.
[10:42] MARUKO
    That's the new handkerchief!
[10:45] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[10:45] SAKIKO
    Right, but I couldn't leave
    your face dirty, could I?
[10:50] MARUKO
    Big Sis...
[10:51] SAKIKO
    Miss, I'm so sorry for
    making your gift dirty—
[10:54] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Let me have that.
[10:56] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[10:58] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Here you go.
[11:00] SAKIKO
    This is...
[11:01] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    You take this one.
[11:03] SAKIKO
    But...
[11:05] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    It's fine.
[11:08] MARUKO
    That's your handkerchief, right, miss?
[11:11] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Yes, it is.
[11:12] MARUKO
    Then that's a hand-me-down from you.
[11:15] SAKIKO
    Huh?!
[11:17] MARUKO
    You know this too.
[11:19] MARUKO
    Little sister is fated to
    end up with a hand-me-down.
[11:22] SAKIKO
    That's not...
[11:25] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    You're right.
[11:26] YOCCHAN'S WIFE
    Or do you not want a hand-me-down from me?
[11:29] SAKIKO
    Huh? That's not true!
[11:32] SAKIKO
    Th-Thank you.
[11:39] NARRATOR/I
    Big Sis received a hand-me-down from miss.
[11:43] NARRATOR/I
    Even though it was short, she got to
    spend a nice time as a little sister.
SIGN    Maruko Comes Up With a Way To Stay Dry in Rain
[11:54] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Ice cream
[11:55] MARUKO
    "Maruko Comes Up With a
    Way To Stay Dry in Rain."
SIGN    Mimatsu-ya
[12:05] MARUKO
    It started to rain out of nowhere.
[12:07] TOMOZOU
    You have to have an umbrella on you
    at all times during the rainy season.
[12:11] MARUKO
    I had one yesterday.
[12:13] MARUKO
    But it rains exactly when
    you don't have an umbrella.
[12:17] TOMOZOU
    You don't think I'm a rain bringer, do you?
[12:20] MARUKO
    "A rain bringer"? I think
    I've heard that before.
[12:23] MARUKO
    Is it a monster like the Yeti in Himalaya?
[12:27] TOMOZOU
    Rain, rain, let it fall...
[12:32] TOMOZOU
    Oh no, a rain bringer is someone
    who brings rain wherever he goes.
[12:39] MARUKO
    Oh yeah?
[12:40] MARUKO
    Then maybe I'm the rain bringer.
[12:44] TOMOZOU
    Who knows?
SIGN    One umbrella, 500 yen
[12:47] TOMOZOU
    Hm?
[12:48] TOMOZOU
    Shall we buy one?
[12:51] MIMATSU
    Welcome.
[12:52] MIMATSU
    Oh, you don't have umbrellas.
[12:54] TOMOZOU
    R-Right.
[12:56] TOMOZOU
    So I was going to buy one right there.
[12:58] MIMATSU
    You can borrow one if you'd like.
[13:02] MIMATSU
    Here you go.
[13:04] TOMOZOU
    Are you sure?
[13:05] MIMATSU
    That one didn't sell, so
    I keep it for my personal use.
[13:09] TOMOZOU
    Much appreciated.
[13:11] MARUKO
    Thank you very much!
[13:13] MIMATSU
    You can return it anytime.
[13:16] MARUKO
    We were lucky that we could borrow this.
[13:19] TOMOZOU
    I'm moved by the kindness of Mimatsu-ya-san.
SIGN    Tomoe Shopping Street
[13:36] MAN
    Oh? That umbrella...
[13:38] BOY
    Mom! What does it say?
[13:44] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Mi, ma, tsu, ya, general, goods...
[13:50] MARUKO
    We were walking around,
    advertising Mimatsu-ya.
[13:56] TOMOZOU
    Indeed.
[13:57] TOMOZOU
    Well, we did borrow it, so this is nothing!
SIGN    Sakura
[14:04] MARUKO
    We're soaked!
[14:06] TOMOZOU
    It rained cats and dogs.
[14:10] SUMIRE
    When it rains too much, sometimes
    it's pointless to use an umbrella.
[14:15] SAKIKO
    When the wind is too strong,
    it can get inverted like a cup.
[14:18] MARUKO
    When that happens, there's
    nothing you can do, you know?
[14:28] HIROSHI
    Umbrellas haven't really
    changed much since the
[14:31] HIROSHI
    coarse oilpaper umbrellas
    from the Edo period.
[14:36] MARUKO
    I see.
[14:37] MARUKO
    Things are getting better and more
    convenient, so I hope umbrellas get better too.
[14:43] TOMOZOU
    By the way, Maruko...
[14:45] TOMOZOU
    There's a hydrangea walk hosted by
    the seniors' association next Sunday.
[14:50] TOMOZOU
    Do you want to go with me?
[14:51] MARUKO
    A hydrangea walk?
[14:53] TOMOZOU
    We write haiku and such as we walk
    through places that have hydrangeas.
[14:58] MARUKO
    I see.
[15:00] TOMOZOU
    They serve tea and snacks during the break.
[15:04] MARUKO
    Then maybe I'll go.
[15:06] TOMOZOU
    Oh yeah?
[15:08] TOMOZOU
    I hope it doesn't rain.
[15:10] MARUKO
    Hydrangeas in rain can be beautiful, though.
[15:13] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, you have refined taste.
[15:17] MARUKO
    But I don't want to get wet...
[15:21] MARUKO
    I know!
[15:22] MARUKO
    A bigger umbrella would do.
[15:25] MARUKO
    Listen, Mom!
[15:26] SUMIRE
    No.
[15:26] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[15:27] MARUKO
    Huh? I haven't said anything yet.
[15:30] SUMIRE
    You're gonna say you want a
    new, big umbrella, aren't you?
[15:35] HIROSHI
    Ha! She read your mind.
[15:37] SUMIRE
    What you have now is enough.
[15:39] MARUKO
    But I want something bigger and sturdier.
[15:43] SUMIRE
    It's not like it's broken.
[15:45] SUMIRE
    You can still use it.
[15:48] MARUKO
    Then you'll buy one if
    the current one's broken?
[15:50] SUMIRE
    If you break it on purpose, you'll regret it.
[15:53] MARUKO
    I-I'd never do that...
SIGN    Elementary School
[15:59] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[16:03] MARUKO
    Whoa!
[16:04] MARUKO
    Hey, Hamaji!
[16:06] MARUKO
    What are you doing?!
[16:07] MARUKO
    Stop it!
[16:09] HAMAJI
    Sorry, my bad!
[16:10] MARUKO
    Jeez.
[16:15] HAMAJI
    You splashed me!
[16:18] MARUKO
    Oh, I'm sorry.
[16:19] MARUKO
    But the water on the umbrella
    doesn't come off so easily.
[16:23] HAMAJI
    I know.
[16:28] MARUKO/HAMAJI
    Wow!
[16:29] MARUKO
    That way, the water droplets fall off easily.
[16:34] HAMAJI
    Nagasawa, you're smart.
[16:37] NAGASAWA
    I'm not crude like you two.
[16:44] MARUKO
    What?
[16:45] MARUKO
    People in England don't use
    umbrellas when it's raining?
[16:49] HANAWA
    Correct!
[16:50] HANAWA
    Weather tends to change a lot in England.
[16:53] HANAWA
    So unless it's very heavy, many people
    get by without an umbrella in rain.
[16:59] TAMAE
    But wouldn't they get wet?
[17:01] HANAWA
    "Rain or shine."
[17:03] HANAWA
    "Whether it's raining or the sun is shining,
[17:06] HANAWA
    getting a bit wet isn't much
    of a problem," is what I think.
[17:11] MARUKO
    How stylish, like they're born
    and raised in the city of Edo.
[17:14] MARUKO
    Well, I suppose you'd call them "Londonite."
[17:19] HAMAJI
    When it's raining and you
    don't have an umbrella,
[17:22] HAMAJI
    which do you think will stay
    dry? Walking or running?
[17:29] MARUKO
    I'd say running would help you stay dry.
[17:32] TAMAE
    I agree.
[17:34] TAMAE
    But if you ran fast, wouldn't
    you get rained on that much more?
[17:40] HANAWA
    For example, between running
    50 meters in ten seconds
[17:45] HANAWA
    and slowly walking it in one minute,
    I think you'd get wetter walking.
[17:53] TAMAE
    I see.
[17:54] HAMAJI
    That example is easy to understand!
[17:57] MARUKO
    But if you run, you get splashed
    and your feet get wet.
[18:01] HANAWA
    Sure, there are cases like that too.
[18:05] MARUKO
    In order to stay dry in rain,
    I guess you have to think a lot.
SIGN    Sakura
[18:11] TOMOZOU
    I'm ready.
[18:14] MARUKO
    Then, in preparation for the hydrangea walk,
[18:16] MARUKO
    let's investigate what will
    help you stay dry from rain.
[18:21] TOMOZOU
    Very good.
[18:25] MARUKO
    Can you try different ways of holding it?
[18:28] TOMOZOU
    Got it!
[18:34] TOMOZOU
    Holding it close helps you get less wet,
[18:36] TOMOZOU
    but you can't see the
    front and it's dangerous.
[18:39] TOMOZOU
    Whoa!
[18:40] MARUKO
    Grandpa, are you okay?!
[18:43] NAGASAWA
    Sakura.
[18:44] MARUKO
    Huh?
[18:45] NAGASAWA
    What on earth are you doing?
[18:49] NAGASAWA
    Your mom said you were in the yard.
[18:51] NAGASAWA
    Here, thank you for this.
[18:53] MARUKO
    You came to return this to me?
[18:56] NAGASAWA
    We're not allowed to bring
    manga to school, so...
[18:59] NAGASAWA
    Bye.
[19:01] MARUKO
    Oh, Nagasawa, wait!
[19:06] NAGASAWA
    Why should I...?
[19:08] MARUKO
    Nagasawa taught me a really smart way
    to shake the water off of an umbrella.
[19:14] TOMOZOU
    Oh! That's wonderful!
[19:17] MARUKO
    You must know a smart way
    of holding an umbrella, no?
[19:21] NAGASAWA
    Well, I guess you could say that.
[19:24] MARUKO
    Really?! Tell me, tell me!
[19:27] TOMOZOU
    Tell me, tell me!
[19:33] NAGASAWA
    You usually hold it like this, right?
[19:36] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Yes, yes.
[19:37] NAGASAWA
    But your shoulder could get wet.
[19:40] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Yes, yes.
[19:41] NAGASAWA
    But if you hold it like this,
[19:43] NAGASAWA
    then the surface that doesn't get
    wet from rain actually increases.
[19:46] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Wow, amazing!
[19:50] MARUKO
    Wow, it really does help you stay dry.
[19:53] NAGASAWA
    Right?
[19:54] SUMIRE
    Huh?
[19:55] SUMIRE
    What are you doing?!
[19:57] SUMIRE
    You're flooding the yard!
[20:00] MARUKO
    We were investigating how
    to hold an umbrella—
[20:03] SUMIRE
    Stop it right this second!
[20:08] TOMOZOU
    How about this?
[20:10] MARUKO
    What is it?
[20:12] TOMOZOU
    You know the folk tale of the
    jizo statues with straw hats?
[20:15] MARUKO
    Yes.
[20:16] TOMOZOU
    Just like the straw hats on the jizo
    statues, we'll put umbrellas on our heads!
[20:21] MARUKO
    It's nice that we don't have
    to hold it in our hands, but...
[20:25] MARUKO
    Everywhere except for your
    head will probably get wet.
[20:28] TOMOZOU
    You're right.
[20:31] MARUKO
    Isn't there a nice way to make
    sure the whole body stays dry?
[20:35] TOMOZOU
    What if we attach a plastic cloth?
[20:40] TOMOZOU
    Even if it rains sideways, you'll stay dry.
[20:43] MARUKO
    That's nice!
[20:45] MARUKO
    But how about we attach plastic
    tapes, instead of clothes,
[20:49] MARUKO
    and line the edge of the umbrella with them?
[20:53] TOMOZOU
    I see.
[20:56] MARUKO
    Finished!
[20:59] MARUKO
    How about this?
[21:01] TOMOZOU
    Oh! This should protect your
    whole body from the rain.
[21:05] MARUKO
    Right?!
[21:07] MARUKO
    Now, even if it rains on the hydrangea
    walk, nothing can ruin it.
[21:11] TOMOZOU
    Yes, indeed!
[21:29] MARUKO
    I can't see hydrangea too well.
[21:32] TOMOZOU
    Right, it's hard to see.
[21:47] MARUKO
    This isn't working.
[21:50] TOMOZOU
    Nope, not working.
[21:52] NARRATOR/I
    After much trial and error
    to stay dry in the rain,
[21:55] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko eventually learned that
    umbrellas haven't changed much
[22:00] NARRATOR/I
    because the current design works the best.
[22:06] MARUKO
    Oh boy...
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Fujiki, are you thinking about inequality?
[22:18] MARUKO
    You know, I get yelled at by my mom
    so much more compared to my sister.
[22:22] MARUKO
    This isn't fair, it is?
[22:24] MARUKO
    Orihime and Hikoboshi, please help me!
[22:27] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Fujiki Thinks About Himself,"
    and "Mom's Tanabata Festival."
SIGN    Fujiki Thinks About Himself Mom's Tanabata Festival
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1437 - Fujiki Thinks About Himself / Mom's Tanabata Festival
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] NAGASAWA
    Everyone, Chibi Maruko-chan
    is about to start.
[00:03] NAGASAWA
    Care to take a look?
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Fujiki Thinks About Himself
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Fujiki Thinks About Himself."
[01:36] HAMAJI
    Go, Ohno!
[01:38] OHNO
    There!
[01:42] UCHIDA
    Hanawa-kun, you're awesome!
[01:44] NOMURA
    So cool!
[01:45] SUGIYAMA
    Take that!
[01:48] HAMAJI
    Fujiki, stop running away!
[01:51] KOSUGI
    Catch the ball!
[01:52] FUJIKI
    O-Okay...
[01:54] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, good luck!
[01:57] OHNO
    There!
[02:00] HAMAJI
    Nice, Ohno!
[02:04] KONAGAYA
    I got hit. Too bad...
[02:06] TAMAE
    Ohno-kun's throw is fast, so what can we do?
[02:11] KOSUGI
    Fujiki, let's go!
[02:13] FUJIKI/I
    Okay, time to restore my honor!
[02:19] MARUKO
    All right, I got this... Achoo!
[02:24] FUJIKI
    Yes! My ball hit!
[02:27] FUJIKI
    I did it! Yay! Yay!
[02:29] FUJIKI
    Yay! Yay! Yay! Yay!
[02:29] MARUKO
    Jeez... Why did I get hit by Fujiki's wimpy
    throw, of all things? Oh boy...
[02:44] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, you're sighing
    an awful lot today.
[02:48] FUJIKI
    Oh, I'm sorry.
[02:50] NAGASAWA
    It's fine.
[02:50] NAGASAWA
    Sometimes there are days like that.
[02:53] FUJIKI
    Listen, Nagasawa-kun.
[02:55] FUJIKI
    Have you ever thought about
    unfairness in society?
[03:00] NAGASAWA
    Of course I have.
[03:02] NAGASAWA
    My house burned down in fire.
[03:04] NAGASAWA
    There's nothing more unfair than that.
[03:07] FUJIKI
    That really is unfair.
[03:10] NAGASAWA
    Society is filled with unfair things.
[03:13] NAGASAWA
    That's why I think not over thinking
    it is the best course of action.
[03:17] FUJIKI
    Wow, you're so mature, Nagasawa-kun.
[03:20] FUJIKI
    I respect you, just a little bit.
[03:22] NAGASAWA
    Just a little bit, huh?
[03:24] NAGASAWA
    Such a stingy show of respect
    doesn't make me all that happy.
[03:29] FUJIKI
    That wasn't my intention...
[03:32] MARUKO
    Those two are in a serious
    discussion about unfairness.
[03:37] TAMAE
    They really are.
[03:38] TAMAE
    I've never seriously thought
     about unfairness.
[03:43] MARUKO
    I do, sometimes.
[03:45] TAMAE
    You do? Like what?
[03:48] MARUKO
    For example, my clothes.
[03:50] MARUKO
    My big sis gets new clothes all the time,
    but all I get are hand-me-downs.
[03:55] MARUKO
    Isn't that unfair?
[03:56] TAMAE
    I see. But I envy you
    for having a big sister.
[04:01] MARUKO
    Plus, my big sis gets
    more allowance than I do!
[04:05] MARUKO
    Even though we both belong
    to the same family!
[04:07] TAMAE
    But I'm sure you'll get a raise
    once you're in six grade, right?
[04:11] MARUKO
    Oh, and I get yelled at much
    more often than she does.
[04:15] MARUKO
    This is unfair too, isn't it?
[04:17] TAMAE
    Well, that's...
[04:21] NARRATOR/I
    "That's not unfairness, you just do more
    stuff that deserves to get yelled at."
[04:25] NARRATOR/I
    That's what crossed Tama-chan's mind.
[04:29] HIDE
    Young master, please get in.
[04:33] FUJIKI/I
    Must be nice to be Hanawa-kun.
[04:35] FUJIKI/I
    I'm sure fancy snacks await him at home.
[04:40] HIDE
    Prosciutto sandwiches, blueberry
    scones, and petit fours.
[04:45] HIDE
    Today's tea is Darjeeling.
[04:49] FUJIKI/I
    If I was born in Hanawa-kun's family...
[04:53] HIDE
    Welcome home, young master Shigeru.
[04:56] FUJIKI
    I'd like some snacks.
[04:58] FUJIKI
    I'm hungry.
[05:03] FUJIKI
    Yes! My favorites: corn dogs and ramen!
[05:13] FUJIKI
    Okay, time to go home.
[05:23] FUJIKI
    "Go get some soy sauce"...
SIGN    Please go get some soy sauce
[05:31] FUJIKI
    It's stale.
SIGN    Tomoe Shopping Street
[05:37] FUJIKI
    Why is soy sauce so heavy?
[05:40] GIRL
    Mom, I want bread with custard cream!
[05:43] MOM
    Then let's stop by the bakery.
[05:45] GIRL
    Okay!
[05:49] MARUKO/TAMAE/I
    ~ Den den mushi mushi katatsumuri ~
[05:55] FUJIKI
    Sakura and Honami.
[05:57] MARUKO
    Fujiki. Are you on an errand?
[05:59] HONAMI
    In this rain? Impressive.
[06:01] FUJIKI
    You were looking at snails?
[06:03] MARUKO
    Yes. They're cute, aren't they?
[06:07] FUJIKI
    Oh look, slugs.
[06:10] MARAKO
    Slugs... I don't like them.
[06:13] TAMAE
    Me neither.
[06:14] FUJIKI
    Really? I think they're kind of similar.
[06:17] FUJIKI
    They're both slow too.
[06:19] MARUKO
    They're nothing alike!
[06:21] FUJIKI
    You think so?
[06:22] TAMAE
    Oh, the rain is getting stronger.
[06:25] TAMAE
    Let's go.
[06:27] MARUKO
    See you, Fujiki.
[06:29] TAMAE
    Bye bye.
[06:30] FUJIKI
    Bye bye.
[06:35] FUJIKI
    Just because you don't have
    shells, you get hated so much.
[06:39] FUJIKI
    That's unfair, right?
[06:41] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[06:43] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, don't tell me you're still
    thinking about unfairness in society.
[06:49] FUJIKI
    I am. It just won't leave my mind.
[06:54] NAGASAWA
    Hmm...
[06:58] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun, do you have plans today?
[07:01] FUJIKI
    I never have plans.
[07:03] NAGASAWA
    If you'd like, do you want
    to go to the bookstore?
[07:06] NAGASAWA
    I'm going to buy a magazine that
    comes with a free plastic model.
[07:09] FUJIKI
    A free plastic model? Sounds good!
[07:11] NAGASAWA
    Let's make it together.
[07:13] FUJIKI
    Okay!
SIGN    Sorry, boys.
SIGN    I just sold the last copy.
[07:19] FUJIKI/NAGASAWA
    What?
[07:22] NAGASAWA
    It's irritating to just go home,
    so should we go to the library?
[07:26] FUJIKI
    Good idea.
SIGN    Temporarily Closed
[07:28] FUJIKI/NAGASAWA
    What?
SIGN    Library
SIGN    Shimizu
    City
    Public
    Library
[07:30] NAGASAWA
    It's closed...
[07:35] TAMAE
    Too bad, you lost.
[07:38] MARUKO
    Fujiki and Nagasawa.
[07:40] NAGASAWA
    You played the bouncy ball lottery?
[07:42] MARUKO
    I lost, though.
[07:44] MARUKO
    See you.
[07:47] NAGASAWA
    Maybe I'll play too.
[07:49] FUJIKI
    But good ones are hard to win.
[07:52] NAGASAWA
    What I want is fourth prize.
[07:55] FUJIKI
    That's very modest of you.
[07:58] NAGASAWA
    That ball glows in the dark,
    like in a closet or under a blanket.
[08:02] NAGASAWA
    Cool, huh?
[08:04] FUJIKI
    Really? I didn't know!
[08:06] FUJIKI
    Fourth prize might not be hard
    to win, so I'll play too!
[08:11] NAGASAWA
    What a dull day it was.
[08:13] NAGASAWA
    The magazine was sold out.
[08:15] NAGASAWA
    The library was closed.
[08:17] NAGASAWA
    And now all I won was fifth prize.
[08:20] FUJIKI
    That's not true.
[08:22] FUJIKI
    I was happy you invited me to come along.
[08:25] FUJIKI
    And both of us winning fifth
    prize is kind of funny!
[08:31] NAGASAWA
    You're less greedy than I thought.
[08:36] FUJIKI
    Well then, see you tomorrow.
[08:40] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun.
[08:41] FUJIKI
    Hm?
[08:43] NAGASAWA
    Having few wants isn't a bad thing, I think.
[08:47] NAGASAWA
    Bye.
[08:55] NAGAYAMA
    Oh, Fujiki-kun.
[08:58] FUJIKI
    Oh, Nagayama-kun.
[09:00] FUJIKI
    Are you on an errand?
[09:01] NAGAYAMA
    No, I'm going to the library
    to borrow some books.
[09:04] FUJIKI
    The library is closed today.
[09:07] NAGAYAMA
    Oh, is that so?
[09:08] NAGAYAMA
    I'm glad I saw you, then.
[09:11] NAGAYAMA
    Thanks.
[09:16] NAGAYAMA
    Oh, a snail!
[09:18] NAGAYAMA
    Did you know that snails
    are a type of shellfish?
[09:22] FUJIKI
    Even though they live on land?
[09:24] NAGAYAMA
    Yeah. And guess what, slugs
    also belong to the same group.
[09:29] FUJIKI
    What?!
[09:30] NAGAYAMA
    Snails and slugs come from the same ancestor,
[09:33] NAGAYAMA
    and as they evolved, slugs lost their shells.
[09:37] NAGAYAMA
    Snails kept their shells.
[09:40] FUJIKI
    Don't snails turn into slugs
    if you remove their shells?
[09:44] NAGAYAMA
    A lot of people make that mistake,
    but they are two different animals.
[09:49] FUJIKI
    I didn't know that.
[09:51] FUJIKI
    But snails are better, aren't they?
[09:54] FUJIKI
    It's more impressive to have a
    shell, and everyone likes snails.
[09:59] NAGAYAMA
    It's true that they can hide inside
    the shell to protect themselves.
[10:04] NAGAYAMA
    But because of the shells, they
    can't fit into small places.
[10:08] NAGAYAMA
    On the other hand, slugs are
    capable of fitting into any place.
[10:13] FUJIKI
    So which is better?
[10:15] NAGAYAMA
    They're both good.
[10:17] FUJIKI
    What do you mean?
[10:18] NAGAYAMA
    Living creatures are all different
    and come with unique characteristics.
[10:23] NAGAYAMA
    It's not about which is better and worse.
[10:27] NAGAYAMA
    They're simply different.
[10:29] FUJIKI
    Simply... different...
[10:33] FUJIKI
    I see.
[10:34] FUJIKI
    Just simply different!
SIGN    Sakura
[10:37] SUMIRE
    Good, it fits nicely.
[10:39] MARUKO
    Another hand-me-down, huh? I don't like it.
[10:41] SUMIRE
    Oh, but you look great in it.
[10:44] MARUKO
    Big Sis always gets new
    clothes, and it's not fair.
[10:47] MARUKO
    I want clothes that are just for me.
[10:50] SUMIRE
    Okay, then I'll embroider
    something on the pocket.
[10:53] SUMIRE
    What do you want it to be?
[10:55] MARUKO
    Really?! You will?!
[10:57] MARUKO
    What should I pick?
[10:59] MARUKO
    Hydrangea? But an umbrella would be cute too!
SIGN    Fujiki
[11:04] FUJIKI
    I'm home.
[11:06] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Welcome home, Shigeru.
[11:07] FUJIKI
    Oh, Mom! Don't you have work today?
[11:10] FUJIKI'S MOM
    I got out early today.
[11:12] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Do you want some snacks?
[11:14] FUJIKI'S MOM
    There should be rice crackers.
[11:16] FUJIKI
    Those crackers were stale.
[11:19] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Oh my! Sorry about that.
[11:22] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Doing this will make them crispy again.
[11:25] FUJIKI
    It smells nice.
[11:27] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Don't get too close. It's hot.
[11:33] FUJIKI
    Freshly baked is the best!
[11:36] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Oh yeah, Shigeru.
[11:38] FUJIKI'S MOM
    I forgot to tell you.
[11:39] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Thanks for buying soy sauce yesterday.
[11:42] FUJIKI'S MOM
    It must have been heavy.
[11:44] FUJIKI
    It wasn't heavy at all!
[11:47] FUJIKI'S MOM
    And I'm sorry you have to stay home alone.
[11:50] FUJIKI'S MOM
    But since you're so reliable,
    I can go to work without worry.
[11:59] FUJIKI
    Mom, listen!
[12:01] FUJIKI'S MOM
    What is it?
[12:05] FUJIKI
    More tea, please!
[12:07] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Sure thing.
[12:08] NARRATOR/I
    Fujiki thought about himself,
[12:11] NARRATOR/I
    and the conclusion he's reached is,
    "It's okay to be different from others."
SIGN    Mom's Tanabata Festival
[12:22] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
[12:23] MARUKO
    "Mom's Tanabata Festival."
[12:28] MARUKO
    The Tanabata festival is coming up soon.
[12:31] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[12:32] SAKIKO
    Speaking of which,
[12:33] SAKIKO
    there's a Tanabata event at the
    civic center the day after tomorrow,
[12:36] SAKIKO
    even though it's a bit early for Tanabata.
[12:38] MARUKO
    An event? What do they do?
[12:41] SAKIKO
    You write your wish on a strip of
    paper and hang it on a bamboo.
[12:45] TOMOZOU
    I hear there will be some food stalls.
[12:47] MARUKO
    Yes! I wanna go! I wanna go!
[12:50] TOMOZOU
    I'm so sorry, Maruko!
[12:52] TOMOZOU
    Unfortunately, I already have
    plans with Grandma on that day.
[12:56] MARUKO
    What?!
[12:56] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[12:58] MARUKO
    How about you, Mom and Big Sis?
[13:00] SAKIKO
    I can go if you want.
[13:02] SUMIRE
    Sure.
[13:03] MARUKO
    Yes!
[13:05] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[13:06] TAMAE
    Wow.
[13:08] TAMAE
    A Tanabata event, huh?
[13:10] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, you want to go too?
[13:12] TAMAE
    Sure! It sounds fun.
[13:14] TAMAE
    What about you, Hanawa-kun?
[13:15] HANAWA
    Of course I'll go, baby.
[13:17] HANAWA
    If I don't go, many Orihimes will be sad.
[13:18] [SONG] SIGN
    Hanawa
[13:22] MARUKO/I
    Many Orihimes...
[13:26] HAMAJI
    Hey.
[13:27] HAMAJI
    I hear you can only write one wish, so you
    should decide on what to write beforehand.
[13:33] MARUKO
    Huh? Why?
[13:35] HAMAJI
    It's because if you hang too many strips
    of paper, the bamboo will break.
[13:38] HAMAJI
    That's why it's only one per person.
[13:41] MARUKO
    Tsk. Just one wish, huh?
[13:46] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, what will yours be?
[13:48] TAMAE
    "I wish to improve my piano skills," maybe?
[13:51] TAMAE
    What about you?
[13:52] MARUKO
    Mine could be...
SIGN    There is no
    homework today
[13:54] MARUKO
    "I wish there will be no homework," or...
[13:57] MARUKO
    "I wish to get more allowance,"
    is hard to give up.
[14:00] MARUKO
    But "I wish I can meet Momoe-chan"
    needs to come true!
[14:04] MARUKO
    And then...
[14:05] HANAWA
    Sakura-kun, you're rather greedy.
[14:10] MARUKO
    I know!
[14:11] MARUKO
    I can write a lot of wishes in small letters.
SIGN    I wish there will be no homework
     I wish to get more allowance
     I wish I could meet Momoe-chan
     I wish I can be a manga author
     I wish I can buy a lot of snacks
     I want to eat sukiyaki
     Sushi is good too
     I want toys too
[14:16] TAMAE
    Everyone only writes one wish, so if you
    write a lot of wishes, it'll stand out.
[14:22] MARUKO
    I see.
[14:25] MARUKO
    If only my wish was just
    one, like Migiwa-san.
[14:29] MARUKO
    "I wish I can be Hanawa-kun's
    bride," you know?
SIGN    I wish to be 
    Hanawa-kun's bride
    - Migiwa Hanako
SIGN    Sakura
[14:37] MARUKO
    And what is your wish going to be, Big Sis?
[14:40] SAKIKO
    "I wish I can meet Hideki," obviously!
[14:43] TOMOZOU
    If I were to write one,
     it'd be to live a long life.
[14:46] MARUKO
    How about you, Mom?
[14:48] SUMIRE
    "I wish Maruko will do her homework."
[14:50] MARUKO
    Huh?
[14:51] SUMIRE
    "I wish Maruko will do
    her homework right now."
[14:54] MARUKO
    What?
[14:55] SUMIRE
    "I wish Maruko will go to her room
    right now and do her math homework."
[15:00] MARUKO
    Really?!
[15:05] MARUKO
    Jeez, there was no need 
    for her to get that mad.
[15:11] MARUKO
    I guess it's time for homework...
    or rather, I should decide on my wish...
SIGN    I wish I could meet Momoe-chan
SIGN    I wish there will be no homework
SIGN    I wish to get more allowance
[15:20] MARUKO
    Homework and Momoe-chan are hard to give up.
[15:24] MARUKO
    Which means...
[15:26] MARUKO
    Mom, I have a favor to ask.
[15:29] SUMIRE
    What is it?
[15:30] MARUKO
    Do you think I could get
    a raise with my allowance?
[15:33] SUMIRE
    Huh? Why?
[15:35] MARUKO
    I'll ask for other wishes upon the stars,
[15:39] MARUKO
    if you could take care
    of this one wish. Please?
[15:43] MARUKO
    The thing is, there is a manga
    that's coming out tomorrow.
[15:46] MARUKO
    Since I'll be using my allowance
    on this Tanabata event,
[15:50] MARUKO
    I'm strapped for cash for this manga.
[15:53] MARUKO
    I really want to read the final chapter
    of "I'm in Love with That Cynical Boy"!
SIGN    Final
    Chapter
SIGN    I'm in Love with That Cynical Boy
[15:59] MARUKO
    I can't wait to find out what happens to
    the cheeky boy and the innocent heroine.
[16:04] MARUKO
    I really want her to flatly
    reject him in the end, so...
[16:09] SUMIRE
    You silly girl!
[16:12] SUMIRE
    Why do you come up with such stupid
    things one after the other?!
[16:17] SUMIRE
    I'm not raising your allowance!
[16:19] MARUKO
    What?! But why?!
[16:21] MARUKO
    I'm literally begging you.
[16:23] MARUKO
    Mom, you're so stingy!
[16:25] SUMIRE
    That's fine by me.
[16:27] SUMIRE
    I'm sure that manga of yours will
    end with the two being in love.
[16:33] SUMIRE
    That's all.
[16:35] MARUKO
    Why would you say a
    horrible thing like that?!
[16:38] MARUKO
    I know that's not true.
[16:41] NARRATOR/I
    On the day of the Tanabata event...
SIGN    Shimizu Civic Center
[16:45] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, I'm sorry to make you wait!
[16:47] TAMAE
    Maru-chan! Wait, where are
    your mom and big sister?
[16:51] MARUKO
    Who cares about a stingy person like that?
[16:54] MARUKO
    More importantly, let's go inside!
[16:55] TAMAE
    S-Sure...
SIGN    Shimizu Civic Center  Tanabata Event Venue
[17:02] HANAWA
    Hey there, Sakura-kun and Honami-kun.
[17:05] HANAWA
    Happy Tanabata festival!
[17:08] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Hi, Hanawa-kun!
SIGN    Big Chance Lottery
SIGN    1st prize: Vegetable oil
     2nd prize: Detergent
     3rd prize: Salt
[17:10] HANAWA
    Oh, what is this?
[17:12] MARUKO
    This is lottery.
SIGN    1st prize: Vegetable oil -  2nd prize: Detergent
     3rd prize: Salt - 4th Prize: Assorted Snacks
[17:15] MARUKO
    If you win, you can get those prizes.
[17:18] HANAWA
    Wow, that looks fun.
[17:21] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun, you want to give it a try?
[17:23] HANAWA
    Of course!
SIGN    Lose
[17:26] HANAWA
    Oh no...
[17:28] MARUKO
    Man, I lost.
[17:31] TAMAE
    Me too.
[17:32] HANAWA
    Hey, then how about I buy
    all the lottery tickets?
[17:37] HANAWA
    That way, I can win all the prizes, right?
[17:41] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Yes, you would, but...
[17:44] SAKIKO
    Oh, there she is.
[17:46] MARUKO
    Big Sis.
[17:47] SAKIKO
    Why did you leave us behind?
[17:51] TAMAE
    Hello, Maru-chan's mom and big sister.
[17:54] SUMIRE
    Hello, Tama-chan, Hanawa-kun.
[17:57] TAMAE/HANAWA
    Hello.
[17:59] TAMAE
    Maru-chan?
[18:01] MARUKO
    It's nothing.
[18:02] MARUKO
    You two, let's go check out the bamboo!
[18:07] MARUKO
    Wow, that's some tall bamboo.
[18:10] TAMAE
    Yeah, big enough to hang
    everyone's wish on it.
[18:15] MARUKO
    Oh look. There's Yamada's wish.
[18:18] TAMAE
    Really? Where is it?
SIGN    World Peace
     Yamada Shota
[18:21] MARUKO
    World peace...
[18:23] HANAWA
    Yamada-kun's wish is pretty large scale.
[18:28] TAMAE
    Oh, that one...
SIGN    I wish they'll serve beef
    steak for school lunch
     -  Kosugi Futoshi
[18:30] MARUKO
    "I wish they'll serve beef
    steak for school lunch."
[18:33] TAMAE
    That sounds like Kosugi.
[18:35] MARUKO
    Oh, that one...
SIGN    I wish Sasayama-san
    be mutually in
    love with me.
[18:38] TAMAE
    "I  wish Sasayama-san be mutually in love with me."
[18:42] MARUKO
    It doesn't have a name on it, but I
    don't need it to know who wrote it.
[18:45] TAMAE
    Oh no, Maru-chan, look!
SIGN    I wish my house will never burn
    down again - Nagasawa Kimio
[18:49] MARUKO
    "I wish my house will never burn down again."
[18:54] MARUKO/TAMAE
    Nagasawa...
[18:54] HANAWA
    Nagasawa-kun...
[18:56] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko and the others are lost
    for words at his serious wish.
[19:01] MARUKO
    Oh, look at that!
SIGN    I wish to win the
    next class representative
    election - Maruo Sueo
[19:04] TAMAE
    "I wish to win the next
    class representative election."
[19:09] MARUKO
    That sounds very much like Maruo-kun.
[19:11] HANAWA
    His wish is hanging so high up.
    It shows his passion!
[19:16] HANAWA
    Don't you feel it?
SIGN    Write Your Wish Here
[19:21] MARUKO
    What should I do?
[19:23] MARUKO
    I guess I'll start by writing my name.
[19:27] MARUKO
    I wrote "Maruko" instead of "Momoko."
[19:31] TAMAE
    I'm sure it's fine.
[19:33] TAMAE
    Orihime-sama and Hikoboshi-sama
    will know that it's you.
[19:37] MARUKO
    You think so?
[19:39] HANAWA
    Hey, then you're welcome to use mine.
[19:43] MARUKO
    Really? Are you sure?
[19:44] HANAWA
    Yes.
[19:45] HANAWA
    At this time, I don't really have a wish
    I want to make come true that badly.
[19:51] NARRATOR/I
    Spoken like the young
    master of Hanawa Family.
SIGN    Sakura Momoko
[19:57] MARUKO
    "I wish I could meet Momoe-chan"...
[20:00] MARUKO
    No, no, "I wish there will be no homework."
[20:04] MARUKO
    No, no, I can't give up the
    raise for my allowance...
[20:17] MARUKO/I
    Humph! I don't care if Mom's
    wish doesn't come true.
[20:26] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, what's wrong?
SIGN    I wish my children's
     wishes will come true.
    -  Sakura Sumire
SIGN    I wish I could
    meet Hideki
[20:33] TAMAE
    Is this your mom?
[20:36] MARUKO
    Yeah.
[20:37] TAMAE
    She's a nice mom.
[20:40] MARUKO
    Yeah.
[20:44] MARUKO/I
    I was only thinking about me...
[20:51] MARUKO/I
    But Mom is...
SIGN    Shimizu Civic Center
[20:54] TAMAE
    Bye bye!
[20:55] TAMAE
    Maru-chan!
[20:55] HANAWA
    Goodbye!
[20:56] MARUKO
    Bye bye.
[20:58] SAKIKO
    Maruko!
[21:00] SAKIKO
    Let's go home together.
[21:01] MARUKO
    Sure.
[21:02] SAKIKO
    So? What did you end up
    writing for your wish?
[21:05] MARUKO
    It's a secret.
[21:06] SAKIKO
    Come on, tell me!
[21:08] MARUKO
    No, I won't!
[21:11] SAKIKO
    Come on!
[21:12] MARUKO
    It's a secret!
[21:14] MARUKO
    Stop it, Big Sis!
[21:15] SUMIRE
    Maruko...
[21:18] SAKIKO
    Come on, tell me!
[21:20] MARUKO
    No way!
[21:22] SUMIRE
    Hey, do you want to stop by the
    shopping street on our way home?
[21:25] MARUKO
    Huh? What for?
[21:27] SUMIRE
    You need to go to the bookstore, right?
[21:29] SUMIRE
    You said there was a book you wanted to buy.
[21:31] MARUKO
    Really?! You'll buy it for me?!
[21:34] SUMIRE
    It's a special occasion.
[21:36] MARUKO
    Yes! Buy why?
[21:40] SUMIRE
    I wonder why.
[21:43] SAKIKO
    Wait, just Maruko?! That's not fair!
[21:46] SUMIRE
    I bought you a book the other day, didn't I?
SIGN    I wish everyone's 
    wishes will come true
    -  Sakura Momoko
[21:51] MARUKO/I
    I wish everyone's wishes will come true,
[21:57] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko's generous heart made Mom happy.
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    "I do hope everyone's wish will come true."
SIGN    I wish everyone's
    wishes will come true.
    -  Sakura Momoko
SIGN    I wish my children's
    wishes will come true.
    -  Sakura Sumire
[22:05] NARRATOR/I
    She wished so, once again.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    I've looked at and listened
    to all weather forecasts,
[22:18] MARUKO
    but all of them say rain, rain, rain!
[22:20] MARUKO
    Where can I find one that's more uplifting?
[22:22] MARUKO
    Since we're going to do the
    goldfish scooping in our yard,
[22:25] MARUKO
    I want the weather to be good!
[22:27] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
SIGN    Sakura Family's Summer Fair Maruko Is Worried About the Weather Forecast
[22:29] MARUKO
    "Sakura Family's Summer Fair," and
    "Maruko Is Worried About the Weather Forecast."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1438 - Sakura Family's Summer Fair / Maruko Is Concerned About the Weather Forecast
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] MARUO
    I, indeed, need your attention!
[00:02] MARUO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Sakura Family's Summer Fair
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Sakura Family's Summer Fair."
[01:36] MARUKO
    Man, I wanted to try goldfish scooping.
[01:40] TAMAE
    It's too bad you couldn't
    go to the Tanabata festival.
[01:47] MARUKO
    Maybe I could scoop those Japanese
    killifish with my handkerchief.
[01:57] OLD GUY
    Hello, Maru-chan. What are you doing there?
[01:59] MARUKO
    Oh, I'm...
[02:01] OLD GUY
    Are you trying to catch
    those fish by any chance?
[02:05] OLD GUY
    You don't have to do that,
    I'd be happy to share mine.
[02:09] MARUKO
    Well, that's...
[02:11] OLD GUY
    I've got Japanese killifish,
    crucian carps, and loaches too.
[02:15] MARUKO
    That'd be loach scooping...
[02:17] MARUKO
    Here, here, here! There, there!
[02:23] MARUKO
    I just wanted to do some fish scooping
[02:25] MARUKO
    to get in the mood of the
    festival for a little bit.
[02:29] TAMAE
    Then do you want to come over
    and play a pretend festival?
[02:32] TAMAE
    I have some toys I got at the festival.
[02:35] MARUKO
    A pretend festival, huh?
[02:37] TAMAE
    Just to get in the mood.
[02:39] TAMAE
    Wouldn't that be fun?
[02:40] MARUKO
    Yes, absolutely!
SIGN    Sakura
[02:43] MARUKO
    Chocolate-covered bananas, candied apples...
[02:46] MARUKO
    Stir-fried noodles and grilled squid...
[02:50] MARUKO
    Mom, can you make them?
[02:52] SUMIRE
    Huh?
[02:54] SUMIRE
    Maybe chocolate-covered bananas
    and stir-fried noodles.
[02:57] MARUKO
    It might not have that special feeling
    of eating them at the summer fair,
[03:00] MARUKO
    but I can at least get into the mood.
[03:03] MARUKO
    Good, so the only thing left is goldfish.
[03:06] MARUKO
    Goldfish scooping is a
    must for summer festivals.
[03:09] SUMIRE
    You're not thinking about holding
    a festival at home, are you?
[03:13] MARUKO
    What if I am? Thinking
    about it is free, isn't it?
[03:16] NARRATOR/I
    This mother knows that "thinking about it"
    is going to escalate into something more.
[03:22] MARUKO
    Where do they sell dip net
    frames for goldfish scooping?
[03:26] MARUKO
    You've never seen them at stores, have you?
[03:28] TOMOZOU
    No, I haven't.
[03:30] MARUKO
    My gosh! Without them, I can't
    create that festival feeling!
[03:36] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[03:38] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[03:40] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, look at these!
[03:42] MARUKO
    Wow, you found dip nets!
[03:46] MARUKO
    Where did you find them?
[03:47] TOMOZOU
    There's a person in the
[03:49] TOMOZOU
    Seniors' Association who knows someone
    working at a toy wholesaler.
[03:52] TOMOZOU
    They asked if they could have some of these.
[03:54] MARUKO
    Wow!
[03:55] MARUKO
    Grandpa, thank you for being
    in the Seniors' Association!
[03:59] MARUKO
    I'm so happy!
[04:01] MARUKO
    Let me see, let me see!
[04:05] TOMOZOU/I
    Look how happy she is.
[04:07] TOMOZOU/I
    How lucky I am to be in
    the Seniors' Association.
[04:10] MARUKO
    All that's left is to get goldfish.
[04:13] TOMOZOU
    Indeed! Shall we go buy them now?
[04:16] MARUKO
    Yes!
[04:17] MARUKO
    Hey Mom, could you take out the fish tank?
[04:20] SUMIRE
    Hold on a minute.
[04:21] SUMIRE
    Are you going to buy goldfish
    to do goldfish scooping?
[04:24] MARUKO
    That's right.
[04:25] MARUKO
    If we have dip nets but not fish, then that
    wouldn't be goldfish scooping, would it?
[04:29] SUMIRE
    It will debilitate the fish if you
[04:31] SUMIRE
    play catch and release just so you
    can play pretend goldfish scooping.
[04:36] SUMIRE
    You can't do it.
[04:39] TOMOZOU
    What do you think about these goldfish?
[04:42] MARUKO
    Aren't they... soy sauce containers?
[04:45] TOMOZOU
    Yes.
[04:46] TOMOZOU
    I spoke to the caterer in the
    neighborhood, and they sold them to me.
[04:50] TOMOZOU
    I put in vermilion calligraphy ink so they
    look like goldfish. What do you think?
[04:56] MARUKO/I
    What do I think? They look exactly
    like soy sauce containers. But...
[05:02] TOMOZOU
    Did you get into the summer festival mood?
[05:04] MARUKO
    Yes, Grandpa. Thank you.
[05:08] MARUKO
    Mom, please! Could I please
    have the festival at home?
[05:11] MARUKO
    Grandpa got me goldfish.
[05:14] SUMIRE
    What? He bought them?
[05:16] MARUKO
    It's all right. They're not alive.
[05:19] SUMIRE
    Huh? They're not alive?
[05:22] TOMOZOU
    See? I made them out of soy sauce containers.
[05:27] TOMOZOU
    Home festival, please?
[05:30] MARUKO
    Please?
[05:31] SUMIRE
    Okay, fine.
[05:33] MARUKO
    Yay! Festival, festival!
[05:36] TOMOZOU
    I'm happy for you.
[05:38] MARUKO
    I know! Why don't I ask Tama-chan
    to come over in a yukata?
[05:42] MARUKO
    Oh my gosh, I'm so happy that
    I can do goldfish scooping at home.
[05:47] SAKIKO
    Goldfish scooping?
[05:49] SAKIKO
    I'd love to do it too.
[05:50] MARUKO
    You got to go to the actual Tanabata
    festival, so you yield to us.
[05:55] MARUKO
    There are only five dip nets.
[05:58] SAKIKO
    What?!
[05:59] MARUKO
    Mom, you'll make chocolate-covered
    bananas and stir-fried noodles, right?
[06:03] SUMIRE
    Sure, I can do that.
[06:05] SAKIKO
    Mom, do you think you can make a
    chocolate-covered banana for me as well?
[06:09] SUMIRE
    Of course I can.
[06:11] SAKIKO
    Hey, you can have half of
    my banana, so can I play?
[06:16] MARUKO
    Wow, really?
[06:20] MARUKO
    Then... you can have one.
[06:22] MARUKO
    But just one, okay?
[06:24] SAKIKO
    Yay! Thank you.
[06:27] MARUKO
    I've got four left.
[06:29] MARUKO
    Since I owe these to
    Grandpa, I'll give him one.
[06:33] MARUKO
    And there's one for Tama-chan,
    and I guess I'll take two.
[06:38] TOMOZOU
    Since I couldn't get the
    water yo-yo balloons,
[06:42] TOMOZOU
    I inflated the regular balloons in small
    sizes and drew some patterns on them.
[06:48] TOMOZOU
    They look like the real thing, don't they?
[06:50] MARUKO
    Somehow... they look a bit sketchy.
[06:56] MARUKO
    Hm? What about those?
[06:59] TOMOZOU
    I inflated them as well.
[07:03] TOMOZOU
    They don't float in the air, but look.
[07:07] MARUKO
    I don't care if they float or not,
    but why did you draw a face on it?
[07:12] TOMOZOU
    Huh? Because, you know,
    I thought they looked cute...
[07:15] MARUKO
    If they were sold at the summer
    festival, would you buy it?
[07:19] TOMOZOU
    Well, I went through the trouble
    of inflating them all...
[07:23] MARUKO
    I don't know how hard you worked on them,
[07:27] MARUKO
    but the balloons with such weird
    faces won't put me in a festive mood.
[07:34] TOMOZOU
    You're right... What was I... Why?!
[07:38] TAMAE
    Maru-chan!
[07:44] TOMOZOU
    You all look great!
[07:46] TOMOZOU
    It feels like a real festival.
[08:00] MARUKO
    Big Sis, I'm already full,
    so you can have this.
[08:04] SAKIKO
    Oh yeah? Good.
[08:06] MARUKO
    You knew this was gonna happen, didn't you?
[08:08] SAKIKO
    I wouldn't say that.
[08:12] TOMOZOU
    All right!
[08:13] MARUKO
    Now, let us begin goldfish scooping.
[08:16] TAMAE
    Huh? You mean this...?
[08:20] SAKIKO
    You went through the
    trouble to make this, huh?
[08:23] TAMAE
    My dad would have wanted to take photos.
[08:27] TOMOZOU
    I wish he could have.
[08:29] TOMOZOU
    Here, now they look like swimming.
[08:32] MARUKO
    Okay, let me go first!
[08:37] MARUKO
    Ugh! This is a super weak dip net!
[08:40] SAKIKO
    What?!
[08:41] TAMAE
    There are weak ones and strong ones?
[08:43] MARUKO
    Of course there are!
[08:46] MARUKO
    Sometimes you'll see super weak ones that
    break just by putting them into water,
[08:50] MARUKO
    and this is it.
[08:52] SAKIKO
    Are the rest of them also weak?
[08:54] SAKIKO
    This is going to be a tough challenge.
[08:58] TAMAE
    You're right, it broke.
[09:03] SAKIKO
    Gently, gently...
[09:07] SAKIKO
    My gosh, it broke!
[09:10] TOMOZOU
    I got this! I'm Tomozou-chan,
    the dip net wiz!
[09:14] TOMOZOU
    I've honed my skills for 76 years...
[09:18] TOMOZOU
    Keep your eyes open and behold!
[09:25] MARUKO
    It's not even in the water yet.
[09:28] TOMOZOU
    "The net's broken."
[09:30] TOMOZOU
    "The festival's over."
[09:31] TOMOZOU
    "There's no hope."
[09:33] TOMOZOU
    Tomozou's poem of the heart.
[09:38] MARUKO
    Laugh or cry, this is the last try.
[09:41] MARUKO
    I know it's just a soy sauce container,
    but I'd like to scoop at least one fish.
[09:45] TOMOZOU
    I know!
[09:47] TOMOZOU
    I can paste a piece of paper
    on the net. That way—
[09:50] MARUKO
    Grandpa!
[09:51] MARUKO
    Even if the dip net is super weak, I've
    got to go for it with my skill alone.
[09:56] MARUKO
    That's the real showdown with goldfish:
    the game of goldfish scoop.
[10:01] TAMAE
    Maru-chan...
[10:07] TAMAE
    "Maru-chan's eyes that
    chase after goldfish..."
[10:11] TAMAE
    "They're intense! So intense!"
[10:13] TAMAE
    "Tamae could get herself burned!"
[10:16] MARUKO
    Take this!
[10:26] TOMOZOU/TAMAE
    Yes!
[10:27] TAMAE
    You're amazing, Maru-chan!
[10:29] SAKIKO
    You did it!
[10:30] TOMOZOU
    You did it, indeed!
[10:32] MARUKO
    I did it! I'm so happy!
[10:34] MARUKO
    Now that I look at it, it's starting
    to look like a real goldfish.
[10:39] TAMAE
    Yes! When you picked it up with your
    net, it looked like it was alive.
[10:45] TOMOZOU
    Then why don't you put it in the fish tank?
[10:48] TOMOZOU
    Maybe you can give it a name.
[10:50] MARUKO
    Huh? Let's see...
[10:52] MARUKO
    It's a goldfish made of a
    soy sauce container, so...
[10:55] MARUKO
    Oh! How about Soyldfish?
[11:02] MARUKO
    It kind of looks dead.
[11:04] TAMAE
    Because it doesn't move.
[11:06] SAKIKO
    It's a soy sauce container.
    I'd freak out if it moved.
[11:10] TOMOZOU
    Soyldfish...
[11:11] SAKIKO
    Maybe we should have stopped at scooping it.
[11:16] MARUKO/I
    Soyldish...
[11:18] NARRATOR/I
    The showdown between Maruko and the soy
    sauce containers with a spark of life.
[11:23] NARRATOR/I
    This was how Sakura Family's Summer
    Festival closed its curtains.
SIGN    Maruko Is Worried About the Weather Forecast
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
[11:34] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[11:35] MARUKO
    "Maruko Is Concerned About
    the Weather Forecast."
[11:41] NARRATOR/I
    On Friday...
[11:42] TAMAE
    Looks like it'll rain again.
[11:45] MARUKO
    I guess the rainy season
    will continue a bit longer.
[11:48] TAMAE
    Can't wait 'til it's over.
[11:51] NAGASAWA
    I didn't bring an umbrella.
[11:53] NAGASAWA
    I hope I don't get rained on going home.
[11:56] FUJIKI
    I can share my umbrella
    with you, if you'd like.
[11:58] NAGASAWA
    Share your umbrella?
[12:01] NAGASAWA
    Like a couple's umbrella.
[12:04] FUJIKI
    A couple's umbrella...
[12:07] NAGASAWA
    I think I'm okay.
[12:09] FUJIKI
    I figured.
[12:11] TAMAE
    How long is this weather going to go on?
[12:14] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, Tama-chan.
[12:16] MARUKO
    If the weather is nice next Sunday,
    let's go hang out somewhere.
[12:20] TAMAE
    Sure! Sounds good.
[12:21] NAGASAWA
    But considering this cloudy
    sky, I bet it'll rain.
[12:24] MARUKO
    You don't know that.
[12:26] MARUKO
    It might be nice to stretch our
    legs a little further than usual.
[12:29] TAMAE
    You know the big park in the next town?
[12:33] MARUKO
    Yes.
[12:33] TAMAE
    I hear there's a new set of swings there!
[12:37] MARUKO
    Really?! That sounds good.
[12:39] FUJIKI
    That sounds fun.
[12:41] NAGASAWA
    Does it, though?
[12:42] NAGASAWA
    Why go through the trouble of
    going so far away on your weekend?
[12:46] MARUKO
    Shush. We didn't invite you.
[12:49] NAGASAWA
    Right, and I'm glad I wasn't invited.
[12:52] NAGASAWA
    If it rains heavily, I don't want to
    get blamed for being a rain bringer.
[12:58] MARUKO
    You always have to have
    a comeback, don't you?
[13:01] MARUKO
    Every Sunday has been rainy, lately,
[13:04] MARUKO
    so it'd be great to have fun outdoors.
[13:06] TAMAE
    That's true.
[13:07] TAMAE
    How about badminton? I'll bring a set.
[13:11] FUJIKI
    Badminton, huh? I'm not great at it.
[13:15] FUJIKI
    Huh? I'm planning to go?
[13:18] FUJIKI
    I'm not even invited yet.
[13:20] NAGASAWA
    What's the matter?
[13:22] FUJIKI
    Huh? Um, it's nothing...
[13:28] TAMAE
    We bought a lot, huh?
[13:31] MARUKO
    I told Grandpa that I was going out on
    Sunday, and he gave me an allowance.
SIGN    Sakura
[13:40] SAKIKO
    You look happy.
[13:42] MARUKO
    I have plans to go out on
    Sunday with Tama-chan.
[13:46] MARUKO
    Oh, I need to check the weather forecast.
[13:49] WEATHER PERSON A/I
    Here's the weather forecast for Shimizu City.
[13:52] WEATHER PERSON A/I
    Starting tomorrow, Saturday,
    it will start to rain on and off.
[13:55] MARUKO
    This old guy says annoying stuff.
[13:58] SAKIKO
    He doesn't get to decide what
    the weather's going to be.
SIGN    Weather This Weekend
[14:02] WEATHER PERSON A/I
    Saturday is cloudy with
    partial rain in some places.
[14:05] WEATHER PERSON A/I
    Sunday, it will rain all day.
[14:07] MARUKO
    Why? Move that rain mark somewhere else!
[14:07] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[14:11] TOMOZOU
    Weather forecasting is like fortune telling:
[14:13] TOMOZOU
    sometimes it comes true,
    sometimes it doesn't.
[14:14] HIROSHI
    Speaking of which, his
    forecast was wrong last week.
[14:18] HIROSHI
    I went fishing since he said it
    would be sunny, but it rained.
[14:21] MARUKO
    See? You can't count on him.
[14:27] MARUKO
    Is there any other weather program?
SIGN    Forecast Map
SIGN    Forecast Map
[14:31] MARUKO
    Oh? This is a lady weather forecaster.
SIGN    Tomorrow's Weather
[14:33] MARUKO
    That's better.
[14:35] WEATHER PERSON B/I
    And it will rain on Sunday.
[14:38] WEATHER PERSON B/I
    Even if it's not raining, please
    bring an umbrella with you.
[14:38] MARUKO
    Where can I find a weather
    forecast that's more uplifting?
[14:43] NARRATOR/I
    An uplifting weather forecast...
    You won't find that anywhere.
SIGN    Tomorrow's Weather
[14:48] WEATHER PERSON B/I
    ...please bring an umbrella with you.
[14:50] NAGASAWA/I
    See? I knew it would rain.
[14:53] NAGASAWA/I
    Too bad for Sakura and Honami.
[14:55] NAGASAWA'S MOM
    Why are you smiling at the weather forecast?
[14:58] NAGASAWA
    Oh no, it's nothing.
[15:05] FUJIKI'S MOM
    Oh, it's going to rain again on Sunday.
[15:08] FUJIKI'S MOM
    I need to do laundry tomorrow.
[15:10] FUJIKI
    Sakura's plan will have to be canceled.
[15:13] FUJIKI
    Anyhow, I wonder what the
    new swings look like...
[15:18] FUJIKI
    I wish I could ride it.
[15:22] FUJIKI
    I know! Maybe I'll go there alone.
[15:25] FUJIKI
    If I'm by myself, I can ride all I want.
[15:29] FUJIKI'S MOM
    What's wrong?
[15:31] FUJIKI
    Huh? No, it's nothing.
[15:35] SAKIKO
    Why don't you give up?
[15:36] SAKIKO
    It's going to rain on Sunday.
[15:38] MARUKO
    But I'm all ready to go.
SIGN    Shrimp - Candy - Bite-Size Daifuku
[15:42] SAKIKO
    What's up with those snacks?
[15:43] MARUKO
    Oh, these?
[15:45] MARUKO
    Grandpa gave me allowance.
[15:47] SAKIKO
    You were hiding them, huh?
[15:49] MARUKO
    Don't tell Mom, okay?
[15:51] SAKIKO
    All right, fine.
[15:53] SAKIKO
    But the question is, can you keep
    your hands off them until Sunday?
[15:56] MARUKO
    That's exactly the problem...
SIGN    Shrimp - Candy - Bite-Size Daifuku - Caramels
[16:04] SAKIKO
    I knew it.
[16:05] MARUKO
    Well, it's my snack. So
    I can eat it whenever I want.
[16:12] NARRATOR/I
    On Saturday...
[16:14] NAGASAWA
    Sakura, according to yesterday's weather
    forecast, it'll rain on Sunday.
[16:19] MARUKO
    I know, you don't have to tell me that.
[16:22] FUJIKI
    It feels like that old guy
    always says cloudy or rain.
[16:27] TAMAE
    The young lady seems to predict
    sunny days more often.
[16:31] MARUKO
    But she also said "rain" last night.
[16:35] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, even if it rains,
    it might clear up right away.
[16:39] NAGASAWA
    But the swings will be wet,
    so you can't ride them.
[16:42] MARUKO
    Nagasawa, why do you have
    to go and say nasty stuff?
[16:45] FUJIKI/I
    I see. Then I'd better go today.
[16:56] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun.
[16:57] FUJIKI
    Yeah?
[16:59] NAGASAWA
    You seem to be in a hurry.
[17:01] FUJIKI
    No, I don't think so.
[17:04] FUJIKI/I
    If he finds out I'm going there
    alone, who knows what he'll say.
[17:08] NAGASAWA
    Fujiki-kun. Are you planning to go to
    that park by yourself, by any chance?
[17:15] FUJIKI
    W-Wh—
[17:16] NAGASAWA
    Because you said the swings sounded fun.
[17:20] FUJIKI
    Well, that's...
[17:22] NAGASAWA
    I guess I was right.
[17:23] NAGASAWA
    Beating us to the punch is something
    a coward like you would do.
[17:29] NAGASAWA
    But don't worry, I won't tell anyone.
[17:33] NAGASAWA
    Why don't you go?
[17:34] FUJIKI
    I think not. If I did, I'd be a real coward.
[17:39] NAGASAWA
    Well, if that's you want...
SIGN    Sakura
[17:48] TOMOZOU
    It's finally tomorrow.
[17:50] MARUKO
    It's all right, Grandpa.
[17:52] TOMOZOU
    What's the matter?
[17:53] TOMOZOU
    The weather forecast is about to start.
[17:55] WEATHER PERSON A/I
    It will rain starting tomorrow.
[17:58] MARUKO
    See? This old guy is still insensitive.
[18:01] SAKIKO
    Maybe it's because you don't do good
    deeds that deserve fine weather?
[18:05] MARUKO
    Shut it.
[18:06] MARUKO
    If my behavior can change the weather,
    I'd do plenty of good deeds.
[18:10] MARUKO
    Man, I wish I could find
    a better weather forecast.
[18:13] TOMOZOU
    There is a number you can
    call to get a forecast.
[18:16] MARUKO
    On the phone?! That sounds great.
[18:18] MARUKO
    I'll give that a try.
[18:20] SUMIRE
    You may not.
[18:21] MARUKO
    Why not?
[18:22] SUMIRE
    It's a waste of money.
[18:24] HIROSHI
    Exactly! They'll tell you the
    same thing they said on TV.
[18:27] MARUKO
    You never know until you hear it.
[18:30] SUMIRE
    Anyhow, no.
[18:31] MARUKO
    My goodness, you're so stingy.
[18:39] MARUKO
    If I remember correctly,
    it's one, one, seven...
[18:45] ANNOUNCEMENT/I
    The current time is 8 pm. sharp.
[18:52] MARUKO
    It's the time?
[18:54] MARUKO
    Oh no, I dialed the wrong number!
[18:58] MARUKO
    What was it again?
[19:03] MARUKO
    One, seven, seven. That's it.
[19:07] ANNOUNCEMENT/I
    Tomorrow's weather forecast.
[19:09] MARUKO
    That's right. Give me a good one.
[19:12] ANNOUNCEMENT/I
    Tomorrow, it will rain all day.
[19:14] MARUKO
    Why?! This also says rain! Man!
[19:18] SUMIRE
    Maruko! You!
[19:21] SUMIRE
    Come back here!
[19:21] MARUKO
    I'm sorry!
[19:26] SAKIKO
    It finally started to rain.
[19:33] SAKIKO
    It won't taste any good, feeling that way.
[19:37] MARUKO
    I can do what I want.
[19:38] TOMOZOU
    Maruko.
[19:39] TOMOZOU
    Here are the cards you left in my
    room after we played them last time.
[19:44] TOMOZOU
    I thought you might want them
    tomorrow, but I guess it's raining.
[19:47] MARUKO
    I wouldn't play cards in the park.
[19:50] TOMOZOU
    Then let's play now!
[19:54] TOMOZOU
    If it rains tomorrow, you can go next Sunday.
[19:57] MARUKO
    Grandpa... Will you give me allowance again?
[20:00] TOMOZOU
    Of course.
[20:03] NARRATOR/I
    And on Sunday...
[20:07] SUMIRE
    Maruko, wake up.
[20:09] MARUKO
    I'm still sleepy...
[20:11] SUMIRE
    You promised to go out, didn't you?
[20:16] MARUKO
    Huh?! It's not raining!
[20:20] MARUKO
    I thought it was going to rain today.
[20:23] WEATHER PERSON A/I
    Today, it will be cloudy all day, with
    a chance of showers in some places.
[20:28] MARUKO
    Jeez! Will it rain or not?!
[20:33] MARUKO
    Goodness, which will it be?
[20:35] SUMIRE
    But the sky looks like it might rain.
[20:39] TOMOZOU
    No, Maruko. Come here.
[20:46] MARUKO
    What is it, Grandpa?
[20:48] TOMOZOU
    Take a look at this.
[20:50] TOMOZOU
    Since the old days,
[20:51] TOMOZOU
    they say that if there is morning dew
    on a spider's web, it will be sunny.
[20:55] TOMOZOU
    So it's going to be a nice day today.
[20:57] MARUKO
    Really?
[20:59] TOMOZOU
    I've believed in it since I was a child.
[21:02] TOMOZOU
    It's true!
[21:03] MARUKO
    Can I believe in you, Grandpa?
[21:05] TOMOZOU
    Of course you can.
[21:07] SUMIRE
    Make sure to bring a folding
    umbrella, just in case.
[21:14] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, I'm here.
[21:16] TAMAE
    Maru-chan.
[21:20] MARUKO/I
    Oh man, I ate most of my snacks.
[21:24] TAMAE
    I'm glad that it didn't rain.
[21:26] MARUKO
    R-Right.
[21:28] MARUKO
    Let's go.
[21:45] TAMAE
    We're almost at the park.
[21:47] MARUKO
    It took less time than I thought.
[21:57] NARRATOR/I
    After all that, they had to wait to
    try the swings until next week.
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    "I'll never believe in the
    weatherman and Grandpa."
[22:05] NARRATOR/I
    That's what Maruko promised herself.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    What? Is it true that this
    painting might be cursed?
[22:19] MARUKO
    And why do I have to be
    the one to confirm it?
[22:22] MARUKO
    Right now, my mind is occupied by
    a sun tanning plan for the summer.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster,"
    and "Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan."
SIGN    Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1439 - Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster / Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] MARUO
    I, indeed, need your attention!
[00:02] MARUO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] ---
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko is Scared of the Cursed Poster."
[01:36] MARUKO
    What should I read?
[01:39] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, have you picked yours?
[01:41] TAMAE
    Hmm...  A story about animals
    or a tale of adventure, maybe?
[01:48] MARUKO
    Noguchi-san, what did you borrow?
SIGN    Gruesome Ghost Stories
     of the World
[01:51] NOGUCHI
    This.
[01:52] NOGUCHI
    I'm returning it since I've finished reading it.
[01:55] NOGUCHI
    Sakura-san, would you like to read it?
SIGN    Preface
[02:02] MALE READER/I
    In this world, there are stories so
    gruesome they make your hair stand up.
[02:16] MALE READER/I
    For example, the ghosts of an elderly
    couple, wandering around in an old castle.
[02:26] MALE READER/I
    A green hand that will pull you
    into the bottom of the lake.
[02:31] MALE READER/I
    A skeletal bride reflected
    in the mirror at midnight.
[02:42] MARUKO/TAMAE
    We're sorry!
SIGN    Gruesome Ghost Stories
     of the World
[02:44] MARUKO
    Jeez, that scared me!
[02:47] MARUKO
    My heart is still pounding!
[02:50] TAMAE
    Me too.
[02:52] HAMAJI
    What scared you so badly?
[02:54] MARUKO
    This book.
[02:56] TAMAE
    It's about ghosts from all over the world,
    and they're extremely frightening!
[03:01] HAMAJI
    Oh yeah?
[03:02] BUTARO
    More importantly, do you know
    about the cursed poster, boo?
[03:07] MARUKO
    The cursed poster? What's that?
[03:10] HAMAJI
    You know the cigarette store in city block 3?
[03:13] HAMAJI
    It's the poster on that wall of that store.
[03:17] BUTARO
    Apparently, the eye of the
    man in the poster glows, boo.
[03:21] BUTARO
    I hear people have seen that at night, boo.
[03:25] MARUKO
    - No way.
    - What?
[03:26] HAMAJI
    I'm thinking about going there
    after school to check if it's true.
[03:31] BUTARO
    His eye might glow during the day too, boo!
[03:35] MARUKO
    The cursed poster, huh?
[03:37] MARUKO
    Sounds interesting.
[03:39] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, are you thinking about going?!
[03:42] TAMAE
    You really shouldn't!
[03:46] NOGUCHI
    If Sakura-san is going,
    then maybe I'll go too.
SIGN    Be Careful in Dark Streets
[03:54] MARUKO
    Is this the cursed poster?
[03:56] TAMAE
    I see...
SIGN    Be Careful in Dark Streets
[03:59] BUTARO
    It's not scary at all, boo.
[04:00] MARUKO
    First of all, this man's face
    says more "comedy" than "curse."
[04:08] TAMAE
    It must have been just a
    rumor that it was cursed.
[04:11] HAMAJI
    But who knows, his eyes might
    actually glow at night.
[04:16] BUTARO
    But we can't come and
    confirm that at night, boo.
[04:19] STORE OWNER
    Are you curious about that poster?
[04:25] MARUKO
    Y-Yes, I guess...
[04:27] STORE OWNER
    Actually, I drew that poster.
[04:31] BUTARO
    I had no idea, boo.
[04:33] STORE OWNER
    There aren't a lot of streetlights around
    here, so it can be dangerous at night.
[04:38] STORE OWNER
    I drew it, hoping that it would
    benefit the people of the town.
[04:42] STORE OWNER
    I'm proud of how it came out.
[04:46] TAMAE
    It's very well drawn.
[04:48] STORE OWNER
    You think so?
[04:51] HAMAJI
    Mister, could I borrow this poster?
[04:54] STORE OWNER
    Huh? What would you do with it?
[04:56] HAMAJI
    Use it as a reference for my homework
    for arts and crafts at school.
[05:00] MARUKO
    You've got interesting taste,
    wanting to use that as a reference...
[05:05] HAMAJI
    I won't do that.
[05:07] BUTARO
    What do you mean, boo?
[05:10] HAMAJI
    Let's take it home and see if
    the eyes actually glow at night.
[05:15] BUTARO
    What?! Who would do that, boo?!
[05:18] HAMAJI
    Let's decide with rock,
    paper, scissors to be fair.
[05:22] MARUKO
    I'm home...
SIGN    Be Careful in Dark Streets
[05:24] MARUKO
    And so, I ended up having to
    check the poster at night.
[05:29] TOMOZOU
    That's a huge responsibility.
[05:32] MARUKO
    I hate to ask, but could you wake me up
    at night and look at the poster with me?
[05:37] MARUKO
    I'm too scared to do it alone.
[05:39] TOMOZOU
    No problem!
[05:41] TOMOZOU
    I can do it on my way to the bathroom.
[05:44] MARUKO
    Thank you, Grandpa!
[05:47] MARUKO
    I want you to live forever.
[05:49] TOMOZOU
    Maruko...
[05:53] TOMOZOU
    "I shall live"
[05:54] TOMOZOU
    "For 1,000 years, for 10,000 years"
[05:56] TOMOZOU
    "If it's for my grandchild"
[05:57] TOMOZOU
    Tomozou's poem of the heart,
    determined to live long
[06:06] MARUKO
    Big Sis, what are you doing?
[06:08] SAKIKO
    An assignment for social studies.
SIGN    The Connection Between Japan and the World
[06:09] SAKIKO
    I have a presentation tomorrow.
[06:11] MARUKO
    Wow, six graders are studying topics
    that are really complicated.
[06:16] SAKIKO
    That's right.
[06:18] SAKIKO
    We study not only about Japan,
    but also about the world.
[06:22] SAKIKO
    Cool, huh?
[06:23] MARUKO
    I borrowed a book about the world too.
[06:28] SAKIKO
    You did?
[06:28] SAKIKO
    Maruko, you're not too shabby.
[06:31] MARUKO
    Here.
SIGN    Gruesome Ghost Stories
     of the World
[06:31] MARUKO
    It's called, "Gruesome Ghost
    Stories of the World."
[06:36] NARRATOR/I
    Big Sis regrets that she was impressed
    with Maruko, even for a second.
SIGN    Chapter 5:
    Cursed
    Paintings
    of the
    World
[06:53] MARUKO
    "Cursed Paintings."
[06:54] MARUKO
    That doesn't sound too great...
[07:00] MALE READER/I
    A boy who holds a flower bouquet.
[07:02] MALE READER/I
    This painting was displayed at a
    hotel in Europe over 100 years ago.
[07:10] MALE READER/I
    There are eyewitnesses who
    claim that the boy would blink
[07:15] MALE READER/I
    or change his facial expressions
    if you stare at it long enough.
[07:20] MALE READER/I
    There are also rumors that the boy
    walked the hallway at night.
[07:32] MARUKO
    Good lord, what kind of grudge does
    he have to do something like that?
[07:40] MALE READER/I
    The second painting is
    called, "A Crying Woman."
[07:46] MALE READER/I
    We don't know when and where this
    was painted, or who painted it,
[07:51] MALE READER/I
    but those who became the owner of this
    painting met with unfortunate incidents
[07:57] MALE READER/I
    such as dying from sickness or accidents,
    or their house being burned down.
[08:03] MARUKO
    That's so scary!
[08:05] MARUKO
    I'm starting to feel cold.
[08:16] MARUKO
    I hate this. I shouldn't
    have accepted that poster.
[09:02] MAN/I
    Be careful in dark streets...
[09:05] MAN/I
    Be careful in dark streets...
[09:08] MARUKO
    Stay away.
[09:12] MAN
    You said my face isn't scary, right?
[09:16] MAN
    It's more like comedy than curse, right?
[09:33] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, it's me! Your Grandpa!
[09:37] MARUKO
    Oh, Grandpa.
[09:40] MARUKO
    You scared me.
[09:42] TOMOZOU
    You need to look at the poster, right?
[09:43] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, that's right.
[09:47] MARUKO
    Grandpa, what if this really
    was a cursed poster?
[09:52] TOMOZOU
    Well...
[09:53] MARUKO
    He was having a relaxing time on
    the wall of the cigarette store,
[09:58] MARUKO
    so he must resent being
    taken to a place like this!
[10:03] TOMOZOU
    Then let's not look at it!
[10:05] MARUKO
    But I promised everyone that I would.
[10:09] TOMOZOU
    What do we do?
[10:10] MARUKO
    Grandpa, please.
[10:13] MARUKO
    I'll close my eyes, so would
    you look at the poster for me?
[10:17] TOMOZOU
    Just me?
[10:24] TOMOZOU
    Okay. Leave it to your grandpa!
[10:27] TOMOZOU
    If it's for Maruko...
[10:31] TOMOZOU
    I'd go through fire and water!
[10:35] MARUKO
    You're the best in Japan!
[10:39] NARRATOR/I
    What in the world are you two
    doing in the middle of the night?
[10:43] TOMOZOU
    Okay, you ready?
[10:45] MARUKO
    Please.
[10:49] TOMOZOU
    I'm opening it.
[10:50] TOMOZOU
    I'll do it.
[10:52] TOMOZOU
    There!
[10:55] TOMOZOU
    Oh no! I ripped it!
[10:58] MARUKO
    We need to fix it, quick!
[11:00] MARUKO
    Where's the tape?
[11:02] MARUKO
    We're sorry, we're sorry!
[11:05] MARUKO
    Please don't curse us!
[11:14] MARUKO/I
    His eyes weren't glowing,
    so it's fine. Right?
[11:18] MARUKO/I
    I'm not gonna be cursed, am I?
[11:27] SUMIRE
    Big Sis, wake up.
[11:30] SUMIRE
    You have to go to school early for
    your social studies presentation, right?
[11:34] SAKIKO
    Oh, yeah.
[11:37] SAKIKO
    My goodness!
[11:51] SAKIKO
    Hm? Did I forget to put
    my assignment in the bag?
[11:59] SUMIRE
    Maruko! Wake up!
[12:04] MARUKO
    Where's the poster?!
[12:06] MARUKO
    Huh? Huh? Huh? Huh?
[12:10] MARUKO
    It's gone!
[12:13] MARUKO
    This must be the curse...
[12:19] NARRATOR/I
    Because of her sister's mistake,
[12:20] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko's poster arrived at school
    before she herself got there.
[12:24] NARRATOR/I
    But Maruko had no idea at this point.
SIGN    Be Careful in Dark Streets
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan
[12:39] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[12:40] MARUKO
    "Maruko Wants to Get a Perfect Suntan."
[12:53] HAMAJI
    Darn it! Today, you beat me!
[12:59] MARUKO
    So tired!
[13:00] MARUKO
    Oh, I got a bit sunburned.
[13:03] TAMAE
    What?
[13:04] TAMAE
    Oh, I see it too.
[13:06] MARUKO
    I got sunburned from here down.
[13:09] KOSUGI
    Me too!
[13:10] BUTARO
    The summer break hasn't even
    started, but we got sunburned, boo.
[13:15] KOSUGI
    I'm gonna get such a dark
    suntan during the summer break.
[13:18] BUTARO
    You won't beat me, boo.
[13:20] HAMAJI
    Listen, I'm going to play outside every day,
[13:24] HAMAJI
    until the very last day,
    once summer break starts.
[13:28] HAMAJI
    So I know I'm gonna get the
    most suntanned, no doubt!
[13:31] MARUKO
    If anything, I prefer to get suntanned
    with a fun memory of summer.
[13:36] MARUKO
    Why should I get tanned from PE class now...
[13:40] HANAWA
    What about the summer break, baby?
[13:44] MARUKO
    Hanawa-kun, do you have plans
    to go somewhere this summer?
[13:48] HANAWA
    Of course I do.
[13:49] HANAWA
    I'll be on vacances at an overseas resort, 
    and I plan on getting suntanned there.
[13:54] MARUKO
    As expected, you live in
    a different world from us.
[13:57] HANAWA
    But on the beach, I may not get tanned
    that much since I'll be under the parasol.
[14:04] MARUKO
    The va... vac... whatever it is sounds nice.
[14:08] HANAWA
    "Vacances."
[14:14] HAMAJI
    Well, the ocean is connected, so be it
    Shimizu or overseas, it's the same sea.
[14:20] TAMAE
    Speaking of which, my dad brought
    out the photos from last year...
[14:26] TAMAE'S DAD
    We had a great time at the beach last summer.
[14:30] TAMAE
    Did I get suntanned this much?
[14:34] TAMAE'S DAD
    We'll have fun at the beach again!
[14:37] TAMAE'S DAD
    I can't wait to take photos!
[14:44] MARUKO
    Wow, that's nice.
[14:46] MARUKO
    You already have plans to go to the beach.
[14:49] MARUKO
    No wonder you're looking
    forward to the summer break.
[14:53] MARUKO
    Hey, Dad?
[14:55] HIROSHI
    What's up?
[14:55] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[14:56] MARUKO
    Summer break will start soon.
[14:58] HIROSHI
    For you kids, I guess.
[15:00] HIROSHI
    I've got nothing to do with it.
[15:02] MARUKO
    Yes, you do!
[15:03] MARUKO
    Can you take me to the beach?
[15:06] SAKIKO
    The beach sounds great!
[15:08] HIROSHI
    How silly.
[15:09] HIROSHI
    Why would you want to go to somewhere
    hot when it's so hot already?
[15:12] HIROSHI
    We went last year. That was plenty.
[15:14] MARUKO
    Boo.
[15:14] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[15:16] TOMOZOU
    Oh? Are you sure about that?
[15:19] TOMOZOU
    Who begged me to take him to the
    beach every year when he was a kid?
[15:28] HIROSHI
    Ack! Well, I don't remember
    because it was a long time ago...
[15:36] MARUKO
    Dad, that's not fair.
[15:38] MARUKO
    You went as a child, but
    you won't take us, huh?
[15:43] SAKIKO
    A pool would be acceptable.
[15:44] HIROSHI
    There are too many people, it's
    like washing potatoes in a bucket.
[15:48] MARUKO
    Are you telling me that you have no plans
    to take us anywhere this summer, Dad?
[15:56] MARUKO
    I want to get a perfect suntan!
[15:59] MARUKO
    Look at this.
[16:00] MARUKO
    If I don't, I'll get this
    weird, uneven suntan.
[16:04] TOMOZOU
    Oh, I see.
[16:06] TOMOZOU
    I do see that line.
[16:08] TOMOZOU
    It's like the cyanotype,
[16:09] TOMOZOU
    how the print paper gets dark where
    it's exposed to the sunlight.
[16:12] MARUKO
    I don't like that.
[16:15] HIROSHI
    You can get suntanned on our porch.
[16:18] HIROSHI
    We're not going to the beach.
[16:20] MARUKO/SAKIKO
    Boo!
[16:24] MARUKO
    I knew the celebrities didn't
    have uneven suntans like me.
[16:29] SAKIKO
    Of course not.
SIGN    Heart-Thumping Summer
SIGN    The Girl of Tokonatsu, Everlasting Summer
[16:31] MARUKO
    Hm? What does it say?
[16:33] SAKIKO
    Tokonatsu, Everlasting summer.
[16:34] MARUKO
    "Tokonatsu"?
[16:37] MARUKO
    The Girl of Coconuts?
SIGN    Coconuts
[16:41] MARUKO
    This is how you spell coconuts in kanji?
[16:44] SAKIKO
    No, silly.
SIGN    Tokonatsu
[16:46] SAKIKO
    "Tokonatsu."
[16:48] SAKIKO
    It means it's summer year-round.
[16:50] MARUKO
    Oh, I see.
[16:52] MARUKO
    She has a perfect suntan because
    it's summer all the time.
[16:57] SAKIKO
    I wish I could be this beautifully light brown!
[17:01] MARUKO
    Do you think I'll be cute if
    I can get a perfect suntan?
[17:04] SAKIKO
    Maybe.
[17:06] SAKIKO
    Oh! But you had such a hard time last year.
[17:10] MARUKO
    Huh? About what?
[17:12] SAKIKO
    Remember when we pulled weeds?
[17:13] SAKIKO
    We were outside all day, and since
    you got sunburned so quickly...
[17:19] SAKIKO
    You turned bright red.
[17:21] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, now I remember.
[17:23] MARUKO
    Even taking a bath was hard.
[17:26] MARUKO
    Ouch, ouch, ouch!
[17:29] SAKIKO
    You have to get suntanned slowly
    so that your skin doesn't hurt.
[17:33] MARUKO
    Slowly, huh?
SIGN    Sakura
[17:42] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[17:44] SAKIKO
    Listen, I have a favor to ask.
[17:47] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[17:47] HIROSHI
    Huh? I'm not taking you anywhere;
    we talked about that.
[17:52] SAKIKO
    My friends told me that there
    is a thing called tanning oil.
[17:57] TOMOZOU
    Oil?
[17:58] SUMIRE
    Oh yes, I've seen them at the beach.
[18:01] SAKIKO
    If you apply it on your skin, you don't
    get red, and your skin will tan nicely.
[18:06] MARUKO
    Really?!
[18:08] SUMIRE
    But you've gotten a suntan without it.
[18:12] SAKIKO
    I want to look like an idol!
[18:14] SAKIKO
    They say it helps you get a
    perfect, golden-brown suntan.
[18:17] MARUKO
    I want it too!
[18:19] HIROSHI
    A golden-brown suntan? Like
    you're roasted in the oven?
[18:22] TOMOZOU
    Oil? You apply oil and get sunburn?
[18:31] TOMOZOU
    You can't do that!
[18:34] MARUKO
    Grandpa, what's the matter?
[18:36] TOMOZOU
    Maruko and Big Sis, getting crispy? No way!
[18:42] MARUKO
    We never said "crispy."
[18:45] SUMIRE
    Anyhow, we're not buying that.
[18:47] SAKIKO
    Stingy Mom!
SIGN    Sakura
[18:52] NARRATOR/I
    On Sunday...
[18:53] MARUKO
    Man, I'm bored.
[18:56] MARUKO
    It's too hot to go anywhere, though.
[19:00] MARUKO
    Oh?
[19:02] MARUKO
    If I need to get suntanned slowly,
    maybe I should start now.
[19:08] MARUKO
    Ta-da!
[19:13] MARUKO
    This is the perfect weather to get a suntan.
[19:16] TOMOZOU
    What are you up to?
[19:18] MARUKO
    Oh, Grandpa.
[19:20] MARUKO
    I'm thinking of getting suntanned right here.
[19:22] TOMOZOU
    On the porch?
[19:24] MARUKO
    While Dad is not here.
[19:26] MARUKO
    If he finds out, I'm sure
    he'd be all, "I told you so."
[19:37] TOMOZOU
    The porch isn't too bad.
[19:41] MARUKO
    Yes, but something is missing.
[19:44] MARUKO
    Grandpa, can you create the beach atmosphere?
[19:47] TOMOZOU
    Let's see...
[19:55] TOMOZOU
    Keep your eyes closed.
[19:58] MARUKO
    Like this?
[20:02] MARUKO
    What's that sound?
[20:03] TOMOZOU
    It's the sound of the waves.
[20:05] MARUKO
    Oh, I see.
[20:13] TOMOZOU
    It feels like you're at the beach, right?
[20:15] MARUKO
    I love it!
[20:17] MARUKO
    Can you do more?
[20:19] TOMOZOU
    More?
[20:42] TOMOZOU
    S-Sorry!
[20:44] HIROSHI
    What are you two doing?
[20:47] HIROSHI
    Ah, I see! Getting suntanned on the porch.
[20:50] HIROSHI
    Just like I suggested. Good job.
[20:57] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[20:59] MARUKO
    When it's this hot outside, I don't feel
    like going outside to play during the break.
[21:04] TAMAE
    Hm? What do you think they are doing?
[21:11] MARUKO
    Hey, what are you doing?
[21:13] HAMAJI
    We want to start getting tanned right now.
[21:16] HAMAJI
    So we're sunbathing.
[21:18] BUTARO
    I won't lose, boo.
[21:20] KOSUGI
    Yup.
[21:21] MARUKO
    Everyone comes up with the same idea.
[21:24] TAMAE
    My dad is too impatient,
[21:26] TAMAE
    so he started to get ready for
    swimming in the sea yesterday.
[21:30] MARUKO
    That sounds nice.
[21:33] MARUKO
    Oh, man... The summer
    break is about to start,
[21:36] MARUKO
    but if I can't go to
    the beach or the pool,
[21:39] MARUKO
    where on earth am
    I supposed to get suntanned?
[21:43] HAMAJI
    I'm excited to find out who will get most
    suntanned at the end of the summer break.
[21:49] BUTARO
    It's got to be me, boo.
[21:51] KOSUGI
    Oh no, it'll be me.
[21:55] NARRATOR/I
    The summer break is about to begin.
[21:58] NARRATOR/I
    But by the time it is over,
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    everyone gets too busy with homework
    and has forgotten all about suntanning.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Big Sis and Kosugi are acting weird.
[22:18] MARUKO
    They must be hiding something.
[22:21] MARUKO
    To find out their secrets, I've been
    tailing them and running after them,
[22:24] MARUKO
    which has tired me out!
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief?"
    and "Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis."
SIGN    Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief? Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1440 - Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief? / Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] SUGIYAMA/OHNO
    Everyone, gather around!
[00:02] SUGIYAMA/OHNO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief?
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Is Kosugi the Watermelon Thief?"
[01:40] MARUKO
    Kosugi.
[01:42] KOSUGI
    Oh, it's just you, Sakura.
[01:43] MARUKO
    What on earth are you doing here?
[01:46] KOSUGI
    Check out those watermelons.
[01:49] MARUKO
    Wow, those are huge!
[01:52] MARUKO
    I didn't know you could grow
    them in a home garden.
[01:55] KOSUGI
    Looks yummy, huh?
[01:57] MARUKO
    Don't tell me you're thinking
    about stealing and eating it...
[02:01] KOSUGI
    O-Of course I'd never do that!
[02:04] KOSUGI
    But I bet those watermelons
    are sweet and tasty!
[02:08] MARUKO
    Really? How do you know?
[02:10] KOSUGI
    Watermelons with dark-colored stripes with
    clear, sharp borders are sweet and yummy.
[02:18] MARUKO
    Is that so?
[02:19] KOSUGI
    I heard it from the
    greengrocer, so it's legit.
[02:23] KOSUGI
    Boy, I wish they'd let me have a bite of it!
[02:27] MARUKO
    Jeez, look at you drooling.
[02:30] MARUKO
    Wipe your mouth.
SIGN    Sakura
[02:34] HIROSHI
    Kosugi is the dude who ran out of his
    house holding the rice cooker, right?
[02:34] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[02:39] MARUKO
    Now that you mention it, that did happen.
[02:42] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    This is mine!
[02:45] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    I'll be eating all of this!
SIGN    Always have a
    parking brake
    in your heart
[02:49] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Hm?
[02:50] HIROSHI
    He darted past with an incredible speed.
[02:54] SUMIRE
    He must have wanted his seconds so badly.
[02:56] MARUKO
    He said he wanted to have all
    rice from the rice cooker.
[03:01] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU/KOTAKE
    All rice?!
[03:02] MARUKO
    Apparently, he ate it in
    a parking lot, standing.
[03:05] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU/KOTAKE
    Standing?!
[03:06] MARUKO
    Kosugi's appetite is bottomless.
[03:10] MARUKO
    I mean, he even had a whole
    watermelon as a snack.
[03:15] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU/KOTAKE
    A whole watermelon?!
[03:17] MARUKO
    That's right.
[03:18] MARUKO
    He did have a stomachache
    afterwards and had a rough time.
[03:23] HIROSHI
    Of course he would.
[03:24] SAKIKO
    But can a whole watermelon
    really go into your stomach?
[03:29] MARUKO
    In Kosugi's stomach, it can.
[03:34] NARRATOR/I
    Next day...
[03:35] MARUKO
    So I asked him, "Don't tell me you're
    thinking about stealing and eating it."
[03:40] MARUKO
    And he got so flustered...
[03:41] TAMAE
    I doubt he'd actually steal a
    watermelon from someone's house.
[03:46] MARUKO
    I know, right?
[03:47] MARUKO
    But when it comes to food,
    Kosugi can get, you know, a bit crazy.
[03:53] TAMAE
    I know what you mean...
[03:55] MARUKO
    Hey, Tama-chan.
[03:56] MARUKO
    Do you wanna go check it out?
[04:02] MARUKO
    It's gone!
[04:03] TAMAE
    Huh?
[04:04] MARUKO
    There used to be four, and now one's missing!
[04:09] TAMAE
    Maybe the people of this
    house picked it to eat it.
[04:12] MARUKO
    That may be true, but...
[04:16] YAMADA
    Sakura, Honami, what are you up to?
[04:19] YAMADA
    You wanna play together?
[04:21] MARUKO
    Yamada, that's the last thing on our
    minds right now because of Kosugi.
[04:27] YAMADA
    I saw Kosugi-kun just there a moment ago.
[04:29] MARUKO/TAMAE
    What?!
[04:30] MARUKO
    Did he happen to have a watermelon?
[04:33] YAMADA
    A watermelon? I don't think so.
[04:36] YAMADA
    He did have a furoshiki bag.
[04:38] YAMADA
    I wonder what was inside.
[04:41] MARUKO
    It's a watermelon.
[04:43] YAMADA
    Watermelon?
[04:44] MARUKO
    He stole a watermelon.
[04:47] YAMADA
    I guess he was looking around right and left.
[04:50] MARUKO
    I knew it.
[04:52] TAMAE
    Anyhow, let's find him.
[04:55] MARUKO
    You're right.
[04:56] MARUKO
    Yamada, which way did he go?
[05:00] MARUKO
    We've got to hurry, or he
    might devour the whole thing.
[05:02] TAMAE
    Let's hurry!
[05:07] MARUKO
    Oh, there he is! Kosugi!
[05:10] KOSUGI
    Wh-What's up?
[05:12] MARUKO
    That's a watermelon, isn't it?
[05:14] KOSUGI
    W-Why would you say that?!
[05:16] TAMAE
    If that's true, then you should return it!
[05:19] KOSUGI
    Huh? What are you talking about?
[05:21] MARUKO
    Kosugi, we'll come with you.
[05:24] KOSUGI
    G-Give me a break!
[05:29] KOSUGI
    Bye now!
[05:31] MARUKO
    Kosugi, come back!
[05:38] MARUKO
    Let's pincer him.
[05:39] MARUKO
    Tama-chan and Yamada, you follow
    Kosugi. I'll go around this way.
[05:43] TAMAE
    Okay!
[05:44] YAMADA
    Understood.
[05:55] MARUKO
    Kosugi!
[05:57] MARUKO
    There's no way out for you.
[05:59] TAMAE
    Kosugi!
[06:00] KOSUGI
    I'll never return it!
    Because it's the watermelon I was gifted!
[06:07] TAMAE
    Someone gave it to you?
[06:09] MARUKO
    You didn't steal it?
[06:11] KOSUGI
    I'd never do such a thing.
[06:13] KOSUGI
    I was looking at the
    watermelons there earlier...
[06:17] (Flashback) MAN
    Hm? Can I help you?
[06:19] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    Huh? Um... it's nothing...
[06:22] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    Your watermelons look so tasty, so...
[06:25] (Flashback) MAN
    You really think so?
[06:27] (Flashback) MAN
    I grew them with lots of love and care.
[06:30] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    They're so big and their
    stripes are beautiful!
[06:33] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    I'm sure it's sweet and yummy!
[06:35] (Flashback) MAN
    Would you like to taste it?
[06:37] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    Yes! I wish I could have even a bite of it.
[06:43] (Flashback) MAN
    Well then, you can have one.
[06:45] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    Really?! Are you sure?
[06:47] (Flashback) MAN
    Yes. The watermelon would be happy
    if a boy like you would enjoy it.
[06:52] (Flashback) KOSUGI
    Thank you! Thank you!
[06:56] MARUKO
    I see.
[06:57] TAMAE
    So you didn't just take it.
[07:00] YAMADA
    I'm glad Kosugi-kun wasn't
    the watermelon thief.
[07:06] MARUKO
    Wow, it looks good!
[07:09] KOSUGI
    That man said watermelons are the
    best when it's freshly harvested.
[07:13] TAMAE
    Is that so?
[07:14] MARUKO
    So, here's a suggestion—
[07:17] KOSUGI
    No.
[07:18] MARUKO
    Huh? I haven't said anything yet.
[07:21] KOSUGI
    You want some of this watermelon, right?
[07:23] KOSUGI
    No way!
[07:25] MARUKO/I
    He saw through me.
[07:27] KOSUGI
    But the problem is,
    where am I going to eat this?
[07:31] MARUKO
    Where?
[07:32] MARUKO
    Not at home?
[07:34] KOSUGI
    If I take it home, my Ma will say
    I can't have the whole thing.
[07:39] KOSUGI
    Since it would give me a stomachache...
[07:41] MARUKO
    Well, I'm not surprised.
[07:44] KOSUGI
    So I was looking for a place
    to eat it outside of my home.
[07:47] KOSUGI
    Is there any good place?
[07:50] YAMADA
    Then why don't you eat it at a playground?
[07:54] KOSUGI
    If I ate it there,
    everyone would want a piece of it!
[07:58] TAMAE
    And you'd need a knife and a cutting board.
[08:01] MARUKO
    That's true.
[08:03] MARUKO
    Then how about my home?
[08:05] KOSUGI
    Your house?
[08:06] MARUKO
    But in exchange, let us have some freshly
    harvested watermelon, all right?
[08:12] KOSUGI
    What?!
[08:15] MARUKO
    What's it gonna be?
[08:16] MARUKO
    Are you okay with eating a tiny
    piece of it at your own home?
[08:22] KOSUGI
    I've got no choice. Fine.
[08:24] MARUKO
    That's the spirit!
[08:26] KOSUGI
    But one slice each.
[08:28] MARUKO
    Okay!
[08:42] KOSUGI'S MOM
    Futoshi.
[08:43] KOSUGI
    M-Ma.
[08:45] MARUKO/TAMAE/YAMADA
    H-Hello.
[08:47] KOSUGI'S MOM
    Hello. What are you doing here?
[08:50] KOSUGI
    N-Nothing...
[08:52] KOSUGI'S MOM
    Huh?
[08:53] KOSUGI'S MOM
    What are you carrying?
[08:55] KOSUGI
    It's nothing!
[08:57] MARUKO
    H-Hey!
[09:02] KOSUGI
    It should be safe, running all the way here.
[09:04] MARUKO
    Jeez, Kosugi!
[09:06] MARUKO
    Don't start running without warning!
[09:09] KOSUGI
    What was I supposed to do?
[09:10] KOSUGI
    If Ma sees this, that's the end of it.
[09:13] KOSUGI
    Ah, I can't wait to eat it!
[09:16] KOSUGI
    My sweet watermelon...
[09:24] WATERMELON
    I'm super sweet and tasty!
[09:27] KOSUGI
    I know, I know!
[09:32] YAMADA
    What's this?
[09:43] KOSUGI
    Come back, my watermelon!
[09:52] KOSUGI
    My watermelon!
[09:56] KOSUGI
    Ma?!
[10:02] SIGN
    Kosugi
[10:02] KOSUGI
    Looks so yummy!
[10:05] KOSUGI'S MOM
    Dig in, everyone.
[10:08] KIDS
    Thank you for the food!
[10:18] KIDS
    So sweet!
[10:20] MARUKO
    So good, huh?
[10:22] TAMAE
    Much sweeter than the ones I usually get!
[10:26] YAMADA
    I can keep on eating!
[10:28] KOSUGI
    Not on my watch!
[10:32] KOSUGI'S MOM
    Futoshi!
[10:34] KOSUGI'S MOM
    Don't be so greedy!
[10:36] KOSUGI'S MOM
    You're supposed to share it with everyone!
[10:38] KOSUGI
    Okay...
[10:41] NARRATOR/I
    They finally got to taste the delicious
    watermelon after a lot of commotion.
[10:46] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko and her friends were
    deeply satisfied, except...
[10:50] NARRATOR/I
    It wasn't satisfying enough for Kosugi.
[10:53] KOSUGI
    I want to eat more!
SIGN    Ice cream
[11:01] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis
SIGN    Oden
[11:02] MARUKO
    "Maruko Secretly Tails Big Sis."
[11:09] MARUKO
    Grandpa.
[11:14] MARUKO
    What's the matter?
[11:15] MARUKO
    Anything troubling you?
[11:17] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Maruko.
[11:19] TOMOZOU
    There's a haiku group tomorrow,
    so I have to come up with some.
[11:24] TOMOZOU
    But nothing is coming to me.
[11:27] MARUKO
    I see.
[11:28] MARUKO
    I was going to hang out with
    you, but I guess you can't.
[11:33] TOMOZOU
    What?!
[11:34] MARUKO
    How boring.
[11:36] TOMOZOU/I
    I-I disappointed Maruko.
[11:40] TOMOZOU/I
    But I have to make three haiku for tomorrow.
[11:43] TOMOZOU/I
    Still, I want to hang out
    with Maruko... I want to!
[11:49] NARRATOR/I
    Tomozou felt like his heart
    was torn in two.
[11:54] MARUKO
    Big Sis.
[11:56] SAKIKO
    Don't scare me like that!
[11:57] MARUKO
    Are you going somewhere?
[11:59] SAKIKO
    I am.
[12:00] MARUKO
    Where are you going?
[12:01] SAKIKO
    Why do you care? It's none of your business.
[12:04] MARUKO
    Hey, take me with you.
[12:07] MARUKO
    I'm bored out of my mind.
[12:09] SAKIKO
    No way. Nothing good will come
    out of it if you come along.
[12:13] SAKIKO
    Don't you dare follow me.
[12:15] MARUKO
    What? You're so mean.
[12:18] SAKIKO
    I'm off!
[12:21] MARUKO
    I wonder where Big Sis is going.
[12:24] MARUKO
    Maybe I'll secretly tail her.
[12:28] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
[12:29] MARUKO
    Grandpa.
[12:31] TOMOZOU
    I wanted to make time to hang out with you,
[12:33] TOMOZOU
    and it helped me come up
    with haiku, just like that.
[12:36] TOMOZOU
    Now, let's play!
[12:38] MARUKO
    I'm okay.
[12:39] TOMOZOU
    You're okay?
[12:41] MARUKO
    I don't have time for that right now.
[12:43] MARUKO
    I need to go after Big Sis.
[12:45] TOMOZOU
    Did she do something?
[12:48] MARUKO
    She was acting weird.
[12:51] MARUKO
    It bothered me.
[12:53] TOMOZOU
    I don't know the details, but I
    wouldn't want her to get into trouble!
[12:57] TOMOZOU
    I'm coming too!
[13:06] MARUKO
    She told me not to follow her and
    didn't tell me where she was going.
[13:11] MARUKO
    I'm telling you, she's hiding something.
[13:15] TOMOZOU
    What on earth is going with her...?
SIGN    Offering
[13:22] MARUKO
    Is she meeting with someone?
[13:24] TOMOZOU
    I wonder who she's waiting for.
[13:29] MARUKO
    What could that be?
[13:30] TOMOZOU
    It looks like a present to me.
[13:33] MARUKO
    Meeting someone, a present...
[13:38] TOMOZOU
    Could it be...
[13:39] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    A date?!
[13:41] TOMOZOU
    No way!
[13:42] TOMOZOU
    What kind of person is she seeing?!
[13:44] TOMOZOU
    If they're a good-for-nothing,
    I will not stay quiet!
[13:47] KOYAMA
    Sakura!
[13:49] KOYAMA
    I'm sorry, did I make you wait?
[13:51] SAKIKO
    Not at all, I just got here.
[13:54] SAKIKO
    Here you go.
[13:56] MARUKO
    Koyama-kun?!
[13:57] TOMOZOU
    Koyama-kun, really?!
[13:59] MARUKO
    Wh-Wh-Wh-What is the meaning of this?!
[14:01] TOMOZOU
    Why is Koyama-kun meeting with Big Sis?
[14:04] MARUKO
    Koyama-kun is Yoshiko-san's crush...
SIGN    Takahashi Yoshiko
SIGN    Diary Exchange
[14:08] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko and Tomozou once peaked at the diary
    exchange between Big Sis and Yoshiko-san,
[14:14] NARRATOR/I
    and learned Yoshiko's secret.
[14:17] TOMOZOU
    I can't believe Koyama-kun
    is the one she's seeing...
[14:22] MARUKO
    Wh-What do we do?
[14:24] MARUKO
    Is this what you'd call... a thieving cat?
[14:30] MARUKO
    I saw it in a TV drama.
[14:34] MARUKO
    Grandpa, I'll go stop Big Sis.
[14:37] TOMOZOU
    But Maruko!
[14:39] MARUKO
    Huh?
[14:41] TOMOZOU
    You cannot put a stop to
    someone from falling in love.
[14:46] MARUKO
    Grandpa...
[14:52] SAKIKO
    Thanks for the book.
[14:54] KOYAMA
    Sure, if I find something
    interesting, you can borrow it.
[14:59] MARUKO
    A book?
[15:01] TOMOZOU
    So it wasn't a date.
[15:07] MARUKO
    Big Sis has somewhere else to go?
[15:12] YAMADA
    Oh? If it isn't Sakura.
[15:14] MARUKO
    Yamada.
[15:15] YAMADA
    Hello, Sakura's grandpa.
[15:17] YAMADA
    What are you doing here?
[15:20] MARUKO
    Yamada, you're being too loud!
[15:24] YAMADA
    What's going on?
[15:26] YAMADA
    I'm bored. Let's play together, let's play!
[15:30] MARUKO
    We're in the middle of
    something, so there's no time!
[15:33] MARUKO
    We're chasing after my sister.
[15:36] YAMADA
    If you're chasing after her,
    you've got to be louder.
[15:40] YAMADA
    Hey!
[15:40] MARUKO
    Don't!
[15:42] MARUKO
    We're doing it covertly!
[15:44] YAMADA
    What? That sounds like detectives!
[15:47] YAMADA
    Sounds fun, let me join you!
[15:50] YAMADA
    Sneak, sneak...
[15:51] MARUKO
    No, you can't!
[15:54] YAMADA
    I want to play detectives too...
[15:56] MARUKO
    You can't if you're so loud!
[15:59] TOMOZOU
    Yamada-kun, maybe we'll play some other time.
[16:03] MARUKO
    Where did Big Sis go?
[16:13] TOMOZOU
    Did Big Sis come here
    to enjoy the sunflowers?
[16:19] MARUKO
    A drink, huh? I'm getting thirsty too.
[16:24] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe
[16:26] MARUKO
    Listen, do you want to get
    something to drink over there?
[16:33] MARUKO
    Pardon!
[16:34] TOMOZOU
    Excuse us!
[16:35] FEMALE STAFF
    Huh?! Yes...?
[16:37] MARUKO
    I'd like ramune soda. Make it two, please.
[16:39] TOMOZOU
    Quickly, if you can.
[16:41] FEMALE STAFF
    S-Sure...
[16:45] MARUKO
    So good!
[16:46] TOMOZOU
    Nothing beats ramune soda in summer.
[16:49] TOMOZOU
    Blue sky, refreshing aroma of ramune...
[16:54] MARUKO
    Oh no! Big Sis is leaving!
[16:57] MARUKO
    Grandpa, you've gotta drink up! Now! Hurry!
[17:00] TOMOZOU
    O-Okay.
[17:03] TOMOZOU
    Thank you!
[17:06] FEMALE STAFF
    What was that...?
[17:13] SAKIKO
    Let's see...
[17:24] MARUKO
    I wonder what they are talking about...
[17:37] TOMOZOU
    What were they talking about?
[17:40] TOMOZOU
    I'm dying to know.
[17:41] MARUKO
    I'll go and ask.
[17:45] MARUKO
    Hey, hey!
[17:47] GIRL
    Huh? Me?
[17:50] MARUKO
    Yes. I'd like to ask you something.
[17:52] MARUKO
    But I assure you, I'm not suspicious.
[17:54] NARRATOR/I
    No, you are plenty suspicious.
[17:56] GIRL
    What is it?
[17:59] MARUKO
    Big Sis is looking for a
    variety store with a red roof.
[18:03] MARUKO
    But that girl didn't know.
[18:06] TOMOZOU
    I-I see...
[18:08] MARUKO
    What's the matter, Grandpa?
[18:10] TOMOZOU
    I need to use the bathroom...
[18:13] MARUKO
    Now that you mention it, so do I.
[18:16] TOMOZOU
    Then let's go together.
[18:17] MARUKO
    No, can't do.
[18:18] MARUKO
    If both of us go,
    who's going to watch Big Sis?
[18:23] MARUKO
    Let's take turns.
[18:24] MARUKO
    I'll go first.
[18:26] TOMOZOU
    You're going first?
[18:29] MARUKO
    Because I really have to go.
[18:31] MARUKO
    If I wet my pants, that would be bad, right?
[18:34] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
[18:35] TOMOZOU
    Same here... Same here!
[18:38] TOMOZOU
    It'd be bad if I wet my pants, right?!
SIGN    Conserve Water
[18:45] MARUKO
    Grandpa, thanks for waiting!
[18:58] TOMOZOU
    That was a close call.
[19:02] TOMOZOU
    Maruko? Maruko?
[19:06] TOMOZOU
    Big Sis...?
[19:07] TOMOZOU
    Are both of you gone?!
[19:21] MARUKO
    What do I do?
[19:23] MARUKO
    I lost the sight of Big Sis...
[19:48] MARUKO/I
    I'm alone in a place and
    I don't even know where.
[19:52] MARUKO/I
    Maybe it's a punishment for going
    to the bathroom before Grandpa.
[19:58] MARUKO/I
    Grandpa...
[20:00] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis...
[20:09] MARUKO
    A red roof!
[20:11] MARUKO
    Is this the store Big Sis was looking for?
[20:21] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis, are you here?
[20:27] MARUKO
    Big Sis!
[20:37] SAKIKO
    Ah, so you are Hideki!
[20:42] MARUKO
    Big Sis?
[20:44] SAKIKO
    Huh?! Maruko?!
[20:46] SAKIKO
    What are you doing here?!
[20:48] MARUKO
    I followed you! But then I got lost...
[20:54] SAKIKO
    You did what? Jeez, you're hopeless.
[20:59] MARUKO
    I'm sorry.
[21:01] MARUKO
    Big Sis, why did come to this store?
[21:04] MARUKO
    What is this "Hideki"?
[21:06] SAKIKO
    O-Oh, someone from the next class told me
[21:09] SAKIKO
    there was a dog that looked like Hideki here.
[21:16] SAKIKO
    His name is Hideki too!
[21:18] MARUKO
    Now that you mention it,
    maybe he looks like Hideki...?
[21:22] SAKIKO
    Right?! He looks just like him!
[21:24] MALE STAFF
    Excuse me, are you a fan of Hideki?
[21:28] SAKIKO
    Yes, I am!
[21:29] MALE STAFF
    I knew it!
[21:31] MALE STAFF
    Many of his fans come to see him.
[21:33] MALE STAFF
    I am a big fan myself.
[21:35] MALE STAFF
    That's why I named him Hideki.
[21:38] MALE STAFF
    His face also looks like Hideki, right?
[21:40] SAKIKO
    Yes, adorable eyes and long legs!
[21:45] NARRATOR/I
    Meanwhile, Tomozou was...
[21:49] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, where are you?!
[21:52] TOMOZOU
    Big Sis! Maruko!
[21:57] NARRATOR/I
    Big Sis was happy to see the
    dog that looked like Hideki.
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    But it would be a while before Tomozou
    was reunited with Maruko and Sakiko.
[22:07] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa, don't do the infinity mirror!
[22:18] MARUKO
    I'm dressed in such a cute outfit,
[22:21] MARUKO
    so I don't want to get cursed by the
    ghost and get pulled into the mirror.
[22:25] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:27] MARUKO
    "Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs,"
SIGN    Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs Maruko Is Afraid of the Ghost of the Mirror
[22:30] MARUKO
    and "Maruko Is Afraid of
    the Ghost of the Mirror."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1441 - Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs / Maruko Is Afraid of the Ghost of the Mirror
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] TOMOZOU
    Come one, come all!
[00:02] TOMOZOU
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs
SIGN    Ice cream
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko and Big Sis Get New Hand-Me-Downs."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:36] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[01:40] MARUKO
    What's up? You're being creepy.
[01:43] SAKIKO
    Mom told me great news.
[01:47] SUMIRE
    Just now...
[01:48] SIGN
    Summer Festival
[01:49] (Flashback) WOMAN
    An acquaintance of mine is looking for
    someone to donate girl's clothes to.
[01:53] (Flashback) WOMAN
    They're for girls around Sakiko-chan's
    age, so I think it's perfect for her.
[01:57] SUMIRE
    So they're giving us the clothes.
[02:00] MARUKO
    Is that all?
[02:01] MARUKO
    So they're hand-me-downs.
[02:03] MARUKO
    Now you'll know how I feel,
    having to wear used clothes, Big Sis.
[02:09] SAKIKO
    But the thing is, they're from
    a fashionable girl from Tokyo!
[02:13] MARUKO
    Huh?
[02:14] SAKIKO
    I bet they're cute clothes
    you can't buy around here.
[02:19] MARUKO
    What?
[02:20] SAKIKO
    I'm so excited!
[02:22] MARUKO
    That's not fair.
[02:24] MARUKO
    Then buy me some new clothes instead.
[02:27] SAKIKO
    Instead of what?
[02:29] SUMIRE
    Exactly. I'm not buying you anything.
[02:32] MARUKO
    Seriously?! That's totally unfair!
[02:37] NARRATOR/I
    A few days later...
[02:42] TOMOZOU
    You got that many?
[02:44] SUMIRE
    Yes, it feels like an undeserved favor.
[02:46] SUMIRE
    But apparently the girl from Tokyo
    was happy to part with them.
[02:48] MARUKO
    Are you sure about that?
[02:50] SAKIKO
    Wow! This is so cute!
[02:54] MARUKO
    I've seen something similar around here.
[02:57] SAKIKO
    Wow! This is adorable too!
[03:00] KOTAKE
    Very fashionable.
[03:02] TOMOZOU
    Feels like it has a scent of Tokyo.
[03:05] MARUKO
    Sniff, sniff.
[03:06] MARUKO
    I smell no such thing.
[03:14] SAKIKO
    I've always wanted a dress like this!
[03:20] SAKIKO
    So cute!
[03:23] SAKIKO
    What do you think?
[03:24] SAKIKO
    I'm going out the day after tomorrow,
    so maybe I'll wear this.
[03:27] SUMIRE
    Oh well, it's still a bit too big on you.
[03:31] SAKIKO
    You think so?
[03:32] MARUKO
    Girls in Tokyo are all tall.
[03:36] NARRATOR/I
    That's not true.
[03:39] SUMIRE
    It fits better this way.
[03:41] SAKIKO
    I think it was just fine the way it was.
[03:44] KOTAKE
    You look even better when the
    clothes fit you properly.
[03:47] SAKIKO
    Then can you alter it, Mom?
[03:50] SUMIRE
    I'd love to, but I don't think I can
    finish it by the day after tomorrow.
[03:54] SAKIKO
    No?
[03:55] KOTAKE
    It's fine, I can do it.
[03:58] SAKIKO
    You can?!
[04:00] SUMIRE
    I appreciate it.
[04:01] MARUKO
    You can do it that fast?
[04:03] KOTAKE
    I used to alter my own clothes.
[04:06] MARUKO
    Wow.
[04:09] MARUKO
    Big Sis is getting the royal treatment.
[04:13] SUMIRE
    Let it go already.
[04:16] MARUKO
    Then can I have one of your outfits?
[04:21] SAKIKO
    Why?
[04:22] MARUKO
    Because I want new clothes too.
[04:25] SAKIKO
    You can have something I don't wear anymore.
[04:28] MARUKO
    Then it's just the same old hand-me-down.
[04:30] MARUKO
    I want to choose the clothes I want.
[04:33] SAKIKO
    But the clothes I wear are too big for you.
[04:37] MARUKO
    So I want Grandma to alter it for me.
[04:41] SUMIRE
    Don't be ridiculous.
[04:42] SUMIRE
    Mending clothes for two is a lot of work.
[04:44] SUMIRE
    I'll do yours when I have time.
[04:47] MARUKO
    I want to wear it soon.
[04:49] SAKIKO
    Don't be selfish!
[04:51] MARUKO
    But...
[04:54] KOTAKE
    It's okay, I can alter Maruko's clothes too.
[04:57] MARUKO
    Really?!
[04:58] KOTAKE
    But Big Sis's first, okay?
[05:01] MARUKO
    Okay!
[05:04] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[05:06] MARUKO
    T-shirts, skirts, dresses,
    they are all super cute!
[05:11] TAMAE
    Just hearing "a girl from Tokyo" feels
    like all those clothes are fancy.
[05:21] KOSUGI
    This is the chocolate I spilled earlier.
[05:23] KOSUGI
    It smells delicious.
[05:25] BUTARO
    It snagged on a branch and it ripped, boo.
[05:28] MARUKO
    Well, it's pointless to dress
    up around people like these.
[05:34] HAMAJI
    Listen, we've never seen
    Sakura dress up, have we?
[05:39] MARUKO
    Quiet, you!
[05:44] BUTARO
    You're no different than Kosugi, boo.
[05:47] HAMAJI
    You're ten years too early
    for Tokyo's clothes.
[05:55] MARUKO
    Mom's gonna yell at me again.
[05:59] TAMAE
    But Maru-chan, it's nice that your
    grandma is doing the alteration for you.
[06:05] MARUKO
    I'm hoping she'll add
    some nice embellishment.
[06:09] TAMAE
    Like what?
[06:11] MARUKO
    Let's see...
[06:13] JOGASAKI
    You want me to teach you about fashion?
[06:16] MARUKO
    Yes.
[06:16] MARUKO
    I'm getting my clothes altered, and I
    was hoping you could give me some ideas.
[06:22] JOGASAKI
    Alteration, huh?
[06:24] JOGASAKI
    Oh, I know!
[06:30] TAMAE
    Wow! This dress is adorable!
[06:33] MARUKO
    I expect nothing less from you, Jogasaki-san.
[06:36] JOGASAKI
    My mom altered it for me the other day.
[06:40] MARUKO
    Really? Where did you fix it?
[06:43] JOGASAKI
    It was too big, so I had it taken in, and my
    mom made a bow with the extra fabric.
[06:49] MARUKO
    That's a nice idea.
[06:51] MARUKO
    I'll ask my grandma to do the same for me.
[06:56] MARUKO
    Which one of Big Sis's outfits should I pick?
[07:00] MARUKO
    Hm, maybe this?
[07:02] MARUKO
    But that one's nice too.
[07:04] MARUKO
    Oh, this one...
[07:09] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    It's getting a little tight...
[07:19] SAKIKO
    Hey! That's mine!
[07:22] MARUKO
    You promised me I could pick one.
[07:25] SAKIKO
    Not that one.
[07:26] MARUKO
    Why not? I want this.
[07:28] SAKIKO
    No way! Give it back!
[07:33] SAKIKO
    Hey, let it go!
[07:35] KOTAKE
    Oh my. What are you two doing?
[07:39] SAKIKO
    It's Maruko!
[07:40] MARUKO
    I want this one.
[07:44] KOTAKE
    Oh, I see.
[07:46] KOTAKE
    You know, I'm about to finish
    your cute dress, Big Sis.
[07:50] SAKIKO
    But...
[07:54] MARUKO
    It's mine!
[07:55] KOTAKE
    Come now.
[07:57] SAKIKO
    Jeez, you're hopeless.
SIGN    Sakura
[08:10] NARRATOR/I
    Next day...
[08:13] SAKIKO
    So cute! Thank you, Grandma!
[08:16] KOTAKE
    I'm glad I finished in time.
[08:18] MARUKO
    Overworking your grandma?
    Some grandchild you are.
[08:22] NARRATOR/I
    You're in no position to say that.
[08:24] SUMIRE
    I knew it would be a good idea to alter it.
[08:27] TOMOZOU
    You look great. Like a girl from Tokyo.
[08:31] MARUKO
    Grandma, it's my turn next, right?
[08:34] SUMIRE
    Maruko.
[08:37] KOTAKE
    Actually Maruko, yours is done too.
[08:40] MARUKO
    Yay! Thank you, Grandma!
[08:46] MARUKO
    I'm so happy! It's so lovely!
[08:49] MARUKO
    What do you think? Do I look cute?
[08:51] TOMOZOU
    Yes, you do.
[08:53] SAKIKO
    The bow's... kinda cute.
[08:56] SUMIRE
    Oh? Right there...
[08:58] SUMIRE
    Isn't it too small? Not too tight?
[09:01] MARUKO
    No, not really.
[09:03] KOTAKE
    Let me see.
[09:06] KOTAKE
    You're right.
[09:08] KOTAKE
    I thought I made it one size
    bigger than your last alteration.
[09:13] MARUKO
    This is fine.
[09:15] KOTAKE
    It may not be too obvious,
    but you're growing up too.
[09:19] SAKIKO
    Okay, I'm off!
[09:22] MARUKO
    I want to show this to someone too.
[09:26] HAMAJI
    Let's go!
[09:27] KOSUGI
    Don't you lose!
[09:28] BUTARO
    Boo!
[09:31] MARUKO
    There's no girl here.
[09:34] HAMAJI
    Hey, Yamada! Watch out for the ball!
[09:37] MARUKO
    Well, it'd be a waste to show you all.
[09:52] HAMAJI
    Hey, Sakura!
[10:01] HAMAJI
    What's wrong?!
[10:03] MARUKO
    It ripped.
[10:06] HAMAJI
    I'm sorry...
[10:07] MARUKO
    Today was my first time wearing this dress...
[10:12] KOTAKE
    Oh my.
[10:14] MARUKO
    I ruined your hard work...
[10:16] KOTAKE
    Don't worry. Kids are supposed
    to be full of energy like that.
[10:20] KOTAKE
    Why don't you take it off?
[10:22] MARUKO
    Okay.
[10:25] KOTAKE
    But perhaps I made this
    too small for you, Maruko.
[10:31] MARUKO
    That's not true.
[10:34] KOTAKE
    What do you say?
[10:35] KOTAKE
    Pass this on to a girl smaller than you?
[10:39] MARUKO
    But...
[10:40] KOTAKE
    I'll alter something else for you.
[10:44] MARUKO
    Okay! Thank you, Grandma!
[10:47] TOMOZOU
    Good girl, Maruko!
[10:49] TOMOZOU
    Maybe you can alter my clothes next, Grandma.
[10:54] KOTAKE
    Grandpa, look at the sleeves
    of the shirt you're wearing.
[11:01] KOTAKE
    I mend your clothes all the time,
    like fixing small holes.
[11:08] TOMOZOU/I
    I had no idea!
[11:09] TOMOZOU/I
    The biggest blunder of my life!
[11:11] TOMOZOU/I
    Unbeknownst to me
[11:12] TOMOZOU/I
    Unbeknownst to me
[11:13] TOMOZOU/I
    My clothing's been receiving
[11:13] TOMOZOU/I
    My clothing's been receiving
[11:15] TOMOZOU/I
    Ample TLC
[11:15] TOMOZOU/I
    Ample TLC
[11:17] TOMOZOU/I
    Tomozou's poem of remorse
[11:17] TOMOZOU/I
    Tomozou's Poem
    of Remorse
[11:20] [SONG] SIGN (red)
    Tomozou
[11:22] NARRATOR/I
    Grandma's alteration made Maruko happy.
[11:25] NARRATOR/I
    But more than anything, it was her
    generosity that made her happy.
SIGN    Maruko Is Afraid of the Ghost of the Mirror
SIGN    Ice cream
[11:37] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[11:38] MARUKO
    "Maruko Is Afraid of the
    Ghost of the Mirror."
[11:44] MARUKO
    Oh, I see Hamaji and the others.
[11:46] MARUKO
    I wonder what they're doing.
[11:50] KOSUGI
    We're taking turns telling ghost stories.
[11:53] KOSUGI
    It'll chill you to the bone.
[11:55] MARUKO
    Really? Ghost stories?
[11:57] HAMAJI
    The next one is the last one.
[12:00] HAMAJI
    Do you want to join us?
[12:02] MARUKO
    Hey, do you want to stay?
[12:04] MARUKO
    I think it might help us cool down.
[12:06] TAMAE
    Sure, okay.
[12:08] MARUKO
    Hooray!
[12:11] HAMAJI
    When you look into the infinity mirror,
    your face is multiplied a lot, right?
[12:16] MARUKO
    Right, it does.
[12:18] HAMAJI
    If you count those faces,
    the 13th face is the face of a ghost.
[12:24] HAMAJI
    And if you meet the eyes of
    the ghost, it will say...
[12:30] GHOST
    Switch with me!
[12:33] HAMAJI
    And you get possessed,
    get pulled into the mirror, and...
[12:39] HAMAJI
    You'll turn into the ghost of the mirror!
[12:44] MARUKO
    That's scary!
[12:46] MARUKO
    I feel cooler, but I don't
    like the story. What do I do?
[12:50] TAMAE
    But you don't really need to make
    the infinity mirror, do you?
[12:54] TAMAE
    I think you're safe.
[12:57] MARUKO
    I guess you're right.
[12:58] MARUKO
    Thanks, Tama-chan.
[13:00] MARUKO
    Thank God, Thank Buddha,
    thank Tama-chan-sama, I tell you!
[13:11] MARUKO
    Grandpa! Don't do the infinity mirror!
[13:14] TOMOZOU
    Maruko?! What's the matter?!
[13:19] TOMOZOU
    I see, the ghost of the infinity mirror, huh?
[13:21] MARUKO
    I can take a look at the pimple
    in the back of your head for you.
[13:27] TOMOZOU
    Thank you.
[13:29] MARUKO
    But what if you had already
    met the eyes of the ghost...?
[13:36] GHOST
    Switch with me... Switch with me!
[13:42] TOMOZOU
    What?! What should I do...?!
[13:47] MARUKO
    I-I'll go get Mom.
[13:50] SAKIKO
    Mom's stepped out.
[13:52] MARUKO
    Really? Then can you come help me, Big Sis?
[13:57] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[13:59] NARRATOR/I
    Big Sis had a feeling, "I'm gonna
    get pulled into something dumb."
[14:04] MARUKO
    Grandpa's head might be haunted by a ghost.
[14:09] MARUKO
    But I'm too scared to look,
    so can you do it for me?
[14:14] SAKIKO
    What does that mean?
[14:15] SAKIKO
    Why would a ghost haunt Grandpa's head?
[14:18] SAKIKO
    Can't you wait until Mom comes home?
[14:21] SAKIKO
    More importantly, I don't think
    a ghost would haunt a head.
[14:25] MARUKO
    Like I said, I want you to
    confirm if it is or not.
[14:29] MARUKO
    Because I'm scared if it is.
[14:31] SAKIKO
    I don't want to look at something
    you'd be too scared to check.
[14:35] SAKIKO
    And let's say there was a
    ghost, for argument's sake.
[14:37] SAKIKO
    What do you plan to do?
[14:39] MARUKO
    That's...
[14:41] MARUKO
    I don't know what to do, can you
    come up with a plan with me?
[14:47] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[14:52] SAKIKO
    How about salt?
[14:53] MARUKO
    Salt?
[14:54] SAKIKO
    You sprinkle salt after a funeral, you know?
[14:56] SAKIKO
    Sumo wrestlers do that to purify
    the space before a match.
[15:00] MARUKO
    I see!
[15:02] SAKIKO
    We will count to three, then I
    want you to poke your head out
[15:06] SAKIKO
    with the back of your head towards
    us and say, "Ready," okay?
[15:11] TOMOZOU
    Huh? W-Why...?
[15:14] MARUKO
    We don't know if your head is haunted,
    but we'll sprinkle salt on your head.
[15:19] TOMOZOU
    Salt?
[15:21] TOMOZOU
    Oh! For purification!
[15:23] TOMOZOU
    What smart sisters...
[15:26] TOMOZOU
    I'm grateful to be a grandfather
    of such smart sisters.
[15:30] SAKIKO
    Okay.
[15:31] SAKIKO
    One, two, three!
[15:33] TOMOZOU
    Ready!
[15:38] TOMOZOU
    Ouch!
[15:40] TOMOZOU/I
    The salt is stinging in the wound.
[15:43] MARUKO
    Big Sis, I think it's working.
[15:46] MARUKO
    Let's sprinkle some more!
[15:47] SUMIRE
    I'm home.
[15:49] MARUKO
    Mom!
[15:51] SUMIRE
    What are you doing?
[15:54] SUMIRE
    It's inflamed and turned red a little bit.
[15:57] SUMIRE
    Obviously, there's no ghost haunting it.
[16:03] SUMIRE
    Jeez, what do I do with you...?
[16:06] TOMOZOU
    Mom, please don't scold them.
[16:09] TOMOZOU
    They did it out of compassion for me.
[16:12] MARUKO
    Exactly. You've no idea what we went through.
[16:18] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[16:21] MARUKO
    Oh.
[16:22] MARUKO
    Nagasawa.
[16:25] MARUKO
    Are you alone?
[16:26] NAGASAWA
    Yeah.
[16:27] NAGASAWA
    But I couldn't catch any
    insects, and it's too hot.
[16:30] NAGASAWA
    So after I take a break
    here, I'm going to go home.
[16:33] MARUKO
    Oh yeah?
[16:34] MARUKO
    You wanna hear a story
    that'll chill you to the bone?
[16:41] MARUKO
    Well? It's so scary, it made
    you feel cooler, right?
[16:45] NAGASAWA
    Not really.
[16:46] MARUKO
    Huh? Really?
[16:48] MARUKO
    It wasn't scary for you?
[16:49] NAGASAWA
    No. Because I know a story about mirrors
    that is more terrifying than that.
[16:55] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    What?! More terrifying?!
[16:57] NAGASAWA
    Yeah.
[16:58] NAGASAWA
    There was once a man who loved stuff that
    showed reflections, like lens and glass.
[17:04] NAGASAWA
    This man happened to get inside a ball,
    whose interior was covered in mirror.
[17:09] NAGASAWA
    And he got stuck there, couldn't get out.
[17:12] NAGASAWA
    So he goes through such an ordeal.
[17:15] TOMOZOU
    The inside is covered with mirror?
[17:18] TOMOZOU
    What kind of faces would one see?
[17:20] MARUKO
    What happens to this man?
[17:24] NAGASAWA
    It's scary even to remember the
    story, so I don't want to tell you.
[17:27] MARUKO
    It's that scary?!
[17:29] NAGASAWA
    It's in the book at the library,
    so why don't you read it yourself?
[17:34] NAGASAWA
    For a while, I was too scared
    to look into the mirrors.
[17:39] MARUKO
    What?
[17:40] MARUKO
    I meant to scare you, but the tables
    have turned and now I'm scared.
SIGN    Sakura
[17:46] MARUKO
    Now, that's perfect.
[17:49] SAKIKO
    Hey, what is this?
[17:52] SAKIKO
    Stop messing around.
[17:53] MARUKO
    No, don't do that!
[17:56] MARUKO
    This mirror might cause a catastrophe.
[17:59] MARUKO
    Are you ready for that?
[18:00] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[18:01] SAKIKO
    I had enough catastrophe
    with mirrors yesterday.
[18:06] SAKIKO
    There. How's that?
[18:07] SAKIKO
    Did it cause trouble?
[18:11] MARUKO
    No, it didn't.
[18:18] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis happened to be lucky,
    but I'm still afraid.
[18:24] MARUKO/I
    The scary book Nagasawa told me about...
[18:27] MARUKO/I
    I need to check it out at the library.
SIGN    Tomoe Shopping Street
SIGN    Beauty Salon Miyakami
[18:34] MARUKO
    Crap! So many mirrors!
[18:36] MARUKO
    I need to take a detour.
[18:46] MARUKO
    Scratch that, I'm not going to the library.
[18:50] MARUKO
    Hamaji, aren't you afraid of mirrors?
[18:55] HAMAJI
    It's my face that's reflected in the mirror.
[18:58] HAMAJI
    My face is funny, right?
[19:01] HAMAJI
    So I'm not so scared.
[19:03] MARUKO
    I see. You're lucky you've got a funny face.
[19:08] MARUKO
    What am I to do?
[19:11] HAMAJI
    Then why don't you put up a picture
    of a funny face on the mirror?
[19:17] HAMAJI
    Why not get close? Why not, why not?
[19:24] MARUKO
    You're right. I'll give it a try.
[19:27] TOMOZOU
    A funny face, huh?
[19:31] MARUKO
    It's not so easy, right?
[19:33] TOMOZOU
    Ah! Let me see...
[19:36] TOMOZOU
    Here. If you wear this, the face in the
    mirror will have the glasses and the nose.
[19:42] TOMOZOU
    And even if the ghost does show up,
[19:43] TOMOZOU
    a ghost wearing this won't
    be too scary, you know?
[19:49] TOMOZOU
    What do you think?
[19:50] MARUKO
    Yes, that might work.
[19:52] MARUKO
    I've got to hand it to you for having this
    silly glasses ready when you need it.
[19:55] MARUKO
    You're a genius!
[19:58] NARRATOR/I
    Sakura Tomozou, age 76,
    being praised for his silly glasses.
[20:05] SUMIRE
    Uncle Ichiro just called.
[20:09] SUMIRE
    He happens to be in the
    neighborhood, so he'll stop by.
[20:12] MARUKO
    Oh wow, it's been a while.
[20:14] SUMIRE
    Make sure no seaweed is stuck on your teeth.
[20:17] SUMIRE
    Go brush your teeth, okay?
[20:19] MARUKO
    Uh-huh, sure.
[20:23] SUMIRE
    This summer, Maruko has been drinking
    the green tea you gave us back in May.
[20:28] SUMIRE
    Even though it's hot. Right?
[20:31] MARUKO
    Because the tea you bring is so tasty.
[20:34] ICHIRO
    Is that so? That makes me happy.
[20:36] ICHIRO
    I'll bring it again.
[20:40] MARUKO
    Thank you, Uncle Ichiro.
[20:42] MARUKO/I
    I love green tea, of course,
    but I prefer cold juice right now.
[20:47] MARUKO/I
    If we get more tea right now,
    I'd have to drink more hot tea!
[20:54] MARUKO/I
    Stupid, stupid, stupid Maruko!
[20:58] ICHIRO
    Oh? Maru-chan, you got
    seaweed stuck on your teeth.
[21:04] SUMIRE
    Please, do come in.
[21:06] ICHIRO
    Thanks, then maybe just for a bit.
[21:16] ICHIRO
    Whoa?!
[21:20] ICHIRO
    That was a funny prank.
[21:23] SUMIRE
    Please excuse her...
[21:26] MARUKO/I
    She's mad...
SIGN    Sakura
[21:30] SUMIRE
    What were you thinking, putting the
    silly glasses up on the mirror?!
[21:34] MARUKO
    Because I was afraid of the mirror.
[21:37] SUMIRE
    Don't you know mirrors are
    used for warding off evil?
[21:39] SUMIRE
    It's nothing to be afraid of.
[21:41] SUMIRE
    And you had seaweed on your teeth...
    I told you to brush your teeth!
[21:45] MARUKO/I
    If angry Mom wears the silly
    glasses and looks into the mirror,
[21:49] MARUKO/I
    would she look hilarious or intimidating?
[21:53] SUMIRE
    Are you listening to me, Maruko?!
[21:58] NARRATOR/I
    "Mirror, mirror, on the wall,
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    please ward off evil and protect me
    from Mom's wrath," prayed Maruko.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Yamane, inspired by your hard work,
[22:18] MARUKO
    I'll be a female ninja and look for treasures.
[22:20] MARUKO
    The faceless monster is scary,
[22:22] MARUKO
    but wait for me as you drink the
    juice warmed up on Kosugi's tummy.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:27] MARUKO
    "Yamane's Intense Summer
    for His Stomach," and
SIGN    Yamane's Intense Summer for His Stomach Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle
[22:30] MARUKO
    "Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1442 - Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles/Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:01] MARUKO
    Miss, may I have one?
SIGN    Miss, may 
    I have one?
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Yamane's Intense Summer for His Stomach
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Yamane's Intense Summer for His Stomach."
[01:36] TAMAE
    Daruma-san has fallen... down!
[01:41] MARUKO
    Oops.
[01:44] TAMAE
    Ah, so good!
[01:46] MARUKO
    It's even better since we sweated a lot.
[01:49] YAMANE
    Kosugi-kun, if you would.
[01:50] KOSUGI
    Sure.
[01:52] KOSUGI
    Give me a sec.
[01:53] KOSUGI
    I'll warm it right up.
[01:57] MARUKO
    Having to drink warm juice on a day
    like this must be tough, Yamane.
[02:03] YAMANE
    It's not tough at all.
[02:05] YAMANE
    I do it because I want to.
[02:07] YAMANE
    I'm gonna be a man with strong
    stomach, like Jo Michiru.
[02:11] TAMAE
    Huh? Jo Michiru has a strong stomach?
[02:15] YAMANE
    Michiru is so healthy and shines like a star.
[02:19] YAMANE
    His stomach must be healthy and sparkly too!
[02:23] MICHIRU/I
    Take a look at my insides
[02:28] MICHIRU/I
    It's the color of happiness
[02:34] MARUKO
    Now that you mention it, you're right.
[02:36] TAMAE
    He does feel healthy and strong.
[02:38] KOSUGI
    Here you go.
[02:39] KOSUGI
    Order up for one lukewarm juice
    that's gentle on your tummy!
[02:43] YAMANE
    Thanks.
[02:44] YAMANE
    It's amazing, it's almost more
    warm than just lukewarm.
[02:48] MARUKO
    You're like a hot water bag.
[02:50] KOSUGI
    Yamane, whenever you need your
    juice to be lukewarm, I'm your man.
[02:54] KOSUGI
    You can use my belly whenever you need!
[02:57] YAMANE
    Yes, thank you.
[02:59] YAMANE'S MOM
    Tsuyoshi, food is ready.
[03:02] YAMANE'S MOM
    Look, "not-so-cold" noodle.
[03:05] YAMANE
    "Not-so-cold" noodle?
[03:07] YAMANE'S MOM
    I heated up the noodles and the sauce.
[03:09] YAMANE'S MOM
    And here is a "not-chilled" tofu.
[03:14] YAMANE
    "Not-chilled" tofu...
[03:16] YAMANE
    But this is boiled tofu.
[03:18] YAMANE'S MOM
    That is what it is, but if we call it
    boiled tofu on a hot day like this,
[03:23] YAMANE'S MOM
    it gets too hot, you know?
[03:26] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[03:30] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Maruko. Welcome home.
[03:32] MARUKO
    I'm back.
[03:34] MARUKO
    My gosh, how tiring from
    so early in the morning.
[03:36] MARUKO
    Because of the morning radio
    calisthenics at school,
[03:39] MARUKO
    I don't get any break during summer break.
[03:41] TOMOZOU
    Elementary school kids have it hard too.
[03:43] MARUKO
    All I want to do is sleep in.
[03:45] MARUKO
    I can't take it!
[03:47] TOMOZOU
    "I want to sleep in."
[03:50] TOMOZOU
    Only young ones can say those words.
[03:52] MARUKO
    Really?! Is that true?
[03:54] TOMOZOU
    When you get old, you can't stay
    asleep too long, so you wake up.
[03:58] MARUKO
    Is that so?
[03:59] TOMOZOU
    Being able to sleep endlessly is the
    specialty reserved for the youth.
[04:03] TOMOZOU
    You can oversleep only when you are young.
[04:05] TOMOZOU
    So Maruko, go head and oversleep
    all you want while you can!
[04:09] MARUKO
    Okay!
[04:11] NARRATOR/I
    Lazy Maruko needs no invitation to oversleep.
[04:17] MARUKO
    Yamane?
[04:19] YAMANE
    Oh, Sakura.
[04:20] YAMANE
    Good morning.
[04:22] TOMOZOU
    Morning, Yamane-kun.
[04:23] TOMOZOU
    Going jogging in the morning?
[04:25] TOMOZOU
    What a healthy, wonderful habit.
[04:28] YAMANE
    Oh no, I'm afraid I'm not healthy yet.
[04:32] MARUKO
    Yamane is striving to become a
    man of strong stomach, right?
[04:36] YAMANE
    Yeah. That's why I'm running in the morning
    and the evening for stomach health.
[04:40] TOMOZOU
    My word! You run twice
    a day for your stomach?
[04:44] TOMOZOU
    That's impressive.
[04:46] YAMANE
    Thank you very much.
[04:48] YAMANE
    See you!
[04:51] TOMOZOU
    How commendable of him to
    work so hard for his stomach.
[04:56] TOMOZOU
    I wish there's something I could
    do to help that young man.
[05:02] NARRATOR/I
    That afternoon...
SIGN    Ink
[05:06] MARUKO
    What should I write?
[05:08] TOMOZOU
    We're doing this to cheer up
    and support Yamane-kun.
[05:11] TOMOZOU
    It should be something that motivates
    him to do his best for his stomach.
[05:19] MARUKO
    How about this one?
[05:22] MARUKO
    Tada! What do you think?
SIGN    Run through!
    Yamane!!
[05:24] TOMOZOU
    "Run through! Yamane!!" huh?
[05:26] TOMOZOU
    That's beautiful.
[05:28] TOMOZOU
    It made me want to run along with Yamane-kun.
[05:32] MARUKO
    Yay!
[05:37] TOMOZOU
    Well, then I shall write, "stomach spirit."
[05:42] MARUKO
    What does it mean?
[05:44] TOMOZOU
    It means to pour out your spirit and
    do your best for your stomach.
[05:48] MARUKO
    Wow, that's fantastic.
[05:54] TOMOZOU
    Oh, there goes Yamane-kun.
[05:55] TOMOZOU
    Hooray, hooray, Yamane!
SIGN    Run through! Yamane!!
     Stomach Spirit
[05:59] TOMOZOU
    Go, go, Yamane!
[06:03] YAMANE
    Sakura. Even your grandfather...
[06:05] YAMANE
    Thank you so much.
[06:07] TOMOZOU
    Run through it, Yamane-kun.
[06:09] YAMANE
    Yes!
[06:10] YAMANE
    Did you make these for me?
[06:11] MARUKO
    Yup! Grandpa and I wrote it.
[06:14] YAMANE
    It's amazing.
SIGN    Stomach
    Spirit
[06:18] YAMANE
    Sakura.
[06:19] MARUKO
    What's up?
SIGN    Run through! Yamane!!
     Stomach Spirit
[06:21] YAMANE
    Please forgive me for asking you this
    despite your effort, but what does it say?
[06:26] YAMANE
    I can't read these letters.
SIGN    Stomach
    Spirit
SIGN    Sakura
[06:31] MARUKO
    I didn't write that.
[06:34] TOMOZOU
    Shocked!
[06:39] YAMANE
    You even had water ready for me.
[06:42] YAMANE
    You've done so much. I really appreciate it.
[06:45] TOMOZOU
    My pleasure.
[06:46] YAMANE
    Ah, nice and cool!
[06:49] TOMOZOU
    It was especially hot today, right?
[06:51] YAMANE
    Yes!
[06:53] YAMANE
    Michiru, thanks to Sakura,
    I think I can finish strong.
[06:58] MARUKO
    That's Jo Michiru.
[07:00] TOMOZOU
    He's a handsome guy who will
    look good by the beach.
[07:03] TOMOZOU
    He looks nice and cool,
    standing in the ocean breeze.
[07:07] YAMANE
    Doesn't he?
[07:08] YAMANE
    So on a day like today where there's no
    wind, I look at this and get energy from him.
[07:14] YAMANE
    Ideally, it would be amazing if
    I could run with Michiru by the beach.
[07:20] YAMANE
    Feeling the ocean breeze on our
    cheeks... I can only dream!
[07:23] YAMANE
    It must feel nice.
[07:25] MARUKO
    Ah yes, the ocean breeze is the best.
[07:28] MARUKO
    The beach would be nice. I haven't
    had the chance to go this year yet.
[07:32] YAMANE
    I don't think I can go this
    year, since my father is busy.
[07:37] TOMOZOU
    Is that so? That's too bad.
[07:40] YAMANE
    Must be nice.
[07:42] MARUKO
    Must be nice.
[07:44] TOMOZOU
    Then, shall I bring Maruko
    and Yamane-kun to the beach?
[07:49] MARUKO
    Wait, will you?
[07:50] TOMOZOU
    Yamane-kun, you should
    go running at the beach.
[07:53] TOMOZOU
    I'm sure you'll have a refreshing time.
[07:56] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, how about you go
    swimming at the beach?
[07:59] MARUKO
    Yay!
[08:01] TOMOZOU
    Yamane-kun, please ask your parents if it's
    okay for you to go to the beach with us.
[08:06] YAMANE
    Okay!
[08:08] NARRATOR/I
    A few days later...
[08:10] TOMOZOU
    The bus will be here soon.
SIGN    Bus
[08:12] MARUKO
    Yay!
[08:13] MARUKO
    Let's go to the beach!
[08:15] MARUKO
    Go, go, go...
[08:17] MARUKO
    Hm? Yamane, are you okay?
[08:19] YAMANE
    Yeah, since I'm running at the beach today,
[08:22] YAMANE
    I had a tad bit bigger breakfast than usual.
[08:26] YAMANE
    And then, my stomach...
[08:28] YAMANE
    But we have to get on the bus...
[08:31] TOMOZOU
    We can always take the next bus.
[08:34] TOMOZOU
    The priority is for you to feel better.
[08:37] YAMANE
    I'm okay! This is nothing.
[08:40] MARUKO
    But...
[08:41] YAMANE
    My stomach, don't you give
    up with something like this!
[08:44] MARUKO
    Yamane.
[08:45] TOMOZOU
    Yamane-kun, remember the stomach spirit!
[08:48] YAMANE
    Okay.
[08:51] YAMANE/I
    Bear with it. Please.
[08:54] YAMANE/I
    Come on! You can do this, my stomach!
[09:02] YAMANE
    No, I can't! Sorry, I need the restroom!
SIGN    Restroom
[09:09] MARUKO
    I hope Yamane is okay.
SIGN    Irie Shopping Street
[09:13] YAMANE
    I can't even handle a
    slightly bigger breakfast.
[09:18] YAMANE
    My stomach hasn't gotten any stronger.
[09:21] MARUKO
    There are days like that, Yamane.
[09:23] MARUKO
    Don't take it too hard.
[09:25] TOMOZOU
    That's right, Yamane-kun.
[09:27] TOMOZOU
    Worrying too much about your
    stomach is bad for your stomach.
[09:31] YAMANE
    Yes...
[09:32] TOMOZOU
    Not to worry!
[09:33] TOMOZOU
    I'll take you to the beach again!
[09:36] YAMANE
    But...
[09:37] MARUKO
    Don't push yourself too hard.
[09:39] MARUKO
    We'll try again, okay?
[09:42] KOSUGI
    Oh!
[09:43] MARUKO
    Kosugi.
[09:44] KOSUGI
    Hey.
[09:46] YAMANE
    Kosugi-kun, would you please
    eat my bento for me?
[09:51] KOSUGI
    What? Are you sure?
[09:52] YAMANE
    It's gently flavored for my stomach,
    so you may find it too bland.
[09:58] KOSUGI
    Oh, I don't care about that.
[10:00] KOSUGI
    Thanks, I'll savor every bite!
[10:02] YAMANE
    That's great!
[10:03] YAMANE
    I'm planning on eating rice porridge at home,
[10:06] YAMANE
    so if you can finish it, I'd appreciate it.
[10:08] KOSUGI
    Lucky me! I never expected I'd
    get to eat Yamane's bento.
[10:12] KOSUGI
    I'm glad I agreed to run my ma's
    errand even though it was a pain.
SIGN    Sakura
[10:18] NARRATOR/I
    That afternoon...
[10:20] TOMOZOU
    Eating bento like this is rather delightful.
[10:23] MARUKO
    Yes. Thank you for the meal!
[10:26] MARUKO
    Hey Grandpa, let's play pretend beach.
[10:29] TOMOZOU
    Okay!
[10:30] MARUKO
    Close your eyes.
[10:32] MARUKO
    We're at the beach! The sky is blue!
[10:36] MARUKO
    Splash! Splash!
[10:38] MARUKO
    Squawk! Squawk! Squawk!
[10:41] MARUKO
    Squawk! Squawk! Squawk!
[10:41] TOMOZOU
    Oh, the seagulls are at the beach.
[10:43] MARUKO
    Correct.
[10:45] MARUKO
    Splash... Splash... Splash!
[10:50] TOMOZOU
    Wow, this is amazing, Maruko!
[10:53] TOMOZOU
    It feels like we're actually at the beach!
[10:55] MARUKO
    Really?!
[10:58] MARUKO
    Here comes the sea breeze...
[11:03] MARUKO
    Here it is!
[11:04] TOMOZOU
    Ah, wonderful!
[11:06] TOMOZOU
    It's the real sea breeze.
[11:08] MARUKO
    Let's get into the water.
[11:11] MARUKO
    Splash!
[11:12] TOMOZOU
    Splash!
[11:15] MARUKO
    Let's swim.
[11:17] MARUKO
    Crawl.
[11:20] MARUKO
    Doggy paddle.
[11:22] TOMOZOU
    Woof, woof!
[11:23] TOMOZOU
    Woof, woof! Woof, woof!
[11:24] SUMIRE
    Maruko, have some barley tea.
[11:24] MARUKO
    Let's swim... Breaststroke!
[11:27] SUMIRE
    What are you doing?
[11:30] KOSUGI
    Your bento was great.
[11:32] KOSUGI
    Thanks a lot.
[11:33] KOSUGI
    And this... Here we go.
[11:36] KOSUGI
    It's a thank-you from my ma and me.
[11:39] KOSUGI
    You like your juice lukewarm, right?
[11:41] YAMANE
    Yes, thank you.
[11:43] KOSUGI
    Take care of your stomach!
[11:45] NARRATOR/I
    Even though he couldn't run on the beach,
    Kosugi's kindness warmed Yamane's heart.
SIGN    Good Business
SIGN    Safe & Peaceful
     Family
SIGN    Fortune
SIGN    Road Safety
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle
[12:00] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[12:01] MARUKO
    "Female Ninja Maruko Goes to Monster Castle."
[12:07] NARRATOR/I
    Once upon a time, there lived a family
    of ninja in the province of Suruga.
[12:17] MARUKO
    Ninja art of camouflage.
[12:24] MARUKO
    Ouch!
[12:25] SUMIRE
    You're ten years too early
    to try and sneak up behind me.
[12:28] MARUKO
    Oh boy...
[12:33] HIROSHI
    Maruko is still half baked.
[12:35] MARUKO
    That's not true.
[12:37] MARUKO
    I'm a full-fledged kunoichi, you know.
[12:40] NARRATOR/I
    "Kunoichi" means a female ninja.
[12:44] NARRATOR/I
    The kanji letter of "woman" is a
    combination of, "ku," "no," and "ichi,"
SIGN    Woman
SIGN    Ku
    
    
    
    
    
    No
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Ichi
[12:49] NARRATOR/I
    which is said to be the origin of why
    a female ninja is called a kunoichi.
[12:53] MARUKO
    And yet, my shurikens are
    made of origami paper.
[12:57] SUMIRE
    She practices throwing them every day,
    so maybe she's ready to use real ones?
[13:04] HIROSHI
    By practice, you mean...
[13:06] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Listen, Maruko.
[13:08] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Try and hit this target.
[13:09] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Aim well.
[13:11] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Okay.
[13:14] (Flashback) MARUKO
    There, there, there!
[13:18] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Hey, Maruko!
[13:19] (Flashback) HIROSHI
    Where do you think you're aiming at?
[13:21] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Sorry, my bad!
[13:23] HIROSHI
    I couldn't possibly trust her with
    real ones; it's too dangerous.
[13:28] MARUKO
    Why not?!
[13:30] MARUKO
    My sword is made of bamboo, no less.
[13:32] MARUKO
    This is just a children's toy.
[13:34] NARRATOR/I
    And you are unmistakably a child.
[13:37] HIROSHI
    Do you really want real ninja tools?
[13:41] MARUKO
    I do.
[13:42] HIROSHI
    Then I have a condition.
[13:44] MARUKO
    What is it?
[13:45] HIROSHI
    You know the deserted castle
    on the outskirts of the town?
[13:49] MARUKO
    Huh? You mean the monster castle?
[13:52] HIROSHI
    That's right.
[13:53] HIROSHI
    And there's a rumor that treasures
    are hidden inside that castle.
[13:59] HIROSHI
    If you bring back the treasures, I'll
    acknowledge you as a full-fledged kunoichi.
[14:04] MARUKO
    Seriously? Even though there
    may be monsters there?
[14:08] HIROSHI
    If you can use ninja arts properly,
    you shouldn't be scared of monsters.
[14:13] TOMOZOU
    Then I, Sakura Tomozou, shall help you!
[14:17] TOMOZOU
    Any objections, Hiroshi?
[14:19] HIROSHI
    You're not gonna be any help
    anyhow, so sure, why not?
[14:23] MARUKO
    You will, Grandpa?!
[14:26] TOMOZOU
    Maruko!
[14:41] MARUKO
    So that's the monster castle.
[14:43] TOMOZOU
    It's creepy.
[14:45] MARUKO
    Let's go, Grandpa.
[14:47] TOMOZOU
    Yes, lets, Maruko.
[14:50] MARUKO
    Ninja art of flying squirrel.
[14:58] MARUKO
    Huh? What are those?
[15:01] TOMOZOU
    Will-o'-wisps!
[15:03] MARUKO
    What?!
[15:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa, are you okay?
[15:17] MARUKO
    Are you hurt?
[15:18] TOMOZOU
    Somehow, I'm fine.
[15:20] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, how about you?
[15:22] MARUKO
    Yes, I'm okay.
[15:24] TOMOZOU
    We've managed to sneak in.
[15:27] MARUKO
    But this castle creeps me out.
[15:30] MARUKO
    Maybe there really are monsters here.
[15:33] TOMOZOU
    There were will-o'-wisps, so most likely.
[15:36] MARUKO
    Shall we go home?
[15:38] TOMOZOU
    Good idea.
[15:40] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Stealthily, silently, walking on tiptoe...
[15:44] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Stealthily, silently—
[15:46] MARUKO
    S-Stop. I see someone!
[15:51] TOMOZOU
    It doesn't seem like a monster.
[15:53] TOMOZOU
    Shall we ask where the exit is?
[15:55] MARUKO
    Okay.
[15:56] TOMOZOU
    Excuse me.
[15:58] NAKANO
    Y-Yes?!
[16:02] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    A monster!
[16:07] MARUKO
    Wh-Wh-Wh-What was that?!
[16:09] TOMOZOU
    He's a no-face!
[16:11] MARUKO
    I knew there would be monsters!
[16:16] MARUKO
    There's another one.
[16:17] TOMOZOU
    Are you also a monster, sister?
[16:21] NOGUCHI
    Can I help you, mister?
[16:24] MARUKO
    Is it snow that's flurrying around her?
[16:27] TOMOZOU
    Do you happen to be a snow woman?
[16:30] NOGUCHI
    That's right, I am a snow woman.
[16:33] NOGUCHI
    I can freeze anything with my breath.
[16:36] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Holy smoke!
[16:38] NOGUCHI
    No it's not, it's icy breath.
[16:41] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Huh?
[16:51] NOGUCHI
    Man, my breath is lukewarm since it's summer.
[16:55] MARUKO
    Grandpa, now's our chance.
[16:57] TOMOZOU
    Let's run!
[17:02] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    No face!
[17:07] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Snow woman!
[17:10] MARUKO
    Wh-What do we do?
[17:12] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, a pond!
[17:14] TOMOZOU
    Let's just jump into it for now!
[17:16] MARUKO
    Got it!
[17:17] TOMOZOU
    Ninja art of water escape!
[17:32] TOMOZOU
    That was close!
[17:34] MARUKO
    We're safe for now.
[17:37] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    A kappa?!
[17:39] YAMADA
    Hey, do you want to play sumo with me?
[17:42] NARRATOR/I
    Kappa is a monster who likes to play sumo.
[17:46] YAMADA
    Are you ready? Go!
[17:52] YAMADA
    You've got to help me!
[17:54] YAMADA
    I can't swim!
[17:55] MARUKO
    What? Even though you're a kappa?
[17:58] TOMOZOU
    That's one silly kappa.
[18:01] MARUKO
    I'm sorry, but help yourself with this!
[18:04] TOMOZOU
    Sorry!
[18:12] MARUKO
    We ended up in front of the castle?!
[18:14] NAKANO
    E-Excuse me!
[18:16] NAKANO
    Please wait!
[18:18] NOGUCHI
    Hold on, hold on!
[18:20] YAMADA
    I want you to wait!
[18:22] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    They found us!
[18:29] FUJIKI
    Wh-Who are you?! Intruders!
[18:31] MARUKO
    Is she also a monster?
[18:34] TOMOZOU
    Um, she looks like a normal human.
[18:41] MARUKO
    Her neck is getting longer...
[18:43] TOMOZOU
    L-L-L-Long-neck woman!
[18:48] FUJIKI
    I can't get it any longer than this...
[18:51] MARUKO
    Your neck isn't that long.
[18:54] TOMOZOU
    Are you really a long-neck woman?
[18:57] FUJIKI
    It's my complex! Please don't point it out!
[19:01] NAKANO
    We're so sorry to bother you again.
[19:04] MARUKO
    You guys don't know when to give up!
[19:06] TOMOZOU
    You monsters!
[19:09] NAKANO
    P-Please wait!
[19:13] TOMOZOU
    Th-There is...
[19:14] MARUKO
    ...a face?!
[19:15] NAKANO
    We don't mean to cause you any harm!
[19:21] MARUKO
    Half-fledged monsters?
[19:24] NAKANO
    Y-Yes.
[19:26] NAKANO
    For some reason, even though I was born
    to a family of no face, I have a face!
[19:35] NAKANO
    Snow woman doesn't do well in summer
    and can't produce freezing breath.
[19:40] NAKANO
    And Kappa isn't good at swimming,
    even though he's a kappa.
[19:46] NAKANO
    Long-neck woman can only
    elongate her neck this much.
[19:51] FUJIKI
    Oh boy...
[19:52] NAKANO
    Monsters' job is to scare humans.
[19:57] NAKANO
    But we're not scary at all.
[20:00] FUJIKI
    That's why we live secretly in
    an abandoned castle like this.
[20:05] MARUKO
    I had no idea.
[20:07] TOMOZOU
    It's rather sad to hear.
[20:09] MARUKO
    Right. But all I can say is good luck.
[20:12] TOMOZOU
    By the way, Maruko.
[20:13] TOMOZOU
    Don't you need to find the treasures?
[20:15] MARUKO
    You're right!
[20:16] MARUKO
    Hey, is it true that treasures
    are hidden in this castle?
[20:20] NAKANO
    Treasures?
[20:22] MARUKO
    Yes. I have to bring them home.
[20:26] NAKANO
    Do you know of any treasures?
[20:28] NOGUCHI
    No idea. No idea.
[20:30] YAMADA
    I don't know, either.
[20:32] FUJIKI
    Maybe they're talking about that.
[20:35] MARUKO
    Which is?
[20:37] MARUKO
    Huh? This is the treasure?
[20:40] FUJIKI
    I found this in the secret
    chamber the other day.
[20:43] NAKANO
    N-No way!
[20:46] NAKANO
    Th-This is a legendary crystal ball
    that increases your magical power
[20:51] NAKANO
    and helps you become a full-fledged monster!
[20:53] ALL
    What?!
[20:55] NOGUCHI
    So it really does exist.
[21:32] NAKANO
    N-Now we can live as full-fledged monsters.
[21:37] MARUKO
    Don't scare people too much.
[21:40] TOMOZOU
    Be well!
[21:41] NAKANO
    Thank you very much! Take care!
[21:42] FUJIKI
    Bye! See you!
[21:45] TOMOZOU
    We couldn't bring back
    the treasure, after all.
[21:49] MARUKO
    But it would make no sense for us
    to become full-fledged monsters.
[21:54] NARRATOR/I
    And thus, the problem of the
    monster castle was solved.
[21:58] NARRATOR/I
    However, since Maruko didn't
    bring back the treasure,
[21:59] MARUKO
    Real ninja tools... I want
    to use real ninja tools!
[22:01] NARRATOR/I
    she will have to wait until she
    can use real ninja tools.
[22:07] MARUKO
    Oh boy...
SIGN    Good Business
SIGN    Safe & Peaceful
     Family
SIGN    Fortune
SIGN    Road Safety
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    We went on an excursion,
[22:17] MARUKO
    but nothing good came of it.
     Even the bicycle chain came off.
[22:21] MARUKO
    I should have stayed home
[22:22] MARUKO
    and read the really scary book on
    curses I borrowed from Noguchi-san.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:27] MARUKO
    "Maruko and Big Sis Go on a
    Bicycle Excursion," and
SIGN    Maruko and Big Sis Go on a Bicycle Excursion Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
[22:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1443 - Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles/Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] TAMAE
    Everyone, over here!
[00:02] TAMAE
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Maruko and Big Sis Go on an Excursion on Bicycles."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:38] MARUKO
    We're going to the department
    store in Shizuoka!
[01:41] MARUKO
    I'm so excited!
[01:42] TOMOZOU
    Are you going shopping?
[01:42] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[01:44] MARUKO
    No, this is happening there.
[01:47] TOMOZOU
    Hm, "Craft Time for Parents and Children:
    Creating Fashion Accessories with Beads."
[01:52] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[01:53] TOMOZOU
    So you're going too, Mom?
[01:55] SUMIRE
    Yes, she's been pleading with me to take her.
[01:59] MARUKO
    Naturally. It's summer break.
[02:02] MARUKO
    It's parents' responsibility to
    take your children places.
[02:05] MARUKO
    All right then, I'm going to bed.
[02:08] SAKIKO
    Huh?! Even though it's still eight o'clock?
[02:12] MARUKO
    I don't want to oversleep tomorrow.
[02:12] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[02:13] MARUKO
    Good night.
[02:16] TOMOZOU
    She must be really looking forward to it.
[02:20] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
SIGN    Sakura
[02:21] MARUKO
    Huh?!
[02:23] MARUKO
    What do you mean you're
    expecting a visitor now?!
[02:26] SUMIRE
    I got a phone call this morning.
[02:28] MARUKO
    Then what about the department store?!
[02:30] SUMIRE
    I'm sorry, but maybe some other time.
[02:32] MARUKO
    When is that exactly?
[02:35] SUMIRE
    Um, like next week or the week after that?
[02:39] MARUKO
    Then "Creating Fashion Accessories
    with Beads" will be over!
[02:43] SUMIRE
    There's nothing I can do.
[02:45] SUMIRE
    I'm disappointed too, you know.
[02:47] SUMIRE
    Anyhow, we'll do it some other time.
[02:49] MARUKO
    This can't be happening.
[02:58] MARUKO
    Man, today of all days,
[03:00] MARUKO
    Grandpa and Grandma are out for
    the seniors' association business.
[03:05] MARUKO/I
    "Today of all days"
[03:06] MARUKO/I
    "I wanted you to be here"
[03:07] MARUKO/I
    "Oh, Grandpa"
[03:10] MARUKO
    Ah, department store...
[03:12] SAKIKO
    What can we do?
[03:13] SAKIKO
    You can't attend without a guardian.
[03:16] MARUKO
    No, I wanna go!
[03:17] MARUKO
    I want to go somewhere!
[03:22] MARUKO
    Oh, I know!
[03:23] MARUKO
    Big Sis, do you want to go
    somewhere with the two of us?
[03:26] SAKIKO
    Huh?! Alone with you?!
[03:29] MARUKO
    Yes! I don't care if it's
    a mountain or a beach.
[03:33] SAKIKO
    Oh, that reminds me.
[03:35] SAKIKO
    Yoshiko-san said there's a
    wind chime festival happening.
[03:39] MARUKO
    A wind chime festival?
[03:40] SAKIKO
    Yes, in the next town
    over, until the evening.
[03:43] MARUKO
    All right! Then after lunch, let's go there!
[03:55] SAKIKO
    Hey, Maruko.
[03:56] SAKIKO
    Don't ride right next to me.
[03:58] MARUKO
    Why not?
[03:59] SAKIKO
    It's dangerous when a car drives by.
[04:01] MARUKO
    Yeah, sure.
[04:05] MARUKO
    Look, Big Sis!
[04:09] MARUKO
    There are pretty flowers over there!
[04:12] SAKIKO
    Oh yeah?
[04:12] MARUKO
    Let's go check them out.
[04:14] SAKIKO
    What are you talking about?
[04:16] SAKIKO
    The wind chime festival will
    be over if we take a detour.
[04:19] MARUKO
    Why not, why not? Just a little bit.
[04:26] MARUKO
    So beautiful!
[04:28] SAKIKO
    Hibiscus has no scent.
[04:30] MARUKO
    Huh? They don't?
[04:33] SAKIKO
    Yup.
[04:36] MARUKO
    You're right.
[04:37] MARUKO
    I don't smell anything.
[04:38] NAGASAWA
    Sakura.
[04:39] MARUKO
    Oh, Nagasawa.
[04:42] NAGASAWA
    Hello, Sakura's big sister.
[04:44] SAKIKO
    Hello.
[04:45] MARUKO
    What are you doing here?
[04:47] NAGASAWA
    Homework for the summer break.
[04:49] NAGASAWA
    I was going to draw for the
    Arts and Crafts assignment.
[04:52] MARUKO
    How diligent of you!
[04:54] MARUKO
    Why not take a break during the summer break?
[04:57] NAGASAWA
    Sakura, are you aware that the summer
    break will be over in about two weeks?
[05:04] NAGASAWA
    Knowing you, I bet you're planning
    on doing everything on the last day.
[05:10] NAGASAWA
    It must be a lot of work for you
    to help her every year, big sister.
[05:19] MARUKO
    Jeez, Nagasawa had to go
    and ruin my fun outing.
[05:24] SAKIKO
    What? Nagasawa-kun only spoke the truth.
[05:28] MARUKO
    Hmph.
[05:29] MARUKO
    Oh.
[05:33] SAKIKO
    What is it this time?
[05:35] MARUKO
    There's a huge tree over there.
[05:38] MARUKO
    Let's take a break there!
[05:41] SAKIKO
    Huh?! We just took a break!
[05:43] MARUKO
    Please, it's a hydration break this time.
[05:47] MARUKO
    It's so hot today, we'll dry
    up if we don't drink something.
[05:51] SAKIKO
    You do know how to talk your way into things.
[06:00] MARUKO
    It feels lovely.
[06:02] SAKIKO
    I know.
[06:11] SAKIKO
    Th-There's a cicada... on your hat...
[06:15] SAKIKO
    C-Cicada...
[06:23] SAKIKO
    I'm so glad it flew away.
[06:27] MARUKO
    Seriously.
[06:29] SAKIKO
    Shall we get going?
[06:31] MARUKO
    Yeah.
[06:35] SAKIKO
    Huh?
[06:36] MARUKO
    Big Sis?
[06:38] SAKIKO
    Um, which way do we go?
[06:42] SAKIKO
    This way? Or that way?
[06:52] MARUKO
    You're the older one, so get it together.
[06:56] SAKIKO
    Huh?! This wouldn't have happened
    if you didn't take a detour!
[07:00] SAKIKO
    If you hadn't, we would've been there by now.
[07:02] MARUKO
    Oh please, you were drinking
    it appreciatively.
[07:06] SAKIKO
    I was going along with you
    because I had no choice!
[07:13] MARUKO/I
    This isn't good.
[07:14] MARUKO/I
    At this rate, the wind chime festival will
    be over while we're wandering around.
[07:23] MARUKO/I
    Let's ask that person for directions...
[07:26] MARUKO/I
    O-Or should we? He kinda looks scary.
[07:36] SAKIKO
    E-Excuse me!
[07:39] SAKIKO
    We're trying to go to
    the wind chime festival.
[07:41] SAKIKO
    Do you know where the shrine is?
[07:43] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis...
[07:47] MAN
    Oh yeah. It's over there.
[07:51] SAKIKO
    Thank you!
[07:53] MAN
    Have fun.
[07:55] SAKIKO
    Let's go, Maruko.
[07:57] MARUKO
    O-Okay.
[07:59] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis is amazing, talking to
    a scary-looking guy like that.
[08:10] MARUKO
    Big Sis, there's a stray dog!
[08:12] SAKIKO
    Oh no! No way!
[08:17] MARUKO
    Big Sis, this way!
[08:24] MARUKO
    We're safe.
[08:26] SAKIKO
    Th-Thank you.
[08:28] MARUKO
    I-It's nothing.
[08:29] MARUKO
    H-Huh?
[08:33] SAKIKO
    Gosh, your chain came off, didn't it?
[08:36] MARUKO
    You think so?
[08:40] SAKIKO
    Yeah, it did.
[08:41] SAKIKO
    We're nowhere. What do we do?
[08:44] HIDEKI
    What's the matter?
[08:47] SAKIKO
    W-Well, her bicycle chain came off.
[08:51] HIDEKI
    Let me take a look.
[08:55] HIDEKI
    Oh yeah, you're right
[08:57] HIDEKI
    Come with us.
[09:02] SAKIKO
    I'm sorry for troubling you.
[09:04] HIDEKI'S FRIEND
    No worries.
[09:05] HIDEKI'S FRIEND
    Hideki's good at fixing stuff.
[09:07] SAKIKO
    H-Hideki?!
[09:11] SAKIKO
    Your name is Hideki?
[09:14] HIDEKI
    Yeah.
[09:15] SAKIKO
    Hideki...
[09:18] MARUKO/I
    Big Sis, I know exactly what's going
    through your mind right now.
[09:24] SAKIKO
    H-Hideki, the same name as
    my beloved Saijo Hideki!
[09:30] SAKIKO
    Oh my! Anyone named Hideki
    is bound to be a saint!
[09:36] HIDEKI
    There, now it's all fixed.
[09:38] SAKIKO
    Thank you so much, Hideki-san.
[09:43] SAKIKO
    Thank you so much, Hideki-san!
[09:45] HIDEKI
    Don't mention it.
[09:49] MARUKO
    Big Sis.
[09:51] SAKIKO
    Yeah?
[09:54] MARUKO
    Thanks for asking that scary
    person for directions earlier.
[09:59] SAKIKO
    Wh-Why bring that up now?
[10:01] MARUKO
    I remembered that I didn't thank you for it.
[10:05] SAKIKO
    It's fine.
[10:06] SAKIKO
    I'm the older one, like you said.
[10:09] MARUKO
    Don't be like that.
[10:13] SAKIKO
    Okay, let's go.
[10:14] MARUKO
    Yes!
[10:27] SAKIKO
    They're so pretty.
[10:28] MARUKO
    For sure.
[10:30] SAKIKO
    Maruko, close your eyes.
[10:32] MARUKO
    Huh? Okay.
[10:45] MARUKO
    Big Sis.
[10:46] SAKIKO
    Hm?
[10:47] MARUKO
    Let's come here again.
[10:50] SAKIKO
    Sure.
SIGN    Sakura
[10:57] SUMIRE
    Really, they were beautiful, huh?
[10:57] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[11:00] MARUKO
    Yes. They were so colorful and cute!
[11:03] SAKIKO
    My favorite was blue.
[11:05] MARUKO
    Mine was yellow.
[11:07] SAKIKO
    And the clear one too.
[11:09] HIROSHI
    And you got to meet a nice Hideki.
[11:12] SAKIKO
    I know! He was so nice!
[11:15] MARUKO
    Big Sis was acting all flirty.
[11:18] SAKIKO
    I was not!
[11:19] SAKIKO
    He had the same name, so
    I was happy. That's all!
[11:23] TOMOZOU/I
    "Anyone with"
[11:25] TOMOZOU/I
    "The name of Hideki is"
[11:26] TOMOZOU/I
    "A good person"
[11:28] SAKIKO
    Jeez, not you too, Grandpa.
[11:28] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[11:31] HIROSHI
    Sounds like you had a great day.
[11:34] MARUKO/SAKIKO
    Yes!
[11:36] SUMIRE
    Maybe it was for the best that we
    didn't go to the department store.
[11:39] MARUKO/SAKIKO
    Huh?
[11:40] SUMIRE
    Oh, nothing. Don't mind me. Right?
[11:44] HIROSHI
    Yeah.
[11:47] NARRATOR/I
    A little adventure on a summer day.
[11:49] NARRATOR/I
    It turned out to be a memorable day
    with the two sisters working together.
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read
[12:01] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[12:02] MARUKO
    "Maruko is Scared but Wants to Read."
[12:13] NOGUCHI
    Yesterday, my brother
    screamed out of the blue
[12:17] NOGUCHI
    while reading a manga he got from someone.
[12:19] MARUKO/TAMAE
    What?
[12:20] TAMAE
    What happened?
[12:21] NOGUCHI
    Apparently, the manga was too scary.
[12:26] FUJIKI
    There is a manga that scary?
[12:29] MARUKO
    Noguchi-san, did you read it too?
[12:32] NOGUCHI
    Yes. Since there were some
    difficult kanji letters,
[12:36] NOGUCHI
    I asked Grandpa to read it for me.
[12:40] NOGUCHI
    A cursed monster of the darkest
    black eats humans one after another.
[12:46] NOGUCHI
    It's scary.
[12:49] FUJIKI
    I don't like it.
[12:50] MARUKO
    But I kind of want to read it.
[12:52] TAMAE
    What?!
[12:54] NOGUCHI
    Sure, my brother gave it to
    me, so you can borrow it.
[12:58] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, are you sure about this?
[13:01] MARUKO
    Curiosity got the best of me.
[13:03] FUJIKI
    I don't want to read it.
[13:06] MARUKO
    Oh, Sasayama-san.
[13:13] FUJIKI
    On second thought, maybe I'll give it a try.
[13:16] MARUKO
    I know what you were thinking.
[13:17] MARUKO
    You thought, "I don't want
    Sasayama-san to think I'm a wuss."
SIGN    Noguchi
SIGN    The Cursed Girl in the Dark
[13:28] MARUKO
    It's got more punch than I expected.
[13:31] NOGUCHI
    You changed your mind?
[13:32] MARUKO
    Oh, I'll read it...
[13:35] MARUKO
    Thank you.
SIGN    Sakura
[13:44] MARUKO
    It's only sitting there,
    but it gives me creeps.
[13:49] MARUKO
    Kuma-chan, please protect me from the curse.
[13:53] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
SIGN    Sakura
[14:01] SUMIRE
    Oh my.
SIGN    The Cursed Girl in the Dark
[14:05] SUMIRE
    What is this?
[14:06] SUMIRE
    It's creepy.
SIGN    Sakura
[14:08] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[14:12] MARUKO
    Huh? Kuma-chan's missing.
[14:18] MARUKO
    What? Why?
[14:21] MARUKO
    Don't tell me it's the curse!
[14:25] SUMIRE
    I moved it to vacuum the room.
[14:30] MARUKO
    I'm glad.
[14:33] MARUKO
    Grandpa.
[14:35] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[14:36] MARUKO
    Do you want to read a manga together?
[14:38] MARUKO
    There are some kanji letters I can't read.
[14:40] TOMOZOU
    Sure thing.
SIGN    The Cursed Girl in the Dark
[14:43] TOMOZOU
    Th-This looks... rather bad for my heart.
[14:48] MARUKO
    Then you can't?
[14:50] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, I'll read it.
[14:53] TOMOZOU
    Oh, I will read it!
[14:56] TOMOZOU
    "The cursed monster hid itself around here."
[15:01] TOMOZOU
    What, a monster?!
[15:03] TOMOZOU
    I mean... "From the darkness,
    a girl called out,
[15:08] TOMOZOU
    'What are you doing?' so I turned
    around. And there it is—"
[15:14] SAKIKO
    What are you reading?
[15:17] SUMIRE
    What is it?!
[15:18] SUMIRE
    What's wrong?!
[15:20] MARUKO
    You scared us, jeez!
[15:22] SAKIKO
    I didn't mean to do that.
[15:25] SAKIKO
    You scared yourself!
[15:27] SUMIRE
    Stop reading that, now!
[15:30] MARUKO
    It's a story of a cursed monster.
[15:33] MARUKO
    What if I get cursed for returning
    the book without reading it...
SIGN    Sakura
[15:38] HIROSHI
    It's a manga, right?
[15:40] HIROSHI
    There's no need for you to be that scared.
[15:43] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[15:43] MARUKO
    Dad, if you aren't scared of it,
    can you read it with me later?
[15:48] HIROSHI
    Sure, I can do that.
[15:50] HIROSHI
    Bring it on.
[15:52] HIROSHI
    "It ran into the closet.
    Okay, let's sneak up to it."
[15:59] HIROSHI
    "Rattle rattle rattle!"
[16:03] MARUKO
    Ouch!
[16:06] HIROSHI
    I'm a good reader, right?
[16:08] MARUKO
    Dad, you meanie!
[16:09] MARUKO
    I hit my leg!
[16:11] SUMIRE
    You two, enough!
[16:15] MARUKO/HIROSHI
    Okay.
[16:16] MARUKO
    It's over, I'm done!
[16:18] MARUKO
    Can I leave this here because it's scary?
[16:22] MARUKO
    I'll give it to Fujiki tomorrow.
[16:25] SUMIRE
    Okay, fine.
SIGN    Sakura
[16:29] HIROSHI
    I wonder what happens in the end.
[16:33] SUMIRE
    Who knows?
[16:33] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[16:34] SUMIRE
    I'll go take a bath.
[16:37] HIROSHI
    Hold on, do you want to read it with me?
[16:40] SUMIRE
    Huh?
[16:42] SUMIRE
    What, are you scared?
[16:44] HIROSHI
    That's not true, but come on. Sit down.
[16:49] SUMIRE
    Okay.
[16:57] TOMOZOU/I
    Look at the love birds.
[17:02] TOMOZOU/I
    Oh no! If I sneeze now,
    I'll destroy this nice mood!
[17:10] HIROSHI
    Hm? Did you hear a noise just now?
[17:14] SUMIRE
    I don't know...
[17:21] HIROSHI
    Oh, I didn't know you were there, Grandpa.
[17:24] TOMOZOU
    I didn't want to interfere
    with the nice mood.
[17:29] SUMIRE
    I'm going to take a bath.
[17:32] HIROSHI
    I guess I'll go to bed.
[17:36] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
SIGN    Fujiki
[17:38] FUJIKI
    Sakura, thank you.
[17:39] MARUKO
    I was on my way to the library
    anyhow, so no worries.
[17:43] FUJIKI
    You haven't finished reading, right?
[17:45] MARUKO
    That's right.
[17:47] MARUKO
    I'd love to have read it,
    but it's just too scary.
[17:51] FUJIKI
    Then, would you like to read it with me?
[17:54] FUJIKI
    I'd rather not read it alone.
[17:57] MARUKO
    What? It's really scary, so reading
    with just the two of us won't help.
[18:02] MARUKO
    There are difficult letters too.
[18:04] FUJIKI
    We can skip the parts we can't read.
[18:07] MARUKO
    Oh, okay.
[18:09] FUJIKI
    Shall we invite someone else?
[18:11] MARUKO
    Good idea.
[18:13] MARUKO
    Someone like Ohno-kun or Sugiyama-kun
    would be good to have.
[18:18] KOSUGI
    I can eat as much as I want, right?
[18:21] KOSUGI
    Thanks a lot, Fujiki.
[18:23] FUJIKI
    I said you could eat them if you
    read the scary manga with us.
[18:29] KOSUGI
    Digging in!
[18:33] KOSUGI
    So good!
[18:35] YAMADA
    What kind of scary manga is it?
[18:38] YAMADA
    I'm looking forward to it!
[18:39] MARUKO
    Spoken like someone who's oblivious to fear.
[18:42] FUJIKI
    I'll be skipping the parts I can't read.
[18:46] FUJIKI
    Is that okay for you?
[18:47] KOSUGI
    Sure, I don't care.
[18:50] FUJIKI
    Are you ready?
SIGN    The cursed monster hid 
    itself around here!
[18:51] FUJIKI
    "The... hid it-itself...a...around... here."
[19:05] MARUKO
    It says, "The cursed monster
    hid itself  around here."
[19:09] MARUKO
    "Cursed" is one thing,
[19:11] MARUKO
    but you should be able to read words like
    "monster," which we've already learned.
[19:16] YAMADA
    Sakura, you're smart.
[19:19] KOSUGI
    Do it quickly, or I'll finish eating.
[19:22] FUJIKI
    What?
[19:24] YAMADA
    Look! A tea stalk is floating upright!
[19:26] YAMADA
    You see, in my tea?
[19:28] YAMADA
    Yay! Yay! Such good luck!
[19:31] MARUKO
    Good for you.
[19:33] FUJIKI
    "D-Don't come here. I know you're a monster."
[19:37] KOSUGI
    Hey, I finished eating the
    snack, so I'm going home.
[19:42] FUJIKI
    What?! At least stay until I finish reading!
[19:46] MARUKO
    Exactly, stay!
[19:48] KOSUGI
    But I'm hungry.
[19:52] MARUKO
    After eating that much snack?
[19:57] YAMADA
    Kosugi-kun, you eat like a monster.
SIGN    Fujiki
[20:03] MARUKO
    We somehow managed to finish reading.
[20:05] YAMADA
    I didn't get it at all, but it was fun!
[20:11] KOSUGI
    Okay, let's go home.
[20:13] KOSUGI
    I'm starving.
[20:14] MARUKO
    Kosugi, if you aren't scared, then
    would you walk with me to my house?
[20:19] KOSUGI
    What? It's still bright
    out, but you're scared?
[20:24] MARUKO
    Well, it's... I don't want something
    to attack me out of nowhere.
[20:30] KOSUGI
    I guess I can walk with you.
[20:32] MARUKO
    See you, Fujiki.
[20:34] MARUKO
    Thank you for having me.
[20:37] FUJIKI
    I'll go, too.
[20:39] MARUKO
    Huh? Why?
[20:41] FUJIKI
    Because I'm scared to stay home alone.
[20:44] MARUKO
    I see.
[20:46] MARUKO
    Then why don't you stop by
    Noguchi-san's and return the manga?
[20:50] FUJIKI
    Yeah, I'll do that.
[20:54] NOGUCHI
    How do you do?
[20:58] MARUKO
    Oh, Noguchi-san.
[21:00] MARUKO
    Please, don't scare us like that.
[21:04] NOGUCHI
    Did you read that manga by any chance?
[21:07] MARUKO
    Yeah, we were on our way to return it to you.
[21:12] NOGUCHI
    Was it scary?
[21:14] MARUKO
    It was, but there were many
    kanji letters we couldn't read,
[21:17] MARUKO
    so we only got half of the story.
[21:21] NOGUCHI
    Oh yeah? Then would you
    like to come to my house?
[21:24] MARUKO
    Huh?
[21:25] NOGUCHI
    We can ask my grandpa to read it.
[21:29] MARUKO
    Oh, but it's getting late,
    and I'd hate to bother him.
[21:32] MARUKO
    You know, and uh, looks like it's
    going to rain too. Right, Fujiki?
[21:38] FUJIKI
    Y-Yes. I hate to bother him.
[21:42] NOGUCHI
    Don't be shy.
[21:45] YAMADA
    Sakura, Fujiki-kun, good for you.
[21:48] YAMADA
    Okay, my house is this way. Bye-bye!
[21:51] KOSUGI
    I'm heading home too. See you!
[21:54] MARUKO
    Oh wait, hold up—
[21:58] NOGUCHI
    This is exciting, huh?
[22:02] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko and Fujiki-kun's scary
    manga was just beginning.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    An eerie cry draws near Tama-chan.
[22:18] MARUKO
    Dad, if you're off from work and
    have nothing to do, please help me.
[22:21] MARUKO
    We'll use this paper pistol
    to chase away the ghost bird.
[22:24] MARUKO
    But, but I'm still scared!
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:28] MARUKO
    "Dad's Holiday," and "Maruko
    is Afraid of the Ghost Bird."
SIGN    Dad's Holiday Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1444 - Dad's Holiday / Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] HANAWA
    Hey there, babies.
[00:02] HANAWA
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Dad's Holiday
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Dad's Holiday."
[01:38] MARUKO
    Oh man. Big Sis went out, so I'm bored.
[01:44] TOMOZOU
    Then how about taking a walk with me?
[01:47] MARUKO
    In this rain? I don't wanna go.
[01:50] TOMOZOU
    I see...
[01:53] MARUKO
    Oh.
[01:54] MARUKO
    Mom, what's for lunch?
[01:57] MARUKO
    I could really use an unexpected joy.
[02:00] SUMIRE
    It's cold somen noodles.
[02:01] MARUKO
    What? Not again!
[02:04] SUMIRE
    It's cold somen noodles.
[02:05] MARUKO
    Can't you at least make it flowing noodles?
[02:09] SUMIRE
    I can't.
[02:14] MARUKO
    Dad!
[02:16] MARUKO
    Do you want to play with me once in a while?
[02:19] HIROSHI
    No, thanks. I'm busy.
[02:21] MARUKO
    Busy? Your book is upside down, and
    you were napping just a minute ago.
[02:29] NARRATOR/I
    Hiroshi, why do you tell such an obvious lie?
[02:33] HIROSHI
    I just want to chill out on my day off.
[02:36] HIROSHI
    I don't have time to play.
[02:38] MARUKO
    You say that, but your time
    with me is running out.
[02:44] MARUKO
    My cute childhood will be over in a flash.
[02:47] HIROSHI
    Okay...
[02:49] MARUKO
    How about playing horsey?
[02:52] HIROSHI
    That sounds tiring...
[02:52] MARUKO
    Yay! Yay!
[02:54] MARUKO
    Then how about playing house?
[02:57] HIROSHI
    "Have a good day," "I'm home."
[02:59] HIROSHI
    I do that every day. No thanks.
[03:03] MARUKO
    Then read me a book.
[03:05] HIROSHI
    I'm not interested.
[03:08] MARUKO
    What's your idea of play and fun?
[03:13] HIROSHI
    Drinking, fishing, and
    watching baseball, of course.
[03:20] HIROSHI
    I'm an adult, and you're a child.
[03:23] HIROSHI
    We live in different worlds.
[03:25] HIROSHI
    You'd better give up.
[03:28] MARUKO
    Is there something we can play inside
    the house that Dad might enjoy?
[03:34] TOMOZOU
    How about a game of moving
    beans with your chopsticks?
[03:38] MARUKO
    Wow, what is that? Is it fun?
[03:40] TOMOZOU
    Moving slippery beans from the
    right plate to the left one
[03:46] TOMOZOU
    requires fine motor skills,
    and it's good for your brain.
[03:50] TOMOZOU
    They told me at the seniors' association.
[03:52] MARUKO
    Oh yeah?
[03:53] TOMOZOU
    Once you're done moving them from
    right to left, then do left to right.
[03:57] TOMOZOU
    You can play it endlessly.
[03:59] TOMOZOU
    What do you think?
[04:01] MARUKO
    I don't want to do that.
[04:04] MARUKO
    You can do it by yourself if
    that's what you want to do.
[04:12] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Hiroshi.
[04:13] TOMOZOU
    Do you want to move beans
    from right to left with me?
[04:18] HIROSHI
    Huh? Beans?
[04:19] TOMOZOU
    Right to left, then left to right.
[04:22] TOMOZOU
    It'll be fun.
[04:23] HIROSHI
    I don't wanna do that.
[04:29] MARUKO
    H-Hey, I saw boys do it at school before.
[04:33] MARUKO
    How about making a paper
    pistol with newspaper?
[04:37] MARUKO
    The one that makes a bang noise.
[04:40] TOMOZOU
    Oh, that one!
[04:42] MARUKO
    You won't sweat, it's not playing
    house, and it's not reading a book.
[04:47] MARUKO
    Let's make a loud bang
    with gusto and have fun!
[04:50] MARUKO
    What do you say, Dad?
[04:52] HIROSHI
    No thanks! I'm watching the news right now.
[04:57] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, I'll make it with you.
[05:01] MARUKO
    Okay!
[05:04] MARUKO
    Hm? How does it go next?
[05:08] TOMOZOU
    Let's see... I don't remember...
[05:11] MARUKO
    Um... That's strange.
[05:14] HIROSHI
    Not like that. Open it once and
    fold the corner into a triangle.
[05:19] MARUKO
    Um, which means what?
[05:22] HIROSHI
    You're hopeless. Let me.
[05:26] MARUKO
    It's done!
[05:32] MARUKO
    Wow! It's fun!
[05:34] MARUKO
    It might be fun to use this with
    chants when someone is singing?
[05:38] TOMOZOU
    Oh, I see.
[05:40] MARUKO
    Grandpa, sing something for us.
[05:43] MARUKO
    How about Hideki's song?
[05:45] MARUKO
    Dad, we'll hype it up with chants.
[05:49] TOMOZOU/I
    If it's what you desire
[05:53] MARUKO
    Tomozou!
[05:54] MARUKO
    Hey Dad, you do it too.
[05:58] HIROSHI
    Gosh, what a bother.
[06:00] TOMOZOU/I
    If it's what you desire
[06:03] MARUKO
    Tomo!
[06:04] HIROSHI
    Zou...
[06:05] TOMOZOU/I
    I don't mind giving you my life
[06:08] MARUKO
    Tomo!
[06:09] HIROSHI
    Zou...
[06:11] SAKIKO
    Shut up!
[06:14] MARUKO
    Oh Big Sis, you're back.
[06:16] SAKIKO
    Don't interject weird stuff in Hideki's song!
[06:19] MARUKO/HIROSHI/TOMOZOU
    O-Okay...
[06:22] MARUKO
    Oh! Dad, let's make shaved ice!
[06:25] HIROSHI
    Yeah, I want to eat it,
    but it's too much work.
[06:29] MARUKO
    It'll cool you down.
[06:31] HIROSHI
    Unless your role is "only eating,"
    making shaved ice is a lot of work.
[06:36] HIROSHI
    It'll make me even hotter.
[06:38] MARUKO
    But the shaved ice after you
    sweat would taste even better.
[06:43] TV REPORTER/I
    Wow, so cold! So yummy!
[06:46] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[06:48] HIROSHI
    Okay, fine. Let's do it.
[06:50] MARUKO
    Yay! All right!
[06:58] HIROSHI
    Here you go.
[07:00] MARUKO
    Wow, thank you.
[07:03] SAKIKO
    Hey Dad, I want some too.
[07:06] TOMOZOU
    Me too!
[07:10] HIROSHI
    This is all I get after
    the hard work I put in?
[07:14] MARUKO
    Dad, let me pour you some syrup.
[07:16] HIROSHI
    No, thanks.
SIGN    Sake Fujizakari
[07:21] HIROSHI
    I'm going to use this.
[07:24] MARUKO
    Oh, sake.
[07:30] HIROSHI
    So good! This is the best.
[07:35] HIROSHI
    Maybe I'll take a nap.
[07:37] MARUKO
    Good idea.
[07:39] SUMIRE
    Dad, I'm thinking about replacing
    the paper of the shoji screen.
[07:42] HIROSHI
    Huh? We did that at the end of last year.
[07:45] SUMIRE
    We did, but one of the screens
    has a light stain at the bottom,
[07:50] SUMIRE
    and it's been bothering me.
[07:52] HIROSHI
    Is that so?
[07:53] SUMIRE
    I have to run some errands, so
    do you mind doing it for me?
[07:56] HIROSHI
    Who, me? Right now?
[07:59] SUMIRE
    The paper gets stretchier on
    a rainy day, so it's perfect.
[08:02] HIROSHI
    What? I didn't even notice the stain, though.
[08:06] HIROSHI
    Plus, Maruko and I were
    going to take a nap now.
[08:10] HIROSHI
    Right?
[08:11] MARUKO
    Yup, that's right.
[08:13] HIROSHI
    See?
[08:14] HIROSHI
    Let's wait for the next rainy day.
[08:18] SUMIRE
    Maruko, if you help replace the screen
    right now, I'll give you 30 yen.
[08:23] MARUKO
    Really?! Then I'll do it!
[08:25] HIROSHI
    You traitor!
[08:27] MARUKO
    Hehehe, you'll have to forgive me, master.
[08:31] HIROSHI
    What a bother.
[08:33] SUMIRE
    Since we're replacing it, go
    ahead and rip the paper off.
[08:43] SUMIRE
    Huh?! You ripped that one too?!
[08:46] SUMIRE
    Only Maruko's side needed replacing.
[08:49] SUMIRE
    I said, "one of the screens"!
[08:51] HIROSHI
    Did you?
[08:53] SUMIRE
    I guess we'll have to replace both.
[08:58] MARUKO
    We're done!
[09:00] MARUKO
    It's too late to take a nap.
[09:02] HIROSHI
    It stopped raining too.
[09:04] HIROSHI
    Maybe I'll go take a walk on
    my way to get some cigarettes.
[09:07] HIROSHI
    Maruko, you want to come with me?
[09:09] MARUKO
    Yes, I'll come!
[09:10] SUMIRE
    Can you buy oil and flour while you're at it?
[09:14] SUMIRE
    I need a little more to make tempura.
[09:16] HIROSHI
    Sure.
[09:19] HIROSHI
    It's still bright out.
[09:22] MARUKO
    The sky after rain is pretty.
[09:25] MARUKO
    Hm?
[09:27] MARUKO
    Dad, melons are on sale today.
[09:30] HIROSHI
    You're right.
[09:32] MARUKO
    Can we get it, please?
[09:36] HIROSHI
    It's heavier than I thought.
[09:38] MARUKO
    Hooray, hooray, Dad!
[09:41] HIROSHI
    Aren't you a smooth talker?
[09:46] MARUKO
    Aw, aw, aw!
[09:48] HIROSHI
    Are you okay?
[09:49] MARUKO
    My foot!
[09:53] HIROSHI
    Want a piggyback ride?
[09:54] GIRL
    Up! Up!
[09:55] WOMAN
    My my, aren't you spoiled?
[09:58] MARUKO
    I'm fine. I can walk.
[10:02] MARUKO
    Ouch...
[10:06] MARUKO
    I said I'm fine.
[10:10] HIROSHI
    You've gotten heavy.
[10:12] MARUKO
    I bet it's the melon.
[10:15] HIROSHI
    Then should we return it?
[10:18] MARUKO
    Huh?! No! You can't do that!
[10:20] HIROSHI
    All right.
[10:25] HIROSHI
    It was my day off, but I didn't
    really do anything special.
[10:28] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[10:31] MARUKO
    What are you talking about, Dad?!
[10:33] MARUKO
    We made shaved ice,
[10:36] MARUKO
    replaced shoji screens,
    and then bought a melon.
[10:41] MARUKO
    Plus a piggyback ride.
[10:44] MARUKO
    We did a lot of things. It was fun.
[10:48] HIROSHI
    Is that so?
[10:55] MARUKO
    So tasty.
[10:57] SUMIRE
    When I was looking for the
    shoji paper, I found fireworks.
SIGN    Family Size Fireworks
[11:01] SUMIRE
    Do you want to try them?
[11:14] HIROSHI
    I didn't do anything special today, but I'm
    glad that the kids seem to have had fun.
[11:21] SUMIRE
    That's true. We have fresh
    paper on our shoji screens too.
[11:26] HIROSHI
    What's up?
[11:27] MARUKO
    I'm thirsty, so I came to get some water.
[11:32] MARUKO
    Oh, fireworks!
[11:35] MARUKO
    Can I watch?
[11:38] HIROSHI
    Just for a while.
[11:42] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[11:42] NARRATOR/I
    Although it was short, staying
    up late with her parents
[11:47] NARRATOR/I
    was a happy conclusion to her day off.
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird
[11:56] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[11:57] MARUKO
    "Maruko is Afraid of the Ghost Bird."
[12:02] MAN/I
    In the middle of my trip, I was taking
    a break at the base of a tree.
[12:09] MAN/I
    Suddenly, I heard... a strange
    voice coming from somewhere.
[12:24] MAN
    Did I imagine it?
[12:39] TAMAE'S MOM
    Tamae?!
[12:41] TAMAE'S MOM
    What's wrong?!
[12:42] TAMAE
    Mom!
[12:48] TAMAE/TAMAE'S MOM
    A s-stink bug?!
[13:03] TAMAE'S MOM
    O-Open the window!
[13:04] TAMAE
    S-Sure!
[13:12] TAMAE
    Thank you, Mom.
[13:14] TAMAE
    Jeez, that scared me.
[13:16] TAMAE'S MOM
    I was scared too.
[13:18] TAMAE'S MOM
    I'm glad we managed it without your dad.
[13:22] TAMAE
    Is Dad working late again?
[13:25] TAMAE'S MOM
    He'll be busy for a while longer.
[13:28] TAMAE
    I see...
SIGN    Sakura
[13:46] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[13:47] SAKIKO
    Maruko, Tama-chan's on the phone!
[13:51] MARUKO
    Hello?
[13:52] TAMAE/I
    Oh, Maru-chan!
[13:54] TAMAE/I
    I'm sorry, I know we promised to play today,
[13:57] TAMAE/I
    but something's come up and
    I have to watch the house.
[14:00] MARUKO
    Oh, Okay. Not much we can do about that.
[14:06] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, were you still
    asleep by any chance?
[14:09] TAMAE
    It's almost noon.
[14:11] MARUKO
    Huh?
[14:14] MARUKO
    I couldn't really get to sleep because of
    the ghost special program on TV last night.
[14:19] TAMAE/I
    Oh, the ghost special.
[14:21] MARUKO
    Yesterday's "Ghost Bird" was frightening.
[14:25] MARUKO
    It cries with such an eerie
    voice, "Creak, creak."
[14:33] MARUKO
    But something like that
    doesn't exist in real life,
[14:36] MARUKO
    so it's all right.
[14:40] MARUKO
    Tama-chan?
[14:43] TAMAE
    Well, the thing is...
[14:46] SAKIKO
    Jeez, what a lazy bun.
[14:50] SUMIRE
    After you eat, make sure
    you do your homework.
[14:53] MARUKO
    Oh no, I don't have time for that.
[14:55] MARUKO
    After I eat, I need to
    go to Tama-chan's place.
[14:58] SUMIRE
    You can play after you
    finish today's homework.
[15:01] MARUKO
    Oh please, I'm not going there to play.
[15:04] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/TOMOZOU
    What?!
[15:06] MARUKO
    Apparently there was a Ghost
    Bird at Tama-chan's house.
[15:09] SAKIKO/SUMIRE/TOMOZOU
    What?!
[15:11] TAMAE/I
    I heard it last night.
[15:14] TAMAE
    "Creak, creak," just like you did.
[15:18] TAMAE
    It was kind of creepy.
[15:22] MARUKO
    I-Is that so?
[15:25] MARUKO
    Tama-chan has to watch the house alone today!
[15:30] MARUKO
    It's her emergency.
[15:33] TOMOZOU
    My goodness! That's not good!
[15:35] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[15:35] TOMOZOU
    Okay Maruko, I'm coming with you!
[15:40] TOMOZOU
    Oh no, this is also an emergency!
[15:42] SUMIRE
    Are you all right?
[15:43] TOMOZOU
    My bad.
[15:45] MARUKO
    Grandpa...
[15:47] NARRATOR/I
    "Bringing him would be useless."
[15:50] NARRATOR/I
    That's what Maruko thought.
[15:54] MARUKO/I
    But what could be causing the noise?
[15:57] MARUKO/I
    Obviously, a ghost can't exist for real.
[16:02] MARUKO/I
    Hm?
[16:19] MARUKO/I
    Wait, don't tell me...
[16:22] MARUKO/I
    This reminds me...
[16:23] (Flashback) MAN
    Someone's coming to get me.
[16:26] (Flashback) MAN
    I had that lingering feeling.
[16:36] MARUKO
    No, no, no way!
[16:40] P-CHAN'S OWNER
    What was that?
[16:42] P-CHAN'S OWNER
    P-chan! So that's where you were hiding!
[16:45] P-CHAN'S OWNER
    I've been looking for you, P-chan!
[16:51] MARUKO
    H-H-Hello!
[16:52] TAMAE
    Welcome!
[16:54] TAMAE
    What's the matter?
[16:56] MARUKO
    Nothing.
[16:58] MARUKO
    Did you hear any more voices after that?
[17:00] TAMAE
    No. I was half asleep, so
    I must have imagined it.
[17:04] MARUKO
    Okay, that's good to hear.
[17:07] MARUKO
    By golly, we both have so many dresses
    we don't know what to do with.
[17:12] MARUKO
    I know, perhaps I'll have some
    of them altered for Francois.
[17:16] TAMAE
    So your daughter's name is Francois.
[17:21] MARUKO
    Oh, please. Francois is my dog.
[17:24] TAMAE
    I-Is that so?
[17:27] MARUKO
    I've had enough of playing with dolls.
[17:30] TAMAE
    Then shall we play something else?
[17:36] TAMAE
    J-Jeez, that was scary, huh?
[17:38] MARUKO
    Th-That was a wind, wasn't it?
[17:40] TAMAE
    Yeah, it was just some wind.
[17:43] MARUKO
    I know, right?
[17:48] (Flashback) MAN
    It's just wind. It's got to be.
[17:59] TAMAE
    Do you want to play tiddlywinks next?
[18:01] MARUKO
    Huh? Oh, Sure.
[18:03] TAMAE
    I played it with my mom yesterday.
[18:06] TAMAE
    It's downstairs, so I'll go grab it.
[18:08] MARUKO/I
    Don't leave me alone right now.
[18:11] MARUKO
    You don't have to go!
[18:14] TAMAE
    Huh?
[18:14] MARUKO
    Let's keep on playing with dolls.
[18:16] TAMAE
    But you said you had enough...
[18:18] MARUKO
    Not enough at all!
[18:20] MARUKO
    I just want to play with
    dolls as long as we can.
[18:24] TAMAE
    As long as we can?
[18:25] MARUKO
    Yes. Forever.
[18:27] TAMAE
    Forever?
[18:29] MARUKO
    Ma'am.
[18:30] TAMAE
    Oh my.
[18:31] MARUKO
    Ma'am.
[18:32] TAMAE
    Oh my.
[18:34] MARUKO
    Ma'am.
[18:35] TAMAE
    Oh my.
[18:37] MARUKO
    Ma'am.
[18:38] TAMAE
    Oh my.
[18:41] TAMAE
    Shall we play, then?
[18:45] TAMAE
    But let me go use the bathroom first.
[18:47] MARUKO
    What?!
[18:49] NARRATOR/I
    She couldn't say "no" to using the bathroom.
[18:51] NARRATOR/I
    Maruko had no choice but to watch her go.
[19:03] MARUKO/I
    I-It's gotten dark all of a sudden.
[19:07] MARUKO
    Wh-What's on the menu tonight?
[19:10] MARUKO
    Ma'am, we have sushi, tempura, beef
    steak, and pudding for dessert tonight.
[19:19] MARUKO
    Thunder?!
[19:20] MARUKO
    Please stop it!
[19:22] MARUKO
    An elegant drama with madams will
    turn into a suspenseful thriller!
[19:44] MARUKO
    Gh-Ghost Bird...
[19:51] MARUKO
    H-Help me!
[19:58] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, are you okay?!
[20:00] TAMAE'S MOM
    What's wrong?!
[20:03] TAMAE
    Mom!
[20:04] MARUKO
    Ouch...
[20:06] TAMAE'S MOM
    Maru-chan.
[20:08] TAMAE'S MOM
    Ghost Bird, huh?
[20:10] TAMAE'S MOM
    "Creak, creak"...
[20:14] TAMAE'S MOM
    It could be!
[20:19] TAMAE
    This is it!
[20:20] MARUKO
    The Ghost Bird!
[20:22] TAMAE'S MOM
    I'm sorry.
[20:24] TAMAE'S MOM
    The hinge of the door is creaky.
[20:27] TAMAE'S MOM
    I'll add some oil to it.
[20:29] TAMAE
    Then what I heard last night...
[20:31] TAMAE'S MOM
    Maybe your dad used this room last night?
[20:36] MARUKO
    I see.
[20:38] TAMAE'S MOM
    I almost forgot.
[20:39] TAMAE'S MOM
    I bought some cakes.
[20:40] TAMAE'S MOM
    It's time for snacks.
[20:42] MARUKO
    Cakes? Yay!
[20:44] MARUKO
    Thank you very much!
[20:48] TAMAE/I
    But what was Dad doing
    there so late at night?
[20:54] MARUKO
    Tama-chan.
[20:55] TAMAE
    Hm?
[20:56] MARUKO
    Anything wrong?
[20:57] TAMAE
    Oh no, it's nothing.
[20:59] TAMAE
    Let's go.
[21:00] MARUKO
    Yeah.
[21:03] NARRATOR/I
    Here is... what happened last night.
[21:12] TAMAE'S DAD/I
    Good night, Tamae.
[21:14] TAMAE'S DAD/I
    Have a good dream.
[21:22] TAMAE'S DAD/I
    Good, now that I recharged my
    Tamae power, I'll work a bit more!
[21:31] TAMAE'S DAD/I
    Oops! Quietly, so I won't wake her up...
[21:39] NARRATOR/I
    And that night...
[21:42] TAMAE'S DAD
    I'm home.
SIGN    Dad, Thank you for your work
[21:44] TAMAE'S MOM
    Here you go.
[21:47] TAMAE'S DAD
    I-Is this...
[21:52] TAMAE'S DAD
    My hard work was worth it!
[21:56] NARRATOR/I
    Tama-chan's dad is overcome with
    emotion by Tama-chan's message.
[21:59] TAMAE'S DAD
    I'm happy!
[22:00] NARRATOR/I
    His passionate yell confused Tama-chan
    even more than the Ghost Bird.
[22:00] TAMAE'S DAD
    I'm happy!
[22:03] TAMAE'S DAD
    I'm so happy!
[22:06] TAMAE'S DAD
    Man, I'm so happy!
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    My gosh, what do I do?!
[22:16] MARUKO
    Mom's new shoes...
[22:19] MARUKO
    Oh, I know. I didn't do this.
[22:21] MARUKO
    That huge mouth chomped
    on them, so they broke.
[22:25] MARUKO
    It was the alligator's fault.
[22:27] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
SIGN    There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River Mom's High Heels
[22:29] MARUKO
    "There's an Alligator in the Tomoe
    River," and "Mom's High Heels."
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!

E1445 - There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River / Mom's High Heels
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] MARUKO
    Hi everyone, gather around!
[00:02] MARUKO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River?!
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
SIGN    Oden
[01:30] MARUKO
    "There's an Alligator in the Tomoe River?!"
SIGN    Africa - The Nile
[01:36] TV REPORTER/I
    Nile crocodiles have sharp teeth.
[01:39] TV REPORTER/I
    Big ones can reach up to six meters long.
[01:42] MARUKO
    They're six meters long?
[01:42] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[01:44] MARUKO
    So big.
[01:46] TV REPORTER/I
    And its bite force is over one ton.
[01:49] TV REPORTER/I
    Which equals something that weighs one ton.
[01:54] MARUKO
    One ton? I wonder how heavy it is.
[01:57] MARUKO
    How many of you would it be?
[02:00] SUMIRE/I
    Why are you using me as an example?
[02:03] TOMOZOU
    Anyhow, one bite by something like
    that, and you're dead as a doornail.
[02:08] MARUKO
    You're right. It's terrifying.
[02:11] MARUKO
    Oh, but I read a book with an
    alligator in it the other day.
[02:15] SAKIKO
    You did?
[02:16] MARUKO
    Yeah.
[02:18] MARUKO
    It was a story called
    "An Alligator and a Bird."
[02:22] MARUKO
    When an alligator yawns, a bird flies
    by and perches inside its mouth.
[02:27] TOMOZOU
    What?!
[02:28] TOMOZOU
    Then the bird is going to get eaten!
[02:28] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[02:31] MARUKO
    You'd think that, right?
[02:33] MARUKO
    But the gator keeps its mouth open.
[02:35] TOMOZOU
    Huh? Why?
[02:38] MARUKO
    Turns out, the bird is eating the
    food stuck in the gator's teeth.
[02:43] MARUKO
    The gator is letting the bird
    clean its mouth, you see?
[02:47] TOMOZOU
    I see, so that's how it was.
[02:50] SAKIKO
    That changes my impression of an alligator.
[02:53] TV REPORTER/I
    The Egyptian plovers are also
    known as the crocodile birds.
[02:57] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[02:57] SAKIKO
    Maybe the bird you read about is this one.
[03:00] MARUKO
    It might be.
[03:01] TV REPORTER/I
    It is said that Egyptian plovers
    go into the crocodile's mouth
[03:04] TV REPORTER/I
    and remove the food stuck between its teeth.
[03:08] MARUKO
    So they actually do that.
[03:10] MARUKO
    I'm jealous that the gators
    don't have to brush their teeth.
[03:13] MARUKO
    I wish they did mine too.
[03:20] SUMIRE
    Jeez, how lazy is this child?
[03:24] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[03:25] TV REPORTER/I
    However, such behavior has
    not been observed in reality.
[03:30] MARUKO
    O-Okay, I see.
SIGN    Sakura
[03:32] SAKIKO
    I guess it is what it is.
SIGN    Shimizu City Library
[03:36] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[03:38] MARUKO
    It's hot again today.
[03:40] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, why don't we cool
    down at the library for a bit?
[03:43] TAMAE
    Good idea, let's do that.
[03:46] MARUO
    Oh, if it isn't Sakura-san and Honami-san.
[03:48] MARUKO
    Maruo-kun.
[03:50] MARUO
    How rare it is to meet you at
    a place like this, Sakura-san.
[03:54] MARUO
    I didn't know you read books.
[03:56] MARUKO
    How rude. I do read books sometimes.
[04:00] MARUKO
    I did come here for some
    cool air today though.
[04:03] MARUKO
    Oh, Fujiki.
[04:05] FUJIKI
    Hey.
[04:06] MARUKO
    What's the matter?
[04:07] MARUKO
    You kind of look depressed.
[04:10] FUJIKI
    Right. I just happen to overhear
    the boys from the next class.
[04:15] MARUKO
    What? Tell us.
[04:17] FUJIKI
    Apparently, there's an
    alligator in the Tomoe river.
[04:20] MARUKO/TAMAE/MARUO
    What?!
[04:22] MARUKO
    Is that true?
[04:24] FUJIKI
    I only overheard it.
[04:26] FUJIKI
    They mentioned someone saw
    it, or didn't see it...
[04:29] MARUKO
    Did they see it?
[04:30] TAMAE
    Or didn't they?
[04:32] MARUO
    Indeed, which one is it?
[04:34] FUJIKI
    I-It's not like I saw it!
[04:38] MARUKO
    I thought alligators were in
    rivers in other countries.
[04:41] TAMAE
    Right. I don't think they live in Japan.
[04:44] MARUO
    Yes, indeed! There's no way there's
    an alligator in the Tomoe river.
[04:49] MARUO
    However, it is true that there
    is such a rumor, correct?
[04:52] FUJIKI
    Yes, I guess...
[04:53] MARUO
    That means, there must be
    people who are worried.
[04:58] MARUO
    As a class representative,
    I cannot overlook this matter!
SIGN    Class
    Representative
[05:02] TAMAE
    What?! Then what will you do?
[05:05] MARUO
    I will reassure people by proving that
    there is no alligator in the Tomoe river.
[05:11] MARUKO
    Oh yeah? I think that's great.
[05:13] MARUKO
    Good luck.
[05:14] MARUO
    Huh?
[05:15] TAMAE
    Yeah.
[05:15] FUJIKI
    We're counting on you.
[05:17] MARUO
    P-Please wait for a moment!
[05:19] MARUKO/TAMAE/FUJIKI
    Huh?
[05:20] MARUO
    You're not going to help me?
[05:23] MARUKO
    Why should we?
[05:25] MARUO
    Please don't say that.
[05:27] MARUO
    Let us go together.
[05:29] MARUO
    If, although unlikely, there is an alligator
    and I get attacked, what will you do?!
[05:36] MARUO
    Please help me!
[05:40] TAMAE
    Maru-chan, maybe we can go with him.
[05:46] FUJIKI
    I'm curious too.
[05:48] FUJIKI
    Let's go check it out.
[05:50] MARUKO
    Okay, let's do that.
[05:53] MARUO
    Wow, that's reassuring!
[05:55] MARUO
    Well then! Let us form an investigation team!
[05:59] MARUKO/TAMAE/FUJIKI
    Investigation team?
[06:00] MARUO
    Indeed. Let's take "su" from Sueo,
    "ta" from Tamae, "mo" from Momoko,
[06:06] MARUO
    and "shi" from Shigeru, and let's
    call it Sutamoshi investigation team!
SIGN    Sutamoshi Investigation Team
SIGN    Sutamoshi Investigation Team
[06:15] MARUO
    Well then, let us commence the investigation
    of Sutamoshi investigation team, indeed!
SIGN    Sutamoshi Investigation Team
SIGN    Sutamoshi Investigation Team
SIGN    Sutamoshi Investigation Team
[06:20] MARUO
    Oh, I came here to return my books.
[06:25] MARUO
    We should do some research on alligators
    prior to our investigation.
[06:29] MARUO
    Let's see, "Alligators live in tropical and
    subtropical rivers, lakes, and marshes."
[06:36] MARUO
    Which means they can't be in the Tomoe river.
[06:40] MARUKO
    I know, right?
[06:42] MARUKO
    Maybe it ran away from the zoo?
[06:45] TAMAE
    If that's the case, it would all over the TV.
[06:49] MARUKO
    You're right.
[06:50] FUJIKI
    I saw someone keeping an
    alligator as a pet on TV.
[06:54] FUJIKI
    Would it be possible that
    a pet alligator escaped?
[06:58] MARUO
    That is a possibility.
[07:02] MARUO
    It seems it would be wise to be prepared.
[07:06] MARUKO
    It says so right here that their
    biting strength is one ton.
[07:10] MARUO
    H-H-Holy moly! One ton, you said?!
[07:13] FUJIKI
    But check this out.
[07:15] FUJIKI
    The opening force of an alligator's mouth
SIGN    Gator Note
SIGN    The opening force of an
    alligator's mouth is weaker than a 
    human hand grabbing something!
[07:17] FUJIKI
    is weaker than a human
    hand grabbing something.
[07:20] TAMAE
    I didn't know that.
[07:22] MARUO
    Indeed, we have found the
    alligator's weakness.
[07:27] MARUO
    If we can bind its mouth
    with a rope or something
[07:31] MARUO
    before it has a chance to
    open it, we'll be safe.
[07:34] MARUKO
    You might be right, but who's gonna do it?
[07:38] MARUO
    Th-That's...
[07:41] FUJIKI
    I-I'm not going to do it!
[07:44] FUJIKI
    I don't know if it'll be helpful,
[07:46] FUJIKI
    but do you want to pick up my fishing
    net from my house before heading there?
[07:50] MARUO
    All right, then.
[07:52] MARUO
    Let us find the alligator first.
[08:03] MARUO
    May I ask you a question?
[08:05] MARUO
    Have you heard a rumor that an alligator
    has been sighted around here?
[08:09] CHILD 1
    An alligator?
[08:10] CHILD 1
    I haven't heard anything.
[08:11] CHILD 2
    Me neither.
[08:12] MARUO
    Is that so?
[08:14] MARUKO
    I guess it's not here.
[08:16] TAMAE
    Right.
[08:18] CHILD 3
    I've seen an alligator.
[08:20] MARUKO/TAMAE/MARUO/FUJIKI
    What?!
[08:21] MARUKO
    Is that true?
[08:22] CHILD 3
    There's a zoo with alligators.
[08:25] MARUKO
    A zoo with alligators?
[08:27] FUJIKI
    Oh yeah, I think there's a zoo with lots
    of alligators is in the Izu area.
[08:33] TAMAE
    Is that so?
[08:35] MARUKO
    A zoo full of alligators is a bit scary.
[08:39] MARUO
    It might be possible due to
    the warm climate of Shizuoka.
[08:43] MARUO
    Which means...
[08:45] MARUO
    it's not too crazy to assume that an
    alligator has settled down in Tomoe river.
[08:51] MARUKO
    What?
[08:58] MARUKO
    Alligator!
[09:02] MARUO
    Y-You said an alligator?!
[09:08] MARUO
    M-M-My glasses!
[09:12] TAMAE
    Maruo-kun, are you okay?!
[09:15] MARUO
    M-My glasses, where are my glasses?
[09:17] MARUKO
    Maruo-kun, the alligator!
[09:19] MARUO
    G-Gator! Gator! Gator! Where is it?!
[09:20] MARUKO
    Maruo-kun, calm down!
[09:23] MARUO
    Gator! Gator! Gator! Where is it?!
[09:24] TAMAE
    Look at that!
[09:26] TAMAE
    Is that... a log?
[09:29] FUJIKI
    Jeez, it's not an alligator.
[09:32] MARUO
    Gator, gator, gator, gator!
[09:34] MARUKO
    Maruo-kun, Maruo-kun!
[09:39] MARUO
    So it was just a log.
[09:41] MARUKO
    I knew it. There's no alligator here.
[09:44] FUJIKI
    You're right.
[09:46] MARUKO
    Fujiki, you tried to run to
    safety by yourself, didn't you?
[09:52] TAMAE
    If that's true, that's a bit cowardly of you.
[09:55] FUJIKI
    P-Please, I only took a small step back.
[10:01] MARUO
    We must not let our guard down.
[10:03] MARUO
    Let us continue our patrol.
[10:18] CHILD 4
    I just saw an alligator.
[10:20] MARUKO/TAMAE/MARUO/FUJIKI
    What?!
[10:21] MARUKO
    Wh-Where did you see it?
[10:24] CHILD 4
    Over there.
[10:29] CHILD 4
    Right there.
SIGN    It's DANGEROUS after the rain!!
[10:33] MARUKO
    It's... a sign?
[10:37] MARUO
    It says, "It's dangerous after the rain."
[10:42] TAMAE
    It warns us about the higher
    water level of the river.
[10:45] KAWADA
    Hello.
[10:48] KAWADA
    The river can be dangerous after the
    rain since the current is strong.
SIGN    It's DANGEROUS after the rain!!
[10:52] KAWADA
    So I made this sign.
[10:54] MARUKO
    You drew this alligator too, Kawada-san?
[10:57] KAWADA
    Y-Yes, but I couldn't really draw well.
[11:01] TAMAE
    Maybe the kids who saw this talked about
    an alligator, and the rumor spread?
SIGN    It's DANGEROUS after the rain!!
[11:07] FUJIKI
    This alligator is pretty scary.
[11:10] KAWADA
    If that's the case, I kind of feel bad.
[11:20] TAMAE
    L-Lizard!
[11:25] NARRATOR/I
    And the case was closed on
    the whole alligator business.
[11:29] NARRATOR/I
    Sutamoshi investigation team was disbanded.
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Oden
SIGN    Mom's High Heels
[11:40] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[11:41] MARUKO
    "Mom's High Heels."
SIGN    Sakura
[11:51] MOM
    I bought these.
[11:53] MOM
    I'm going to wear them to the
    reunion that's coming up.
[11:56] MOM
    What do you think?
[11:59] MOM
    The shop staff said that high
    heels could make you look slim.
[12:06] MARUKO
    She fell for the smooth
    talk by the shop staff.
[12:10] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    I-I mean...
[12:12] TOMOZOU
    Yumi Kaoru!
SIGN    Yumi
    Kaoru
[12:14] TOMOZOU
    You look just like Yumi Kaoru, Mom!
SIGN    Sakura
    Sumire
[12:21] TOMOZOU
    Right, Maruko?
[12:23] MARUKO
    Oh yeah, totally.
[12:25] SUMIRE
    Oh please, you flatter me.
[12:28] TOMOZOU
    Oh no, the shop staff was right!
[12:31] TOMOZOU
    Right, Maruko?!
[12:32] MARUKO
    Yes, totally.
[12:35] SUMIRE
    Flattery isn't gonna get you anywhere.
[12:41] MARUKO
    Wow, we've got yokan bean jelly, Grandpa.
[12:45] TOMOZOU
    Yes, thanks to Yumi Kaoru, perhaps?
[12:48] MARUKO
    It doesn't hurt to try
    out a compliment or two.
[12:53] NARRATOR/I
    The day before the reunion...
SIGN    Sakura
[12:59] MARUKO
    Are you going out, Mom?
[13:02] SUMIRE
    Yes. I'm going to the hair salon,
    so watch the house, will you?
[13:10] SUMIRE
    Okay, I'm off.
[13:12] MARUKO
    Okay. Bye!
[13:22] MARUKO
    Wow...
[13:25] MARUKO
    So pretty.
[13:31] MARUKO
    It feels like I'm taller now.
[13:37] TOMOZOU
    Maruko.
[13:38] MARUKO
    It's just you, Grandpa.
[13:40] MARUKO
    Don't scare me like that.
[13:41] TOMOZOU
    Oh no!
[13:43] TOMOZOU
    Your mom is going to yell at you.
[13:46] MARUKO
    I know, I just wanted to try them out.
[13:50] TOMOZOU
    Oh no, don't do it!
[13:51] TOMOZOU
    If your mom finds out, and
    you'll be in big trouble!
[13:55] SUMIRE
    Maruko!
[13:58] TOMOZOU
    My heart is going to explode just
    imagining you getting yelled at!
[14:10] MARUKO
    I won't do it again.
[14:11] TOMOZOU
    You promise?
[14:13] MARUKO
    Yes.
[14:14] TOMOZOU
    Then pinky swear me.
[14:17] MARUKO/TOMOZOU
    Cross my heart and hope to
    die, stick a needle in my eye!
[14:27] TOMOZOU
    I'm going to the post office.
[14:29] TOMOZOU
    I'll be right back.
[14:31] MARUKO
    Okay, see you!
[14:40] MARUKO
    I'm Cinderella.
[14:43] MARUKO
    I have to go to the ball at the castle.
[14:47] MARUKO
    Where's my pumpkin carriage?
[14:49] MARUKO
    I'll be right there, my prince!
[14:57] MARUKO
    Kitty cat.
[14:59] MARUKO
    Meow, meow, meow.
[15:04] MARUKO
    Kitty cat...
[15:06] MARUKO
    Meow!
[15:10] MARUKO
    Hey, wait up!
[15:20] MARUKO
    Wh... What do I do?
[15:24] MARUKO
    Where's the glue? Glue?
[15:29] MARUKO
    There it is!
[15:37] MARUKO
    It's for arts and crafts, so I'm
    not sure this is strong enough.
[15:41] MARUKO
    But it's all or nothing.
[15:45] MARUKO/I
    Please, stick together!
[15:53] SUMIRE
    I'm home.
[15:55] MARUKO
    Oh, welcome home.
[15:57] SUMIRE
    What are you doing?
[15:58] MARUKO
    Oh, I'm hot!
[16:00] MARUKO
    It's nice and cool here.
[16:03] SUMIRE
    I'll make dinner right away.
[16:05] MARUKO
    Okay...
[16:18] MARUKO
    Wh... What do I do?
[16:31] MARUKO/I
    Okay, now's the chance to come clean.
[16:34] MARUKO
    Hey, Mom.
[16:35] SUMIRE
    Hm?
[16:37] MARUKO
    You know, about your high heels.
[16:40] SUMIRE
    What about them?
[16:42] MARUKO
    Ah, well...
[16:46] SUMIRE
    You didn't do something
    funny with them, did you?
[16:50] MARUKO
    O-Of course not!
[16:52] MARUKO
    I'd never do that.
[16:55] SUMIRE
    Then what were you going to say?
[16:56] MARUKO
    W-Well, you see...
[17:00] MARUKO
    I'm sorry I said you fell for the
    smooth talk of the shop staff.
[17:04] MARUKO
    The high heels looked good on you.
[17:07] SUMIRE
    Oh. You think so?
[17:12] NARRATOR/I
    Unable to take it anymore, Maruko wanted
    to run away from home right then and there.
[17:21] MARUKO
    This is a dream.
[17:23] MARUKO
    The high heels aren't actually broken.
[17:39] SAKIKO
    I'm home!
[17:42] SAKIKO
    What are you doing?
[17:44] MARUKO
    N-Nothing.
[17:48] SAKIKO
    Maruko?
[17:54] MARUKO/I
    I'll stay here until the sun sets so
    that Mom'll be worried sick about me.
[17:58] MARUKO/I
    That way, she'll be...
[18:01] SUMIRE
    Maruko!
[18:03] SUMIRE
    Maruko!
[18:07] SUMIRE
    I'm so glad you're safe!
[18:08] SUMIRE
    You were so late coming
    home, I was really worried!
[18:11] MARUKO
    But your high heels...
[18:14] SUMIRE
    They don't matter, as long as you are safe!
[18:21] NARRATOR/I
    What an appalling delusion.
[18:37] MARUKO
    Jeez, stop it.
[18:47] MARUKO
    Oh, come on!
[18:54] MARUKO/I
    I hope that heel's gonna
    stick on its own by accident.
[18:59] NARRATOR/I
    What kind of accident would that be?
[19:01] MARUKO/I
    Aha! How about telekinesis?
[19:05] MARUKO
    Stick together, stick together...
[19:08] MARUKO
    Stick together!
[19:19] SUMIRE
    Welcome home, Maruko.
[19:21] SUMIRE
    Where have you been?
[19:22] SUMIRE
    You're awfully late.
[19:24] MARUKO
    R-Right...
[19:30] MARUKO/I
    It's stuck together.
[19:32] SUMIRE
    Go wash your hands.
[19:34] SUMIRE
    Dinner will be ready soon.
[19:41] MARUKO
    What's going on?
[19:43] MARUKO
    Why is that heel fixed?
[19:45] MARUKO
    I know!
[19:47] MARUKO
    Grandpa!
[19:48] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Maruko. You're home.
[19:51] MARUKO
    Grandpa, thank you!
[19:53] TOMOZOU
    Huh? Did I do something good?
[19:56] MARUKO
    You know, what you did with the high heel.
[19:59] TOMOZOU
    What I did with the high heel?
[20:01] TOMOZOU
    What did I do?
[20:03] MARUKO/I
    Huh? It wasn't him?
[20:06] TOMOZOU
    Maruko?
[20:07] MARUKO
    O-Oh, never mind.
[20:15] MARUKO/I
    Don't tell me telekinesis actually worked...
[20:21] SUMIRE
    Maruko, you're awfully quiet.
[20:23] SUMIRE
    What's wrong?
[20:25] MARUKO
    N-Nothing.
[20:27] SAKIKO
    Thank you for the food.
[20:29] SUMIRE
    Oh. You're done already?
[20:31] SAKIKO
    Yeah...
[20:33] SUMIRE
    Big Sis, you don't need to worry about it.
[20:36] SAKIKO
    But...
[20:38] MARUKO
    What's wrong, Big Sis?
[20:39] SAKIKO
    I broke Mom's high heels!
[20:44] SAKIKO
    I tried to take my sandals out of the
    shoe rack, and it caught the shoe box...
[20:51] SAKIKO
    When I opened the box, the heel was...
[20:54] SAKIKO
    I'm so sorry!
[20:56] SUMIRE
    It's fine.
[20:58] SUMIRE
    If that was all it took to break,
    those shoes were cheaply made.
[21:02] SUMIRE
    You bought the glue with
    your own money and fixed it.
[21:07] SUMIRE
    You've done enough.
[21:12] MARUKO/I
    I guess I'll have Big Sis
    to take the blame here.
[21:19] MARUKO
    Cheer up, Big Sis.
[21:35] SUMIRE
    Now that I'm looking at it closely,
    why is it so dirty and scratched?
[21:44] SUMIRE
    Oh!
[21:54] SUMIRE
    I see how it is...
SIGN    Sakura
[21:57] SUMIRE
    Maruko!
[22:00] NARRATOR/I
    You should have apologized like Big Sis...
[22:04] NARRATOR/I
    It was too late to be sorry for Maruko.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    Grandpa has a new grandchild!
[22:18] MARUKO
    Her name is Emiko.
[22:20] MARUKO
    We'll teach Big Sis the
    power of younger siblings
[22:23] MARUKO
    because Big Sis is bossing us
    around just because she's older.
[22:26] Maruko
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:27] Maruko
    "Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel,"
SIGN    Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel
[22:30] Maruko
    and "Noguchi-san Becomes the
    Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!"
SIGN    Noguchi-san Becomes the  Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!
[22:33] Maruko
    Look forward to it!

E1446 - Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel / Noguchi-san Becomes the Grandchild of the Sakura Family
Source: Crunchyroll
Translator:
Editor:
Timer:
QC:
(Please feel free to edit the speaker names if incomplete or inaccurate. Names are handled on a best-effort basis depending on the info on the source file. Dialogue is left as is.)
[00:00] SUGIYAMA/OHNO
    Everyone, gather around!
[00:02] SUGIYAMA/OHNO
    Chibi Maruko-chan is about to start!
[00:11] MARUKO
    Let's go, everyone!
SIGN    Chibi Maruko-chan
[01:27] NARRATOR/I
    Let it begin!
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel
[01:29] [SONG] SIGN
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[01:30] MARUKO
    "Big Sis Learns How the Younger Ones Feel."
SIGN    Sakura
[01:36] MARUKO
    I'm home.
[01:39] MARUKO
    Oh! It's Baumkuchen.
[01:41] SAKIKO
    Grandma got it as a gift.
[01:44] SUMIRE
    It's snack time, so you two can share it.
[01:47] MARUKO
    Hooray! I'm so happy!
[01:51] MARUKO
    I want to cut it.
[01:53] SAKIKO
    You're gonna mess it up.
[01:56] MARUKO
    You think so?
[01:57] SAKIKO
    You can't cut it neatly.
[02:00] MARUKO
    Okay.
[02:05] SAKIKO
    Sh-Shut up!
[02:11] MARUKO
    You messed it up, too.
[02:13] SAKIKO
    I'll take this one.
[02:15] MARUKO
    What?! Isn't that one a bit bigger?
[02:19] SAKIKO
    That's not true.
[02:20] MARUKO
    It is true.
[02:22] SAKIKO
    I'm the older one, so
    I get to pick one first.
[02:26] MARUKO
    That's not fair.
[02:28] SAKIKO
    That's how it works.
[02:29] MARUKO
    But you'll always be older than me.
[02:34] SAKIKO
    Naturally.
[02:35] MARUKO
    I can never catch up to you ever!
[02:38] SAKIKO
    Naturally.
[02:40] MARUKO
    That's totally unfair!
[02:42] TOMOZOU
    Oh my, what seems to be the problem?
[02:44] MARUKO
    Listen, it's awful.
[02:46] MARUKO
    Big Sis took the bigger piece.
[02:48] TOMOZOU
    Oh? But they seem like the same size to me.
[02:52] MARUKO
    They're not the same! That one's bigger.
[02:56] SAKIKO
    I'm digging in!
[03:01] SAKIKO
    Oh wow, it's so good!
[03:03] SAKIKO
    Aren't you gonna eat it?
[03:04] MARUKO
    Hmph. You don't need to tell me. I will.
[03:07] SUMIRE
    I almost forgot.
[03:09] SUMIRE
    There's a community cleanup with
    the neighborhood association today.
[03:12] SUMIRE
    Two people are supposed to participate,
    so can someone come with me?
[03:15] TOMOZOU
    Sorry, I have plans after this.
[03:19] SUMIRE
    Then how about Big Sis or Maruko?
[03:21] MARUKO
    No, thanks.
[03:22] MARUKO
    This is a great opportunity
    for Big Sis to step up.
[03:25] SAKIKO
    Why me?
[03:27] MARUKO
    Because you're the older one.
[03:29] SAKIKO
    That's got nothing to do with it.
[03:31] MARUKO
    Yes, it does.
[03:33] SAKIKO
    No, it doesn't!
[03:34] MARUKO
    Yes, it does!
[03:36] SUMIRE
    I don't care who.
[03:38] SAKIKO
    Maruko, you go.
[03:40] MARUKO
    No, thank you.
[03:41] MARUKO
    I'll just eat my small piece of Baumkuchen.
[03:46] MARUKO
    Yum! What a tasty, tiny Baumkuchen.
[03:51] SUMIRE
    I don't care which one of
    you comes. Pick one.
[03:55] SAKIKO
    Fine. Rock-paper-scissors it is.
[03:57] MARUKO
    Okay. Don't you cheat.
[04:00] SAKIKO
    I could say the same thing.
[04:02] MARUKO/SAKIKO
    Rock, paper, scissors!
[04:04] MARUKO/SAKIKO
    Rock, paper, scissors!
[04:06] MARUKO/SAKIKO
    Rock, paper, scissors!
[04:07] MARUKO
    I win!
[04:10] SAKIKO
    You cheated! You were a bit slow!
[04:13] MARUKO
    I didn't! Have fun.
[04:17] SAKIKO
    Jeez. There goes my Sunday.
[04:20] MARUKO
    Best of luck to you.
[04:24] MARUKO
    Gosh, it's so yummy!
SIGN    Sakura
[04:28] NARRATOR/I
    That evening...
[04:32] TOMOZOU
    Great work.
[04:34] MARUKO
    Was cleaning that hard?
[04:36] SAKIKO
    No, that's not it.
[04:40] MARUKO
    Huh? Then what is it?
[04:42] SAKIKO
    Well, the thing is...
SIGN    Shimizu Civic Center
[04:46] (Flashback) WOMAN
    Sakura-san! Over here!
[04:51] (Flashback) SUMIRE
    I'm sorry to have made you wait.
[04:52] (Flashback) WOMAN
    Not at all.
[04:53] (Flashback) WOMAN
    Oh, this must be Sakiko-chan.
[04:55] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    Hello.
[04:57] (Flashback) WOMAN
    We are going to clean around here,
[04:59] (Flashback) WOMAN
    so you go with those girls
    and clean over there, please.
[05:04] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Hello.
[05:05] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    Hello.
[05:06] (Flashback) WOMAN
    Girls, Sakiko-chan is still
    in elementary school.
[05:09] (Flashback) WOMAN
    So you take care of her, okay?
[05:11] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    Okay. Nice to meet you, Sakiko-chan.
[05:15] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    Nice to meet you.
[05:18] (Flashback) MARUKO
    Oh, so you worked with middle schoolers.
[05:21] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    So they were hard on you?
[05:24] (Flashback) TOMOZOU
    Were they harsh?
[05:27] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    Not at all.
[05:28] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    They were very nice, but...
[05:30] (Flashback) MARUKO
    What's the matter?
SIGN    Shimizu Civic Center
[05:35] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Sakiko-chan, what grade are you in?
[05:37] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    I'm in 6th grade.
[05:39] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    I see, then you're two years below us.
[05:42] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Wow.
[05:44] (Flashback) GIRL 1and 2
    So adorable!
[05:54] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Oh, Sakiko-chan. I can do
    that, so just leave it there.
[05:58] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    We'll carry heavy stuff.
[06:01] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    Okay.
[06:04] SAKIKO
    They both treated me like a child.
[06:07] TOMOZOU
    That was nice of them.
[06:09] MARUKO
    Goodness, that's all?
[06:11] MARUKO
    Some insufferable child you are.
[06:14] SAKIKO
    What do you mean?
[06:15] MARUKO
    You treat me like a child all the time.
[06:19] SAKIKO
    That's totally a different story!
[06:21] MARUKO
    Take earlier today, for example.
[06:24] MARUKO
    I wanted to cut Baumkuchen,
    but you didn't let me.
[06:27] SAKIKO
    That's because you suck at it.
[06:29] MARUKO
    You sucked at it too.
[06:32] SAKIKO
    That's enough out of you!
[06:33] TOMOZOU
    Come on now, you two.
[06:38] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    I have a little sister that's the
    same age as you, Sakiko-chan.
[06:41] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    And she never listens to me.
[06:44] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Really? But she's so adorable.
[06:46] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    I invited her to a picnic, but she
    said she didn't want to go with me.
[06:52] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    I wish I had a little sister who
    would willingly come to clean with me
[06:57] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    even on a Sunday, like you.
[06:59] SAKIKO
    Jeez. There goes my Sunday.
[07:07] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Sakiko-chan, you're so attentive.
[07:09] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    We can do that rest.
[07:11] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Go ahead and sit down, get some rest.
[07:13] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    Okay...
[07:16] SAKIKO
    They were treating me as
    a child, not their equal.
[07:21] TOMOZOU
    That's not true!
[07:22] TOMOZOU
    That was their kindness.
[07:24] MARUKO
    I've felt that way before.
[07:27] SAKIKO
    What?
[07:28] MARUKO
    When we played tag a long time
    ago, you'd run slow to chase me.
[07:34] SAKIKO
    Did I do that?
[07:35] MARUKO
    You finally understand how
    I, a younger one, feel.
[07:39] MARUKO
    Good girl.
[07:41] SAKIKO
    What does that mean?
[07:44] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    Sakiko-chan, you worked hard!
[07:47] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    Yes! You're a good girl, Sakiko-chan.
[07:50] (Flashback) WOMAN
    Thank you for your work.
[07:52] (Flashback) WOMAN
    This is for everyone. Here you go.
[07:55] (Flashback) GIRLS
    Thank you very much!
SIGN    Assorted Snacks
[07:58] SAKIKO/I
    There's a lot in here.
[08:00] (Flashback) GIRL 2
    I know! Sakiko-chan, would you like
    to go on a picnic next Sunday?
[08:05] (Flashback) GIRL 1
    That sounds fun. I'll go with you. Okay?
[08:08] (Flashback) SAKIKO
    S-Sure.
[08:12] SAKIKO
    So I promised to go.
[08:15] TOMOZOU
    It's good that you became friends.
[08:17] MARUKO
    Picnicking sounds fun.
[08:19] MARUKO
    So, can I have some of those snacks?
[08:22] SAKIKO
    No way! If you didn't
    clean, you can't have it.
[08:25] MARUKO
    You meanie. One or two won't hurt.
[08:27] SAKIKO
    I told you, no!
SIGN    Sakura
[08:31] NARRATOR/I
    The next Sunday...
[08:39] SAKIKO
    What do you want?
[08:40] MARUKO
    Putting on stuff like this...
[08:42] SAKIKO
    Don't touch it.
[08:43] MARUKO
    Oops.
[08:44] SAKIKO
    Hey, watch it!
[08:46] SAKIKO
    You almost spilled it on my clothes.
[08:48] MARUKO
    I didn't do anything.
[08:51] SAKIKO
    You just tried to touch it.
[08:53] MARUKO
    I didn't spill it, so what's the problem?
[08:55] SAKIKO
    Jeez. Whatever.
[09:00] GIRLS
    Sakiko-chan!
[09:21] GIRL 1
    Sakiko-chan, did you have fun?
[09:23] GIRL 2
    Was it a bit too far for you?
[09:25] GIRL 2
    Are you tired?
[09:26] SAKIKO
    Not at all.
[09:31] GIRLS
    Is that so?
[09:33] MARUKO
    Big Sis.
[09:39] GIRL 1
    Sakiko-chan, let's hang out again.
[09:41] SAKIKO
    Okay!
[09:42] MARUKO
    Big Sis.
[09:48] GIRL 2
    Anything wrong?
[09:50] GIRL 1
    Someone's looking at us.
[09:52] SAKIKO/GIRL 2
    What?
[09:54] MARUKO/I
    They found me!
[09:59] SAKIKO
    Maruko?!
[10:01] GIRL 1
    Your little sister?
[10:02] SAKIKO
    Y-Yes.
[10:04] MARUKO
    I'm Sakura Momoko.
[10:05] GIRL 2
    What grade are you in?
[10:07] MARUKO
    I'm in third grade.
[10:09] GIRLS
    Third grade? So adorable!
[10:13] GIRLS
    Bye bye! Let's play again!
[10:19] SAKIKO
    You are such an embarrassment.
[10:22] MARUKO
    Why? I was only looking.
[10:29] MARUKO
    Was the picnic fun?
[10:32] SAKIKO
    Yes.
[10:32] SAKIKO
    I mean, I'm happy that they treat
    me like their little sister, but...
[10:38] SAKIKO
    I'm not used to being treated like
    a younger one, so it's a little...
[10:46] SAKIKO
    It just felt strange all day long today.
[10:49] SAKIKO
    I guess I'm a big sister after all.
[10:52] MARUKO
    And I'm a little sister, for sure.
[10:56] SAKIKO
    Yup. You'll always be my little sister.
SIGN    Sakura
[11:04] NARRATOR/I
    A few days later...
[11:05] SAKIKO
    Maruko!
[11:07] SAKIKO
    You used my color pencils
    again without asking me!
[11:10] MARUKO
    I have no idea what you're talking about.
[11:13] SAKIKO
    Who else could it be?
[11:15] SAKIKO
    Stupid Maruko!
[11:16] MARUKO
    Someone who says "stupid" is stupid.
[11:18] MARUKO
    Stupid, stupid Big Sis!
[11:20] SAKIKO/MARUKO
    Stupid, stupid, stupid, stupid!
[11:23] NARRATOR/I
    Big Sis felt like she had a glimpse of
    what a little sister had to go through,
[11:27] NARRATOR/I
    but her silly fight with
    Maruko would continue.
SIGN    Ice cream
SIGN    Noguchi-san Becomes the  Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!
[11:40] [SONG] SIGN (black and white)
    Sweets Shoppe Mitsuya
[11:41] MARUKO
    "Noguchi-san Becomes the
    Grandchild of the Sakura Family?!"
SIGN    Sakura
[11:47] NARRATOR/I
    On Saturday...
[11:49] SAKIKO
    Hold on, give me a sec.
[11:51] SAKIKO'S FRIEND
    Sakura-san, this is your second time.
[11:54] SAKIKO
    Oh, come on. Please?
[11:54] NARRATOR/I
    Big Sis is having a sleepover 
    with her friends tonight.
[11:55] SAKIKO'S FRIEND
    Then I'll give you five seconds.
[11:57] SAKIKO
    Then... this!
[11:59] MARUKO
    That looks fun.
[12:01] MARUKO
    Must be nice.
[12:04] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Maruko.
[12:06] TOMOZOU
    Is this okay for your futon?
[12:08] MARUKO
    I don't care.
[12:10] MARUKO
    I'm a poor child who's been
    chased away from her own room.
[12:15] TOMOZOU
    Now, now.
[12:18] MARUKO
    I'm exhausted today.
[12:20] MARUKO
    I had to clean up my room just so
    Big Sis' friends could come over.
[12:25] MARUKO
    Jeez, it took me two whole hours.
[12:28] NARRATOR/I
    That's because you're messy.
[12:32] MARUKO
    And to top it off, Big Sis
    isn't letting me join them.
[12:36] MARUKO
    Boo.
[12:37] TOMOZOU
    Then why don't you hold your own sleepover?
[12:41] MARUKO
    Huh?
[12:41] TOMOZOU
    Big Sis can have one, so I'm
    sure you can have one too.
[12:46] TOMOZOU
    Why not ask your mom?
[12:48] MARUKO
    Good idea! I think I'll ask her.
SIGN    Elementary School
[12:52] NARRATOR/I
    A few days later...
[12:54] TAMAE
    I can come to your sleepover.
[12:58] MARUKO
    You can?! When do you want to come over?
[13:01] NOGUCHI
    What will you do at your sleepover?
[13:04] MARUKO
    What?
[13:06] MARUKO
    My big sister played cards and watched
    Hideki on TV with her friends.
[13:11] NOGUCHI
    Next Saturday, the music program
    will be a Momoe-chan's special.
[13:15] MARUKO
    What? For real?
[13:16] NOGUCHI
    After that is a Kin-chan's special.
[13:19] MARUKO
    Wow, that's amazing!
[13:21] TAMAE
    Chock-full of exciting stuff! How fun!
[13:24] MARUKO
    Then how about we have a
    sleepover next Saturday?
[13:28] MARUKO
    We can watch TV together.
[13:30] TAMAE
    That sounds good! I'll ask my mom.
[13:33] MARUKO
    Listen, Noguchi-san, would
    you like to join us?
[13:38] NOGUCHI
    Are you sure?
SIGN    Sakura
[13:41] NOGUCHI/I
    I can come to your sleepover.
[13:44] MARUKO
    You can? Yay!
[13:46] MARUKO
    Tama-chan says Saturday
    works fine for her, too.
[13:49] MARUKO
    So exciting!
[13:51] MARUKO
    Mom, can you make sukiyaki
    for my sleepover feast?
[13:55] SUMIRE
    Sukiyaki, huh?
[13:55] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[13:57] HIROSHI
    Maruko, that's one tough order to fill.
[14:00] MARUKO
    Why not?
[14:01] MARUKO
    We had sukiyaki for Big Sis' sleepover.
[14:05] HIROSHI
    We're poor.
[14:07] HIROSHI
    We can't be eating sukiyaki all the time.
[14:10] MARUKO
    No!
[14:11] MARUKO
    Please, can you do me the
    biggest favor of my life?
[14:13] MARUKO
    Cook sukiyaki. It's not fair
    Big Sis got it and I don't!
[14:16] TOMOZOU
    Maruko, what do you think of chestnut
    rice for your sleepover feast?
[14:21] MARUKO
    Chestnut rice? That sounds yummy!
[14:23] HIROSHI
    Hey now, Gramps. Chestnuts don't
    come cheap either, you know?
[14:28] TOMOZOU
    A friend of mine has a chestnut field.
[14:32] TOMOZOU
    They said I could come
    chestnut-picking anytime I wanted.
[14:36] TOMOZOU
    So I thought maybe we could
    cook chestnut rice with them.
[14:40] SUMIRE
    That's a great idea.
[14:42] SUMIRE
    I'd love that.
[14:44] MARUKO
    Yay! Chestnut rice!
[14:46] TOMOZOU
    If that's the case, then let's go
    chestnut-picking tomorrow, Maruko!
[14:46] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[14:51] MARUKO
    Okay! I'll go!
[14:54] NARRATOR/I
    The next day...
[14:55] MARUKO
    What? We can't go chestnut picking?
[14:58] TOMOZOU
    Sorry, Maruko.
[15:01] TOMOZOU
    I called my friend, and they told me
    it was too early for chestnut picking.
[15:06] MARUKO
    What?
[15:08] MARUKO
    I've already told Tama-chan and Noguchi-san
    to look forward to the chestnut rice...
[15:14] TOMOZOU
    You did?!
[15:15] MARUKO
    I want my sleepover feast
    to be chestnut rice!
[15:22] TOMOZOU
    I've got it!
SIGN    Yaotatsu
[15:25] MARUKO
    Grandpa, it's expensive.
SIGN    Premium Chestnuts
    1380 yen/plate
[15:28] TOMOZOU
    It really is.
[15:31] TOMOZOU/I
    Aren't there more reasonably
    priced chestnuts?
[15:34] TOMOZOU/I
    What do I do?
[15:35] TOMOZOU/I
    I don't want to buy more than one basket,
[15:39] TOMOZOU/I
    but that won't be enough to
    cook respectable chestnut rice.
[15:42] TOMOZOU/I
    There's no way around it.
[15:44] TOMOZOU/I
    This is what my pension is for.
[15:46] TOMOZOU/I
    All right, go for it! Now
    is the time, Tomozou!
[15:50] TOMOZOU
    Excuse me! Three baskets of these, please!
[15:52] MARUKO
    What? Three?
[15:54] STAFF
    Sure thing.
[15:55] TOMOZOU/I
    My gosh! I bought them!
[15:58] TOMOZOU/I
    Three baskets of premium chestnuts...
[16:00] TOMOZOU/I
    Three baskets...
[16:02] TOMOZOU/I
    Three baskets...
[16:04] MARUKO
    Grandpa, are you all right?
[16:06] TOMOZOU
    Yes, I am fine.
[16:10] TOMOZOU
    "Bought some chestnuts"
[16:12] TOMOZOU
    'Which made my wallet"
[16:14] TOMOZOU
    "Lighter than it was"
[16:15] TOMOZOU
    Tomozou's poem of the heart, which
    is astounded by unexpected expense
SIGN    Sakura
[16:22] NARRATOR/I
    And on the day of the sleepover...
[16:26] MARUKO
    Mom, Tama-chan developed a
    fever, so she can't come today.
[16:31] SUMIRE
    Oh, that's too bad.
[16:33] SUMIRE
    I hope Tama-chan is okay.
[16:35] MARUKO
    What should I do about the sleepover?
[16:37] MARUKO
    Should I cancel it?
[16:39] NOGUCHI
    Excuse me.
[16:41] MARUKO
    Oh.
[16:42] MARUKO
    Noguchi-san, welcome.
SIGN    Swan
[16:44] NOGUCHI
    I brought some flan.
[16:45] NOGUCHI
    Let's eat together.
[16:47] MARUKO
    Thank you!
[16:49] MARUKO
    Listen, Noguchi-san.
[16:51] MARUKO
    It's about Tama-chan.
[16:53] MARUKO
    Mom, we'll have a sleepover
    with just two of us.
[16:57] MARUKO
    Thanks!
[16:59] SUMIRE
    Very good.
[17:01] TOMOZOU
    Noguchi-san, thank you for having me in
    place of Tama-chan to play house with.
[17:08] TOMOZOU
    All righty! Then I shall play a lively dad!
[17:13] MARUKO
    Grandpa, don't push yourself.
[17:16] MARUKO
    You can just play grandfather, as you are.
[17:21] TOMOZOU
    I understand.
[17:22] TOMOZOU
    Grandpa will play a grandpa.
[17:26] MARUKO
    So, what do you want to play, Noguchi-san?
[17:30] NOGUCHI
    A grandchild.
[17:31] MARUKO
    Huh? You mean the grandchild of Grandpa?
[17:34] NOGUCHI
    Yes.
[17:35] TOMOZOU
    Noguchi-san, you'll be my grandchild?!
[17:39] NOGUCHI
    Yes.
[17:39] TOMOZOU
    Heavens! I am going to get
    a new grandchild, huh?
[17:43] TOMOZOU
    That makes me happy.
[17:46] MARUKO
    Then I'll play a grandmother.
[17:50] MARUKO
    Oh boy, my shoulders are stiff.
[17:53] MARUKO
    Dear, please massage my shoulders.
[17:55] TOMOZOU
    My pleasure!
[18:00] MARUKO
    Dear, you're not good at massaging.
[18:04] TOMOZOU/I
    Maruko, you don't hold back even
    though this is just playing house...
[18:09] MARUKO
    Dear, that's enough.
[18:11] MARUKO
    Thank you.
[18:12] TOMOZOU
    Okay...
[18:17] TOMOZOU
    Oh, Noguchi-san! Thank you!
[18:20] NOGUCHI
    Call me Emiko.
[18:21] TOMOZOU
    Oh, my bad.
[18:24] TOMOZOU
    Thank you, Emiko.
[18:30] TOMOZOU
    Ah, my shoulders feel so light,
    I feel like I can fly away.
[18:39] TOMOZOU
    Oh?
[18:40] TOMOZOU
    Where am I?
[18:43] TOMOZOU
    Am I in heaven?
[18:44] MARUKO
    Pull yourself together, dear.
[18:47] NOGUCHI
    Please don't die.
[18:51] TOMOZOU
    Emiko, I want to thank you
    for the shoulder massage.
[18:57] TOMOZOU
    Name your price.
[18:59] TOMOZOU
    I'm happy to do anything
    for my precious grandchild.
[19:04] NOGUCHI
    Then... make me laugh.
[19:08] TOMOZOU
    Make you laugh?
[19:13] TOMOZOU
    How is that, Emiko?
[19:15] NOGUCHI
    I love it!
[19:19] MARUKO/NOGUCHI
    Thank you for the food!
[19:21] MARUKO
    Wow! So many chestnuts!
[19:24] NOGUCHI
    It's tasty.
[19:24] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[19:26] TOMOZOU
    It is?
[19:27] TOMOZOU
    I'm glad you like it!
[19:28] MARUKO
    Grandpa splurged on the expensive
    chestnuts for our sleepover.
[19:34] NOGUCHI
    What happened to the chestnut picking?
[19:38] TOMOZOU
    Due to various circumstances,
    we couldn't do it.
[19:43] TOMOZOU
    I'm sorry.
[19:44] NOGUCHI
    Hmm.
[19:45] NOGUCHI
    Thank you.
[19:47] TOMOZOU/I
    Noguchi-san is such a good kid.
[19:53] MARUKO
    Momoe-chan!
[19:58] HIROSHI
    Kin-chan truly is a funny guy.
[19:58] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[20:01] NOGUCHI
    Exactly.
[20:02] HIROSHI
    Oh, Noguchi-san. We're like-minded, huh?
[20:05] NOGUCHI
    I like Jiro-san, too.
[20:08] HIROSHI
    Oh yeah, Sakagami Jiro is great too.
[20:10] HIROSHI
    Kin-chan can shine because Jiro-san is there.
[20:16] MARUKO
    Dad, you can say something
    good every now and then.
[20:19] NOGUCHI
    Sakura-san's dad is amazing.
[20:21] HIROSHI
    You think so?
[20:22] HIROSHI
    That's right. I might not look
    it, but I'm actually amazing.
[20:26] MARUKO
    Jeez, Dad. Don't get carried away.
[20:33] MARUKO
    Kin-chan makes me laugh too much!
[20:39] TOMOZOU
    My stomach hurts!
[20:43] MARUKO
    Was that you?! Come on, Dad!
[20:46] HIROSHI
    I shouldn't have done that
    in front of our guest.
[20:48] HIROSHI
    My bad, my bad!
[20:50] MARUKO
    Forgive us, Noguchi-san.
[20:52] MARUKO
    We're one silly family.
[20:55] NOGUCHI
    Sakura-san's family is fun.
[20:57] MARUKO
    What? You think so?
[20:59] TOMOZOU
    That's nice to hear.
[21:01] TOMOZOU
    Noguchi-san, if you find this family so fun,
[21:05] TOMOZOU
    would you like to become a
    grandchild of this family?
[21:07] HIROSHI
    Yeah, good idea.
[21:09] MARUKO
    What? I feel bad for Noguchi-san if she
    has to become a part of this silly family.
[21:14] HIROSHI
    You've got a point there.
[21:14] [SONG] SIGN
    Sato Sake Shop
[21:20] NARRATOR/I
    The next morning...
[21:22] MARUKO
    Noguchi-san, I heard
    Tama-chan's doing fine now,
[21:26] MARUKO
    so we can go visit her.
[21:29] NOGUCHI
    Sakura-san.
[21:30] MARUKO
    What's up?
[21:34] MARUKO/NOGUCHI
    Excuse us.
[21:36] MARUKO
    Tama-chan.
[21:38] TAMAE
    Huh?
[21:40] MARUKO
    Tama-chan, please enjoy our loach-catching
    dance of get-well wishes.
[21:45] MARUKO
    There we go.
[21:46] MARUKO
    Here we go.
[21:50] NOGUCHI
    Here.
[21:51] TAMAE
    Flan!
[21:53] TAMAE
    Thank you.
[21:54] NOGUCHI
    Feel better soon.
[21:56] MARUKO
    Feel better soon.
[21:58] TAMAE
    Wow, chestnut rice!
[22:01] TAMAE
    Thank you.
[22:02] NARRATOR/I
    Tamae was happy to see this unexpected
    gift from Maruko and Noguchi.
SIGN    Next Time
[22:15] MARUKO
    What is happening with you, Dad?
[22:17] MARUKO
    You're like a totally different person,
    playing so well in the baseball game.
[22:21] MARUKO
    Maybe I'll change my hairstyle like
    Momoe-chan to transform my image.
[22:26] MARUKO
    Next time on Chibi Maruko-chan:
[22:27] MARUKO
    "Hiroshi Teaches Baseball," and
    "Mom Wants to Cut Maruko's Hair."
SIGN    Hiroshi Teaches Baseball Mom Wants to Cut Maruko's Hair
[22:33] MARUKO
    Look forward to it!